General Catalogue Chemistry - BECO Internacional LTDA.
General Catalogue Chemistry - BECO Internacional LTDA.
General Catalogue Chemistry - BECO Internacional LTDA.
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>General</strong> <strong>Catalogue</strong><br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong>
Our quality is certified<br />
according to<br />
DIN EN ISO 9001<br />
Reg. No. 2998-01<br />
®<br />
by Leybold Didactic GmbH, 2000<br />
We reserve the right to make changes in construction and<br />
design, and to correct errors, similarly all rights as regards to<br />
translation, publication of extracts and photomechanical or<br />
electronic reproduction are reserved.<br />
All trademarks acknowledged.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH · Leyboldstrasse 1 · D-50354 Hürth · Phone +49 (0)2233-604-0 · Fax +49 (0)2233-604-222 · eMail: info@leybold-didactic.de<br />
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany · 11.001.02 · 7.5.03.00 lgh/DK · Technical alterations reserved
®<br />
Firmly focused on customer<br />
satisfaction, we constantly<br />
strive to make our products<br />
and services »best in class«<br />
ii LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Leybold Didactic – serving our customers<br />
Leybold Didactic GmbH can do the whole job of equipping any school,<br />
university or other educational institution for programs in the areas of<br />
general education and occupational qualifications.<br />
Leybold Didactic’s range of products includes all teaching systems required<br />
for natural science instruction in physics, biology and chemistry, as well as<br />
electrical engineering and electronics - and our range grows with every<br />
project we complete. From individual materials to complete experiment<br />
apparatus - we offer everything you need to make your lessons come alive!<br />
We stand ready to assist you in all phases: project planning, supply of<br />
products, financing and even training.<br />
We are constantly developing not only our products, but also our services,<br />
to better meet our customers’ changing needs. We are in constant communication<br />
with our customers to ensure that our performance is always »best<br />
in class«.<br />
eybold Didactic
Leybold Didactic also provides complete equipment sets and apparatus for<br />
chemistry instruction.<br />
We offer the full range of apparatus, equipment sets, manuals and complete<br />
solutions you require to conduct modern, experiment-oriented<br />
chemistry lessons.<br />
We closely observe the latest trends and developments and adapt them so<br />
that they can be optimally integrated in modern teaching situations. In particular,<br />
take a look at our chapters on ecology and electrochemistry. Here<br />
you will discover a number of new devices and experiment assemblies pertaining<br />
to such current topics as fuel cells, ozone depletion and more.<br />
We hope you enjoy our catalogue!<br />
Leybold Didactic GmbH<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
iii
Getting in touch with us…<br />
iv LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
here you can<br />
By mail<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH Place orders<br />
Leyboldstrasse 1 Request an expert<br />
50354 Hürth<br />
Germany<br />
By telefax Place orders<br />
+ 49 (0) 2233-604 - 193 Request an expert<br />
By e-mail We respond to<br />
info@leybold-didactic.de all eMail within 24 hours.<br />
www.leybold-didactic.com<br />
Visit our Internet site at::<br />
http://www.leybold-didactic.com<br />
Come in and look around! We have a lot to offer…<br />
• Read our instruction sheets and experiment<br />
descriptions<br />
• Download the latest versions of our software<br />
• Learn about our many events and seminars<br />
And much more!
chemistry<br />
computer assisted<br />
experiments<br />
basic apparatus171<br />
index<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
1<br />
81<br />
297<br />
587<br />
v
Have a question? Feel free to call us at any time!<br />
Your service representatives are looking forward to<br />
hearing from you under the following telephone numbers<br />
Europe: South America: North America/Australia:<br />
+ 49 (0) 2233-604-130 + 49 (0) 2233-604-128 + 49 (0) 2233-604-175<br />
Africa/Middle East: Asia:<br />
+ 49 (0) 2233-604-149 and –120 + 49 (0) 2233-604-188 and –117<br />
vi LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Telefax: +49 (0) 2233-604-200
chemistry<br />
Ecology 2<br />
Electrochemistry 21<br />
Chromatography 45<br />
Photometry 57<br />
Further analysis methods 62<br />
Chemical engineering 76<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS) 81<br />
Biotechnology/biochemistry 114<br />
Special topics 123<br />
STM 127<br />
Illustrative media 129<br />
Literature 142<br />
ecology<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
1
ecology<br />
Ecology<br />
Leybold-Didactic provides teaching and<br />
experiment material for all types of schools<br />
and institutions from general secondary<br />
level on up to enable students to learn<br />
environmentally responsible behavior in a<br />
manner consistent with their skills and<br />
abilities.<br />
2 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Experiments on environmental pollution<br />
Experimental studies of ecosystems<br />
The effects of temperature on organisms<br />
Pollution of inland waters<br />
Study of habitats<br />
Water testing<br />
The effect of light on plants<br />
Physical and chemical properties of various<br />
soil types
666 240<br />
Case for environmental measurements<br />
The ideal kit for on-site recording of measurement<br />
data as part of ecological and environmental<br />
instruction.<br />
All four microprocessor-controlled measurement<br />
devices can be connected to the large<br />
digital display (666 250) with 26 mm high LED<br />
display. This allows the hand-held measurement<br />
devices to be used for demonstrations in<br />
class. Computers can be connected easily via<br />
the RS 232 serial interface. Recording measured<br />
values is easy using the user-friendly software<br />
“CASSY Lab“.<br />
In addition to the four hand-held measurement<br />
devices, the case contains all the required<br />
measurement probes, a manual, the necessary<br />
measurement and evaluation software, as well<br />
as the computer connection cable. There is<br />
space for two additional hand-held measurement<br />
devices.<br />
Dimensions: 380 x 275 x 100 mm<br />
Weight: 1.7 kg<br />
666 240<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Hand-held pH-meter . . . . . . . . . .666 221<br />
1 pH single-rod electrode . . . . . . . .667 417<br />
1 Temperature sensor Pt 1000 . . . .666 241<br />
1 Hand-held conductivity meter . . .666 222<br />
1 Conductivity measurement cell with<br />
intergrated temperature sensor . .666 242<br />
1 Hand-held lux-UV-IR-meter . . . . .666 230<br />
1 Lux sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 243<br />
1 Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . .666 225<br />
1 Set of 100 rectangular cells,<br />
polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474<br />
1 Experiment manual . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332<br />
1 Storage case with foam base . . . .666 239<br />
1 Computer connecting cable<br />
including software “CASSY Lab”<br />
(for hand-held measuring<br />
instruments only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 251<br />
The reagent case (> 666 260) is required<br />
as an accessory.<br />
><br />
666 260<br />
666 224 666 231<br />
ecology<br />
666 252<br />
The case for environmental measurements has<br />
been designed to make using the measuring<br />
instruments as uncomplicated as possible, both<br />
in the field and in the laboratory. All instruments<br />
come equipped with an RS-232 interface<br />
as standard to enable their connection to either<br />
a large digital display (in the classroom) or to<br />
a computer. When working in the field, it is possible<br />
to connect up to four instruments to the<br />
data logger. Measured values can be processed<br />
and evaluated using “CASSY Lab“, the user-friendly<br />
evaluation software powered by sophisticated,<br />
state-of-the-art software technology. In<br />
the standard version the set enables measurement<br />
of pH, temperature, conductivity of<br />
liquids, illuminance and fast, simple and precise<br />
measurement of pollutant concentrations in<br />
liquids using a photometer – all in a single lowcost,<br />
high-tech, high performance measuring kit!<br />
see the following pages for descriptions<br />
and technical date of meters and<br />
usefull accessories<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
3
ecology<br />
All-purpose hand-held instruments with a host<br />
of new features for fast, simple measuring.<br />
<strong>General</strong> features<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled measurement,<br />
operation and evaluation<br />
· Large, easy-to-read display with tendency indication<br />
(3 digit LED)<br />
· User-friendly operation by means of splashprotected<br />
membrane keypad<br />
· Ergonomically designed housing permits onehanded<br />
operation<br />
· Extra low power consumption<br />
· Automatic device cut-out when idle for more<br />
than 1/2 hour<br />
· Interchangeable sensors and automatic sensor<br />
recognition<br />
· Connection to external power supply possible<br />
via interface connector<br />
· Can be connected directly to a computer via<br />
connection cable (> 666 251)—no special<br />
interface device required!<br />
Dimensions: 210 x 85 x 37 mm<br />
Weight: 23 g<br />
Sensors not included<br />
Hand-held<br />
pH meter<br />
All instruments shown here<br />
are described<br />
on the following pages<br />
Hand-held<br />
conductivity meter<br />
4 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring instruments<br />
Hand-held<br />
lux-UV-IR meter<br />
Hand-held<br />
photometer<br />
Hand-held oxygen<br />
measuring instrument<br />
Hand-held<br />
sound level meter<br />
Connections for sensors<br />
Serial RS-232 interface<br />
for outputting data to a<br />
large display, computer or<br />
data logger<br />
Measurement quantity<br />
indicator<br />
Large-format display<br />
with tendency indicator<br />
Status indicator<br />
Hold key freezes<br />
measured-value display<br />
Selector keys<br />
for switching measuring<br />
ranges and displaying<br />
min. and max. values<br />
Calibration key<br />
calibration data is<br />
retained in memory when<br />
battery is replaced<br />
On-off key<br />
Summary of operating<br />
instructions (on back)<br />
Power supply:<br />
9 V battery (included in<br />
the scope of delivery)<br />
Data logger
666 221<br />
Hand-held pH meter<br />
For measuring pH, temperature and redox<br />
values. If a temperature sensor (666 241) is<br />
connected, temperature compensations are<br />
carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature<br />
is entered manually on the keypad.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
pH: 0 ... 14 pH ±0.05 pH<br />
–1999 ... +1999 mV ±5%<br />
Temperature:<br />
–199.9 ... +199.9 ˚C ±0.5 ˚C (Pt 1000)<br />
–10.0 ... +110.0 ˚C ±0.2 ˚C (NTC)<br />
Input resistance: 10 19 ohm<br />
Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262)<br />
DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor)<br />
Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
667 417<br />
pH single-rod electrode<br />
In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor<br />
use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia.<br />
666 241<br />
Temperature sensor Pt 1000<br />
For temperature measurement and automatic<br />
temperature compensation.<br />
667 415<br />
Redox probe<br />
For oxidation-reduction measurements, with<br />
platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system;<br />
with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
666 222<br />
Hand-held conductivity meter<br />
For measuring the conductivity (conductance)<br />
of solutions. Temperatures are compensated<br />
automatically by the temperature sensor (integrated<br />
in the conductivity measurement cell) or<br />
manually by entering the values. This device<br />
can also be used to measure temperatures.<br />
The conductivity measurement cell is calibrated<br />
by entering the cell constant or with the help of<br />
the calibration solution. The measurement<br />
range can be selected manually or automatically.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
Conductivity:<br />
0 ... 19.9 µS ±1%<br />
0 ... 1.999 mS ±1%<br />
0 ... 19.9 mS ±1%<br />
0 ... 199.9 mS ±2%<br />
Temperature:<br />
–10.0 ... +110.0 ˚C ±0.2˚C (NTC)<br />
–199.9 ... +199.9 ˚C ±0.5 ˚C (PT 1000)<br />
Input: DIN socket, 8 pins<br />
Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
666 242<br />
Conductivity measurement cell<br />
With integrated temperature sensor for automatic<br />
temperature compensation<br />
666 224<br />
Hand-held oxygen meter<br />
ecology<br />
This device is used for measuring the absolute<br />
content of oxygen in solutions and the relative<br />
saturation of oxygen. The displayed concentration<br />
of oxygen is corrected automatically for air<br />
pressure and temperature, which can also be<br />
displayed.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
0 ... 19.99 mg/l oxygen concentration in<br />
aqueous solutions<br />
0 ... 199.9 % relative saturation in<br />
liquids or air<br />
Temperature: 0 ... 45 ˚C ± 0.5 ˚C<br />
Air pressure: 800 ... 1100 hPa ±10 hPa<br />
Input: DIN socket, 8 pins<br />
Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
667 458<br />
Oxygen electrode<br />
For measuring concentrations of oxygen and<br />
the relative saturation of oxygen. Complete with<br />
an integrated temperature sensor for automatic<br />
temperature compensation, zero-point and<br />
electrolyte solutions for calibrating the<br />
electrode.<br />
667 451<br />
Accessory set for the oxygen electrode<br />
Contains 5 spare caps with membranes.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
5
ecology<br />
666 225<br />
Hand-held photometer<br />
Specially designed for students' and field experiments,<br />
the hand-held photometer is used to<br />
measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples<br />
of water. The various possible measurements<br />
(14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed<br />
inside the device and can be accessed<br />
easily. 4 calibration values can be entered<br />
additionally.<br />
Measurement type:<br />
transmission [% T],<br />
extinction,<br />
concentration [mg/l]<br />
Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm,<br />
510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm<br />
Measureable pollutants:<br />
Ammonium Chlorine<br />
Chloride Potassium<br />
Iron Silicic acid<br />
Nitrate Copper<br />
Nitrite Manganese<br />
o-Phosphate Zinc<br />
Sulphate Sulphide<br />
Turbidity<br />
Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Hand-held photometer<br />
1 Book titled “Ecology - Theoretical background<br />
and experiments with the environmental<br />
measurement case 666 240“<br />
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 332<br />
1 Set of 100 rectangular cells,<br />
polystyrene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 474<br />
><br />
Detailed information<br />
about the large digital display:<br />
see page 9<br />
666 261<br />
666 225<br />
6 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Set of basic reagents<br />
For replacing the contents of the reagent case<br />
(> 666 260).<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Chemicals for detecting:<br />
Ammonium (for 100 tests)<br />
Chloride (for 50 tests)<br />
Iron (for 80 tests)<br />
Nitrate (for 50 tests)<br />
Nitrite (for 100 tests)<br />
o-Phosphate (for 100 tests)<br />
Sulphate (for 100 tests)<br />
Sulphide (for 50 tests)<br />
Buffer solutions, pH 4 and pH 7, 50 ml each<br />
KCI solution, 3 mol/l, 50 ml<br />
666 260<br />
666 260<br />
Reagent case with a set of basic reagents<br />
Set of basic reagents (> 666 261) in case<br />
with foam inlay.<br />
666 262<br />
Supplementary set of reagents<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Chemicals for detecting:<br />
Chlorine (for 50 tests)<br />
Potassium (for 50 tests)<br />
Silicic acid (for 100 tests)<br />
Copper (for 80 tests)<br />
Manganese (for 40 tests)<br />
Zinc (for 50 tests)<br />
Tests which can be conducted using the hand-held photometer and<br />
Set of basic reagents Supplementary set of reagents<br />
(> 666 261) (> 666 262)<br />
Code Test Concentration [mg/l] Code Test Concentration [mg/l]<br />
C 01 Ammonium 0.1…2.0 C 10 Chlorine 0.1…4.0<br />
C 02 Chloride 1…25 C 11 Potassium 2…20<br />
C 03 Iron 0.0…1.8 C 12 Silicic acid 0.1…1.5<br />
C 04 Nitrate 1…70 C 13 Copper 0.1…4.0<br />
C 05 Nitrite 0.05…2.0 C 14 Manganese 0.1…5.0<br />
C 06 o-Phosphate 0.1…5.0 C 15 Zinc 0.2…5.0<br />
C 07 Sulphate 25…400 C 16 - 19 user definable<br />
C 08 Sulphide 0.05…2.0<br />
C 09 Turbidity 50…16000 FNU<br />
Equipment list<br />
Measurement example as demonstration experiment<br />
with large digital display<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Hand-held photometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 225<br />
1 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 260<br />
1 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 250<br />
1 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 502<br />
1 Graduated pipette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 997<br />
1 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 003<br />
1 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 563<br />
1 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 050<br />
1 Test tubes, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 043
Continuous measurement of the<br />
intensity of various types of radiation<br />
from artificial and natural light.<br />
Absorption of radiation by different<br />
materials and gases<br />
Absorption of UV-C radiation<br />
by ozone (“ozone hole“ issue)<br />
Relationship between UV radiation<br />
and air pollution (smog)<br />
Measuring the thermal radiation<br />
of hot objects<br />
Absorption of IR radiation<br />
by gases (greenhouse effect)<br />
666 230<br />
Lux-UV-IR meter<br />
For measuring lux (visible light) as well as UV-A,<br />
UV-B, UV-C and IR radiation (in W/m 2 ) without<br />
sensors.<br />
Measured quantities: lux, UV, IR<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
0 ... 199.9 lx 0 ... 19.99 W/m 2<br />
0 ... 1999 lx 0 ... 199.9 W/m 2<br />
0 ... 19.99 klx 0 ... 1.999 W/m 2<br />
0 ... 199.9 klx<br />
Automatic or manual range selection<br />
Input: 8-pin DIN socket<br />
Output: DIN socket, 6-pin serial interface (electrically<br />
isolated) and external power supply<br />
Supply voltage: 9 V block battery or rechargeable<br />
battery (automatic cut-out after 30 min.)<br />
Dimensions: 21 x 8.5 x 3.7 cm<br />
Weight: 240 g<br />
666 265<br />
UV-IR-VIS experiment kit<br />
Contains radiation sources and materials for<br />
conducting experiments with UV-A/B/C and IR<br />
radiation as well as with visible light. The tray is<br />
used both in setting up the experiments and for<br />
storing the apparatus.<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC / 580 mA (via enclosed<br />
plug-in supply unit)<br />
Dimensions: 510 x 370 x 195 mm<br />
Weight: 2.5 kg<br />
Sensors for UV-IR-VIS experiment set<br />
Cat. No. Description Range<br />
666 244<br />
666 245<br />
666 246<br />
666 243<br />
666 247<br />
666 248<br />
UV-A-sensor 320...400 nm<br />
UV-B-sensor 280...320 nm<br />
UV-C-sensor 220...280 nm<br />
Lux-sensor 400...750 nm<br />
IR-sensor 750...1700 nm<br />
IR-CO2 sensor 4100...4300 nm<br />
ecology<br />
Measuring visible light,<br />
UV and IR radiations<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Radiation sources: UV-A, UV-B, UV-C,<br />
IR/VIS lamps, switchable<br />
Filters: IR, UV, sunlight filters (chemical)<br />
Cuvettes: For measuring the absorption of<br />
gases, with spark gap for generating<br />
ozone; for holding liquids<br />
Materials: Various samples (glass, quartz glass,<br />
plastics, etc.) for demonstrating the different<br />
radiation absorption characteristics; cards<br />
for fluorescence and luminescence<br />
Miscellaneous:<br />
Holder for cuvettes and sensors, cover<br />
666 2651<br />
IR-CO2 experiment set<br />
For experiments on infrared (heat) radiation, particularly<br />
IR absorption and emission of carbon<br />
dioxide (greenhouse effect). The experiment set<br />
contains an IR radiator, a mirrored measuring<br />
cuvette and various holders, e.g. for temperature<br />
sensors and IR sensor. The tray (including<br />
cover) is used both for experiment setup and for<br />
storage. A power supply, e.g. > 667 827, is<br />
required to power the IR radiator.<br />
IR radiator<br />
Range: approx. 1000 … 8000 nm<br />
(temperature-dependent)<br />
Dimensions: 43 mm dia., 75 mm long<br />
Current: 6 A; voltage: 4 V<br />
Measuring cuvette with GL thread for attaching<br />
a temperature sensor<br />
Dimensions: 44 mm dia., 150 mm long<br />
Overall dimensions: 390 x 335 x 80 mm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
7
ecology<br />
666 231<br />
Sound level meter<br />
For linear and aurally compensated (dBA) measurement<br />
of sound levels. The device can be<br />
matched to level variations by applying various<br />
time evaluations. The device can store up to<br />
4000 measured values. The measurement data<br />
can be transmitted to a PC for further evaluation<br />
via a serial cable (666 251).<br />
Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB<br />
Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA<br />
(aurally compensated)<br />
Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s)<br />
Display accuracy: 0.1 dB<br />
Measurement accuracy: ± 1.5 dB<br />
Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz<br />
Storage function: 4000 measured values<br />
Interface: serial (RS 232) for computer connection<br />
Voltage supply: 9 V battery<br />
Length of microphone lead: 1 m<br />
Dimensions:<br />
housing: 210 · 85 · 37 mm<br />
microphone: 100 mm x 12 mm dia.<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Sound level meter<br />
1 Microphone<br />
1 9 V battery<br />
666 251<br />
8 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Computer connection cable with software<br />
This cable allows the hand-held measurement<br />
devices to be connected directly to the serial<br />
interface (9-pin) of a computer. The cable is<br />
supplied together with the software “Cassy<br />
Lab“ for easy transmission, display and evaluation<br />
of measurement data.<br />
666 252 666 221 666 222<br />
Data-Logger with hand-held instruments connected<br />
666 252<br />
Hand-held data logger<br />
The data logger is used for storing values<br />
measured on-site with hand-held devices. Up<br />
to four hand-held devices can be connected<br />
simultaneously to the data logger, which stores<br />
up to eight measured values per measuring<br />
interval. The data logger can be powered by an<br />
external battery to permit measurement periods<br />
which exceed one week. The device<br />
records up to 6 measurement series, 8000<br />
values each, plus time. Data logger operation is<br />
menu-driven via a 3-line alphanumeric display.<br />
It can be connected to the serial interface (RS<br />
232) of a computer with the special connection<br />
cable (666 251). The stored measurement<br />
values can then be transmitted, displayed and<br />
processed with the help of the software<br />
“CASSY Lab“.<br />
The data logger can also be used as an on-line<br />
interface, enabling connection of up to four<br />
hand-held instruments to a single computer<br />
serial port for real-time measurement of up to<br />
eight parameters on the PC.<br />
Display: 3-line, 12-digit LCD<br />
allowing the display of stored data<br />
Data memory: 128 KB, for a maximum of<br />
6 measurement series, 8000 values each,<br />
plus time<br />
Interface: serial, allowing the simultaneous<br />
connection of up to four measurement devices<br />
(on-line interface); serial output for PC<br />
(9600 bps)<br />
Power supply:<br />
9 V battery or external power supply<br />
Integrated quartz clock<br />
With leads for 4 meters<br />
plus rechargeable battery
666 250<br />
Large digital display<br />
All microprocessor-controlled hand-held measuring<br />
devices can be connected directly to the<br />
large digital display via its serial input. The highly<br />
visible 26 mm LED display thus permits the<br />
hand-held meters to be used in demonstration<br />
experiments. The large display also has a printer<br />
and recorder output.<br />
The measurement values can be printed out at<br />
specified time intervals.<br />
A 1.5 m long connection cable for hand-held<br />
measurement devices is included.<br />
Input: serial for hand-held measurement<br />
devices with a voltage supply<br />
for hand-held measurement devices<br />
Output:<br />
1 x analog -2 V ... + 2 V for a recorder, 2 mV<br />
resolution, 4 mV accuracy,<br />
1 x Centronics (parallel) for a printer<br />
Display: 3 1 / 2 digits, 7 segments for measurement<br />
values (26 mm high), 4 x 14 segment<br />
display for measurement units (14 mm high)<br />
Adjustable printing time intervals: 1 s, 5 s, 10 s,<br />
30 s, 60 s, 10 min, 30 min, 60 min<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
666 238<br />
Storage case for<br />
hand-held measuring instruments<br />
For storage and safe transportation of a handheld<br />
measuring instrument with accessories<br />
(battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay.<br />
Dimensions: 270 x 200 x 65 mm<br />
Weight: 450 g<br />
Sensors and electrodes for digital hand-held and demonstration measuring instruments<br />
ecology<br />
Digital hand held measuring instruments Digital demonstration measuring intruments<br />
Cat.No. Sensors, probes pH-meter Conductivity Luxmeter Oxygen pH-meter Conductivity Thermometer<br />
meter meter meter<br />
666 221 666 222 666 230 666 224 667 420 667 439 666 209<br />
666 450 666 451 666 454<br />
Temperature<br />
666 193 NiCr-Ni ✔<br />
666 212 NTC ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔<br />
666 213 Surface temperature probe, NiCr-Ni ✔<br />
666 214 Temperature sensor, Pt 100 ✔ ✔<br />
666 241 Temperature sensor, Pt 1000 ✔ ✔<br />
Single-rod pH electrode<br />
667 424 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass ✔ ✔<br />
667 417 Single-rod pH-electrode, plastic shaft ✔ ✔<br />
667 418 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, conical diaphragm ✔ ✔<br />
667 419 Single-rod pH-electrode, glass, flat diaphragm ✔ ✔<br />
667 421 Single-rod pH-electrode, integrated temperature sensor ✔<br />
667 415 Single-rod redox probe ✔ ✔<br />
667 422 Ag/AgCl reference electrode ✔<br />
667 423 Measurement electrode, platinum pin ✔<br />
Special sensors<br />
667 426 Conductivity measurement cell ✔<br />
666 242 Conductivity measurement cell, integr. temp. sensor ✔<br />
666 243 Lux sensor ✔<br />
666 244 UV-A-sensor ✔<br />
666 245 UV-B-sensor ✔<br />
666 246 UV-C-sensor ✔<br />
666 247 IR-sensor ✔<br />
667 458 Oxygen, integrated temperature sensor ✔<br />
666 248 IR-CO2-sensor ✔<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
9
ecology<br />
Environmental testing<br />
666 329<br />
Environmental analysis case<br />
A great number of substances which are important to the environment may<br />
be analysed with the aid of test sticks in a semi-quantitative manner. The<br />
test sticks may be used as an economical alternative, supplementing measurements<br />
made with electronic measuring instruments. The test sticks are<br />
easy to use and rapidly provide useful results.<br />
The analysis case offers a versatile selection of test systems, matched specifically<br />
to the treatment of ecological topics.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Set of 100 pH test sticks, pH 4.5-10.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 280<br />
1 Set of 100 water hardness rapid tests, 0-25 d. . . . . . . . . . . . 661 142<br />
1 Set of 100 rapid tests nitrate: 10-500mg/lnitrite: 1-50 mg/l . . 666 281<br />
1 Set of 100 iron rapid tests 2-100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 282<br />
1 Set of 100 sulphite rapid tests 10–100 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 283<br />
1 Set of 200 chlorine rapid tests detection limit 1mg/l . . . . . . . 666 284<br />
1 Set of 100 ammonia rapid tests 10-400 mg/l NH+4 . . . . . . . 666 294<br />
1 Set of 100 petroleum products rapid tests 1-10 mg/l . . . . . . 666 286<br />
1 Set of 40 lead rapid tests detection limit<br />
0.05 µg Pb or 5 mg/l Pb 2+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 144<br />
1 Set of 100 sulphate rapid tests 200-1600 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 287<br />
1 Set of 100 phosphate rapid tests 0.1-1.5 mg/l . . . . . . . . . . . 666 292<br />
1 Heavy metal test solution, summation parameter . . . . . . . . . 671 788<br />
1 Beaker, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 121<br />
10 Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 251<br />
2 Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 285<br />
2 Syringes with exchangeable hollow needle, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . 665 958<br />
10 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 326<br />
Analysis case for ecological tests<br />
This low-cost, portable analysis kit permits determination of the most<br />
important substances and parameters in water with adequate accuracy<br />
using colorimetric and titrimetric testing aids.<br />
The case can also be used by students or lay persons thanks to cards with<br />
pictogram representations. The concentrations of a sample can be found<br />
and read off easily by sliding the comparator. As measurements are conducted<br />
using two cells (sample cell and reference cell), turbidity and<br />
discolorations of the sample are compensated and thus cannot falsify the<br />
measuring results. An undiluted sample can be used in most cases.<br />
The set contains no toxic chemicals. The reagents are sufficient for 50 to<br />
400 tests, depending on the type. Replacement testing aids are also<br />
available individually.<br />
The following tests can be conducted using the analysis case<br />
Parameter Measuring range Number of tests Type of test<br />
Ammonium<br />
Nitrate<br />
Nitrite<br />
+<br />
0,2…3,0 mg/l NH4 -<br />
2…100 mg/l NO3 +<br />
0,02…0,5 mg/l NO2 50<br />
120<br />
150<br />
Comparator<br />
Comparator<br />
Comparator<br />
Phosphate 0,2…5 mg/l P 100 Comparator<br />
Total hardness 1 drop = 1 °d ca. 100 Titration<br />
Carbonate hardness 1 drop = 1 °d ca. 100 Titration<br />
pH 4,0…9,0 400 Titration<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
4 comparator testers, each consisting of:<br />
Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling<br />
2 measuring jars, 20 mm dia. with screw cap<br />
Sliding comparator for measuring jars<br />
Reagent bottles, Measuring spoon 70 mm<br />
3 titration testers, each consisting of:<br />
Plastic syringe 5 ml for sampling<br />
Sample jar with ring mark, Reagent bottles
666 325<br />
Sampling case for<br />
chemical analysis of water and soil<br />
This case is intended as a supplement to the<br />
other environmental measurement cases; it<br />
contains all instruments which are required for<br />
taking of water and soil samples and preparing<br />
these for analysis on the sampling site.<br />
Specifically it is possible to prepare the test<br />
solutions on the spot needed for measuring<br />
pollutants in the water with the aid of the<br />
photometer (> 666 225) .<br />
A removable foam inlay in the case is used to<br />
hold the sample bottles, so that any spillage is<br />
effectively prevented when preparing the test<br />
solutions. Included in the case is also a wideneck<br />
polyethylene bottle for disposal of the<br />
chemicals used in connection with the photometer<br />
and the set of chemicals.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
18 Snap-cap bottles, 20 ml 661 251<br />
2 Measuring flasks, 50 ml 665 792<br />
1 Piston pipette 665 987<br />
5 Wide-neck bottles, 250 ml 661 286<br />
1 Wide-neck bottle, 1 l 661 288<br />
1 Wash bottle, 1 l 661 244<br />
1 Hand shovel, plastic 666 970<br />
1 Adhesive film for labelling 663 612<br />
1 Felt pen 667 020<br />
1 Foam inlay for<br />
holding the sample bottles<br />
additionally recommended:<br />
Water sampling beaker<br />
with holding rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 340<br />
666 337<br />
Case for soil analysis<br />
Case for analysing samples of soil and for<br />
determining soil nutrients (potassium, phosphorus,<br />
nitrogen), pH, lime requirement, soil<br />
moisture, type of soil and soil density. The<br />
semiquantitative analyses are conducted with<br />
the aid of test sticks or with the Visicolor ® -test<br />
system.<br />
666 325<br />
666 337<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
ecology<br />
1 Balance<br />
1 Soil sieve, 2 mm mesh<br />
1 Wash bottle, 500 ml dist. water<br />
1 Spraying insert<br />
2 Sample beakers, 250 ml<br />
2 Shaking bottles, 300 ml<br />
1 Tin for storing samples of soil, 500 ml<br />
2 Graduated cylinders on base, 100 ml<br />
2 Plastic shovels<br />
2 Funnels, 80 mm dia.<br />
1 Double-ended spatula, metal<br />
1 Glass pestle<br />
1 HE comparator<br />
1 Sedimentation tube<br />
4 HE measurement tubes with screw-on cap<br />
1 HE colour disc, pH 4.0 to 10.0<br />
1 HE colour disc, 1-20 mg P/100g<br />
1 Measurement tube 2-15 mg/l K<br />
1 Sample tube for potassium<br />
1 Sample tube for ammonia<br />
1 Syringe with hose, 10 ml<br />
1 Syringe, 5 ml<br />
1 Syringe with hollow needle, 1 ml<br />
1 Measurement spoon<br />
for potassium detection<br />
10 Pieces of cardboard, 240 x 320 mm<br />
1 CaCl 2 solution, 1 l<br />
1 DL solution, 1 l<br />
1 CaCl 2 concentrate, 100 ml<br />
1 DL concentrate, 100 ml<br />
2 pH test solutions, pH 4 to 10, 30 ml<br />
1 Reagent phosphorous 1, 30 ml<br />
1 Reagent phosphorous 2, 30 ml<br />
1 Reagent phosphorous-K, 30 ml<br />
2 Reagents ammonia 1, 30 ml<br />
1 Pyrophosphate solution, 30 ml<br />
2 Reagents potassium 1, 30 ml<br />
1 Reagent potassium 2, 30 ml<br />
1 pH test sticks, pH 2 to 9 (100 pcs.)<br />
1 Ammonia test sticks (100 pcs.)<br />
1 Nitrate test sticks (100 pcs.)<br />
1 Folded filters, 185 mm dia. (100 pcs.)<br />
1 Experiment manual, 48 pages<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
11
ecology<br />
666 327 666 328<br />
668 311<br />
Evaluation of water quality<br />
based on biological indicators<br />
73 pages, A4 size, in German<br />
By Dr. W. Xylander<br />
This book describes the way in which to take<br />
samples and hints are provided on the various<br />
methods of evaluation and frequently encountered<br />
indicator organisms; a simple key for<br />
determining the kind of organism is included<br />
which specifically meets teaching requirements.<br />
668 391<br />
Investigation of all<br />
ground and bush-living organisms<br />
39 pages, A4 size, in German<br />
By G. Stumpf<br />
The book describes the methods for investigating<br />
the areas in question and hints are given as<br />
to important organisms and methods of investigation.<br />
666 328<br />
12 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Sampling case for<br />
ground and bush organisms<br />
For investigation of the ground and bush zones<br />
as to the presence (type and quantity) of organisms.<br />
With the equipment contained in this case<br />
it is possible to equip up to four groups with<br />
different collecting bottles. This case is an ideal<br />
supplement to the sampling case for aquatic<br />
organisms (> 666 327 ) as investigations<br />
making use of the equipment from both cases<br />
may cover areas close to the bodies of water,<br />
thereby enabling comprehensive insights as to<br />
the organisms living in a well-defined area.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Knock collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 370<br />
1 Grazing catch net . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 371<br />
1 Beetle sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 372<br />
1 Suction exhaustor with nozzle . . .666 373<br />
1 Sieve, plastic,<br />
2 mm mesh, 160 mm dia. . . . . . .666 351<br />
1 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376<br />
15 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252<br />
3 Miniature separating tanks . . . . . .665 563<br />
1 Folding pocket magnifier,<br />
7 x magnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 128<br />
1 Pair of tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . .662 034<br />
1 Plastic foil, white, 1 m 2<br />
additionally recommended:<br />
1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309<br />
666 327<br />
Sampling case for aquatic organisms<br />
The chemical and physical examination of<br />
bodies of water provides important information<br />
on their momentary condition.<br />
To obtain information on the long-term changes<br />
in a body of water, however, it is necessary to<br />
undertake a biological analysis as well. An<br />
investigation based on certain “indicator organisms“<br />
is highly suitable for determining the longterm,<br />
general condition of a body of water.<br />
The sampling case for aquatic organisms<br />
contains equipment for four groups, making it<br />
possible to take samples of water and examine<br />
them for the presence of organisms and<br />
to store the samples and the organisms they<br />
contain.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Brush, size 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 335<br />
1 Brush, size 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 341<br />
4 Tweezers, blunt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 034<br />
15 Pasteur pipettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 950<br />
15 Dropper teats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 954<br />
10 Block dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 006<br />
4 Preparation needles . . . . . . . . . . .662 011<br />
4 Sieves, 1 mm mesh, 70 mm dia. . .666 350<br />
4 Sieves, 2 mm mesh,160 mm dia. .666 351<br />
1 Aquarium thermometer . . . . . . . . .662 295<br />
10 Snap-cap bottles, 50 ml . . . . . . . .661 252<br />
1 Wash bottle, 1l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 244<br />
5 Wide-neck plastic bottles, 250 ml . .661 232<br />
1 Plankton net, mesh, 105 µm . . . .662 308<br />
1 Selection dish, white, plastic . . . . .666 376<br />
additionally recommended:<br />
1 Extension stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 309
Equipment list<br />
Observing the composting process<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Compost trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 323<br />
1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209<br />
4 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212<br />
1 Labjack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 583<br />
�<br />
666 343<br />
Imhoff funnel �<br />
Sedimentation vessel to DIN 12 672, with stopcock<br />
and continuous graduation to 1000 ml.<br />
Height: 560 mm<br />
666 345<br />
Rain gauge after Hellmann �<br />
Made of metal with clear polystyrene beaker.<br />
Catchment area: 100 cm 2<br />
Graduations: 0 ... 25 mm rainfall<br />
Increments: 0.5 mm<br />
Diameter: 12 cm<br />
Height: 35 cm<br />
666 330<br />
Soil drill �<br />
For taking samples of soil<br />
up to a depth of 35 cm.<br />
Length: 1 m approx.<br />
666 344<br />
�<br />
Various tools for ecology<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Elutriation cylinder after Atterberg �<br />
With drain for separation of coarse and<br />
fine soil particles.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 305 mm (d x h)<br />
�<br />
�<br />
666 181<br />
Soil thermometer �<br />
With 30 cm long steel stake and two detachable<br />
handles for insertion into hard soil.<br />
Measurement range: -38 ... +50 °C<br />
Graduations: 1°C<br />
Length: 570 mm<br />
666 332<br />
Sieves for soil investigations �<br />
4 sieves with catch tray, to ISO 3310/1.<br />
Frame material: brass<br />
Sieve material: stainless steel<br />
Mesh: 0.063; 0.2; 0.63 and 2.0 mm<br />
Durchmessser: 150 mm<br />
Höhe: 50 mm<br />
666 335<br />
Peha-meter after Hellige �<br />
Tray with indicator liquid and colour scale for<br />
introductory student experiments on the determination<br />
of the pH value.<br />
666 340<br />
�<br />
Sampling beaker<br />
For taking water samples.<br />
Volume: 1 l<br />
Rod length: 1,2 m<br />
Demonstration compost trunk<br />
ecology<br />
Composting and accessories<br />
Demonstration compost trunk with digital thermometer<br />
662 323<br />
For vivid demonstration and observation of the<br />
decomposition processes (compostation) of<br />
organic materials also in the laboratory.<br />
The compost trunk is made of a clear material<br />
and carries an imprinted cm scale suitable for<br />
writing on. The temperature within the compost<br />
may be measured through the holes which are<br />
provided on the sides.<br />
When filled correctly there will be no unpleasant<br />
smells.<br />
Dimensions: 650 mm high; 300 mm dia.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Compost trunk<br />
1 Trough made of black plastic<br />
(530 x 420 x 110 mm)<br />
2 Plastic pads (350 x 70 x 35 mm)<br />
Comprehensive instruction sheet<br />
662 308<br />
Plankton net<br />
Mesh made of nylon, for casting or pole use.<br />
A detachable collecting vessel with bayonet<br />
catch is attached to the end of the net.<br />
With thread for extension stick (> 662 309).<br />
Mesh: 100 µm<br />
Overall length: 580 mm<br />
Diameter at the top: 150 mm<br />
662 309<br />
Extension stick<br />
For > 662 308; made of aluminium tubes with<br />
standard attachment screw.<br />
Overall length: 2,2 m<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
13
ecology<br />
Air pollution and waste gas purification<br />
The catalytic converter<br />
Automobile exhaust emissions are a major source<br />
of air pollution today and are considered as a<br />
major factor for the forest's dying off.<br />
The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD<br />
DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the<br />
lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the<br />
amount of oxides of nitrogen NOx hydrocarbons<br />
CxHy , and carbon monoxide CO emitted<br />
by vehicles (although the oxidation of CO and<br />
CxHy results in an increased output of the<br />
greenhouse gas CO2 ). The untreated exhaust<br />
gases (from the cold engine) are first collected in<br />
an air bag and tested for pollutants with the aid<br />
of testing tubes. The results are clear: The<br />
exhaust gas from cars contains detectable<br />
concentrations of pollutants. After the exhaust<br />
gas has been made to pass over a heated catalytic<br />
converter (300 °C) the same tests clearly<br />
demonstrate the effectiveness of the catalytic<br />
conversion process. Through calculation of the<br />
amounts of gas produced, it is possible to show<br />
that, in addition to reducing the primary<br />
pollutants, it is necessary to reduce fuel<br />
consumption if emissions of CO2 are to be<br />
meaningfully reduced.<br />
666 360<br />
Catalytic convertor<br />
Type: Original Monolith 3-way catalytic convertor<br />
in quartz tube<br />
Active phase: Plated with platinum (palladium),<br />
rhodium and metallic oxides<br />
Overall length: 200 mm<br />
Overall diameter: 30 mm<br />
666 310<br />
Gas tester<br />
For rapid and accurate measurement of gas<br />
and vapour concentrations in air. The gas tester<br />
consists of a suction bulb and a holder for the<br />
testing tubes. The testing tubes are matched to<br />
the substance which is to be measured and<br />
change colour in a characteristic way in the<br />
presence of a particular substance.<br />
Comprehensive operating instructions are<br />
included.<br />
14 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS catalytic converter assembly<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter 666 440<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
2 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi 666 193<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Spare air bags set of 10 662 301<br />
3 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Tube CO test, set of 10 666 319<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
Test tubes<br />
Set of 10<br />
Cat. No. Tube for Range/ sensitivity<br />
666 309<br />
666 311<br />
666 312<br />
CnHn test<br />
CO2 test<br />
CO test<br />
0.002...0.3 Vol. %<br />
0,1…7 Vol%<br />
5,0…1000 ppm<br />
666 319 CO test 0,5…7 Vol%<br />
666 317 formaldehyde test 0,2…2,5 ppm<br />
666 315 alcohol test 0,1…3,5 Vol%<br />
666 308<br />
666 313<br />
666 318<br />
666 316<br />
666 307<br />
alcotest<br />
NOx test<br />
NOx test<br />
* O2test ozone test<br />
0,8 % 0 ±2,5 %<br />
0,5…50 ppm<br />
10,0…300 ppm<br />
5,0…23 Vol%<br />
0,005…1,4 ppm<br />
666 314<br />
* = set of 8<br />
SO2 test 0,5…25 ppm
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly DENOX plant<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-DENOX-process 666 476<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
3 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 CPS-wash bottle 666 478<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi 666 193<br />
1 CPS Gas generator 666 436<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
Chemicals<br />
Ammonia solution, 25% 670 360<br />
Copper, turnings 672 870<br />
Nitric acid, 65 % 674 660<br />
Sulphanilic acid 674 971<br />
Acetic acid 671 950<br />
Sodium hydroxide 673 680<br />
N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiaminedihydrochloride 673 452<br />
Equipment list<br />
Stack gas desulfurization<br />
666 477<br />
SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor<br />
Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX<br />
process (> 666 476). Also suitable for CPS<br />
exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440).<br />
Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing<br />
nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in<br />
a quartz tube.<br />
For integration into experiment configurations,<br />
includes 2 silicon plugs with holes<br />
Length: 200 mm<br />
Internal diameter: 40 mm<br />
Quantity Description Cat.No.<br />
1 CPS Gas washer 666 430<br />
1 CPS Gas collector 666 432<br />
1 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer 666 438<br />
1 CPS Hose fastener 666 449<br />
2 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. 664 442<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 CPS Pedestal 666 441<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m 667 186<br />
1 Water jet pump* 375 56<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Silicone gasket for 667 312, 10 pieces 667 306<br />
* The controllable aeration pump (**666 482) can be used as an alternative.<br />
CPS experiment assembly DENOX process<br />
><br />
ecology<br />
DENOX process<br />
This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas<br />
(DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale<br />
plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures.<br />
The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas<br />
involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium<br />
or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR<br />
method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to<br />
form environmentally compatible substances.<br />
CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization<br />
For further information<br />
on the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System CPS,<br />
see pages 81<br />
Stack gas desulfurization<br />
Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard equipment<br />
for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when fossil<br />
fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4 . The<br />
process can performed quite simply in the experiments.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
15
ecology<br />
Meteorology<br />
With the new radio-controlled weather station it is possible to record up to<br />
14 parameters, both indoors and outdoors, with no wiring required.<br />
The sensors can be mounted virtually anywhere. The measurement signals<br />
are transmitted up to distances of 100 m.<br />
The outdoor sensors are powered by built-in solar cells. The measurement<br />
data can be displayed concurrently in the LC display and/or transmitted to a<br />
computer via a radio interface for storage and evaluation.<br />
Outdoor temperature sensor (temperature, humidity)<br />
Radio rainfall gauge<br />
16 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
606 040<br />
Electronic radio weather station WS 2000<br />
Compact electronic weather station for simultaneous measurement and<br />
display of 14 measurement quantities relevant to weather and climate:<br />
• Indoor temperature<br />
• Indoor humidity<br />
• Outdoor temperature<br />
• Outdoor humidity<br />
• Wind speed<br />
• Variation range of wind direction<br />
• Total rainfall<br />
• Rainfall over 24 hours<br />
• Absolute barometric pressure<br />
• Barometric pressure tendency<br />
• Barometric history (24 hours)<br />
• Weather pictures<br />
• Super-accurate DFC time (radio-controlled clock)<br />
• Date<br />
Enables connection of up to 9 temperature/humidity sensors.<br />
Measurement data is transmitted via radio-no cables or wiring!<br />
Sensors can be set up to 100 m from the base station. The following values<br />
can be displayed at a keystroke:<br />
• Measured values<br />
• Min./max. values<br />
• Dew point<br />
Device permits programming of alarm values, e.g. frost danger.<br />
Display: 300 segment LCD display, for simultaneous display of measured<br />
values 160 x 83 mm<br />
Radio transmission: 433 MHz, for linking all sensors<br />
Temperature: two temperatures registered simultaneously;<br />
resolution 0.1 °C, accuracy ±1 °C, for connnection of up to 9 sensors<br />
Relative humidity: simultaneous dislplay of two measured values,<br />
resolution 1 %, accuracy ±8 %, for connnection of up to 9 sensors<br />
Wind speed: display in either km/h, m/s, knots, Beaufort;<br />
Resolution 0.1 km/h, Accuracy 2%<br />
Wind direction: graphical display with compass rose (resolution 22.5°) with<br />
indication of variation in wind direction, digital display with ° resolution<br />
instead of wind speed possible<br />
Barometric pressure: Range 300...1100 hPa, Resolution 1 hPa,<br />
accuracy ± 1 hPa<br />
Barometric pressure tendency: indicated by 5 arrows<br />
(rising, rising sharply, falling, falling sharply, steady)<br />
Change in barometric pressure: bar diagram display, up to 24 h history<br />
Rainfall: measuring range 0...999 mm with simultaneous display of total<br />
(since last reset) and 24 h or 1 h precipitation; resolution 0.5 mm,<br />
accuracy 2% ± 1 mm<br />
Weather forecast: with wather symbols sunny, partly cloudy, cloudy, rainy<br />
Storage options: min/max with date and time<br />
Voltage supply: 6 x mignon-type batteries, (> 685 44, not included)<br />
Housing dimensions: 217 x 160 x 30 mm<br />
Weight: 0.6 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Base station<br />
1 Indoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, barometric pressure)<br />
1 Outdoor radio sensor (temperature, humidity, solar-powerd)<br />
1 Radio precipitation measuring system (solar powered)<br />
1 Radio wind sensor (solar powered)
Radio wind sensor<br />
606 043<br />
PC radio interface<br />
The PC radio interface and the corresponding<br />
Windows software enables all measured values<br />
from the sensors of the weather station WS<br />
2000 to be recorded by radio and graphically<br />
evaluated on a PC. The radio interface is<br />
connected to the computer via a standard<br />
serial port COM1...COM4).<br />
Sensor data can even be stored for periods of<br />
up to one month when the computer is<br />
switched off.<br />
The data can be exported in ASCII format for<br />
evaluation using external programs.<br />
Radio transmission: from radio sensor<br />
to interface<br />
Range (in the open): up to 100 m<br />
PC port: RS-232<br />
Windows evaluation softare: included with<br />
radio interface<br />
Harware requirements: IBM-compatible PC<br />
Voltage supply: 2 mignon-type batteries<br />
(not included)<br />
Dimensions: 100 ·50·70 mm<br />
Weight: 0.15 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 PC-radio interface<br />
1 Connection lead<br />
1 9-pin connector plug<br />
1 CD-Rom with WINDOWS<br />
evaluation software;<br />
system description<br />
666 346<br />
Weather station (meteograph)<br />
For automatic registration of temperature, relative<br />
humidity and barometric pressure. In a stable<br />
die-cast aluminium housing with carrying<br />
handle. Glass surround for maximum visibility.<br />
Low-friction, corrosion-proof bearings for the<br />
internal measurement equipment. The electric<br />
chart drum drive is quartz controlled for<br />
extremely accurate timing of the charts. The<br />
drum rotation speed may be set for 1 revolution<br />
per 7 days or 1 revolution daily.<br />
Included is a battery (service life approx. 1 year)<br />
and a one-year supply of chart paper.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
Barometric pressure: 978 mbar to 1042 mbar<br />
Temperature: - 30 °C to + 40 °C<br />
Relative humidity: 10 % to 100 % R.H.<br />
Dimensions: 25 cm · 13 cm · 26.5 cm<br />
Weight: 3.1 kg<br />
666 347<br />
Chart paper<br />
For weather station (> 666 346)), 105 sheets.<br />
666 270<br />
Digital thermometer/hygrometer<br />
ecology<br />
For measuring relative humidity and temperature;<br />
automatic temperature compensation<br />
during measurement. Complete with combined<br />
moisture and temperature sensor.<br />
Display: LCD, 3 1 / 2 digit, 13 mm high<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
rel. humidity: 5 ... 95%<br />
temperature: 0 ... 60 °C<br />
32 ... 92 °F<br />
Accuracy: ± 2% of meas. value<br />
Voltage supply: 9-volt battery (included)<br />
Dimensions: 19.5 · 7.8 · 3.0 cm<br />
Weight: 0.2 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
17
ecology<br />
667 917<br />
667 922<br />
Digital field meter<br />
For measurement of magnetic and electric<br />
alternating fields (electrosmog), e.g. under high<br />
voltage lines, in the vicinity of electric devices<br />
(monitor), in work rooms, close to railways, in<br />
the vicinity of electric coils, and for testing the<br />
effectiveness of electromagnetic screening<br />
(Faraday's cage).<br />
· Fast response<br />
· LCD display for reliable readings<br />
· Automatic battery monitor<br />
· Simple to use<br />
Detailed operating and experiment instructions<br />
in German are included with the instrument.<br />
Display: LCD 2 1/2 digits, 13 mm high<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
Magnetic field: 200, 2,000, 20,000 nT<br />
Electric field: 20, 200, 2,000 V/m<br />
Accuracy (at 50 Hz):<br />
Magnetic field: ± 5%<br />
Electric field: ± 10%<br />
Frequencies:<br />
without filter: 16 Hz ... 100 kHz ± 1 dB<br />
with filter HP 50: 50 Hz - 100 kHz ± 1 dB<br />
with filter TP2K: 16 Hz - 2 kHz ± 1 dB<br />
Probe: 138 x 40 x 24 mm<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery (included)<br />
Dimensions: 158 x 85 x 45 mm<br />
Weight: 0.4 kg<br />
18 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 917<br />
Anemometer<br />
Hand-held instrument for straightforward wind<br />
speed measurements.<br />
With pointer lock for fixing the measured value.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
0 … 120 km h -1<br />
0 … 35 m s -1<br />
0 … 12° Beaufort<br />
0 … 70 knots<br />
Cup wheel dia.: 10 cm<br />
Height: approx. 20 cm<br />
Electrosmog Noise pollution<br />
667 922<br />
666 231<br />
666 231<br />
Sound level meter<br />
For linear and aurally compensated (dBA)<br />
measurement of sound levels. The device can<br />
be matched to level variations by applying<br />
various time evaluations. The device can store<br />
up to 4000 measured values.<br />
The measurement data can be transmitted to<br />
a PC for further evaluation via a serial cable<br />
(> 666 251)<br />
Measuring range: 20 ... 135 dB<br />
Type of measurement: dB (linear) or dBA<br />
(aurally compensated)<br />
Time evaluation: slow (1 s), fast (0.125 s)<br />
Display accuracy: 0.1 dB<br />
Measurement accuracy: ± 1.5 dB<br />
Frequency range: 20 Hz ... 20 kHz<br />
Storage function: 4000 measured values<br />
Interface:<br />
serial (RS 232) for computer connection<br />
Voltage supply: 9 V battery<br />
Length of microphone lead: 1 m<br />
Dimensions:<br />
housing: 210 · 85 · 37 mm<br />
microphone: 100mm x 12 mm dia.<br />
weight: 0.3 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Sound level meter<br />
1 Microphone<br />
1 9 V battery
Radioactivity<br />
667 918<br />
Geiger counter<br />
Compact instrument for measuring beta, gamma,<br />
x-ray and neutron radiation with a considerably<br />
higher sensitivity than conventional Geiger<br />
counters and probes. The flat shape of the<br />
counter makes it ideal for contamination measurements,<br />
similar to a surface counter. Pulses<br />
indicated via loudspeaker plus direct analog<br />
meter. Enables direct counting of individual<br />
events (i.e. including the background effect) in<br />
conjunction with the pulse counter (> 667<br />
919 ). Complete with lead with 4-mm plugs for<br />
connection to counters with pulse input, e.g.<br />
counter P ( 575 45 ), Counter S (> 575 47 ) or<br />
CASSYpack E (> 524 007 ). Battery operated<br />
for portable, on-site use. Sturdy plastic housing.<br />
Comes complete with battery.<br />
Measuring ranges:0 to 3 mrem h-1<br />
0-3 mR h-1<br />
0 to 30 mSv h -1<br />
Measurement accuracy: ±30%<br />
Battery type: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 )<br />
Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: 350 g<br />
667 919<br />
Pulse counter<br />
For expanding the functionality of the Geiger<br />
counter (> 667 918) and counting individual<br />
events even at high pulse frequencies.<br />
Measure values displayed either constantly or<br />
with reference to a time interval (1 or 10 minutes).<br />
With quartz-stabilized time base. Power supply<br />
via the Geiger counter (> 667 918)<br />
Display: pulse count or rate<br />
Counting volume: 6 decades<br />
Digit height: 9 mm (7-segment LED)<br />
Power supply:<br />
via Geiger counter (> 667 918)<br />
Dimensions: 155 mm x 75 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 0.2 kg<br />
666 300<br />
667 920<br />
Case for Geiger counter (> 667 918 )<br />
and the pulse counter (> 667 919)<br />
Plastic case with foam inlay.<br />
Dimensions (W x H x D): 30 cm x 20 cm x 8 cm<br />
666 301<br />
Membrane filtration unit<br />
For microbiological work, consisting of filtration<br />
unit (clear polycarbonate, suitable for autoclaving)<br />
and catch basin<br />
Filter diameter: 47 mm<br />
Working volume: 250 ml<br />
Operating press.: max. 2 bar overpressure<br />
Sterilization: 120°C autoclave temperature<br />
Dimensions: 250 mm high, 100 mm dia.<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
666 300<br />
667 920<br />
667 918<br />
Membrane filtration set<br />
Especially for water and soil analysis, complete<br />
with aluminium carrying case. The case contains<br />
all the equipment, consumables and a<br />
manual necessary for the following biological<br />
and chemical investigations:<br />
Detection of microorganisms<br />
- in water, in air, in soil<br />
The effects of antibiotics<br />
Gas formation during alcohol fermentation<br />
Detection of yeast in foods<br />
Growth of bacteria at different temperatures<br />
Detection of<br />
microorganims<br />
667 186<br />
Vacuum tubing<br />
Inside diameter: 8 mm<br />
Thickness of wall: 5 mm<br />
Length: 1 m<br />
Material: rubber<br />
667 026<br />
Tweezers<br />
Pointed , nickel-plated steel<br />
Length: 130 mm<br />
ecology<br />
667 919<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC ·GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
19
ecology<br />
Manuals<br />
Ecology<br />
668 332<br />
Theoretical fundamentals and experiments<br />
using the environmenmental case 666 220<br />
112 pages, DIN A4<br />
by Engler, Breuer, Dr. Müller, Seithe<br />
This book describes the theoretical fundamentals<br />
of ecology and the measurement devices<br />
in the measurement case. A practical section<br />
describes the possible types of measurement<br />
and their resaults.<br />
668 311<br />
Evaluation of water quality<br />
based on biological indicators<br />
73 pages, A4 size, in German<br />
By Dr. W. Xylander<br />
This book describes the way in which to take<br />
samples and hints are provided on the various<br />
methods of evaluation and frequently encountered<br />
indicator organisms; a simple key for<br />
determining the kind of organism is included<br />
which specifically meets teaching requirements.<br />
668 391<br />
Investigation of all ground and<br />
bush-living organisms<br />
39 pages, A4 size, in German<br />
By G. Stumpf<br />
The book describes the methods for investigating<br />
the areas in question and hints are given as<br />
to important organisms and methods of investigation.<br />
668 652<br />
20 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Ecology I:<br />
Experiments with water<br />
93 pages, A4 size<br />
33 experiments on the chemistry of water. The<br />
experiments are designed so that they can be<br />
carried out by the students themselves. Clean<br />
and polluted water from natural sources is<br />
compared. The effects of pollutants on plants<br />
and animals are evaluated using comparison<br />
tables.<br />
668 662<br />
Ecology II:<br />
Experiments with air and soil<br />
67 pages, A4 size<br />
10 experiments on soil analysis and 14 experiments<br />
on air investigations. The experiments<br />
are aimed at comparing unpolluted samples<br />
with polluted samples so that in addition to the<br />
actual analysis of the material it will be possible<br />
to estimate the extent of the impact a particular<br />
pollutant has on the natural environment.<br />
668 642<br />
Instructor's manual ecology - a study guide<br />
57 pages, A4 size<br />
Instructor's manual for experiment manuals<br />
668 652 und 668 662. The manual contains a<br />
number of recommendations for experiments<br />
and background information. Extensive tables<br />
are provided in which basic data for water, soil<br />
and air analysis are given for the two manuals<br />
this manual refers to.<br />
Photosynthesis, botany<br />
668 632<br />
Photosynthesis -<br />
principles and experiments<br />
54 pages, A4, English<br />
by H. Breuer<br />
This manual explains the theoretical fundamentals<br />
of photosynthesis and the structure of the<br />
deciduous leaf and describes selected experiments,<br />
many of which use the factometer. With<br />
worksheets and model solutions.<br />
Alternative energies<br />
668 432<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
57 pages, A4 size in English. The manual contains<br />
the theory and the experiment descriptions<br />
for all fuel cells, H 2 0 2 cell, aluminium/air<br />
element and formiate cell.
Electrochemistry is a sub-discipline within the<br />
field of physical chemistry. Its attention is directed<br />
primarily to all those processes where<br />
chemical reactions involve the migration of electrical<br />
charges or the generation of electrical<br />
potentials.<br />
Physics is concerned with current as electrons<br />
move within solid conductors (metals, 1st-order<br />
conductors). Of special interest for the field of<br />
microelectronics is the differing response of the<br />
semiconductors. Also the unexpected, rapid<br />
advances in the field of superconductors implying<br />
low-loss transmission of electrical energy<br />
give reason to anticipate new and spectacular<br />
applications in the future.<br />
In contrast to the science of physics, chemistry<br />
Using the electrochemistry demonstration unit (> 664 400) in the classroom.<br />
focuses on the transmission of electrical<br />
charges by means of ion migration in electrolytes,<br />
the so-called “2nd-order conductors“.<br />
Electrochemistry first examines the parameters<br />
which determine the electrical conductivity<br />
of solutions: the type of material, the concentration,<br />
the degree of dissociation, ion migration<br />
speed, etc.<br />
One of the main chapters in the study of electrochemistry<br />
is the determination of the electrochemical<br />
potentials of various galvanic cells,<br />
right down to the fundamental realization that<br />
every reduction oxidation system can be assigned<br />
a certain standard potential. This makes it<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Electrochemistry<br />
possible to set up an electrochemical series of<br />
elements and compounds, giving essential information<br />
as to their inert or active properties and<br />
to their strength as oxidation or reduction<br />
agents. Application of this knowledge leads to<br />
various galvanic elements, such as the Leclanché<br />
cells, the lead accumulator battery, etc.<br />
The situation in the case of electrolysis, and its<br />
application in galvanizing, for example, or in<br />
copper refining, anodizing and the electrolysis of<br />
alkali metal chlorides, is just the reverse. Here a<br />
chemical reaction is initiated by the application<br />
of electrical energy. Corrosion and corrosion<br />
protection also involve electrochemical<br />
processes.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
21
electrochemistry<br />
Demonstration<br />
664 400<br />
Electrochemistry demonstration unit<br />
With this demonstration equipment from<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now have available<br />
a universal power supply and measurement<br />
instrument which can be used to conduct a<br />
broad variety of experiments from the field of<br />
electrochemistry. Combining three functions<br />
in a single unit considerably reduces the required<br />
preparation time while at the same time<br />
simplifying the actual experiments.<br />
The measured voltages and currents are displayed<br />
simultaneously and independently<br />
of each other on a red LED display, the digits<br />
of which are 26 mm high. The numbers can<br />
be read clearly even from a distance of about<br />
10 metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three<br />
purposes:<br />
It functions as a power supply, delivering AC<br />
and DC voltage<br />
It is equipped with two measurement instruments:<br />
a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V<br />
b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A.<br />
Thus it can also be used as a multimeter.<br />
The measurement unit and the power pack<br />
can be linked internally or can also be used<br />
separately.<br />
This unit serves as a current indicator and load<br />
using the built-in miniature motor with segmented<br />
display disk.<br />
Additional instruments (chart recorder,<br />
CASSY interface or oscilloscope, for example)<br />
can be connected to the the chart recorder<br />
outputs (one each for voltage and current<br />
Included as standard equipment for the demonstration<br />
unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels<br />
(e.g. battery tray from accessory set<br />
(> 664 401). The CPS version (> 664 407)<br />
requires the use of the “table for electrochemistry“<br />
(> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a<br />
white rear panel serves as the background to<br />
accentuate colour changes, precipitation reactions<br />
etc. The tray and the table each have<br />
sockets at the front, into which spring clips may<br />
be inserted for attachment of U-tubes.<br />
The demonstration unit (> 664 400) rests on<br />
two stable plastic feet; its height is adjustable.<br />
The CPS demonstration unit (> 664 407) is<br />
designed for use in a panel frame.<br />
664 400<br />
664 407<br />
664 407<br />
Demonstration unit<br />
CPS demonstration unit<br />
664 400<br />
22 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Electrochemistry demonstration unit<br />
668 132<br />
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry<br />
(164 pages, A4 size)<br />
Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry<br />
demonstration units (> 664 400<br />
and > 664 407) and the accessory set<br />
(> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the<br />
electrochemistry demonstration unit<br />
(> 664 400 and > 664 407).<br />
664 407<br />
666 472<br />
666 425<br />
Electrochemistry demonstration unit,<br />
CPS version with table for electrochemistry<br />
(666 472) and panel frame (666 425)<br />
Conductivity of solids and liquids<br />
Electrolytic dissociation<br />
Ion migration<br />
Electrochemical potentials<br />
Electrochemical series of metals and nonmetals<br />
Concentration potentials<br />
Corrosion and corrosion protection<br />
Ion product of water<br />
Electrolysis and electrolytic polarization<br />
Faraday's laws of electrolysis<br />
Galvanic cells: Leclanché cells, lead accumulator<br />
batteries, etc.<br />
Fuel cells<br />
Galvanic processes<br />
Manufacture of printed circuit boards<br />
Anodizing process<br />
Copper refining<br />
Electrolysis of alkali metal chlorides<br />
A detailed listing of the experiments is given in<br />
the table of contents for the instructor's manual.
Equipment list<br />
Ion migration<br />
2-<br />
Separation and migration of CrO ions and<br />
4<br />
[Cu(NH ) ]<br />
3 4 2+ ions in an electrical field.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration 664 400<br />
or<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit 664 407<br />
1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472<br />
1 Double-U-tube 664 091<br />
1 Rod electrodes,<br />
pair, platinum sheet 664 369<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
50 cm, red and blue 501 45<br />
3 Large clip plug 591 21<br />
664 401<br />
Equipment list<br />
Daniell cell<br />
Current and voltage measurements on a Cu/Zn<br />
cell under load<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration 664 400<br />
or<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit 664 407<br />
1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472<br />
1 Accessories set<br />
for electrochemistry 664 401<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
50 cm, red and blue 501 45<br />
664 401<br />
Electrochemistry accessories set<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 Plastic electrolysis cells, demountable,with<br />
plate, 125 x 70 x 55 mm > 664 403<br />
1 Set of paper diaphragms > 664 405<br />
24 Electrode plates, various metals and electrolytic<br />
carbon, 40 x 76 mm<br />
1 Set of connecting leads<br />
(2 x 50 cm, 2 x 25 cm, 2 x 10 cm)<br />
1 Set of 10 croc clips, polished<br />
2 Abrasive stones<br />
1 Pair of tweezers<br />
Various material samples for conductivity<br />
tests and experiments with electrolytes<br />
1 Silicon disc for semiconductor experiments<br />
1 Plastic storage tray<br />
Equipment list<br />
664 406<br />
Adjustable load unit<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Copper refining<br />
Electrolytic recovery of pure copper<br />
from a brass alloy<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration 664 400<br />
or<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit 664 407<br />
1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472<br />
1 Accessories set<br />
for electrochemistry 664 401<br />
alternatively to 664 401<br />
1 Electrode holder 664 373<br />
1 Set of 10<br />
brass plate electrodes 664 422<br />
1 Set of 10 copper plates 591 53<br />
1 Beaker, 400 ml, ts 664 114<br />
1 Base rail, 11 mm 666 601<br />
1 Stand tube, 150 mm 666 606<br />
2 Universal bosshead 666 615<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
50 cm, red and blue 501 45<br />
The adjustable resistance is used to apply a<br />
variable load to a current source (galvanic cell<br />
or battery). The capacitance, power curve,<br />
internal resistance and the recovery capacity of<br />
the cell can be evaluated on the basis of the<br />
voltage drop (load curve) in each case. Commercially<br />
available batteries can also be tested<br />
with this unit.<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 100 x 45 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
23
electrochemistry<br />
Practical experiments<br />
664 395<br />
Electrochemistry workplace<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 Cell batteries made of chemical-resistant<br />
plastic. They can easily be unscrewed and<br />
disassembled for cleaning. Filter paper is<br />
used as the membrane between the cells.<br />
Four galvanic cells can be set up simultaneously<br />
18 Plate electrodes (28 x 43 mm) which fit into<br />
the cell compartments described above,<br />
made of seven different materials: Cu<br />
(4 electrodes), Zn (4), Fe (2), Ag (3), C (graphite,<br />
2), Pt (mesh electrode, 1), Ni (mesh<br />
electrode, 2).<br />
2 Plastic plates and Mg tape for making Mg<br />
electrodes.<br />
3 Storage containers for electrodes which<br />
must be kept submerged in liquid during<br />
storage.<br />
1 Abrasive stone for cleaning the electrodes.<br />
1 Set of paper diaphragms (100 sheets).<br />
4 Droppers with rubber bulbs.<br />
1 Manual (> 668 421)<br />
Additionally recommended:<br />
(> 664 381) Clear PVC cover<br />
668 111<br />
664 395<br />
Instructor's manual<br />
“Introduction to Electrochemistry“<br />
112 pages, A4 size, in German.<br />
Instructor's manual for a complete course in<br />
electrochemistry, designed for advanced<br />
secondary education. It contains all the theoretical<br />
background and evaluations of the 17<br />
experiments which can be conducted with the<br />
electrochemistry work place.<br />
664 394<br />
Measuring unit for electrochemistry workplace<br />
The measuring unit is inserted in the compartment<br />
of the workplace provided for that purpose<br />
to enable mesurement. The measuring unit<br />
can also be used independently of the electrochemistry<br />
workplace.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Measuring instrument for virtually currentless<br />
voltage measurement from 1 mV to 10<br />
V, switchable in 7 measuring ranges<br />
Internal resistance approx. 10 8 Ω<br />
1 Motor with disk as current indicator<br />
(max. 3 V), for demonstrating flow of current<br />
in fuel cells<br />
4 Connecting leads with croc-clips<br />
1 Plug-in supply unit for connection to 230 V<br />
668 422<br />
24 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 394<br />
Experiment manual<br />
“Experiments in Electrochemistry“<br />
32 pages, A4 size.<br />
This manual is to be used as a workbook and<br />
thus contains only those parts from the corresponding<br />
instructor's manual (> 664 111)<br />
which are relevant to the experiments themselves.<br />
The manual is included in the electrochemistry<br />
work place (> 664 395).<br />
Electrochemical potentials<br />
Daniell cell<br />
Voltage measurements on simple galvanic<br />
cells<br />
Standard potentials of metals and nonmetals<br />
Standard potential of the Fe2+ /Fe3+ redox pair<br />
Nernst equation for concentration chains<br />
Influence of precipitation and sequestration<br />
on the voltage of a concentration cell<br />
Determining solubility products and dissociation<br />
constants<br />
Determining the potential of a silver/silver<br />
chloride electrode<br />
pH values and redox potentials<br />
Measuring the pH values of various<br />
salt solutions<br />
Acid-base titration<br />
Redox titration<br />
Applied electrochemistry<br />
Leclanché cell<br />
Lead acid battery<br />
Fuel cells<br />
Electrochemical corrosion of iron<br />
664 381<br />
Clear PVC cover<br />
For dust-proof storage of the electrochemistry<br />
work place and for stacking in a cabinet.
Electrochemistry workplace<br />
667 417<br />
pH single-rod electrode<br />
In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor<br />
use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia<br />
661 125<br />
Electrochemistry chemicals set<br />
Contains 17 of the most important chemicals<br />
for experiments in the field of electrochemistry.<br />
The contents are sufficient for about five<br />
groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix).<br />
667 063<br />
Bottle tray for students' workplace<br />
664 395<br />
Made of plastic. Ideal for holding ten 50 ml and<br />
four 100 ml polyethylene bottles, also suitable<br />
for beakers up to 100 ml.<br />
664 394<br />
Polyethylene bottle<br />
Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour.<br />
661 220<br />
661 221<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
667 063<br />
Equipment list<br />
electrochemistry<br />
pH measurement<br />
The facility for connecting standard pH and redox<br />
electrodes makes it possible to measure pH and<br />
carry out acid-base and redox titrations.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Electrochemistry workplace 664 395<br />
1 Measuring instrument 664 394<br />
1 pH single rod electrode<br />
with plastic shaft 667 417<br />
1 Beaker, 100 ml, ts 664 411<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment examples<br />
Electrochemical voltage series<br />
Measuring the voltages between each of the maximum<br />
of eight half-cells which can be arranged<br />
makes it quick and easy to work out the relative<br />
voltage series for the metals. A simplified hydrogen<br />
electrode allows for determination of standard<br />
potentials of both metals and nonmetals.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Electrochemistry workplace 664 395<br />
1 Measuring instrument 664 394<br />
1 Bottle tray 667 063<br />
10 Polyethylene bottle, 50 ml 661 220<br />
4 Polyethylene bottle, 100 ml 661 221<br />
1 Set of chemicals<br />
for electrochemistry 661 125<br />
664 382<br />
664 383<br />
664 387<br />
664 389<br />
664 388<br />
664 390<br />
673 100<br />
Accessories<br />
Cat. No. Description Quantity<br />
Copper plate electrodes 10<br />
Zinc plate electrodes 10<br />
Carbon plate electrodes 5<br />
Silver plate elctrodes 2<br />
Nickel plate electrodes 5<br />
Platinum plate electrodes<br />
Magnesium, ribbon<br />
2<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
25
electrochemistry<br />
Conductivity<br />
591 501<br />
Electrochemistry set<br />
For running all students' experiments in electrochemistry.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Shallow electrolysis cell 591 51<br />
1 Copper plate from 591 53<br />
1 Zinc plate from 591 54<br />
1 Iron plate from 591 55<br />
2 Nickel plates from 591 56<br />
1 Aluminium plate from 591 57<br />
2 Electrolytic carbon plates from 591 61<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Variable extra low voltage<br />
transformer S, 20 V DC, 5 A . . . . . . . 521 35<br />
Set of 6 insulated croc-clips . . . . . . . . 501 83<br />
Multimeter METRAmax 2 (2x). . . . . . . 531 100<br />
Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46<br />
Electrolysis of water<br />
664 350<br />
667 429<br />
Conductivity tester<br />
664 350<br />
26 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Used to measure the conductive properties of<br />
electrolytes. The unit is connected to 40 V AC<br />
max. (e.g. from the variable extra-low voltage<br />
transformer D, > 667 827) via two 4 mm<br />
plugs.<br />
A measuring instrument (e.g.> 667 908) is<br />
used to indicate the conductivity in qualitative<br />
measurements. The test cell consists of two<br />
parallel platinum plates and it is protected by a<br />
glass jacket. Included in the equipment is a<br />
stand rod, 100 mm long, 8 mm dia.<br />
Dimensions: 25 x 220 m<br />
Weight: 0.14 kg<br />
Differentiation of weak<br />
and strong electrolytes<br />
Verification of<br />
dissociation in solutions<br />
Water electrolysis unit<br />
After Hofmann. To demonstrate the electrolysis<br />
of water; the gases bubbling off the electrodes<br />
are collected separately.<br />
The flexible design of the center branch makes<br />
it possible to establish pressure equilibrium<br />
when reading the volumes of the gas. This prevents<br />
measurement errors arising from differentials<br />
in the gas pressures.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Glass section with 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14<br />
screw thread, with calibration marks<br />
1 Topping-up vessel<br />
1 PVC tube<br />
1 Pair of platinum electrodes<br />
1 Base plate with polarity designations<br />
1 Stand<br />
667 430<br />
Lamp socket<br />
With 2 sockets ( E 10 and E 14) , included are<br />
2 bulbs (24 V/5 W and 6 V/0.3W), for use with<br />
the conductivity tester ( 667 429). The lamp<br />
socket is used for qualitative proof of the conductivity<br />
of stronger and weaker electrolytes.<br />
May be used as a stand-alone unit or in a<br />
laboratory stand arrangement.<br />
Dimensions: 120 x 120 x 65 mm<br />
Weight: 0.35 kg<br />
664 355<br />
Glass section<br />
With 2 GL 18 and 1 GL 14 screw threads<br />
for water electrolysis unit after Hofmann,<br />
with scale.<br />
664 369<br />
Pair of platinum plate electrodes<br />
Fused in glass, with sockets for<br />
4 mm plugs.<br />
664 352<br />
Topping-up reservoir<br />
Equipment list<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Water electrolysis unit 664 350<br />
1 Variable extra<br />
low voltage transformer D 667 827<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
1 m, red and blue 501 46
664 398<br />
Leclanché cell<br />
Voltage: 1.5 V approx.<br />
Height: 225 mm<br />
Diameter: 110 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Battery glass<br />
1 Clay cell<br />
1 Zinc electrode<br />
1 Carbon electrode<br />
1 Manganese (IV) dioxide, 250 g<br />
1 Croc clip<br />
1 Lid<br />
670 401<br />
Ammonium chloride<br />
250 g<br />
673 221<br />
Manganese (IV)-dioxide<br />
500 g<br />
664 398<br />
664 356<br />
Corrosion set<br />
Equipment set for demonstrating the generation<br />
of electrochemical voltages as a cause for<br />
corrosion.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
664 358<br />
Fuel cell<br />
664 356<br />
1 Plastic dish (150 mm dia.) with seven<br />
openings<br />
1 Set of seven electrodes<br />
1 Set of cork halves on which to mount the<br />
electrodes<br />
1 Crystallization dish, 140 mm dia.<br />
The fuel cell demonstrates the generation of<br />
electricity by direct conversion of the chemical<br />
energy released through the oxidation of a fuel<br />
into electrical energy.<br />
The electrical energy generated here can<br />
be used e.g. to drive a miniature motor<br />
(> 667 433).<br />
Hydrogen, methanol, glucose and hydrazine<br />
can all be used as fuels.<br />
The fuel cell consists of a U-tube with two lateral<br />
connections, a sintered disk and two rodshaped<br />
nickel-wire mesh electrodes. The Utube<br />
is mounted using spring clips on a holding<br />
plate, which can be mounted to a stand rod by<br />
means of a clamp on its rea.<br />
Additionally required for<br />
palladium-coating of electrodes:<br />
Palladium (II) chloride, 1 g (> 674 040).<br />
664 397<br />
Daniell cell<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Clear representation of an electrochemical cell,<br />
consisting of 1 zinc and 1 copper cylinder and<br />
a clay cell. The two metal electrodes are provided<br />
with 4 mm sockets; with glass cylinder.<br />
Dimensions:<br />
Height: 160 mm<br />
Diameter: 65 mm<br />
664 020<br />
Clay cell<br />
Used to assemble an electrochemical cell<br />
in a beaker.<br />
664 020<br />
664 021<br />
664 021<br />
dia. 30 mm, h 100 mm<br />
dia. 50 mm, h 150 mm<br />
664 397<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
27
electrochemistry<br />
Fused-salt electrolysis<br />
Experiment setup for fused-salt electrolysis<br />
664 085<br />
Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis<br />
For fused-salt electrolysis, with 2 necks for SB<br />
19 stoppers and 2 lateral nipples; complete<br />
with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes,<br />
with silicon stoppers, SB 19, and sockets for<br />
connecting leads with 4 mm plugs.<br />
Length of arms: 200 mm<br />
664 089<br />
Reaction-tube, V-shaped, quartz<br />
Glass section from > 664 085.<br />
664 072<br />
Reaction-tube for fused-salt electrolysis<br />
V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps.<br />
SB grind: 2 SB 19<br />
Type of glass: DURAN<br />
664 359<br />
Carbon electrodes, 1 pair<br />
For use in connection with the reactor tubes for<br />
fused-salt electrolysis (> 664 072,<br />
> 664 085, > 664 089).<br />
Equipment list<br />
28 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Fused-salt-electrolysis<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Reactor tube for<br />
fused-salt electrolysis, quartz 664 085<br />
1 Variable extra low<br />
voltage transformer D 667 827<br />
1 Digital multimeter 667 908<br />
1 Base rail, 55 cm 666 602<br />
2 Stand tube, 45 cm 666 609<br />
4 Universal bosshead 666 615<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml 665 912<br />
1 Gas syringe holder 100 ml 665 918<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
50 cm, red and blue 501 45<br />
1 Pair of cables,<br />
1 m, red and blue 501 46<br />
Experiment apparatus for fused-salt electrolysis<br />
Salts become electrically conductive when the<br />
ions, the electrical charge carriers of which they<br />
are made up, become liberated. This is the case<br />
in solutions, and in fused salts as well. Fused-salt<br />
electrolysis demonstrates the conductivity and<br />
electrolytic dissociation of fused salts and permits<br />
its evaluation. As no solvents are used, there<br />
are no reactions with separated elements which<br />
can otherwise occur.<br />
Ion migrationunit, after Nernst<br />
667 457<br />
Ion migration unit, after Nernst<br />
Used to determine the migration speed of<br />
coloured ions in an electrical field.<br />
The U-shaped tube is first filled about half-way<br />
with a colourless liquid electrolyte; the stopcock<br />
at the topping-up vessel is then opened<br />
to slowly introduce a layer of coloured solution<br />
from below. After applying a direct current one<br />
will observe that the phase boundaries between<br />
the colourless and coloured solutions are<br />
of different heights in the different branches as<br />
a result of ion migration.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 U-shaped tube (arms 300 mm long), with<br />
two SB 19 and one standard ground joint<br />
1 Topping-up vessel<br />
1 PVC-tube<br />
Additionally necessary:<br />
Rod electrode, carbon (2x) . . . . . . . . 664 433<br />
Variable extra low<br />
voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35<br />
Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . 501 46
Fuel cells Alternative energy sources<br />
The use of alternative energy sources (sun, wind and water), when joined<br />
with more efficient storage and conversion methods (e.g. in fuel cells),<br />
represents a strong prospect for ultimately developing more environmentally<br />
friendly energy sources in future.<br />
Our experiment apparatus for this topic area reflect the current state of the<br />
art. They can be combined in a variety of ways and enable a realistic and<br />
quantitative treatment of the energy problem and possible alternatives.<br />
In the classical oxyhydrogen fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined<br />
at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical<br />
energy is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency.<br />
The fuel cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as the<br />
gases are supplied.<br />
The new proton-exchange membrane (PEM) fuel cell requires no electrolytes.<br />
The hydrogen (H 2 ) is first broken down into atomic hydrogen at a<br />
catalytically active electrode. After losing an electron (– pole), the proton<br />
H+ migrates through the polymer membrane to the oxygen side, where an<br />
electron is acquired (+ pole) and water is created: O 2 + 4 H + + 4 e - →<br />
2H 2 O.<br />
The experiment setup illustrates a complete electricity/hydrogen cycle:<br />
Electric current is produced e.g. from sunlight using a solar cell. The electrolysis<br />
apparatus uses this energy to break down the water into the higherenergy<br />
gases hydrogen and oxygen. The gases can be stored and used directly<br />
for heating or to drive a motor – or, as shown here, converted back into<br />
electricity, a more easily exploited form of energy. This energy can be used<br />
to power motors (mechanical energy) or lamps (light energy). Once again,<br />
the end product is water—the starting point of electrolysis. The result is a<br />
matter/energy cycle with virtually no environmental impact.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Fuel cells<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-PEM fuel cell 666 481<br />
1 PEM electrolysis unit (CPS) 666 484<br />
1 Electric load (CPS) 666 483<br />
1 Console, 30 x 16 cm 301 312<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
1 Solar cells on base 664 431<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue 501 45<br />
1 Pair of cables, 100 cm, red and blue 501 46<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
29
electrochemistry<br />
Equipment list<br />
Hydrogen technology: hydride storage<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481<br />
1 CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479<br />
1 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir (666 479) . . . . 666 4792<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482<br />
1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483<br />
1 CPS Digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425<br />
1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 25 cm, red . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 20<br />
1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 50 cm, blue . . . . . . . . . . . 501 26<br />
1 Connecting lead, 2.5 mm 2 dia., 1 m, red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 30<br />
30 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Using a variety of adjustable loads, it is possible<br />
to record the characteristic curve of a fuel cell<br />
for comparison to other galvanic elements.<br />
The electrochemistry demonstration set permits<br />
the simultaneous measurement of voltage and<br />
current required to show this effectively.<br />
Conclusions as to the efficiency and energy density<br />
can be drawn by additionally measuring the<br />
volumes of the gases.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Characteristics and efficiency of fuel cells<br />
Hydrogen technology:<br />
hydride storage<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-PEM fuel cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 481<br />
1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 407<br />
2 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998<br />
2 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428<br />
The problems entailed in storing hydrogen are<br />
solved most easily by means of hydride storage.<br />
At just a slight overpressure, certain metal alloys<br />
are able to take up extremely large quantities of<br />
hydrogen in their metal lattice structures.<br />
The gas is released when the storage is tapped<br />
(by reducing the pressure). As this process is<br />
reversible, the storage can be recharged again<br />
and again.<br />
The handy hydride storage apparatus used here<br />
can be easily integrated in a wide variety of<br />
setups and recharged again and again from<br />
inexpensive gas bottles. It is an ideal hydrogen<br />
reservoir for fuel cells. Atmospheric oxygen is<br />
supplied as the oxidant by means of an adjustable<br />
pump. The voltage and current of the fuel<br />
cell with various loads can be measured using a<br />
multimeter.<br />
Characteristics and efficiency<br />
of fuel cells
Even without the CPS system, the PEM<br />
fuel cell can be used with a wide variety<br />
of other apparatus. A solar cell module<br />
or wind turbine can be used to generate<br />
electricity. The hydrogen can be generated<br />
using the electrolysis cell or the electrolysis<br />
apparatus after Hofmann. Miniature<br />
motors or extremely low-power<br />
lamps can be used as loads.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 PEM fuel cell 667 401<br />
1 Solar cells on base 664 431<br />
1 Electrolysis cell on base 664 432<br />
1 STE Micromotor 1.5 V 579 37<br />
1 Adapter plug with<br />
two pairs of 4-mm sockets 666 486<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm,<br />
red and blue 501 45<br />
You can measure the voltage and the current<br />
consecutively using the CPS-digital multimeter<br />
> 666 453.<br />
The characteristic of the fuel cell stack can be<br />
recorded using a variety of adjustable loads and<br />
directly to other galvanic elements.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Characteristic and efficiency of a fuel cell stack<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-PEM fuel cell stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811<br />
1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483<br />
1 CPS-digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 453<br />
1 CPS-metal hydride storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 479<br />
1 Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4792<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level, with channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 425<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Individual components<br />
Characteristic and efficiency<br />
of the fuel cell stack<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
31
electrochemistry<br />
667 401<br />
PEM fuel cell (H 2 /O 2 cell)<br />
Membrane as electrolyte, no acid or base<br />
required. The supplied hydrogen and oxygen<br />
(e.g. from air) react to form water, producing<br />
electrical energy.<br />
No-load voltage: 0.9 V<br />
Max. current: 3 A<br />
Max. power. 1000 mW<br />
Area of electrodes: 20 cm 2<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 60 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 PEM-fuel cell with<br />
2 Safety sockets, 4 mm<br />
4 Gas connections, 5 mm dia.<br />
Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m<br />
Fuel cells<br />
667 401<br />
666 481<br />
667 4011<br />
666 4811<br />
667 401<br />
666 481<br />
32 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS PEM fuel cell (H 2 /O 2 cell)<br />
For use in the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS).<br />
With proton-conducting polymer membrane as<br />
electrolyte, no acid or base required. The<br />
supplied hydrogen and oxygen (e.g. from air)<br />
react to form water, producing electrical energy.<br />
No-load voltage: 0.9 V<br />
Max. current: 3 A<br />
Max. power. 1000 mW<br />
Area of electrodes: 20 cm 2<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.4 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 PEM-fuel cell with<br />
2 Safety sockets, 4 mm<br />
4 Gas connections, 5 mm dia.<br />
4 Bubble counters<br />
Silicone tubing 4 mm i.dia, 1.5 m<br />
1 <strong>Chemistry</strong> panel with mounting hardware<br />
Labels and spacers<br />
CPS-PEM<br />
fuel cell<br />
(666 481)<br />
667 4011<br />
667 4011<br />
PEM fuel cell stack<br />
The new PEM (proton exchange membrane)<br />
fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be<br />
connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel<br />
cell stack is operated with hydrogen H 2 and<br />
oxygen O 2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen<br />
react at the polymer membrane to form water,<br />
releasing electrical energy in the process.<br />
When four fuel cells are connected in series,<br />
the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage<br />
of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of<br />
5 watts. These high voltage and power values<br />
are sufficient to e.g. power standard lamp<br />
types (e.g. halogen lamps).<br />
666 4811<br />
CPS PEM fuel cell stack<br />
For use in the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS).<br />
The new PEM (proton exchange membrane)<br />
fuel cell stack enables up to four fuel cells to be<br />
connected either in series or in parallel. The fuel<br />
cell stack is operated with hydrogen H 2 and<br />
oxygen O 2 or air. The hydrogen and oxygen<br />
react at a polymer membrane to form water,<br />
releasing electrical energy in the process.<br />
When four fuel cells are connected in series,<br />
the fuel cell stack generates a no-load voltage<br />
of approx. 3.6 V and a maximum power of<br />
4 watts.<br />
This voltage is sufficient to e.g. power standard<br />
lamp types (e.g. halogen lamps).<br />
No-load voltage: 3.6 V<br />
Max. current: 3 A<br />
Max. power. 4 W<br />
Area of electrodes: 80 cm 2<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm<br />
Weight: 2.0 kg<br />
Cat. No. Description No-load voltage Max. current Max. power Area of electrode Dimensions Weight<br />
PEM fuel cell (H2 /O2 cell) 0.9 V ca. 3 A ca. 1 W 20 cm2 100 x 100 x 60 mm 0.7 kg<br />
PEM fuel cell (H2 /O2 cell) CPS 0.9 V ca. 3 A ca. 1 W 20 cm2 300 x 297x 100 mm 1.4 kg<br />
PEM fuel cell stack 3.6 V ca. 3 A ca. 4 W 80 cm2 165 x 165 x 40 mm 1.3 kg<br />
PEM fuel cell stack CPS 3.6 V ca. 3 A ca. 4 W 80 cm2 300 x 297x 100 mm 2.0 kg
In addition to the direct use of hydrogen (liquified or stored as a hydride),<br />
methanol is gaining increasing attention as a potential source of hydrogen,<br />
particularly in larger vehicles and electric passenger vehicles. This fuel<br />
source could be distributed using the existing network of filling stations,<br />
and no additional safety measures would be needed. The hydrogen is<br />
extracted from the methanol during vehicle operation by means of a<br />
reformer.<br />
667 4021<br />
Methanol reformer<br />
For producing H 2 , CO 2 and CO from a<br />
methanol-water mixture. The methanol is<br />
broken down by means of a catalyst in an<br />
electrically heated reaction tube. Once the<br />
carbon monoxide is removed by the CO<br />
adsorber (> 667 4022), the mixture can be<br />
used to operate the fuel cells (> 667 401 and<br />
> 666 481) or the stacks (> 667 4011 and<br />
> 666 4811). A power supply with 4...5 A and<br />
approx. 20 V (e.g. > 667 827) is required for<br />
electrically heating the reaction tube.<br />
For heating the methanol-water mixture a<br />
heating mantle (> 666 752) is required.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 280 mm<br />
Panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 2.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Two-necked round-bottom flask, 250 ml<br />
1 Reaction tube 230 x 12 mm dia. with heating<br />
filament and catalyst filling<br />
(+ approx. 70 g replacement catalyst)<br />
1 <strong>Chemistry</strong> panel with mounting and<br />
connection fittings<br />
Equipment list<br />
Stack with reformer<br />
CO adsorber<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Obtaining hydrogen from methanol<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 PEM fuel cell stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 4811<br />
1 Methanol reformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4021<br />
1 CO adsorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 4022<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482<br />
1 Electric load (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 483<br />
1 Sensor box - 30 Amperes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 043<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454<br />
2 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
1 Protective tube for 666193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194<br />
1 Heating mantle, 250 ml, 120W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 7521<br />
1 CPS Pedestal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 441<br />
1 Variable extra-low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428<br />
2 Pair of cables, 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45<br />
1 Connecting lead, 50 cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 25<br />
667 4021<br />
667 4022<br />
667 4022<br />
For adsorption of carbon monoxide, e.g. from<br />
the reaction gases of the methanol reformer<br />
(> 667 4021).The CO adsorber comprises<br />
three stages:<br />
1. Condensate collection in a safety wash bottle<br />
2. Drying of gas mixture using silica gel<br />
3. Removal of carbon monoxide via the<br />
adsorber material<br />
As H 2 O and CO adsorption is reversible, the<br />
materials can be regenerated after use by<br />
reheating them.<br />
The capacity of the adsorber is sufficient for<br />
operating the fuel cell stack (> 667 4011 and<br />
666 4811) for approx. 45 min. A CO testing<br />
tube indicates when the adsorber capacity is<br />
becoming exhausted.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 130 mm<br />
Panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Wash bottle with safety insert<br />
4 Plastic tubes for adsorber material<br />
Adsorber material<br />
3 Testing tubes for CO<br />
1 <strong>Chemistry</strong> panel with mounting and connection<br />
fittings<br />
1 Silicone tubing l = 1 m; i.d. = 7 mm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
33
electrochemistry<br />
Fuel cells and alternative energy sources<br />
666 484<br />
PEM electrolysis unit<br />
For use in the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS)<br />
and as benchtop unit. All that is necessary for<br />
generating current is to put distilled water in the<br />
reservoir vessel. The gases are collected in<br />
graduated containers. The electrical energy<br />
required for electrolysis can be provided using<br />
a solar cell module (e.g. > 664 431) or via a<br />
power supply (e.g. > 521 35). The gases<br />
produ–ced can be channeled directly to a PEM<br />
fuel cell.<br />
Voltage: 1.8 ... 2.0 V<br />
Max. current: 2.0 A<br />
Gas generation: 20ml/min (H 2 )<br />
10 ml/ min (O 2 )<br />
Connections: 5 mm dia.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 100 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
661 005<br />
Metal hydride reservoir (H 2 )<br />
For simple and safe storage and dispensing of<br />
hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride<br />
reservoir is refillable (see accessories).<br />
Capacity: 20 l H 2 (2 g)<br />
Max. filling pressure: 10 bar<br />
Connections: 3 hose adapters<br />
Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia.<br />
Weight: 0.23 kg<br />
666 479<br />
34 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS-metal hydride reservoir (H 2 )<br />
For simple and safe storage and dispensing of<br />
hydrogen, e.g. for use in fuel cells. The hydride<br />
reservoir is refillable (see accessories). For use<br />
in the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS).<br />
Capacity: 20 l H 2 (2 g)<br />
Max. filling pressure: 10 bar<br />
Discharge pressure: approx. 1.5 bar<br />
Connections: 3 hose adapters<br />
Dimensions: 105 x 30 mm dia. (without panel)<br />
100 x 297 x 80 mm dia. (with panel)<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
661 005<br />
666 4791<br />
666 479<br />
666 4792<br />
Metal hydride reservoir with charging adapter<br />
(666 4791) and regulation value (666 4792)<br />
666 4791<br />
Charging adapter for metal hydride reservoir<br />
For > 666 479 and > 661 005 for refilling<br />
with hydrogen gas. The hydrogen reservoir can<br />
be connected directly to the reducing valve of<br />
an H 2 gas bottle (e.g. > 661 010 and<br />
> 661 015) via the charging adapter to enable<br />
recharging. A safety valve prevents the pressure<br />
from rising above 20 bar while recharging.<br />
Connection: counter-clockwise thread for H 2 -<br />
reducing valve and threaded fitting for metal<br />
hydride reservoir, with safety valve 20 bar.<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 40 mm<br />
666 4792<br />
Regulating valve for metal hydride reservoir<br />
For > 666 479 and > 661 005. for precise<br />
regulation of dispensed quantity, e.g. for operating<br />
a fuel cell.<br />
Hose connection: 5 mm dia.<br />
Dimensions: 60 x 40 mm
579 37<br />
Micromotor<br />
Very small motor with integrated transmission<br />
and cord wheel for the mechanical demonstration<br />
of small voltages and currents, e.g. from a<br />
photoelectric cell.<br />
Operating voltage: 0.5 to 1.5 V d.c.<br />
Gear reduction: 40 : 1<br />
Size of plug-in elements: 2/19<br />
666 487<br />
Motor with propeller<br />
As indicator for low voltages<br />
U max = 10 V I max = 150mA<br />
579 06<br />
Lamp holder E 10, top STE 2/19<br />
Lamp holder with screw thread E 10; the lamp<br />
is positioned at the top in the circuit diagram<br />
and emits light upwards, providing light effects<br />
and signal displays which are extremely easy to<br />
observe and compare.<br />
505 051<br />
Incand. bulb, 1.2 V/ 220 mA, set of 10<br />
505 052<br />
Halogen lamp 2.8 V/ 0.85 A<br />
666 486<br />
Adapter plug with two 4-mm socket pairs<br />
With side hole for connecting plug-in elements<br />
(e.g. motor or lamp) to the PEM fuel cells.<br />
666 483<br />
Electric load (CPS)<br />
For use in the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS).<br />
Contains a motor with propeller, a lamp and<br />
two adjustable load resistors as electrical loads<br />
(consumers). These load elements permit a<br />
defined discharge of a component and the<br />
recording of characteristics.<br />
Load elements: adjustable resistor 5 Ω, 4 W<br />
adjustable resistor 50 Ω, 4 W<br />
Motor: U max = 10 V I max = 150 mA<br />
Lamp: U max = 1.2 V I max = 220 mA<br />
579 06<br />
666 486 666 487<br />
505 051 505 052<br />
666 483<br />
579 37<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Accessories<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
35
electrochemistry<br />
666 479<br />
CPS-metal<br />
hydride<br />
reservoir<br />
(H2)<br />
660 997<br />
MINICAN<br />
gas can:<br />
Hydrogen<br />
666 484<br />
PEM electrolysis<br />
unit (CPS)<br />
664 432<br />
Electrolysis<br />
cell on<br />
base<br />
666 446<br />
CPS Electrolysis<br />
setup<br />
579 06<br />
The PEM fuel cell in combination with other apparatus<br />
+ 505 051 Lamp<br />
H 2<br />
667 401<br />
Measuring instruments<br />
666 407 Eelectrochemistry demonstration unit<br />
666 453 CPS digital multimeter<br />
524 010 Sensor-CASSY<br />
36 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 483<br />
666 4811<br />
666 481<br />
Loads<br />
Electric load (CPS)<br />
Fuel cell stack (CPS)<br />
PEM fuel cell (CPS)<br />
667 4011<br />
O 2<br />
666 487<br />
>><br />
Motor with propeller<br />
666 482<br />
Controllableaeration<br />
pump<br />
660 998<br />
MINICAN<br />
gas can:<br />
oxygen<br />
666 484<br />
PEM electrolysis<br />
unit (CPS)<br />
664 432<br />
Electrolysis<br />
cell on<br />
base<br />
666 446<br />
CPS Electrolysis<br />
setup
Aluminum/air cell in students’ experiment<br />
Equipment list<br />
Formiate cell<br />
The inert electrode with catalytic action used in<br />
place of the metal electrode enables the conversion<br />
of formiate to carbonate. The electrolyte also<br />
serves as the fuel. The cell and the electrode can<br />
be reused indefinitely.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Formiate electrode 664 424<br />
1 Formiate /KOH mixture,<br />
280 g 672 055<br />
664 423<br />
Aluminium-zinc alloy electrode<br />
Dimensions: 65 x 40 x 3 mm<br />
664 424<br />
Formiate electrode<br />
Dimensions: 65 x 40 x 3 mm<br />
664 408<br />
Cell trough with air electrode<br />
Basic unit; plastic, for plate electrodes<br />
(40 mm wide, 3 mm thick max.).<br />
Dimensions: 65 x 54 x 62 mm<br />
Weight: 0.06 kg<br />
591 54<br />
Set of 10 zinc plates<br />
Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm<br />
591 57<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Aluminum-air element · formiate cell<br />
Various metals and a sodium chloride electrolyte solution which are placed<br />
in the trough form a cell which is capable of generating a current. In this<br />
example current and voltage produced by the aluminum-air cell are measured<br />
with and without loading by the motor. In addition to experiments<br />
on optimizing the metal/air element, it is also possible to record load curves<br />
and characteristics.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Aluminum-air element<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Cell trough with air electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 408<br />
1 Set of 10 aluminium plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 57<br />
1 Aluminium-zinc electrode, 65 x 40 x 3 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 423<br />
1 Micro motor with blade wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 433<br />
1 Multimeter, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45<br />
1 Pair of cables, 25 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 44<br />
1 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861<br />
1 Sodium chloride, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 570<br />
664 408<br />
591 57<br />
Aluminum/air element (664 408), formiate electrode (664 424)<br />
Set of 10 aluminium plates<br />
Dimensions: 76 mm x 40 mm<br />
668 431<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
57 pages, A4 size. The manual contains<br />
the theory and the experiment descriptions for<br />
the H 2 /0 2 cell, aluminium/air element and<br />
formiate cell.<br />
664 424<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
37
electrochemistry<br />
Alternative energies<br />
Equipment list<br />
Electrolysis using solar energy<br />
38 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Wind and solar energy can be used to break<br />
down water into its constituents, hydrogen and<br />
oxygen, by means of electrolysis. The hydrogen<br />
produced in this process is a valuable energy<br />
resource which can be processed in a variety of<br />
ways for further exploitation. The burning of<br />
hydrogen produces pure water, which means<br />
that the use of hydrogen as a fuel has no environmental<br />
impact.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No<br />
1 Solar cells on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 431<br />
1 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45<br />
Electrolysis using<br />
wind energy<br />
Like solar energy, wind energy is virtually<br />
unlimited. In areas where constant strong winds<br />
are common throughout the year (coastal<br />
regions, exposed foothill regions), energy<br />
generation using wind turbines is a viable<br />
alternative.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Electrolysis using wind energy<br />
Theoretically, its economic use as an energy<br />
source is possible wherever there is enough solar<br />
or wind energy, and competing energy sources<br />
are not subsidized. However, a great deal of<br />
work remains to be done in the areas of storage<br />
and transportation techniques.<br />
Electrolysis using<br />
solar energy<br />
Solar energy is available in virtually unlimited<br />
quantities, making it an ideal energy source<br />
for water electrolysis wherever extensive<br />
sunshine is the norm and no infrastructure for<br />
fossil fuels exists.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Windmill on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 430<br />
1 Electrolysis cell on base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 432<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 45
664 431<br />
Solar cells<br />
Generates electrical current from the sun's<br />
energy. The two solar cells are mounted on a<br />
rotating shaft, making it possible to adjust them<br />
for varying angles of incidence to the sun's<br />
light. The two cell arrays may be connected in<br />
parallel (for higher current) or in series (for higher<br />
voltage). The voltage is available at the<br />
sockets on the base plate.<br />
Angle of inclination: 0 ... 90°<br />
Dimensions: 25 cm x 16 cm x 25 cm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Light intensity [k|x] U max [V] I max [mA]<br />
10 5.1 70<br />
20 5.4 150<br />
30 5.4 300<br />
50 5.7 400<br />
664 430<br />
Windmill<br />
Generates electrical current when turned by<br />
wind energy. The air flow can be generated by<br />
a blower. The voltage thus generated is available<br />
at two sockets on the base of the stand.<br />
The windmill can also be operated as a motor<br />
(in conjunction with the solar cell > 664 431,<br />
for example). Wind generation by a blower<br />
(> 666 735, for example); distance between<br />
blower and windmill: 250 mm.<br />
Windmill operation<br />
U max : 3 V<br />
I max : 70 mA<br />
Motor operation<br />
U max : 12 V<br />
Dimensions: 28 cm x 1 cm x 12.5 cm<br />
Weight: 630 g<br />
664 432<br />
Electrolysis cell<br />
electrochemistry<br />
For producing hydrogen (and oxygen) by applying<br />
electric current. The electrolysis cell is of a<br />
very compact design and is attached to the<br />
stand with spring clamps. The platinum electrodes<br />
are mounted in the glass section by<br />
means of threaded connectors to reduce the<br />
risk of breakage. The electrolysis cells may also<br />
be used as a water electrolysis unit after<br />
Hofmann. The required electrical energy can be<br />
supplied either from a power supply unit<br />
(> 667 826, for example), the solar cell<br />
(> 664 431) or the windmill (> 664 430 ).<br />
Operating voltage: >2 V<br />
Uop: 3 V I = 70 mA approx.<br />
Uop: 4 V I = 170 mA approx.<br />
Uop: 5 V I = 340 mA approx.<br />
Dimensions: 450 x 160 x 250 mm<br />
Weight: 2.3 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
39
electrochemistry<br />
Electrodes<br />
Electrodes<br />
Cat. No. Material Form Dimensions [mm] Other* Quantity Use** Contained in<br />
591 57<br />
664 376<br />
664 436<br />
591 591<br />
664 377<br />
664 437<br />
591 55<br />
664 385<br />
664 379<br />
664 439<br />
591 61<br />
664 387<br />
664 370<br />
664 433<br />
664 359<br />
591 53<br />
664 382<br />
664 374<br />
664 434<br />
664 422<br />
591 56<br />
664 416<br />
664 388<br />
664 375<br />
664 435<br />
664 368<br />
664 420<br />
664 390<br />
664 369<br />
664 421<br />
664 389<br />
664 372<br />
591 54<br />
664 383<br />
664 378<br />
664 438<br />
Aluminium Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1,3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Aluminium Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Aluminium Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Lead Plate 76 x 40 x 1 2 1, 3, 8 > 664 401<br />
Lead Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Lead Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Iron Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Iron Plate 43 x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394<br />
Iron Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Iron Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Carbon Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Carbon Plate 43 x 28 x 1 5 2 > 664 394<br />
Carbon Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Carbon Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Carbon Rod 245 x 8 dia. Extra long 2 4<br />
Copper Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Copper Plate 43x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394<br />
Copper Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Copper Rod 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Brass Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 664 401<br />
Nickel Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Nickel wire mesh Plate 76 x 40 x 1 5 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Nickel wire mesh Plate 43 x 28 x 1 5 2 > 664 394<br />
Nickel Rod 150 x 8 dia. 2 8<br />
Nickel Rod 145 x 6 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
Nickel wire mesh Stab 145 x 8 dia. Stopper and socket 1 7 > 664 358<br />
Platinum mesh Rod 55 x 40 x 1 2 3, 8 > 664 401<br />
Platinum mesh Rod 43 x 28 x 1 2 > 664 394<br />
Platinum sheet Stab 135 x 8 dia. Socket 2 5, 6 > 664 432, > 661 507,<br />
> 666 446<br />
Silver Plate 55 x 40 x 0,5 2 3, 8 > 664 401<br />
Silver Plate 43 x 28 x 1 2 2 > 664 394<br />
Tungsten Rod 340 x 3 dia. Stopper and socket 2 9<br />
Zinc Plate 76 x 40 x 1 10 1, 3, 8 > 591 50, > 664 401<br />
Zinc Plate 43 x 28 x 1 10 2 > 664 394<br />
Zinc Rod 150 x 6 dia. 2 8<br />
Zinc Rod 150 x 6 dia. Stopper and socket 1<br />
*Other: Stopper = 19 mm rubber stopper, Socket = for connection of 4 mm plug<br />
**Uses: 1 = with the glass tank (elektrolysis cell) (> 591 51); 2 = with the electrchemistry workplace (> 664 394); 3 = with the elecrochemistry (> 664 400, > 664 407); 4 = for fused-salt<br />
electrolysis (> 664 085); 5 = for water electrolysis (> 664 350);· 6 = for electrolysis cell(> 664 432) and projection chemistry (> 661 507); 7 = for fuel cell experiment (> 664 358) with U-tube;<br />
8 = suitable for mounting in electrode holder (> 664 373);· 9 = for abiogenic amino acid synthesis (> 661 535)<br />
40 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 373<br />
Electrode holder<br />
For two electrodes (rod electrodes up to max.<br />
8 mm dia. or plate electrodes up to max. 3 mm<br />
thick). With 4 mm sockets for connecting leads<br />
and stand rod (10 mm dia.) for attachment to<br />
stand material.
U-tubes and clay cells<br />
U-tubes<br />
664 088<br />
664 086<br />
664 087<br />
664 093<br />
664 090<br />
664 091<br />
667 535<br />
667 537<br />
667 538<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Cat. No Length of arms [mm] Dia. of arms [mm] Filters Stopper seat SB Taps/other Application Contained in<br />
160 22 - - 2 side taps Electrolysis<br />
Gas drying<br />
160 22 - 2 x SB 19 2 side taps Electrolysis<br />
Gas drying<br />
160 22 1x G 4 2 x SB 19 2 side taps Galvanic elements<br />
Fuel cell<br />
> 661 517<br />
160 22 - 2 x NS 19/26 2 side taps Electrolysis<br />
Gas drying<br />
> 661 510<br />
160 22 1 x G 4 2 x SB 19 with ST drain cock Fuel cell<br />
Voltage series, galvanic elements<br />
160 22 2 x G 4 3 x SB 19 with ST drain cock Ion migration<br />
3 side taps Dilution series<br />
85 12 - - - For projection chemistry > 661 507<br />
85 12 1 x G 4 - - For projection chemistry > 661 507<br />
105 12 2 x G 4 - - For projection chemistry > 661 507<br />
Clay cells for assembling an electrochemical element in a beaker<br />
664 020<br />
664 021<br />
664 086<br />
667 535 667 537<br />
664 087<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Hight Volume Salt bridge<br />
30 mm 100 mm ca. 45 ml<br />
50 mm 150 mm ca. 195 ml<br />
664 091<br />
667 455<br />
U-tubes and clay cells<br />
2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm.<br />
Filled with electrolyte solution, serves as<br />
connection between two galvanic elements.<br />
Length: 90 x 90 mm<br />
Diameter: 20 mm<br />
SB grind: 1 SB 19<br />
664 020<br />
664 021<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
41
electrochemistry<br />
Literature<br />
Sample text from 668 422<br />
668 432<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
57 pages, A4 size.<br />
The manual contains the theory and the experiment<br />
descriptions for the H 2 /0 2 cell,<br />
aluminium/air element and formiate cell.<br />
668 132<br />
42 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry<br />
164 pages, A4 size.<br />
Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry<br />
demonstration units (> 664 400<br />
and > 664 407) and the accessory set<br />
(> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the<br />
electrochemistry demonstration units<br />
> 664 400 and > 664 407.<br />
668 111<br />
Instructor's manual<br />
“Introduction to Electrochemistry“<br />
112 pages, A4 size, in German.<br />
Instructor's manual for a complete course in<br />
electrochemistry, designed for advanced<br />
secondary education. It contains all the theoretical<br />
background and evaluations of the 17<br />
experiments which can be conducted with the<br />
electrochemistry work place.<br />
668 422<br />
Experiment manual<br />
“Experiments in Electrochemistry“<br />
32 pages, A4 size.<br />
This manual is to be used as a workbook and<br />
thus contains only those parts from the corresponding<br />
instructor's manual (> 668 112)<br />
which are relevant to the experiments themselves.<br />
The manual is included in the electrochemistry<br />
work place (> 664 395).
Classroom experiments<br />
with superconductors<br />
Equipment list<br />
For determining the transistion temperature<br />
electrochemistry<br />
Turbulent developments in the field of ceramic<br />
superconductors have followed in the wake of<br />
the Nobel Prize being awarded to J. G. Bednorz<br />
and K. A. Müller in 1987. The superconductor<br />
effect was discovered in 1908 by Kamerlingh<br />
Onnes while he was conducting systematic<br />
examinations of the conductivity of metals at<br />
low temperatures. He determined that mercury<br />
loses its electrical resistance entirely once it is<br />
cooled to below the critical temperature –<br />
sometimes called the transition temperature.<br />
In the case of mercury this temperature is at<br />
4.2 Kelvin or –269.0 °C. This means that all the<br />
experiments required cooling with liquid helium.<br />
With the aid of ceramic superconductors it<br />
has in the meantime become possible to raise the<br />
transition temperature to above 100 K, which<br />
has alleviated many ot the difficulties otherwise<br />
encountered in expermental and industrial uses.<br />
One of the amazing things about the development<br />
of the recent years is the speed at which<br />
breakthrough experiments have been duplicated<br />
among lay persons. Just a few months after the<br />
publication of the scientific reports there were<br />
»recipes« in a variety of magazines, describing<br />
the production of the superconductors with<br />
simple technical facilities.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Experiment kit for determining the<br />
transition temperature and electrical resistance . . . . . . . . . . 667 552<br />
2 Multimeter METRAMax 2* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 100<br />
alternatively<br />
1 Senor-CASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 200<br />
Determination of the transition temperature with the computer<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
43
electrochemistry<br />
667 550<br />
Experiment kit for<br />
producing a high temperature superconductor<br />
Also used to demonstrate the Meissner-Ochsenfeld<br />
effect (levitation experiment).<br />
Working with this experiment kit and a muffle<br />
furnace (> 666 781) or crucible furnace<br />
(> 666 786) in conjunction with the temperature<br />
measurement and control unit (> 666 198),<br />
it is possible to make up super-conductor pellets<br />
ready for use. The required mixture of<br />
metallic oxides has already been made up at<br />
the correct proportions and homogenized.<br />
1 Ready-to-use mixture<br />
of Y 2 O 3 , BaCO 3 and CuO<br />
1 Sintering vessel<br />
1 Press form<br />
1 Dish for liquid nitrogen<br />
1 Plastic forceps<br />
1 Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam.<br />
1 Set of instructions for manufacturing<br />
superconductor pellets Materials<br />
Materials:<br />
661 108<br />
667 550 667 551<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Ready-to-use mixture<br />
of Y 2 O 3 , BaCO 3 , CuO<br />
667 551<br />
44 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Experiment kit for<br />
the Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect<br />
This experiment kit makes it possible without<br />
undue effort to demonstrate the Meissner-<br />
Ochsenfeld effect, which serves as a simple<br />
proof that a material is superconductive.<br />
Liquid nitrogen is used to cool the superconductor<br />
to 77 K. When the transition temperature<br />
is reached the special permanent magnet<br />
(high magnetic field strength at minimum<br />
weight) begins to levitate above the<br />
superconductor.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Superconductor pellet, 26 mm diam.<br />
1 Permanent magnet, 8 mm diam.<br />
1 Dish for liquid nitrogen<br />
1 Plastic forceps<br />
667 552<br />
Experiment kit for determining the<br />
transition temperature and electrical resistance<br />
(4-point measurement)<br />
This experiment kit permits exact determination<br />
of the transition temperature, the temperature<br />
at which the resistance of the superconductor<br />
drops to zero.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Measurement adapter with integral highstability<br />
current source.<br />
The adapter sends linearized signals - for<br />
voltage drop and temperature - to two<br />
chart recorder output ports. The measured<br />
values are registered on a dual-channel<br />
chart recorder or at a computer fitted with a<br />
suitable interface (> 524 010) and<br />
the software CASSY Lab (> 524 200).<br />
1 Superconductor with four voltage-measurement<br />
contact points and integral temperature<br />
sensor, completely wired and<br />
ready for connection to the measurement<br />
adapter.<br />
1 Aluminium tin.<br />
1 Insulated vessel used to conduct the experiment;<br />
also serves as the storage case for<br />
the measurement adapter and the superconductor<br />
measurement module.
Environment analysis - food chemistry - dyes -<br />
biochemistry - pharmaceuticals and drugs cosmetics<br />
- organic chemistry.<br />
When using thin-layer chromatography as an<br />
analytical method the mixture to be separated is<br />
applied to a glass or plastic plate which has been<br />
prepared by applying a thin layer of silica gel, for<br />
instance. The plate is then placed upright in a<br />
glass tank filled with liquid to a point just below<br />
that at which the liquid would come into contact<br />
with the spot of material to be analyzed. The<br />
liquid (the mobile phase) rises on account of the<br />
capillary action of the fine-grained silica gel (the<br />
stationary phase).<br />
The more soluble the components of the mixture<br />
in the mobile phase, the further they will be<br />
661 055<br />
Chromatography paper<br />
Medium propagation speed, 25 sheets<br />
Dimensions: 580 x 600 mm<br />
661 052<br />
Filter paper<br />
For tank saturation, 50 pcs.<br />
Dimensions: 190 x 580 mm<br />
661 035<br />
Round filter<br />
Diameter: 125 mm<br />
Quantity: 100<br />
taken along by the mobile phase. Wide differences<br />
in the solubility of the components in the<br />
mobile phase will consequently result in greater<br />
separation on the thin-layer plate.<br />
In addition to the differing solubility, the separation<br />
of the mixture will also be brought about by<br />
the interactions between the silica gel (the stationary<br />
phase) and the components in the mixture.<br />
The better a component adheres to (is absorbed<br />
by) the silica gel, the more slowly it will be swept<br />
along with the mobile phase.<br />
The plate is removed shortly before the mobile<br />
phase reaches the upper edge; it is then dried.<br />
Colored materials will be identified immediately.<br />
Colorless substances can usually be made visible<br />
by spraying them with a color indicator<br />
Paper and foils for chromatography<br />
chromatography<br />
Prepared films for thin-layer chromatography - plastic backing material<br />
Cat. No. Stationary phase Size [mm] Quantity Remark<br />
661 049<br />
661 059<br />
661 060<br />
661 061<br />
661 062<br />
661 065<br />
Chromatography<br />
(e.g. ninhydrin for amino acids). Viewing under<br />
ultraviolet light is often helpful; this will make<br />
visible those substances which fluoresce under<br />
UV light. Some thin-layer plates are additionally<br />
coated with a fluorescent indicator. This makes<br />
many colorless substances visible which do not<br />
fluoresce under the UV lamp.<br />
Cellulose 80 x 40 50<br />
Cellulose 200 x 50 50<br />
Silica gel 200 x 50 50 UV indicator<br />
Cellulose 200 x 200 25<br />
Silica gel 200 x 200 25 UV indicator<br />
Silica gel 80 x 40 50 UV indicator<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
45
chromatography<br />
Thin-film chromatography<br />
�<br />
665 560<br />
Separating tank �<br />
With V-shaped bottom, ground glass lip and<br />
cover, for chromatograms up to 200 x 200 mm<br />
in size.<br />
Weight: 3.9 kg<br />
665 565<br />
Support for paper chromatograms �<br />
Used to suspend the chromatograms in the<br />
separating tank (> 665 560), glass, consisting<br />
of two side pieces and two cross pieces with<br />
glass hooks.<br />
Stand<br />
�<br />
Equipment for thin layer chromatography<br />
665 634<br />
665 634<br />
�<br />
For analysis lamp (> 665 635)<br />
665 635<br />
Dimensions: 110 x 230 x 240 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
46 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
665 563<br />
Miniature separation tank �<br />
With screw top, for chromatograms measuring<br />
up to 50 x 100 mm.<br />
665 566<br />
Ribbed clamps �<br />
Used to fasten the filter paper for tank saturation<br />
and the prepared films in the separating<br />
tank (> 665 560)<br />
1 pair<br />
665 568<br />
Microcapillaries �<br />
For applying the solutions which are to be<br />
examined: package of 250 pcs.<br />
Length: 100 mm<br />
665 635<br />
Analysis lamp<br />
�<br />
For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for<br />
examination of the fluorescent properties of<br />
many inorganic and organic substances and in<br />
chromatography to differentiate among oils,<br />
dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the<br />
basis of their fluorescent colour.<br />
Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm<br />
Power: 4 watts each<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 205 x 70 x 55 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
�<br />
665 570<br />
Application and<br />
R F value template after MAEY �<br />
Combination template for reproductive application<br />
of the starting points and to evaluate the<br />
flow distance (R F -values).<br />
664 183<br />
Petri dish �<br />
For round filter chromatography.<br />
Dimensions: 100 mm dia.<br />
Height: 20 mm<br />
665 578<br />
Reagent atomizer �<br />
For atomization of reagents and dyes for chromatography<br />
without propellant gas<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Erlenmeyer flask, 100 ml, ST 19/26<br />
1 Atomizer attachment made of glass<br />
667 241<br />
Rubber bulb �<br />
Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578)<br />
661 123<br />
Chromatography of amino acids<br />
Chemicals and equipment required for chromatographic<br />
identification of amino acids, can be<br />
used, for instance, in experiments dealing with:<br />
Merrifield synthesis<br />
Stanley-Miller experiment<br />
Food analysis<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Dansyl chloride, 1 g 663 970<br />
1 Set of 10 micropolyamide films 661 064<br />
1 Set of 250 microcapillaries 665 568<br />
1 Set of 100 disposable gloves 667 606
Separation of pigments, protein mixtures,<br />
nucleic acids, introductory experiments in<br />
HPLC and MPLC<br />
A glass column with a filter and one-way stopcock<br />
attached at the bottom is filled with a solid<br />
medium (stationary phase) which is then moistened<br />
entirely with the solvent. The mixture to be<br />
separated is applied to the material. Then the<br />
stopcock is opened slightly so that solvent can<br />
drain. Additional solvent drawn from a supply<br />
vessel can be added at the top to keep the<br />
column packing from running dry.<br />
Depending on the selection of the stationary<br />
phase, the separation of the mixture is effected in<br />
accordance with one of several different principles.<br />
A suitable ion exchanger is used as the car-<br />
Chromatography columns with P1 filter<br />
665 590<br />
665 592<br />
665 593<br />
rier medium for ion exchange chromatography.<br />
The mixture of substances is dissolved and<br />
applied to the column. The components are<br />
bound (heteropolar) to the carrier medium.<br />
This bond is reversible; the reversal can be effected<br />
with high-concentration saline solutions,<br />
for instance. If solutions of rising concentrations<br />
are flushed through the column, the components<br />
which are most weakly bound to the ion<br />
exchanger will be extracted first. Stronger bonds<br />
will be dissociated only with higher-concentration<br />
eluates.<br />
In the gel filtration process the carrier medium is<br />
an agar gel which, after chemical treatment, is in<br />
the form of small, spherical particles of differing<br />
pore sizes. The components of a mixture of sub-<br />
Cat. No. Length Diameter Material Remark<br />
665 074<br />
400 mm 20 mm Annealed glass With stopcock<br />
235 mm 20 mm Annealed glass With stopcock<br />
170 mm 10 mm Borosilicate glass With sleeve and<br />
3 GL screw connections<br />
Drip funnel for column chromatography<br />
500 ml, graduated, with GL 45 and<br />
ST stopcock.<br />
666 437<br />
CPS flow-through photometer<br />
The CPS flow-through photometer is intended<br />
for use as a detector, e.g.<br />
Column material for chromatography<br />
Cat. No. Material Weight<br />
661 057<br />
661 058<br />
670 291<br />
674 829<br />
674 830<br />
672 366<br />
671 383<br />
671 793<br />
672 361<br />
672 362<br />
671 382<br />
666 443<br />
CPS chromatography column<br />
Cellulose powder 500 g<br />
Silica gel 500 g<br />
Aluminum oxide 250 g<br />
Sephadex G 25 25 g<br />
Sephadex G 75 25 g<br />
IRA 93 100 g<br />
CM cellulose 23 100 g<br />
DOWEX 1 x 2 (200 to 400 mesh) 25 g<br />
Ion exchanger strongly acidic 100 g<br />
Ion exchanger strongly alkaline 50 g<br />
Carboxymethyl cellulose 100 g<br />
Module for the > 665 590 glass column.<br />
666 444<br />
CPS-gel filtration<br />
Module for column > 665 592 used for experiments<br />
in gelfiltration, ion exchange chromatography<br />
and adsorption chromatography.<br />
chromatography<br />
Column chromatography<br />
stances will now diffuse into these particles at<br />
varying speeds. The diffusion speed will depend<br />
on the size of the components. Small molecules<br />
will diffuse quickly into the particles, while the<br />
larger molecules will be flushed past, running<br />
through the column more quickly<br />
665 590<br />
665 592<br />
665 593<br />
Chromatography columns/dropper funnels<br />
Separating chlorophylls on silica gel<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
665 074<br />
47
chromatography<br />
HPLC<br />
in Education and Training<br />
HPLC experiment setup using the CPS system<br />
High performance liquid chromatography<br />
(HPLC) is one of the latest chromatographic<br />
separation processes, which, due to its versatility,<br />
is currently enjoying increasing popularity.<br />
HPLC can be used in a variety of areas and analytical<br />
problems in biology, environment protection<br />
and chemistry.<br />
Equipment list<br />
HPLC-chromatography<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS HPLC pump 665 485<br />
1 CPS-HPLC column support 665 481<br />
1 Separating column Sl RP-18 665 4791<br />
1 CPS HPLC reservoir 665 487<br />
1 HPLC basic kit 665 4801<br />
1 Set of hoses and septa for HPLC 665 488<br />
1 CPS Flow-through-photometer for HPLC 665 486<br />
1 CPS mains distributor 665 497<br />
1 Connecting lead, Ø 2.5 mm, yellow/green, cm long 501 41<br />
1 Reagent and shipping bottle: 500 ml 661 203<br />
1 Set of hoses and septa 665 488<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
additionnally required:<br />
1 PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT<br />
48 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Natural products, organic polymers and biopolymers,<br />
pharmaceuticals, dyes, antioxidants, insecticides,<br />
protein mixtures, nucleic acid fragments,<br />
fatty components, pheromones or plant<br />
pigments, are just some of the substances suitable<br />
for analysis using HPLC.<br />
HPLC is capable of far higher separation than<br />
traditional column chromatography. The higher<br />
pressures substantially reduce the time required<br />
for analytical separation. In routine measurements,<br />
separation requires only a few minutes,<br />
no longer hours or days.<br />
A further result of the higher operating pressures<br />
is, that extremely fine-grained carrier materials<br />
can be used. This increases the exchange<br />
between the stationary and mobile phases (the<br />
number of “theoretical plates“ increases<br />
substantially).<br />
An inexpensive low-pressure system (max. 10<br />
bar) has been designed especially for educational<br />
use. HPLC is recommended for use in advanced<br />
secondary science courses, as well as in occupational<br />
training.<br />
The eluent (the mobile phase) is transported<br />
from the liquid reservoir through the pump and<br />
the separating column (containing the stationary<br />
phase). The sample to be analyzed is transported<br />
to the column via the column head. The end of<br />
the column is connected to a detector, and this<br />
signal is registered by recorder. Alternatively,<br />
using a computer makes for more efficient<br />
recording and evaluation of measurements.<br />
The LEYBOLD DIDACTIC HPLC system is<br />
based on a new concept for fast column chromatography<br />
using pressures of up to 6 bar. It comprises<br />
individual functional modules which,<br />
depending on necessity, can easily be assembled<br />
to create the entire HPLC system. All components<br />
are mounted on training panels. A wide<br />
variety of separating columns is available. An<br />
aeration pump with highly constant pumping<br />
capacity serves as the pump for this system. A<br />
UV/VIS-photometer with flow-through cell, or<br />
even more effective, the CPS flow-through photometer<br />
can be used as the detector. Control and<br />
regulation of the entire system is carried out<br />
using the CASSY interface device.<br />
Comprehensive instructions enable easy installation<br />
of the system. Experiment instructions for<br />
HPLC in education and training can be found in<br />
the manual “Biochemistry II“ (> 668 102).
665 486<br />
CPS flow-through photometer<br />
The CPS flow-through photometer is intended<br />
for use as a detector, e.g.:<br />
· for determining substrate or product concentrations<br />
in biotechnology<br />
· in preparative organic and biochemical<br />
analysis<br />
· with HPLC<br />
The detector utilizes the radiation of a lowpressure<br />
mercury discharge lamp with a UV<br />
component of over 90% at a wavelength of<br />
254 nm. The photosensitive semiconductors<br />
respond selectively to this wavelength, so that<br />
a monochromator is not necessary. To compensate<br />
for variations in the intensity of the light<br />
source, differential measurements are carried<br />
out on two light beams. One beam is passed<br />
through a quartz-glass cell containing the sample<br />
which is to be measured, while the other is<br />
used as the reference beam. The differential<br />
amplifier allows recording of the differential signal<br />
with the standard measuring ranges provided<br />
by most chart recorders or via a computer.<br />
Beam source: Hg discharge lamp<br />
Measurement wavelength: 254 nm<br />
Detector: photocell<br />
Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm<br />
Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 143 mm<br />
Weight: 2.4 kg<br />
665 485<br />
HPLC pump<br />
Short-stroke electromagnetic pump with Teflon<br />
membrane mounted on a CPS training panel;<br />
stainless steel head with special Teflon diaphragm.<br />
The only limitation for the liquid to<br />
be transported is that it may not contain<br />
any dispersed and coarse impurities. Connections<br />
for Teflon tubing with 1.4 mm diameter.<br />
The pump can be externally controlled via a<br />
TTL input.<br />
Pumping capacity: 60 ... 1300 ml/h<br />
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar<br />
Diaphragm: with steel core and PTFE coating<br />
Connections: for 1.4 mm Teflon tubing<br />
Power rating: 11 W<br />
Mains supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Signal input: TTL, 2 sockets 4 mm<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 150 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 3.5 kg<br />
665 481<br />
chromatography<br />
HPLC support for chromatography columns<br />
CPS training panel for accommodating HPLC<br />
columns (> 665 478 - > 665 4791).Mounting<br />
the columns is extremely easy. They are<br />
simply mounted to the CPS system panel<br />
using clamping devices.<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
665 478<br />
Separating column SI 60<br />
Preparative column, silica gel,<br />
particle size 40-63 µm, max. 6 bar/90 psi,<br />
for adsorption chromatography.<br />
Length: 240 mm<br />
Inside diameter: 10 mm<br />
665 4791<br />
RP-18 separating column<br />
Preparative column, reversed phase for distribution<br />
chromatography, particle size 40 -<br />
63 µm, max. 6 bar/90psi.<br />
Length: 240 mm<br />
Inside diameter: 10 mm<br />
665 488<br />
Set of hoses and septa for HPLC<br />
HPLC modules<br />
665 478<br />
665 481<br />
1 Teflon hose (0.8 x 1.5 mm), 2 m long<br />
25 Viton septa (10 x 1 mm)<br />
25 silicone septa (10 x 4 mm)<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
49
chromatography<br />
665 4801<br />
524 010<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
50 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Cascadable interface for measured-value<br />
recording.<br />
· For connection to the RS232 serial interface<br />
of a computer, another CASSY module or the<br />
CASSY Display<br />
· 4-fold electrical isolation<br />
(inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S).<br />
· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible<br />
(to expand the inputs and outputs)<br />
· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY<br />
retrofittable using sensor boxes<br />
· Automatic sensor box detection by<br />
CASSY Lab (plug and play)<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY<br />
operating system (complete with software<br />
update functionality for fast, easy performance<br />
enhancements)<br />
· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or<br />
demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS<br />
panel frames)<br />
· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug<br />
or an adjacent CASSY module.<br />
665 487 524 010<br />
665 487<br />
HPLC reservoir<br />
Mounted on CPS training panel, serves as a<br />
reservoir for liquid.<br />
Glass bottle 500 ml made of extra strong borosilicate<br />
glass. A stopcock for extracting gas<br />
from liquid is integrated into the screw-on top.<br />
The glass vessel is inserted into the clamping<br />
device and thus firmly attached to the panel.<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 115 mm<br />
Panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
524 200<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
Software for Windows 9x/NT for recording and<br />
evaluating measurement data from the<br />
CASSY-S Family, with comprehensive integrated<br />
help features.<br />
668 102<br />
Biochemistry SII<br />
85 pages, A4.<br />
The main techniques of biotechnology are discussed<br />
in 10 sections.<br />
Ideal for use in a vocational context or in<br />
advanced secondary education.<br />
><br />
665 4801<br />
HPLC accessories kit<br />
Set with all accessories needed for performing<br />
HPLC experiments. Including two column<br />
heads, septa, Teflon tubing, 1 microliter syringe<br />
for sample application, preparation jars and<br />
more. The set is designed to additionally permit<br />
connection of Merck LOBAR ® columns.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
For further information<br />
on the CASSY system<br />
see pages 144 ff.<br />
2 Teflon injection heads with needle guide<br />
40 Viton septa, 12 x 1 mm<br />
20 Viton septa, 10 x 1 mm<br />
40 Silicone septa, 10 x 4 mm<br />
40 Preparation jars<br />
40 Perforated covers<br />
1 Roll of Teflon tape<br />
1 Teflon tubing, 1.7 x 0.9 mm, 2 m<br />
1 Pin<br />
1 Steel wire, 10 cm<br />
1 Sheet of sandpaper<br />
2 Nickel tube<br />
5 Disposable syringes, 1 ml<br />
1 Microliter syringe, 10 µl<br />
1 Instructions for use
In gas chromatography a mixture of substances<br />
is heated inside the injector until all components<br />
are present in a gaseous state. A uniform gas<br />
flow (the mobile phase) drives the mixture<br />
through a helical tube (column). The tube is<br />
packed with a solid carrier material such as<br />
Al 2 O 3 loaded with a liquid, such as paraffin,<br />
which has a high boiling point (the stationary<br />
phase). The components in the gas mixture will<br />
pass throughthe column at varying rates, depending<br />
on the carrier material or the solubility in the<br />
stationary phase. Evidence of the presence of the<br />
components is given with the aid of a sensor<br />
which responds to particular characteristics in<br />
the gases. Often the thermal conductivity properties<br />
of gases are used as a differentiating characteristic<br />
(heat conductivity sensor). The sensor<br />
registers the thermal conductivity of the gas and<br />
outputs an electrical signal which is either<br />
applied to a chart recorder or processed by a PC.<br />
At a controlled temperature and a constant carrier<br />
gas flow rate, the dwell time (retention time)<br />
in the column can be used to identify the substance<br />
(qualitative analysis). The surface area<br />
below the peaks is a measure of the quantity<br />
for the individual components (quantitative<br />
analysis).<br />
Equipment list<br />
Gas chromatography<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490<br />
1 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533<br />
1 Gas sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 495<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 482<br />
1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432<br />
1 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425<br />
><br />
For more columns:<br />
see page 54<br />
Demonstration gas chromatograph CPS 490<br />
This equipment system is an inexpensive and<br />
reliable demonstration model for gas chromatographic<br />
separations at room temperature; the<br />
system has been developed for introducing the<br />
method of gas chromatography with simple<br />
means.<br />
Equipment list<br />
chromatography<br />
Gas chromatography<br />
The separating columns can also be used in the<br />
gas chromatograph > 665 531<br />
Gas chromatography, alternative with heat conductivity detector<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Demonstration gas chromatograph, basic unit . . . . . . . . .665 490<br />
1 DC 550 column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 533<br />
1 Heat conductivity detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 496<br />
1 CPS holder for gas cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 492<br />
1 Disposable cartridge N 2 O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 491<br />
or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br />
1 Disposable cartridge CO 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 493<br />
1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432<br />
1 CPS power supply, 24 V AC/3 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 824<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 425<br />
as carrier gas also helium can be used,<br />
e. g. from a Minican gas can<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 984<br />
1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans . . . . . . . . . . .660 980<br />
1 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 980<br />
1 Silicon tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 432<br />
1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 458<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
51
chromatography<br />
Gas chromatography modules<br />
665 490<br />
Base panel demonstration chromatograph<br />
Injection block made of stainless steel with<br />
connection for carrier gas, separating column<br />
and detector module, mounted on a CPS training<br />
panel. Fixing clips are used for mounting the<br />
detectors (> 665 495 or > 665 496).<br />
Voltage supply to detector, integrated amplifier<br />
and signal output via DIN cable. The analog signals<br />
of the detector can be transmitted to a single-channel<br />
recorder (e.g. > 575 702) via the<br />
recorder output.<br />
At the same time there is the possibility of evaluating<br />
the signals on a PC with the aid of the<br />
Sensor-CASSY ® interface (> 524 010).<br />
Power supply:<br />
24 V AC via power supply unit (> 667 824)<br />
Fuse: 150 mA<br />
Chart recorder output: analog, 0 ... +2 V<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 100 mm<br />
Panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
667 824<br />
CPS power supply unit 24 V<br />
For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph<br />
(> 665 490).<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Output: 24 V DC/3 A<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 110 mm<br />
Panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.7 kg<br />
666 482<br />
52 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS aeration pump, controllable<br />
For continuous aeration. The pump can also be<br />
used to create a partial vacuum. The flow rate<br />
can be controlled either manually (via a control<br />
knob) or externally (by means of a control voltage<br />
0...10V).<br />
Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min,<br />
manually set or externally controllable<br />
Max. pressure: 2 bar<br />
Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar<br />
Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in<br />
supply unit (230 V/50 Hz)<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 130 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
665 492<br />
CPS Gas cartridge holder<br />
For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph<br />
(> 665 490 ) with CO 2 or N 2 O as carrier<br />
gases.<br />
Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply.<br />
Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N 2 O and CO 2<br />
Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Training panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
666 482 665 492<br />
1 Pressure vessel<br />
1 Manometer<br />
1 Fine regulating valve<br />
1 Tubing<br />
1 Training panel with mounting hardware<br />
665 495<br />
Gas sensor with amplifier<br />
The gas sensor has excellent sensitivity regarding<br />
organic and some inorganic gases.<br />
Because the semiconductor oxide of the sensor<br />
is designed for operation in atmospheric<br />
oxygen, the sensor is ideally suited for operation<br />
with air as the carrier gas.<br />
Type of sensor: Taguchi sensor<br />
Semiconductor material: mixed oxide<br />
Power supply: 5 V DC<br />
Gain: 100x<br />
Weight: 0.2 kg<br />
665 496<br />
665 496<br />
665 495<br />
Heat conductivity detector with amplifier<br />
This detector is designed particularly for operation<br />
in connection with the demonstration gas<br />
chromatograph. Special tungsten filaments<br />
allow it to be used in conjunction with He, N 2 O<br />
or CO 2 as the carrier gas.<br />
Type of sensor: heat conductivity detector,<br />
metal filament made of tungsten<br />
Power supply: 5 V DC<br />
Gain: 100x<br />
Weight: 0.2 kg
The Technochem gas chromatograph enables<br />
precise temperature control up to 250 °C.<br />
This two-column device enables rapid switching<br />
between e.g. non-polar and unipolar columns<br />
for optimum separation of the sample<br />
constituents.<br />
The furnace is easily accessible behind a hinged<br />
cover, in order to make explanation of the<br />
design of a chromatograph clearer and to permit<br />
easy column changing.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Gas chromatography analysis<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Dual column gas chromatograph TECHNOCHEM 277 665 531<br />
1 Gas chromatography<br />
(German manual for 665 530/531) 668 681<br />
1 Flow meter for gas chromatographs 665 553<br />
1 Microliter syringe 665 615<br />
1 Replacement cannula, set of 3 665 616<br />
1 Gas bottle, 10l: Nitrogen 661 013<br />
1 Pressure reducing valve for 661 013, N 2 661 018<br />
1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle 661 019<br />
1 Silicon tubing, 1 m 604 432<br />
For recording the gas chromatogramm:<br />
1 Connecting lead, dia. 2.5 mm 2 , yellow/green, 50 cm long 501 41<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
Alternative to the computer<br />
1 Yt recorder, single channel 57 570<br />
1 Graph chart paper, 5 rolls 686 23<br />
Complete gas chromatography analysis assembly<br />
Gas Chromatogram of a mixture of<br />
n-alkanes C6 to C10<br />
chromatography<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
53
chromatography<br />
665 531<br />
Two-column gas chromatograph<br />
TECHNOCHEM 277<br />
With APL column for separating non-polar substances<br />
and PEGA column for separating<br />
semi-polar substances. Supplied with 2 separating<br />
columns and 230 V power lead.<br />
Gas supply:<br />
connection via quick-coupling to standard<br />
industrial gas bottle with pressure reducing<br />
valve 1-2 bar (secondary), preferably He or<br />
H 2 ; fine regulation via separate needle valve<br />
for both columns; gas consumption 20 to<br />
50 ml/min<br />
Heating:<br />
resistance heating with temperature<br />
selection potentiometer, temperature range<br />
+30 to 250°C; furnace is protected against<br />
overheating; heater on/off switch separate<br />
from bridge current on/off switch;<br />
display accuracy: 1°C.<br />
Detector:<br />
2 heat conductivity detectors in bridge circuit.<br />
Power 12 V, 140 mA, adjustable zero point,<br />
switched on separately from heater.<br />
Recorder output: sensitivity 100 mV<br />
Separating columns:<br />
1 APL separating column, 1 PEGA column,<br />
column length 1100 mm each,<br />
copper columns<br />
668 681<br />
Instruction sheet and experiment manual for<br />
TECHNOCHEM gas chromatographs<br />
88 pages, A4, ring binder, in German<br />
Application examples:<br />
· Separation and analysis of complex mixtures<br />
· Qualitative and quantitative analysis of minute<br />
sample quantities or trace components<br />
· Conducting and observing chemical reactions,<br />
analysis and detection of reaction products<br />
· Conducting known reactions on a micro-scale<br />
665 615<br />
Microliter syringe<br />
54 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
With stainless-steel scale and replaceable<br />
needle, gas- and liquid-tight, especially for<br />
metering small quantities for gas chromatography,<br />
capacity 10 µ.<br />
665 616<br />
Spare needles<br />
For > 665 615, set of three.<br />
665 553<br />
Flow meter<br />
For gas chromatograph, for reproducible<br />
adjustment of the carrier gas flow.<br />
665 536<br />
Set of septa and seals<br />
50 silicone septa 10 x 5 mm<br />
10 Teflon seals 10 x 6 mm.<br />
661 116<br />
Set for micropreparations<br />
With all small equipment for working with<br />
> 665 531.<br />
661 118<br />
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I<br />
26 reference substances (particularly alkanes),<br />
mixtures and other chemicals, created<br />
especially for use with experiment manual<br />
> 668 681 and the set of micropreparations<br />
> 661 116.<br />
Accessories<br />
Columns for 665 531 and 665 490;<br />
all columns made of copper.<br />
Length: 110 cm<br />
Diameter: 6 mm<br />
665 537<br />
APL column<br />
10 % apiezon grease L Chromosorb P/AW,<br />
80 - 100 mesh; for separating non-polar substances<br />
(contained in > 665 531).<br />
Working temperature: up to 250 °C<br />
665 532<br />
PEGA column<br />
10 % polyethylene glycoladipat on<br />
Chromosorb P/AW, 80 - 100 mesh; for<br />
separating semi-polar substances (contained<br />
in > 665 531).<br />
Working temperature: up to 210 °C<br />
665 533<br />
DC 550 column<br />
DC 550 methyl-phenyl silicone oil with 25%<br />
phenyl-group component on Chromosorb T;<br />
for separation of highly polar substances.<br />
Working temperature: up to 230 °C<br />
665 534<br />
Chromosorb column<br />
Backing of high-molecular weight cross-linked<br />
polyacrylate (Chromosorb 108) without coating;<br />
for separating gases and highly polar substances<br />
with low molecular weights.<br />
Working temperature: up to 200 °C<br />
665 535<br />
Empty column<br />
661 119<br />
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II<br />
22 reference substances (particularly aromates),<br />
mixtures and other chemicals, created<br />
especially for use with experiment manual<br />
> 668 681 and the set of micropreparations<br />
> 661 116.
665 600<br />
Analytical gas chromatograph with packed<br />
column and heat conductivity detector<br />
Main features:<br />
· Integrated operating system and software<br />
· Graphical user interface with mouse control<br />
for parameter input and conducting measurement<br />
and evaluations:<br />
determination of retention times and peak<br />
areas<br />
comparison of two chromatograms<br />
referencing, i.e. comparison of reference<br />
peaks and measurement peaks for determining<br />
absolute quantities<br />
report generator<br />
· Automatic baseline calibration before every<br />
measurement<br />
· Excellent separation performance with<br />
packed columns 2 m long (1/8”); OV-1<br />
· Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles<br />
Gas chromatograph<br />
Oven chamber: with motor-driven<br />
air circulation<br />
Heating power: max. 40 W<br />
Temperature sensor: Pt 500<br />
Temperature control: closed-loop PID control,<br />
4 programmable via integrated computer,<br />
complete temperature program with<br />
heating speeds between 1 and 10 K/min<br />
Accuracy: 1 K<br />
Separately heated injector and<br />
detector block<br />
Carrier gas: helium<br />
Computer<br />
CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed<br />
RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB<br />
Video adapter: VGA-compatible,<br />
resolution 640 x 480 pixels<br />
Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors<br />
Disk drive: 3,5”, 1,44 MB<br />
Mains voltage: 220 ... 240 V/50 ... 60 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 330 x 420 x 340 mm<br />
Weight: 19 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas chromatograph with heat conductivity<br />
detector and integrated computer<br />
1 Packed separating column<br />
1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the<br />
carrier-gas flow)<br />
1 Mouse<br />
1 Gas connector set, with Teflon tubing and<br />
crimp connectors<br />
1 Power lead for gas chromatograph<br />
1 User's manual<br />
1 Working diskette<br />
This new generation of professional gas chromatographs<br />
offers incredible performance in a<br />
compact design. These modern, easy-to-use<br />
devices are designed for educational use in<br />
schools, universities and company-internal programs<br />
and represent excellent value for money.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Analytical gas chromatography<br />
with packed column and heat conductivity detector<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
chromatography<br />
Professional gas chromatography<br />
1 Analytical gas chromatograph<br />
with packed column and HCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 600<br />
1 Pressure reducing valve for Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 017<br />
1 Gas bottle, 10l: Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 014<br />
VGA monitor with connecting cable<br />
1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019<br />
1 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615<br />
recommended accessories<br />
1 Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616<br />
1 Keyboard<br />
The gas chromatograph, computer and measuring<br />
and evaluating software are combined in a<br />
single unit. Together with user-definable temperature<br />
programs and automatic gain switching,<br />
this allows you to perform precise, reproducible<br />
analyses.<br />
This device is available in two versions: one with<br />
a packed column and heat conductivity detector,<br />
and one with a capillary column and flame<br />
ionization detector.<br />
Samples are injected manually using a microliter<br />
syringe.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
55
chromatography<br />
Peak assignment and determination of absolute<br />
mass by means of graphical evaluation<br />
Equipment list<br />
Peak assignment and determination of absolute<br />
mass by means of graphical evaluation<br />
The integrated software is extremely user-friendly<br />
and intuitive to use. It enables not only determination<br />
of retention times and integration of<br />
peaks, but also direct comparison with other<br />
measurements, e.g. standards. In this way, measurement<br />
peaks can be assigned and absolute<br />
masses determined easily. The measurements<br />
can be saved to a file and stored an a database for<br />
later evaluations, or exported for processing with<br />
other programs, e.g. Excel or Word for Windows,<br />
on a separate PC.<br />
Temperature program configurable via<br />
graphical user interface<br />
When the boiling points of several components<br />
differ greatly, separation at a constant temperature<br />
is often virtually impossible. In such a case,<br />
the reproducible, continuous temperature<br />
increase in the form of a temperature program<br />
is the prerequisite for optimum separation of the<br />
sample constituents. The two gas chromatographs<br />
> 665 600 and > 665 601 enable<br />
temperature programs up to 280 °C with heatup<br />
speeds of between 1 and 10 °C/min.<br />
Gas chromatography with packed column and flame ion detector<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Analytical gas chromatograph<br />
with capillary column and FID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 601<br />
1 Pressure reducing valve f. H 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 015<br />
1 Gas bottle, 10l: Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 010<br />
1 Trolley for 1 gas bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 019<br />
1 Microliter syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 615<br />
VGA monitor with connecting cable<br />
recommended accessories<br />
1 Replacement cannula for 665 615, set of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 616<br />
1 Keyboard<br />
56 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
665 601<br />
Analytical gas chromatograph with capillary column and FID<br />
Main features:<br />
· Flame ionization detector (FID), with high sensitivity, low dead volume and<br />
high stability<br />
· Integrated operating system and software<br />
· Graphical user interface with mouse control for parameter input and conducting<br />
measurement and evaluations:<br />
· determination of retention times and peak areas<br />
· comparison of two chromatograms<br />
· referencing, i.e. comparison of reference peaks and measurement<br />
peaks for determining absolute quantities<br />
· report generator<br />
· Automatic baseline calibration before every measurement<br />
· Excellent separation performance with capillary columns, 25 m long,<br />
inside diameter 0.32 mm, granular size 0.6 µm, OV-1<br />
· Carrier gas supply via steel gas bottles<br />
Gas chromatograph<br />
Oven chamber: with motor-driven air circulation<br />
Heating power: max. 400 W<br />
Temperature sensor: Pt 500<br />
Temperature control: closed-loop PID control, programmable via integrated<br />
computer, complete temperature program with heating speeds between<br />
1 and 10 K/min,<br />
Accuracy: 1 KFID gas supply<br />
Separately heated injector and detector block<br />
Carrier gas: H 2 , He or N 2<br />
Detector<br />
FID, with thermostat, electrically isolated microprocessor-controlled evaluation<br />
electronics, 12 bit resolution, built-in supply with purified combustion<br />
air, cleaned by replacement of activated-charcoal filter<br />
Computer<br />
CPU: 16 bit, 20 MHz clock speed<br />
RAM: 1 MB, EEPROM 512 KB<br />
Video adapter: VGA-compatible, resolution 640 x 480 pixels<br />
Mouse, keyboard and printer connectors<br />
Disk drive: 3.5", 1.44 MB<br />
Mains voltage: 220...240 V/50...60 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 330 x 420 x 340 mm<br />
Weight: 19 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas chromatograph with flame ionization detector<br />
and integrated computer<br />
1 Capillary separating column<br />
1 Soap-bubble flow meter (for adjusting the gas flow)<br />
1 Mouse<br />
2 Gas connectoin sets, wtih Teflon tubing and crimp connectors<br />
1 T-connector (for connecting a single gas bottle when using hydrogen as<br />
the carrier gas and FID supply gas)<br />
1 Power lead for gas chromatograph<br />
1 User's manual<br />
1 Working diskette
Photometry is one of the most important<br />
methods used in chemical analysis. In instruction<br />
as well, it is used:<br />
· in water examinations (quantitative analysis of<br />
individual ions, determining the chemical oxygen<br />
requirement, etc)<br />
· in biochemical analysis (detecting enzyme<br />
activities, measuring sugar concentrations etc.)<br />
· in plant physiology (measurement of absorption<br />
spectra of chlorophyll, for example).<br />
There are two different types of photometer:<br />
spectral photometers and filter/LED photometers.<br />
Measurements with spectral photometers<br />
can be run either at a defined wavelength (quantitative<br />
analysis) or register the spectra for a substance<br />
over a broad band of wavelengths.<br />
LED photometers and filter photometers may<br />
only be used to carry out quantitative measurements<br />
since they operate only at a few, fixed<br />
wavelengths, determined by the selection of the<br />
LEDs or the spectral filters. All the photometers<br />
offered here are equipped with a chart recorder<br />
output, which can also be connected to a PC by<br />
means of an interface for convenient data logging<br />
and processing.<br />
To understand how photometry works, students<br />
must first learn the basic concepts of transmission<br />
and absorption. The spectral set is ideal for<br />
this purpose, as it permits a clear, understandable<br />
presentation of these phenomena.<br />
471 23<br />
Copy of a Rowland grating<br />
High resolution grating for quantitative experiments<br />
on spectrometry. On a foil between two<br />
glass plates, in slide tubes.<br />
Area of grating: 35 mm x 25 mm<br />
Number of lines in cm -1 : 6000<br />
Grating constant in µm: 1,75<br />
Dimensions in mm: 50 x 50<br />
Application of the spectral set<br />
With the aid of the spectral set for overhead projectors<br />
(> 452 11)or for the FANTEX projector<br />
(> 443 10) it becomes possible to present the<br />
principles of transmission and absorption within<br />
a short period of time. continuous spectrum is<br />
created with the aid of the diffraction grating<br />
(> 471 23). Filters (included), solid objects or<br />
colored liquids may be placed in the beam so as<br />
to create their respective absorption spectra.<br />
667 547<br />
Spectral set for FANTEX projector<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Cell holder with slit<br />
3 Transparencies (red, blue, yellow)<br />
3 Cells<br />
photometry<br />
Photometry<br />
The samples are placed in the slit in such a<br />
way that only one half of the created spectrum<br />
is changed by the sample. Thus by way of<br />
comparison with the reference spectrum one<br />
may then explain details of the absorption spectrum.<br />
The transmission curves are shown together<br />
with the filter spectra simply by folding out.<br />
667 546<br />
Spectral set for overhead projector<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Cover plate with three filters (red, blue,<br />
yellow) and three transmission curves<br />
1 Holder for the diffraction grating<br />
3 Cells with stoppers<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
57
photometry<br />
Spectrophotometer<br />
667 347<br />
Digital diode array photometer<br />
The diode array photometer permits fast,<br />
precise recording of spectra and photometric<br />
concentration determinations.<br />
The apparatus can be connected to a computer<br />
using the retrofittable data output module<br />
(> 666 211 ) and connection cable for computer<br />
(> 667 931 ).<br />
The Windows software supplied with the instrument<br />
enables control of the photometer, as<br />
well as graphical display and evaluation of<br />
measured values.<br />
However, the device can also be used as a<br />
standalone unit or with a chart recorder.<br />
Wavelength range: 380 ... 750 nm<br />
Resolution: 2 nm<br />
Wavelength inaccuracy: ± 1 nm<br />
Diode array: 256 elements<br />
Electrical resolution: 10 bit<br />
Scan rate: 1 measurement run/2 s<br />
Cell holder:<br />
12 x 12 mm outside, square;<br />
16 mm outside dia., round<br />
Display<br />
Measured value:<br />
LED, 4 digits, 26 mm high, numeric<br />
Measured quantity:<br />
LED, 4 digits, 13 mm high, alphanumeric<br />
Measurement range<br />
Transmission: 0 ... 100 % T<br />
Extinction: 0 ... 1.999 abs.<br />
Concentration: 0 ... 99.99 mg/l<br />
0 ... 999.9 mg/l<br />
Resolution<br />
Transmission: 0.1 % T<br />
Extinction: 0.001 abs.<br />
Concentration: 0.01 mg/l or 0.1 mg/l<br />
Analogue output (standard)<br />
0 to 2 V, 10 bit D/A conversion,<br />
recording of a complete spectrum<br />
in 37 s (1 s ~ 10 nm)<br />
Data output module (for retrofitting)<br />
Power supply:<br />
via plug-in power unit, 13 V/1.3 A<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 230 mm<br />
Weight: 2.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Included with each photometer is a highly convenient<br />
measurement and evaluation program<br />
(use of this program requires the presence of<br />
the data output module (> 666 211 ) and<br />
WINDOWS 3.1 or higher; without data module<br />
only simulations are possible.<br />
667 931<br />
58 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Special features of the<br />
diode array spectrophotometer<br />
· High stability and very reliable since there are<br />
no moving parts<br />
· Zero compensation for all wavelengths by pressing<br />
of a single pushbutton<br />
· Display switchable to transmission, extinction<br />
or concentration<br />
· Direct readout of concentration after entry of a<br />
specific factor<br />
· 26 mm high digital display for readings from<br />
greater distances<br />
· Instrument is operated via a protecting and<br />
chemically resistant membrane key pad<br />
><br />
Connecting lead for computer<br />
(RS 232, serial), female pin connector,<br />
pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed.<br />
667 932<br />
Adapter cable<br />
For sets of reagents for photochemical<br />
determinations,<br />
see page 6<br />
Cuvettes: see page 61<br />
RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface.<br />
· Suitable for retrofitting of a data output module<br />
(for computer and printer connection). All<br />
functions of the instrument can be controlled<br />
conveniently through WINDOWS software;<br />
evaluation of spectra and concentration measurements,<br />
3-D display of spectra among others.<br />
· Taking a spectrum requires only about 2<br />
seconds (computer) or 37 seconds (delayed for<br />
chart recorder)<br />
· Round cell quick tests may be used besides<br />
highly cost-effective rectangular cells<br />
· A flow-through cell may be used to monitor<br />
processes which take place in reactors<br />
666 211<br />
Data output module<br />
For connection of meters to a printer and PC.<br />
1 Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
1 Serial interface (RS 232): 8 data bits, selectable<br />
2400/9600 bps, 1 stop bit, no parity.<br />
Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min,<br />
10min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons,<br />
time interval displayed on front panel<br />
of module<br />
Alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters)<br />
together with the unit of measurement.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg
667 351<br />
Digital grating spectrophotometer<br />
Microprocessor controlled single beam spectrophotometer<br />
with grating monochromator,<br />
chart recorder output and holder for rectangular<br />
cells. The wavelength is selected via pushbuttons.<br />
Automatic self-test and calibration.<br />
Wavelength: 325 ... 1000 nm<br />
Spectral bandwidth: 8 nm<br />
Wavelength accuracy: <br />
photometry<br />
Cuvettes: see page 61<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
59
667 349<br />
photometry<br />
Determination of the absorption characteristic<br />
of an untreated chlorophyll solution<br />
By simple means it is possible to produce an<br />
alcohol extract from crushed leaves. This untreated<br />
chlorophyll solution may then be subjected to<br />
photometric analysis.<br />
With the aid of the digital spectrophotometer<br />
(> 667 349) it is possible to record a continuous<br />
absorption spectrum; in spite of the presence<br />
of contamination the existence of absorption<br />
peaks in the blue and red ranges can be<br />
detected.<br />
Equipment list<br />
60 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 352<br />
Determination of the absorption characteristic<br />
of an untreated chlorophyll solution<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Digital spectral photometer . . .667 349<br />
1 Computer connection cable<br />
with software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 352<br />
1 Personal computer<br />
667 349<br />
Digital spectral photometer<br />
The digital spectral photometer is an economical,<br />
easy-to-operate single beam photometer.<br />
The digital display allows the simultaneous indication<br />
of transmission and absorption or concentration<br />
and factor.<br />
The wavelength can also be indicated in both<br />
cases.The filter wheel contains 4 filters each of<br />
which covers a different range of wavelengths.<br />
Specific wavelengths are selected manually<br />
after the appropriate filter has been positioned<br />
in the beam.<br />
The integrated interface allows connection to<br />
the RS 232 interface of a computer. The software<br />
which is accompanying the computer<br />
connection cable (> 667 352 ) allows the<br />
recording of the absorption as a factor of the<br />
concentration, time or wavelength.<br />
The function of a large digital display can be<br />
called up on the monitor.<br />
Wavelength range: 340...900 nm<br />
Resolution: 2.5 nm<br />
Wavelength accuracy: ± 1.0 nm<br />
Photometric stability: ± 0.1 %T<br />
Photometric linearity: ± 0.1 %T<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
Transmission: 0...100 %<br />
Absorption: 0...1.999<br />
Concentration: 0...199<br />
Factor: 0.1...999<br />
Display:<br />
LED, 4-digit, 7 mm high<br />
Cells:<br />
Round cells,<br />
15 mm external diameter,<br />
100 mm high<br />
Cell holder: 15 mm<br />
Data output: Serial, 9-pin<br />
Voltage supply:<br />
115/230V, 50/60 Hz, switchable<br />
Dimensions: 410 x 210 x 220 mm<br />
Weight: 5.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Digital spectral photometer,<br />
including RS 232 interface<br />
2 Round cells<br />
667 352<br />
Computer connection cable<br />
This cable allows the digital spectral photometer<br />
(> 667 349 ) to be connected directly to<br />
the serial interface of a computer. DOS software<br />
is also included in the scope of supply
Filter photometer<br />
Determination of nitrate<br />
The nitrate content is an important parameter<br />
when investigating the quality of tap water. In<br />
the body nitrate can be converted to poisonous<br />
nitrite (a poison affecting cells). Moreover,<br />
nitrite may be converted to nitrosamines which<br />
can cause cancer.<br />
In Germany the limit for nitrate water<br />
is 50 mg/l.<br />
When making use of the large digital display<br />
unit (> 666 225) the measurement results<br />
obtained with the hand-held photometer<br />
(> 666 250) may be presented to a large<br />
audience.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Determination of nitrate<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Hand-held photometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666225<br />
1 Reagents case with basic set of reagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666260<br />
1 Large digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666250<br />
1 Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666502<br />
1 Graduated pipette, 10 ml: 0.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665997<br />
1 Pipetting ball (Peleus ball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666003<br />
1 Collecting vessel, 250 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665563<br />
1 Test tube rack: plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667050<br />
1 Test tube, 16 x 160 mm, 10 pcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664043<br />
Cuvettes<br />
664 474<br />
Rectangular cell<br />
Disposable cells, polystyrene, set of 100.<br />
Layer thickness: 10 mm<br />
664 475<br />
Flow-through cell<br />
Rectangular cell,<br />
suitable for measurements in the visual range,<br />
two hose connectors (outer diam.. 5 mm).<br />
Layer thickness: 10 mm<br />
Length of edge: 12.5 x 12.5 mm<br />
Height: 56 mm<br />
664 470<br />
Rectangular cell<br />
Ordinary glass,<br />
suitable for measurements in the visual range.<br />
Layer thickness: 10 mm<br />
664 471<br />
Rectangular cell<br />
Quartz glass,<br />
suitable for measurements in the UV-VIS range.<br />
Layer thickness: 10 mm<br />
664 477<br />
Round cell, set of 10<br />
Layer thickness: 12.9 mm<br />
Height: 100 mm<br />
Outer diameter: 1.5 mm<br />
666 250<br />
666 225<br />
666 225<br />
Hand-held photometer<br />
photometry<br />
Specially designed for students' and field experiments,<br />
the hand-held photometer is used to<br />
measure levels of pollution and turbidity in samples<br />
of water. The various possible measurements<br />
(14 pollutants and turbidity) are programmed<br />
inside the device and can be accessed<br />
easily. Calibration curves can be entered<br />
additionally.<br />
Measurement type:transmission [% T],<br />
absorbance, concentration [mg/l]<br />
Wavelengths: 6 fixed values; 405 nm, 450 nm,<br />
510 nm, 520 nm, 570 nm, 695 nm<br />
Measureable pollutants:<br />
Ammonium Chlorine<br />
Chloride Potassium<br />
Iron Silicic acid<br />
Nitrate Copper<br />
Nitrite Mangane se<br />
o-Phosphate Zinc<br />
Sulphate<br />
Sulphide<br />
Turbidity<br />
Output:<br />
DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Hand-held photometer<br />
1 Book titled “Ecology - Theoretical Fundamentals<br />
- Experiments with the Environmental<br />
Measurement Case“ (> 668 332)<br />
1 Set of 100 rectangular cells, polystyrene<br />
(> 664 474)<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
61
analysis methods<br />
Optical activity<br />
Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution<br />
Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution<br />
The experiment assembly is used to measure the angle of rotation of polarized<br />
light passing through a sugar cane solution and to determine direction<br />
of rotation.<br />
The angle of rotation depends on the concentration of the sugar solution.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Measurement of the optical activity of a sugar cane solution<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Lamp housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 60<br />
1 Lamp, 6 V/30 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 51<br />
1 Aspherical condensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 20<br />
1 Iris diaphragm in holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 26<br />
1 Pair of polarization filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 40<br />
1 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 100 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 371<br />
1 Round cuvette, 35 mm dia., 200 mm long. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 372<br />
1 Holder for round cuvette, for 667 371/372. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 373<br />
1 Translucent screen, 300 x 300 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 53<br />
1 Lens in holder, f = - 500 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 07<br />
1 Variable extra low voltage transformer S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35<br />
1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603<br />
1 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
62 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
657 590<br />
Polarimeter P 1000<br />
For determining concentrations of solutions of<br />
optically active substances. Polarimetric determinations<br />
can be carried out quickly, precisely<br />
and reliably.<br />
The polarimeter P 1000 comprises a sturdy<br />
metal housing with a slightly tilted magazine for<br />
round cuvettes of up to 220 mm in length.<br />
A sodium lamp with integrated filter holder<br />
is built in, the optical »zero-point« is determined<br />
with a three-part field of view. Central<br />
ocular with focus correction and two small<br />
magnifying glasses for improved reading of<br />
the divisions.<br />
With 2 round cuvettes, one 100 mm and one<br />
200 mm long<br />
Cuvettes: 15 mm dia.<br />
length up to: 220 mm<br />
Divisions: 2 x 0 -180°<br />
division: 1°<br />
Vernier scale to: 0.05°<br />
Power: supply: 230V/50 Hz, 20 W<br />
Dimensions: 20 x 36 x 45 cm<br />
Weight: 10 kg<br />
657 590
Applications for refractometers<br />
Determining the concentrations of<br />
aqueous and alcohol-based solutions and of<br />
ethereal oils<br />
Quantitative analysis of two-component<br />
mixtures<br />
Quality control in wineries and breweries<br />
Monitoring of intermediate products in the<br />
pharmaceutical and cosmetic industries<br />
Measuring the sugar and fat content of<br />
solutions<br />
Examining bodily fluids in clinical laboratories<br />
Measuring refractive indices of solid materials<br />
such as glass, minerals and plastics.<br />
667 355<br />
Laboratory refractometer (Abbé refractometer)<br />
For measurement of the refractive indices of<br />
liquids and solid objects using light at a wavelength<br />
of � = 589.3 nm and for determination of<br />
mean dispersion nc-nF. The prisms are illuminated<br />
by daylight or the supplied illumination<br />
unit. Measurements can be made using both<br />
transmitted and reflected light. The prism housing<br />
is provided with connector for a thermostat<br />
for keeping the samples at a constant temperature.<br />
The temperature of the prisms can be<br />
read from a thermometer mounted on the side<br />
of the prism housing.<br />
Complete with transformer, illumination unit,<br />
thermometer, tool for alignment, calibration<br />
object with engraved refractive index and<br />
contact liquid.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
Refractive index: n D =1.3 ... 1.7<br />
Scale divisions: 0 ... 95%<br />
Scale divisions:<br />
Refractive index: 0,0005 n D<br />
Solids content: 0.25 %<br />
Measurement inaccuracy:<br />
Refractive index: ± 0.0002 n D<br />
Solids content: ± 0.1 %<br />
Dimensions:<br />
Refractometer: 115 x 222 x 263 mm<br />
Protective housing: 160 x 240 x 325 mm<br />
Weight: 4.5 kg (without protective housing)<br />
667 355<br />
667 356<br />
Universal table-top refractometer<br />
For coverage of the full measuring range for<br />
liquids and solids which have a flat surface (e.g.<br />
minerals). With built-in interference filter (for<br />
maximum contour definition) and with polarization<br />
filter for measuring birefringence.<br />
Measuring range: 1.33…1.81 n D<br />
Scale divisions: 0.01 n D<br />
Dimensions: 45 x 85 x 130 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
667 356<br />
667 357<br />
analysis methods<br />
Refractive index<br />
Universal hand-held refraktometer<br />
With range selector switch for all measurement<br />
ranges. Direct and incident light admittance for<br />
examination of translucent or opaque substances.<br />
The sliding set of prisms permits<br />
extremely sharp contour lines.<br />
Three-step range selector switch.<br />
With correction thermometer.<br />
Measurement range: 1.333...1.517 n D<br />
Scale divisions: 0.0005 n D<br />
Dimensions: 35 x 40x 200 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
63
analysis methods<br />
Viscosity<br />
64 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
665 906<br />
Falling ball viscometer after Höppler<br />
Substances differ one from the other not only<br />
according to their viscosity, but also because of<br />
differences in their structures and flow properties.<br />
The widespread view that the viscosity is<br />
a value typical for a particular substance, independent<br />
of shear load is only true for “Newtonian”<br />
fluids. The greater majority of all materials,<br />
however, demonstrates “non-Newtonian” flow<br />
properties, characterized by the dependency of<br />
the viscosity on shear load and shear duration.<br />
Among these “flow anomalies” are the structural<br />
viscosity, dilatancy, plasticity, thixotropy and<br />
rheopexy. The flow curve - the graphic representation<br />
of the relationship between shear rate and<br />
shearing strain -describes the flow properties in a<br />
clear and complete manner.<br />
Precise measurements on transparent “Newtonian”<br />
liquids can be made using a falling ball viscometer.<br />
The falling ball viscometer is used for precise measurement of the viscosity<br />
of transparent “Newtonian” liquids and gases. It complies with the requirements<br />
set forth in DIN standard 530 15 and has been approved by the German<br />
Physical Technical Bureau for official calibration purposes.<br />
Measurement principle<br />
Rolling, sliding movement of a ball in an inclined, cylindrical tube filled with<br />
the fluid which is to be examined. The time is taken which the ball requires<br />
to travel a defined measurement distance. The test cylinder can be turned<br />
upside down for additional measurement of the return of the ball.<br />
The measurement results are given as dynamic viscosity in the internationally<br />
standardized absolute unit of measure, millipascal-second [mPa · s]<br />
Temperature control<br />
Since viscosity is highly dependent on temperature, provision has been<br />
made for exact control of the sample temperature. This can be done, for<br />
example, with the recirculation thermostat (> 666 7701) or the recirculation<br />
cooler (> 666 766). The temperature is monitored using a thermometer<br />
which has been built into the viscometer (standard -1 °C to 26 °C, 0.1 K<br />
graduations).<br />
Typical application examples<br />
The falling ball viscometer is used primarily for low-viscosity substances,<br />
such as): oils, liquid hydrocarbons (petroleum industry), solvents, solutions of<br />
plastics and resins as well as inks (chemical industry), glycerine, raw materials<br />
(pharmaceutical industry), gelatines, sugar solutions (food industry).<br />
Viscosity range: 0,5 ... 10 5 mPa · s (cP)<br />
Temperature range: -20 ... +120 °C<br />
Repeatability: better than 0.5 %<br />
Comparability: better than 1 %<br />
Material: cylinder and balls 1, 2 and G are made of borosilicate glass;<br />
balls 3 and 4 are made of nickel/iron, balls 5 and 6 are made of steel<br />
Dimensions: 335 x 200 x 265 mm<br />
Weight: 5.7 kg
667 500<br />
Melting point determination device<br />
After Thiele, with GL 18 screw fitting for<br />
thermometer, with two side tubes, glass<br />
661 095<br />
Paraffin oil, 1 l<br />
1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting<br />
point apparatus > 667 500<br />
Equipment list<br />
Measuring the surface tension<br />
367 46<br />
661 085<br />
Melting point tubes<br />
One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500<br />
Dimensions: 80 mm long, 2 mm dia.<br />
382 48<br />
Thermometer<br />
Thermometer with mercury filling and glass<br />
eyelet.<br />
Range: - 10…+ 255 °C<br />
Graduation: 1 K<br />
Length: 30 cm<br />
Diameter: 7 mm<br />
Apparatus for measuring surface tension<br />
Light-alloy ring with knife edge and suspended<br />
from three threads. When the edge is dipped<br />
into a liquid the surface tension can be determined<br />
when withdrawing the ring again. The<br />
force at which the ring loses contact with the<br />
surface is equivalent to the surface tension of<br />
the liquid.<br />
Ring diameter: 6 cm<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Apparatus for measuring surface tension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 46<br />
1 Precision dynamometer, 0.1 N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 111<br />
1 Laboratory stand II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 76<br />
1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 750 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 525<br />
1 Stand base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 02<br />
1 Clamp with hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 08<br />
Apparatus for measuring surface tension, complete setup<br />
analysis methods<br />
Melting point<br />
Surface tension<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
65
analysis methods<br />
Electrophoresis<br />
The method of electrophoresis is used to separate<br />
mixtures of substances in an electrical field.<br />
Separation occurs either due to differing<br />
electrical charges of the components involved<br />
or due to the action of the separating matrix<br />
and the size and structure of the components<br />
which are to be separated. The most important<br />
application of electrophoresis lies in the separation<br />
of biopolymers.<br />
The method of separating proteins and nucleic<br />
667 821<br />
665 509<br />
66 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
acids by way of gel electrophoresis has today<br />
become one of the standard methods used in<br />
molecular biology. The many and varied applications<br />
have led to a multitude of different separation<br />
matrices and chambers for electrophoresis.<br />
With the development of the “All-Agarose<br />
ProSieve TM ” gel system and the “SepBloc”<br />
(> 665 509) electrophoresis chamber by<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, it is now possible to<br />
experimentally investigate the principles of<br />
668 732<br />
668 732<br />
“SepBloc” chamber for electrophoresis (665 509) with power supply unit (667 821) and manual (668 732)<br />
Electrophoresis - Experiments with the flatbed<br />
electrophoresis chamber (665 509)<br />
30 pages, A4 size, by Dr. H. Schaal<br />
Describes the principles and function of the<br />
electrophoresis chamber. Experiments on<br />
separating proteins from different sources are<br />
presented, explained and evaluated.<br />
Topics:<br />
· Separation of pancreatine<br />
· Separation of proteins of egg proteins<br />
· Separation of serum proteins<br />
a) Identification of serum proteins by comparing<br />
their size with purified proteins<br />
b) Determination of the concentration of a<br />
serum protein by comparison with standard<br />
quantities<br />
· Separation of seed proteins<br />
· Separation of fish proteins<br />
· Separation of saliva proteins<br />
modern electrophoretic separation methods in<br />
analytical and preparative protein and nucleic<br />
acid chemistry.<br />
The “SepBloc” is a flatbed chamber for electrophoresis<br />
as it is commonly used today in many<br />
diagnostics and molecular biology labs for basic<br />
research.<br />
The “SepBloc” is a low-cost flatbed electrophoresis<br />
chamber which is ideally suited for separation<br />
of protein and nucleic acid mixtures whereby<br />
the composition, quantity and concentration<br />
of individual components in the mixture may be<br />
determined. Up to six samples may be applied<br />
simultaneously.<br />
The “All-Agarose ProSieve TM “ system which is<br />
employed makes it possible to produce protein<br />
gels also in the presence of oxygen. Thus the<br />
complicated process of pouring gel between two<br />
plates of glass, the ends of which have to be<br />
sealed is no longer required. The agarose is<br />
simply heated up and poured into the open<br />
“SepBloc”. Its own flattener ensures that a<br />
collecting or a separating gel may be produced<br />
for protein gels.<br />
As opposed to the components in the polyacrylamide<br />
gels which are normally used to separate<br />
protein, the specially derived agarose materials<br />
are non-toxic and are thus ideally suited for educational<br />
purposes in connection with the lowcost<br />
“SepBloc”.
665 509<br />
Flatbed electrophoresis chamber “SepBloc”<br />
Especially for electrophoretic separations of<br />
proteins in connection with non-toxic agarose<br />
gels. Production of the gels is straightforward<br />
and is run directly in the separation chamber.<br />
The voltage is applied via high tension safety<br />
sockets.<br />
The safety leads which are required are<br />
included.<br />
Max. operating voltage: 300 V DC<br />
Max. current: 100 mA<br />
Dimensions: 180 x 120 x 60 mm<br />
Weight: 0.95 kg<br />
661 109<br />
Set of chemicals for electrophoresis<br />
For production of agarose gels in the “Sep-<br />
Bloc” separating chamber (> 665 509) and<br />
for the experiments described in the manual<br />
(> 668 371).<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
150 µg Antibody, goat, in 150 µg 1 x SDS<br />
sample buffer<br />
10 ml �-mercaptoethanol<br />
10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %)<br />
500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue<br />
250 ml Acetic acid, conc.<br />
50 ml Glycerine<br />
50 g Glycine<br />
500 µg Lysozyme in 50 µl 1 x SDS samplebuffer<br />
200 µl Marker protein, 40 µl filled to 200 µl<br />
with 1 x SDS sample buffer<br />
1000 ml Methanol<br />
50 µg Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 µl<br />
1 x SDS sample buffer<br />
30 ml Collecting agarose<br />
200 µg Serum, goat, in 50 µl 2 x SDS<br />
sample buffers<br />
120 µg Serum albumin, goat, in 120 µl 1 SDS<br />
sample buffer<br />
25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution<br />
(10 % w/v)<br />
120 ml Separating agarose<br />
10 g Tris base<br />
5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Dried yeast<br />
665 509 665 635<br />
667 821<br />
667 821<br />
Electrophoresis power supply unit<br />
For supplying power to the flatbed electrophoresis<br />
chamber (> 665 509). The output voltage<br />
is electrically isolated from the mains and may<br />
be tapped off at high tension safety sockets.<br />
The output is continuously variable and a pointer-type<br />
meter is provided. Complete with mains<br />
cable.<br />
Output voltage: 270 V DC<br />
Output current:<br />
40 mA max., continuously variable<br />
Meter: 0 ... 1000 mA, pointer type<br />
Fuses: sec.: T 0.1 A, pri.: M 0.1 A<br />
Power consumption: 25 W<br />
Mains supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 220 x 140 x 150 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
665 635<br />
Analysis lamp<br />
analysis methods<br />
For short- and long-wave UV radiation, for<br />
examination of the fluorescent properties of<br />
many inorganic and organic substances and in<br />
chromatography to differentiate among oils,<br />
dyes, minerals, nutrients, textiles etc. on the<br />
basis of their fluorescent colour.<br />
Wavelengths: 254 nm and 366 nm<br />
Power: 4 watts each<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 205 x 70 x 55 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
665 634<br />
Stand<br />
For analysis lamp (> 665 635)<br />
Dimensions: 110 x 230 x 240 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
665 510<br />
Pipetting kit<br />
for set of chemicals for electrophoresis<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Pipetting aid (graduated) 0.5 -125 ul<br />
100 pipetting tips<br />
(with volume measuring tabel)<br />
100 self-supporting reaction vessels<br />
30 srew-on caps for reaction vessels<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
67
analysis methods<br />
Calorimetry<br />
Determining the heat of combustion for crisp bread<br />
The term “calorimetry” covers a number of<br />
methods used to determine quantities of heat.<br />
Here the quantities of thermal energy liberated<br />
or consumed during physical processes can be<br />
measured (heat of mixing or solution, evaporation<br />
cooling), as can the energy absorbed or produced<br />
as heat during chemical reactions (reaction<br />
enthalpy, heat of combustion, calorific<br />
value).<br />
In addition, calorimetry delivers important thermodynamic<br />
data for substances and reactions<br />
(Hess's law, for example).<br />
A quantity of heat is measured in a calorimeter<br />
and ultimately is determined indirectly from the<br />
change in the temperature of a calorimetric<br />
fluid. Due to their high price alone, the use of<br />
scientific calorimeters for educational purposes<br />
can hardly be considered. In addition, the processes<br />
which transpire inside these calorimeters<br />
cannot be observed since they usually take place<br />
in a closed steel vessel.<br />
The calorimeters offered by LEYBOLD DIDAC-<br />
TIC represent a logical simplification: being<br />
made almost exclusively of glass, the apparatus is<br />
transparent; all the reactions can readily be<br />
observed. The various types of calorimeter<br />
which are available make it possible to deter-<br />
68 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
mine the reaction enthalpies of solid, liquid and<br />
gaseous substances, the cooling effect resulting<br />
from evaporation, and the heat of mixing.<br />
Since the metabolic processes in the body are<br />
essentially nothing but an oxidation of the nutrients,<br />
combustion may be used to simulate metabolism<br />
and the amount of energy liberated<br />
during combustion can be measured. This process<br />
is used to determine the energy content - the<br />
“physiological calorific values” - of the nutrients.<br />
The type of calorimeter required is indicated<br />
below with Roman numerals, the meanings of<br />
which are as follows:<br />
I Calorimeter for solids and liquids<br />
(> 667 325)<br />
II Calorimeter for gases (> 667 326)<br />
III Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling<br />
(> 667 322)<br />
Measuring combustion enthalpies of carbon,<br />
sulfur, mineral oil, sugar, bread, fats, etc. (I).<br />
Determining the molar combustion enthalpy of<br />
chemically defined compounds. (I).<br />
Determining the reaction enthalpy of gases (II).<br />
Determining the reaction enthalpy during<br />
the formation of carbon dioxide by applying<br />
Hess's law (I and II).<br />
Determining the evaporation cooling for media<br />
with low boiling points, e.g. alcohol, ether (III).<br />
Measuring the heat of solution for solids,<br />
e.g. salts in water (III).<br />
Measuring the heat of neutralization,<br />
e.g. of 5-mol hydrochloric acid and sodium<br />
hydroxide solution (III).<br />
Measuring the temperature effects during<br />
precipitation reactions or when mixing two<br />
liquids (III).<br />
Demonstrating the operating principle of<br />
an absorber refrigerator (III).
Equipment list<br />
Measuring the heat of reaction of gases<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Calorimeter for gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 326<br />
2 Gas syringe with 1-way stopcock, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 913<br />
1 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914<br />
3 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918<br />
1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603<br />
7 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
2 Stand tube, 50 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 605<br />
1 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606<br />
1 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607<br />
1 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212<br />
1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209<br />
Equipment list<br />
Measuring the evaporation cooling, heat of solution<br />
and neutralization heat<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Calorimeters evaporation cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 322<br />
1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209<br />
2 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212<br />
1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845<br />
2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609<br />
1 Stand tube, 150 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 606<br />
8 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
1 Support table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 617<br />
4 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555<br />
1 Gas scrubber bottle, bottom section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 800<br />
1 Gas scrubber bottle insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 805<br />
Equipment list<br />
Determining molar combustion enthalpies,<br />
calorimetric values of foodstuffs<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
2 CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430<br />
1 CPS Calorimeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 429<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 212<br />
1 Stirring top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 819<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464<br />
1 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312<br />
2 Rubber tubing, 1 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 180<br />
1 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827<br />
optional<br />
1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 458<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998<br />
1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
or<br />
1 Fine regulating valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
1 Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 011<br />
1 Pressure reducing valve f. O 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 016<br />
analysis methods<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
69
analysis methods<br />
667 325<br />
Calorimeter for solids and liquids<br />
Used to measure the enthalpy of reaction when<br />
burning solid or liquid substances. The unit is<br />
made principally of glass. The lower section of<br />
the calorimeter is equipped with a glass inlet<br />
nipple for continuous supply of oxygen, the holder<br />
for the porcelain crucible with the product<br />
being oxidized, and the electrical lead for the<br />
incandescent wire coil required for ignition. The<br />
course of the reaction can be observed from<br />
the outside through the glass section, thus<br />
allowing for continuous control. The hot combustion<br />
gases are cooled in the double-helical<br />
heat exchanger, warming the calorimeter liquid<br />
(e.g. water) by several degrees Kelvin. The<br />
double-helical design of the heat exchanger<br />
minimizes the amount of heat lost in the form of<br />
residual heat in the combustion gases.<br />
This calorimeter is suitable not only for determining<br />
the molar combustion enthalpy of chemically<br />
defined compounds; it is just as good for<br />
measuring the calorific value of foods. There<br />
are two incandescent coils of differing diameters<br />
available, the choice depending on the<br />
ignition temperature and incineration period for<br />
the material being tested.<br />
Replacement to calorimeter 667 325:<br />
667 324 ignition coils , set of 2<br />
Measuring the combustion enthalpy of<br />
carbon<br />
sulfur<br />
sugar<br />
fats (e.g. vegetable oils)<br />
bread<br />
667 326<br />
70 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Calorimeter for gases<br />
Used to determine the enthalpy of reaction for<br />
gaseous substances.<br />
Two gases are caused to react inside this<br />
calorimeter and the heat of reaction is measured,<br />
e.g.<br />
hydrogen and oxygen<br />
hydrogen and chlorine<br />
carbon monoxide and oxygen.<br />
The gases are forced out of two gas syringes<br />
and through two capillary tubes into the path of<br />
an electric arc. Continuous combustion takes<br />
place here.<br />
The combustion gases and the excess of one<br />
of the reaction gases flow through a helical<br />
heat exchanger, where the heat of reaction is<br />
transferred to the calorimetric fluid, and thence<br />
into a third gas syringe (e.g. > 665 914). The<br />
amount of fluid in the heat exchanger is kept<br />
small since gas reactions using gas syringes<br />
allow only small quantities of a substance to be<br />
burned. In addition we recommend that the<br />
calorimetric liquid used be a substance of low<br />
heat capacity, e.g. trichloromethane. The<br />
temperature rise is measured with a precision<br />
thermometer (> 666 176) or temperature<br />
sensor (> 666 193) connected to the temperature<br />
measurement instrument > 666 190<br />
or > 666 210. The unit is made entirely of<br />
glass. This gives the following advantages:<br />
All the processes are visible.<br />
Heat losses are low, particularly as the unit is<br />
not in any direct contact with any metal parts<br />
(stand components).<br />
We recommend using the spark gap power<br />
supply > 667 820 to supply the arc. When<br />
using other high voltage sources please bear in<br />
mind that excess power can cause the platinum<br />
wire to melt.<br />
Complete with 5 GL 18 threaded connectors<br />
used to attach three gas syringes and the<br />
thermometer and to vent the system.<br />
667 322<br />
Calorimeter for measuring evaporation cooling<br />
Every change in state of matter requires conversion<br />
of energy. This can be measured as a<br />
change in temperature. The effect can be<br />
demonstrated and analysed quantitatively with<br />
the calorimeter. Included with the unit is a<br />
detailed description of the experiments and calculations<br />
for the calorimetric data.<br />
Advantages:<br />
Clarity for students - the unit is made of glass<br />
Resistance to chemicals<br />
Short reaction times<br />
Low heat losses<br />
Determining the heat of solution<br />
and neutralization<br />
Determining the evaporation cooling of<br />
media with low boiling points (e.g. alcohol,<br />
ether, water)<br />
Determining the heat of solution of gaseous<br />
ammonia in water and reversal of this reaction<br />
Demonstrating the function of a compressor<br />
refrigerator and a heat pump
667 320<br />
Dewar flask<br />
Silver finish, with protective casing, for<br />
maintaining a constant temperature, e.g. in<br />
calorific experiments.<br />
Capacity: 500 ml<br />
Diameter: 70 mm<br />
Height: 210 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
667 319<br />
Dewar flask<br />
Silver finish, with protective casing,<br />
for experiments using the magnetic stirrer.<br />
Capacity: 500 ml<br />
Diameter: 70 mm<br />
Height: 210 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
667 321<br />
Plastic lid<br />
With stirrer and borehole for a thermometer, fits<br />
the Dewar flasks (> 667 320 and<br />
> 667 319). The lid serves as a holder for a<br />
thermometer and reduces the exchange of<br />
heat energy with the surroundings.<br />
Diameter: 85 mm<br />
Weight: 0.2 kg<br />
All that is needed to conduct simple experiments<br />
in calorimetry is an insulating flask (Dewar<br />
flask) which reduces to a minimum the exchange<br />
of thermal energy with the environment,<br />
a plastic insert with a lid that holds the thermometer<br />
and the stirrer used for manual agitation.<br />
A magnetic stirrer may also be employed when<br />
using the special, flat-bottomed version of the<br />
Dewar flask.<br />
Application examples for a calorimeter which is<br />
assembled using > 667 321 along with<br />
> 667 319 or > 667 320 include:<br />
• Measuring the heat of solution<br />
• Measuring the heat of neutralization<br />
• Measuring the heat of reaction in solutions<br />
Stoichiometry<br />
The subject of stoichiometry deals with the<br />
quantitative description of chemical reactions.<br />
It is based on the realization that chemical elements<br />
will react one with another only in certain,<br />
constant proportions (law of constant proportions).<br />
Consequently the final product of the<br />
reaction - the chemical compound - always consists<br />
of a constant share of the initial substances,<br />
regardless of the quantities which were available.<br />
Based on this fundamental law, conclusions can<br />
be drawn regarding the relative masses of the<br />
reactants involved, allowing us, for instance,<br />
to calculate the yield factor for a reaction.<br />
One of the elementary experiments in stoichiometry<br />
is the quantitative synthesis of water, the<br />
complement to the water analysis experiments<br />
using Hofmann's electrolysis setup.<br />
This experiment demonstrates that the reactants,<br />
hydrogen and oxygen, join in a precise stoichiometric<br />
ratio of 2:1 to form water (H2O). Gravimetric<br />
examination of the water thus formed<br />
allows us to derive information on the molar<br />
mass of water.<br />
The reaction vessel for stoichiometry also permits<br />
the determination of the relative atomic<br />
mass and the valence of metals.<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipement list of the<br />
experiments also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material<br />
667 320<br />
664 097<br />
Stoichiometric reaction vessel<br />
Metals react with water or acids in the stoichiometric<br />
reaction vessel, developing hydrogen<br />
while doing so. The atomic weight and the chemical<br />
valence of the metal can be determined<br />
on the basis of the volume of the gas collected<br />
in a gas syringe and the preweighed metal<br />
mass. The lower portion of the vessel is first<br />
filled with water or acid, the vessel is then<br />
purged with a non-reactive gas (N 2 ) and, after a<br />
gas syringe has been attached to the reaction<br />
vessel, the reaction is started by lowering the<br />
plunger. The reaction then proceeds calmly,<br />
without flames being produced.<br />
Glass with lateral connection (GL 18) and<br />
three-way stopcock at the lower end<br />
Height: 225 mm<br />
Diameter: 60 mm<br />
Weight: 0.22 kg<br />
analysis methods<br />
Calorimetry<br />
667 321<br />
664 097<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
71
analysis methods<br />
CPS experiment assembly for stoichiometry<br />
72 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
With the aid of this experiment assembly it is<br />
possible to determine the atomic mass and the<br />
chemical valence of many metals. The metals<br />
react quantitatively with water or diluted mineral<br />
acids. The volume of the hydrogen which is<br />
liberated is measured in a gas syringe.<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipemt list of the experiments<br />
also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material<br />
Equipment list<br />
Stoichiometry<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435<br />
1 CPS Stoichiometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 455<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470<br />
1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572<br />
1 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352<br />
1 Silicone tubing, 1 m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 194<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464<br />
Equipment list<br />
Determination of the relative atomic mass<br />
and the chemical valence of metals<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Stoichiometric reaction vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 097<br />
1 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914<br />
1 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918<br />
1 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936<br />
1 Topping-up reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 352<br />
1 Minican gas can, nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 000<br />
1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
1 Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602<br />
1 Stand tube, 400 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 607<br />
2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609<br />
7 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 572<br />
1 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555<br />
1 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72<br />
1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191<br />
Stand arrangement<br />
for stoichiometry
Synthesis of water<br />
A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen to<br />
the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere of oxygen.<br />
The gases used here are introduced into the<br />
reaction vessel under slight pressure by means of<br />
gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative analyses.<br />
The water created here condenses on the<br />
chamber wall and is clearly visible. The combustion<br />
chamber itself is so light in weight as to<br />
allow for gravimetric determination of its mass.<br />
When 50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed<br />
you will detect here an exact increase in<br />
weight by 20.0 mg (at standard conditions).<br />
Equipment list<br />
Synthesis of water, CPS assembly<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 439<br />
2 CPS Gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 435<br />
1 CPS 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 463<br />
1 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312<br />
1 Spark-Gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818<br />
1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 428<br />
1 Equipment platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 21<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 464<br />
For the additionally required gases (H 2 and 0 2 ).<br />
Stand arrangement for<br />
synthesis of water<br />
CPS experiment assembly for synthesis of water<br />
Equipment list<br />
Synthesis of water, stand arrangement<br />
analysis methods<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Combustion chamber for water synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 400<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912<br />
1 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914<br />
2 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918<br />
1 Stopcock, 3-way valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 255<br />
1 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936<br />
1 Spark-gap supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 818<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 998<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 997<br />
2 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
1 Electronic analytical balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 788<br />
1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603<br />
2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609<br />
2 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
5 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09<br />
3 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555<br />
1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
73
analysis methods<br />
Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition<br />
667 400<br />
667 400<br />
Combustion chamber<br />
for quantitative synthesis of water<br />
667 403<br />
A capillary tube is used to direct the hydrogen<br />
to the arc, where it burns in the atmosphere.<br />
The gases used here are introduced into the<br />
reaction vessel under slight pressure by means<br />
of gas syringes, thus permitting quantitative<br />
analyses. The water created here condenses<br />
on the chamber wall and is clearly visible. The<br />
combustion chamber itself is so light in weight<br />
as to allow for gravimetric determination of its<br />
mass. When 50 ml of H 2 and 25 ml of O 2 are<br />
consumed one can detect an increase in<br />
weight of exactly 20.0 mg (at standard temperature<br />
and pressure).<br />
Application examples<br />
· Synthesis of water from the constituent elements<br />
(continuous combustion, the inverse of<br />
water electrolysis)<br />
· Synthesis of HCI from the constituent elements<br />
667 403<br />
74 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
Combustion chamber with incandescent wire<br />
The chamber is equipped with a platinum filament<br />
which is heated electrically to the point at<br />
which it glows. The chamber is connected by<br />
two GL 18 screw thread connectors to two<br />
gas syringes from which the gases are introduced<br />
under slight pressure. The electrical heating<br />
of the platinum coil allows for simple, nonhazardous<br />
generation of elevated temperatures.<br />
Reverse reactions are largely inhibited<br />
since the area inside the combustion chamber<br />
itself remains cold.<br />
Application examples<br />
· Dissociation of butane into its constituent elements<br />
· Elementary organic analysis and detection of<br />
oxygen in organic compounds, using dimethyl<br />
ether as an example<br />
· Model experiments for a thermal conductivity<br />
detector<br />
Butane gas analysis by thermal decomposition<br />
Combustion chambers<br />
All the combustion chambers supplied by<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC are made of glass. They<br />
have GL 18 screw thread connectors at both ends<br />
for connecting gas syringes. The platinum wires,<br />
fused into the glass, are given additional protection<br />
against detachment with the lateral supports.<br />
The entire course of the experiment remains<br />
transparent -in the truest sense of the word<br />
Advantages:<br />
· Quick and easy setup on the laboratory stand<br />
· Quantitative statements regarding<br />
volumetric ratios are possible<br />
· Non-corroding platinum electrodes and coils<br />
· Platinum pins cannot break away from<br />
their attachments<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Combustion chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 403<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912<br />
1 Gas syringe with 3-way stopcock,100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 914<br />
2 Gas syringe holder 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 918<br />
1 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827<br />
1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46<br />
2 Set of 6 croc-clips, polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 861<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: n-Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 989<br />
1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 660 980<br />
1 Submerged-coil manometer after Schiele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 936<br />
1 Base rail, 95 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 603<br />
2 Stand tube, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 609<br />
2 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
4 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09<br />
1 Universal clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 555<br />
1 Universal clamp, 0 ... 120 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 72<br />
1 PVC tubing, 5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 191<br />
667 818<br />
Spark gap supply unit<br />
Current-limited to 2 mA, thus no contact<br />
hazard according to VDE 0105; for generating<br />
a brief ignition spark or a constant spark gap<br />
with contact-safe high-voltage sockets and<br />
additional ground socket.<br />
Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz<br />
Output: DC, approx. 10,000 V/2.0 mA<br />
Dimensions: 20 x 14 x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 3.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Pair of connecting leads 50 cm,<br />
1 Pair tapping terminals,<br />
1 Power lead.
667 496<br />
Apparatus for determining molar mass,<br />
boiling method<br />
The molecular weight of the dissolved material<br />
is determined using the increase in the boiling<br />
point of the solution over that of the pure solvent.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Boiling tube with 2 ST 19/26, 1 ST 14.5/23<br />
1 ST 7/16<br />
1 Air jacket<br />
1 Immersion cooler with ST 19/26<br />
1 Drying tube with ST 7/16<br />
1 Beckman thermometer with ST 19/26,<br />
zero point at the bottom,<br />
range 5 K:1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173<br />
1 Stopper ST 14.5/23<br />
667 497<br />
Apparatus for determining molar mass,<br />
freezing point method<br />
The molecular weight of a substance is determined<br />
from the drop in the freezing point of a<br />
solution with respect to a pure solvent<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Equipment for determining molar masses according to Victor Meyer<br />
Equipment list<br />
Determination of molar mass according to Victor Meyer<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Base rail, 55 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 602<br />
1 Universal bosshead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 615<br />
1 Heating mantle for gas syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 491<br />
1 Silicon stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 494<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 912<br />
1 Flask with 2 GL 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 493<br />
1 Variable extra low voltage transformer D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 827<br />
1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 46<br />
1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
1 Base<br />
1 Cooling vessel with PVC lid<br />
1 Freezing tube with air jacket and ST 45/40<br />
1 Adapter piece with ST 45/40 and<br />
2 ST 19/26<br />
1 Metal stirrer for cold bath<br />
1 Metal stirrer for solution<br />
1 Tongs<br />
1 Thermometer for the cooling vessel,<br />
-50 ... + 35 °C<br />
1 Beckmann thermometer with ST 19/26,<br />
zero point at the bottom,<br />
range 5 K: 1/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 173<br />
665 296<br />
Adapter<br />
analysis methods<br />
Determination of molar mass<br />
Equipment for determining molar masses<br />
according to Beckmann<br />
Determination of molar mass according to<br />
Victor Meyer and Gay Lussac's law<br />
When determining the molar mass according to<br />
Victor Meyer, the substance to be analyzed is<br />
vaporized in a gas syringe, and the gas volume<br />
which the substance subsequently assumes is<br />
measured. As pressure and temperature are<br />
known, the molar mass is determined using the<br />
ideal gas equation on the basis of the assumption<br />
that the substances behaves like an ideal gas.<br />
With 2 GL 14; using this device, a temperature<br />
sensor (> 666 193) can be inserted into any<br />
gas syringe to enable measurement of the<br />
exact temperature of the gas in the gas syringe.<br />
When used in conjunction with the heating<br />
mantle for gas syringe (> 667 491), the volume<br />
of the gas can be determined as a<br />
function of the temperature.<br />
Application examples:<br />
Determining the absolute zero point<br />
Gay-Lussac's Law<br />
Joule-Thomson Effect<br />
667 493<br />
667 496<br />
Flask for determining molar mass<br />
With 2 GL 14; the substance to be analysed is<br />
heated by a heating mantle for gas syringes<br />
(> 667 491).<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 497<br />
75
chemical engineering/applied chemistry<br />
Industrial processes – made understandable!<br />
Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4<br />
Basic operations<br />
Chemical engineering processes are widely used<br />
in industry today.<br />
Consequently, chemical engineering is an<br />
important aspect of education in universities,<br />
technical colleges and company-internal training<br />
programs. An understanding of the basic operations<br />
is particularly critical.<br />
With its line of chemical engineering products,<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC presents an educationally<br />
optimized, clearly structured plant concept in<br />
laboratory scale.<br />
76 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
All important basic operations of chemical<br />
engineering are explored using apparatus with a<br />
maximum capacity of 2 l. All components have<br />
been designed to be transparent and comprehensible<br />
to promote better understanding of the<br />
processes.<br />
Measured-value registration and plant control is<br />
realized using the proven CASSY-S interface<br />
device in conjunction with the Windows-based<br />
software CASSY Lab. The use of the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System CPS enables fast and easy setup<br />
and dismantling. Many components of this<br />
modular system can be used for a variety of<br />
applications, helping to minimize costs.<br />
Comprehensive manuals are available for all<br />
plants. In addition to the theoretical principles,<br />
these contain detailed information on preparing,<br />
conducting and evaluating the experiments, as<br />
well as tables of measured values.
Complete three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7<br />
chemical engineering/applied chemistry<br />
Transparent laboratory-scale chemical engineering systems for optimum learning success<br />
For further information, please request any of the following brochures<br />
· Thermal separating methods<br />
· Reaction technology<br />
· Extraction technology<br />
· Applied process information technology<br />
· Biotechnology<br />
· Measurement, sensor and control technology<br />
Chemical engineering hotline:<br />
Mark Metzbaur: (+ 49 2233) 604 – 269<br />
Telefax: (+ 49 2233) 604 – 222<br />
e-mail: > info@leybold-didactic.de<br />
> http://www.leybold-didactic.com<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
77
chemical engineering<br />
NEW<br />
Extraction technology<br />
Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9<br />
78 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Liquid-phase extraction apparatus CE 9<br />
Apparatus for extraction from liquid phases in<br />
multiple extraction stages. Controlled via the<br />
CASSY interface using the Windows software<br />
CASSY Lab.<br />
Solid-phase extraction CE 10<br />
Apparatus for extraction of components from<br />
solids in multiple extraction stages.
Setup for filling level control<br />
Filling level control<br />
For measuring and controlling the flow quantity<br />
and filling level of liquids.<br />
Further controlled systems include flow control<br />
of gases and temperature control.<br />
chemical engineering<br />
Rebirth of a classic…<br />
Fascinating, practically relevant insight<br />
into applied instrumentation and process<br />
control technology.<br />
Compact for fast setup<br />
Multi-purpose pump and reservoirs can be<br />
used in other setups<br />
Modular integration of external sensors<br />
Expandable Additional holders for altered<br />
characteristic of controlled<br />
system<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
79
chemical engineering/applied chemistry<br />
Chemical engineering model (controlled using SIMULOG components)<br />
The following plant models are available:<br />
Thermal separating methods<br />
Equilibrium apparatus CE 1<br />
Rectification apparatus CE 2<br />
Rectification apparatus with two packed<br />
columns CE 3<br />
Vacuum rectification apparatus CE 4<br />
Carrier rectification apparatus CE 5<br />
Continuous rectification apparatus<br />
80 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Reaction technology<br />
CPS batch reactor CE 6<br />
Three-stage CPS stirrer reactor cascade CE 7<br />
CPS flow-through reactor CE 8<br />
Extraction technology<br />
CPS liquid-liquid extraction CE 9<br />
Solid-liquid extraction CE 10<br />
Biotechnology<br />
CPS-biological reactor<br />
Applied process information technology<br />
Chemical engineering model (PLC-controlled)
chemistry panel system<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS)<br />
Principles 82<br />
Inorganic chemistry 87<br />
Organic chemistry 90<br />
Technical chemistry 92<br />
Physical chemistry 94<br />
Electrochemistry 95<br />
Analytical chemistry 96<br />
Measuring instruments 98<br />
Interface 101<br />
Individual modules 102<br />
Accessories 111<br />
Literature 113<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
81
chemistry panel system<br />
Basic assembly process<br />
First step:<br />
The experiment panels are inserted into the<br />
CPS frame.<br />
Second step:<br />
A GL-screw cap � (silicone seals are enclosed) is<br />
slid onto the glassware to be connected (e.g.<br />
three-way stopcock) and is secured in place with<br />
the aid of a glassware connector �.<br />
Third step:<br />
The second experiment panel is placed next to<br />
the first panel, and the second experiment panel<br />
is screwed to the CPS glass connector with the<br />
aid of the GL-type screwed glass joint �. Since<br />
the spaces and the heights are standardized the<br />
glass components will fit exactly into the CPS<br />
glass connector.<br />
This connects the glass components on the<br />
two experiment panels firmly and tightly to<br />
each other.<br />
To disassemble (for cleaning purposes, for<br />
example) proceed in the reverse order:<br />
1. Unscrew the screw connectors.<br />
2. Slide the panels apart<br />
3. Lift the panels out of their frames.<br />
4. Dismantle the glassware as much as<br />
possible for cleaning.<br />
The <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System (CPS) is a new<br />
system for the assembly of demonstration experiments<br />
in chemistry which offers a wide range<br />
of advantages:<br />
· Clear and easily comprehendible experiment<br />
assemblies without distracting stand material.<br />
· Simple and fast assembly process based on<br />
standardized modules which are inserted into<br />
the CPS panel frames within seconds.<br />
· No more tedious adjustment of glass items due<br />
to standardized spacings.<br />
· Assemblies may be set up and modified within<br />
the shortest possible time even while the<br />
demonstration is in progress.<br />
· Shortest possible preparation time.<br />
82 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Placing the panels in the CPS panel frame.<br />
· GL-type screwed glass joints ensure leak tight<br />
and secure joints between the individual modules<br />
– no seized joints any more - no problems<br />
with hose connections which are too tight.<br />
· Secure installation of glassware on the experiment<br />
panels - reduced danger of breakage.<br />
· Flexible clamping system for rapid removal and<br />
replacement of glassware for cleaning.<br />
· Safe and convenient storage.<br />
�<br />
Connecting the glass components with the CPS glass connector<br />
�<br />
�
Easy to assemble<br />
· Rapid and reliable assembly based on modules.<br />
· Rapid installation and removal of glass items<br />
through flexible clamping system.<br />
· Simple adjustment by standardized spacings.<br />
· Set up and modification of assemblies within<br />
the shortest possible time.<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
Example: assembly of a stack gas desulfurization plant<br />
Gas washer module<br />
Woulff's bottle,<br />
glass connector and<br />
attached tubing<br />
CPS frame and<br />
gas collector<br />
CPS frame,<br />
gas collector and<br />
gas washer<br />
Completed assembly<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
83
chemistry panel system<br />
Writing fields · pictograms<br />
CPS panel frames<br />
All panel frames are made of rectangular steel<br />
tube and aluminum profile sections with brush<br />
strips. The frames with L- or K-base may be<br />
attached to a bottom cabinet with the aid of two<br />
M8 wing screws.<br />
In the case of the versions with conduit (K) an<br />
666 428<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
726 21<br />
726 22<br />
666 426<br />
All frames have been designed to accept any type of experiment panel (297 mm<br />
high) and they are made from aluminum profiles with an integrated brush strip.<br />
The painted steel stand members with T-bases provide the stability.<br />
84 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
installation energy may be run under the lowermost<br />
aluminum profile, or this space may be<br />
used for placement of a burner or a magnetic<br />
stirrer.<br />
The spacings between the aluminum profile<br />
sections are the same on all panel frames,<br />
Besides the CPS panel frames, further panel<br />
frames for accepting SIMULOG panels, the<br />
666 425<br />
Labeled experiment panels for very clear experiment assemblies<br />
A good looking experiment assembly can make a major contribution to<br />
successful learning. A good visual ap-pearance is an inherent feature of all<br />
assemblies which are based on the chemistry panel system (CPS). Magnets<br />
on the rear of the experiment panels permit the addition of labeling panels,<br />
which may be used to indicate the type of chemical in the reaction vessel,<br />
for example. In addition to this, labeling plates may be included in the panel<br />
frame. Imprinted pictograms are used to provide additional information<br />
and to simplify setting up of the experiments.<br />
� Pictograms<br />
The pictograms which are printed on the experiment panels simplify<br />
arrangement and setting up of the experiments.<br />
� Labeling panels<br />
These panels can be inserted into the panel frames and are suitable for<br />
writing on with a felt tip pen.<br />
� Labeling plates<br />
These metal plates may be placed directly on the experiment panels<br />
with the aid of magnets so that they can be placed exactly where required<br />
within any experiment assembly. They are suitable for writing<br />
on with a felt tip pen.<br />
programmable control unit and the control unit<br />
for the process technology model (PTM) among<br />
others, are available. Please ask for our specific<br />
brochures.<br />
Console<br />
><br />
301 312<br />
To be attached to the profile rails, e.g. on the<br />
demonstration experiment frame (> 666 425<br />
or > 666 428), e.g. for serving as a surface for<br />
placing measuring instruments, solar cells etc.<br />
in front of the profile rails.<br />
Dimensions: 30 cm x 16 cm<br />
726 21<br />
Equipment platforms<br />
For supporting bench-top devices which are to<br />
be integrated into the experiment assemblies.<br />
Dimensions 350 x 440 mm (W x D)<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
726 22<br />
Equipment platform<br />
Accessories:<br />
see page 111<br />
For supporting bench-top devices which are to<br />
be integrated into the experiment assemblies.<br />
Dimensions: 500 x 440 mm (W x D)<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg
1-level<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
Frame with L-base Frame with K-base Frame with T-base<br />
without conduit with conduit without conduit<br />
Cat. No. Height Width Depth<br />
726 01<br />
726 02<br />
39.5 145 15<br />
39.5 175 15<br />
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth<br />
666 403<br />
726 03<br />
726 04<br />
726 05<br />
2-level<br />
73.0 80 15 726 063 86.0 124 15 726 09 73.0 124 30<br />
73.0 124 15 726 073 86.0 145 15 726 10 73.0 145 30<br />
73.0 145 15 726 083 86.0 175 15 726 11 73.0 175 30<br />
73.0 175 15<br />
With conduit<br />
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth<br />
3-level<br />
86.0 93 30<br />
84.0 56 30<br />
Without conduit With conduit With conduit<br />
Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth Cat. No. Height Width Depth<br />
726 12<br />
726 13<br />
726 14<br />
All dimensions in mm<br />
666 428<br />
666 425<br />
106.5 124 15 726 153 119.5 124 15 666 426 116.0 93 54<br />
106.5 145 15 726 163 119.5 145 15<br />
106.5 175 15 726 173 119.5 175 15<br />
Panel frames<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
85
chemistry panel system<br />
Storage<br />
Cabinet for storing CPS modules<br />
CPS storage box (666 461)<br />
86 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Storage cabinets with special grooved profiles<br />
permit safe, compact and clearly organized<br />
storage of all CPS modules.<br />
724 800<br />
Cabinet<br />
Storage cabinet with full-length doors.<br />
Dimensions: 110 x 203 x 57 cm<br />
724 831<br />
Shelf with grooved mat<br />
Shelf with grooved mat on one side.<br />
Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D)<br />
Thickness: 29 mm<br />
724 832<br />
Shelf with grooved mats<br />
Shelf with grooved mats on both sides.<br />
Dimensions: 106 x 51 cm (W x D)<br />
Thickness: 39 mm<br />
200 26440<br />
Grooved mat<br />
For attachement to already existing shelves.<br />
Dimensions: 935 x 449 mm<br />
Thickness: 10 mm<br />
666 461<br />
CPS-storage box<br />
Hard PVC box with special grooved inserts for<br />
storage and transportation of the experiment<br />
panels of the CPS system (297 mm wide).<br />
Boxes can be stacked and have carrying handles.<br />
Wider panels may also be accommodated<br />
and transported; however these panels will<br />
protrude over the top edges of the box.<br />
Dimensions: 620 x 400 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg
Gas generation<br />
The CPS gas generator after MAEY makes it<br />
possible to generate all gases required in school<br />
instruction quickly and safely.<br />
The chemistry panel integrates both the gas<br />
generator and the dropping funnel. Adhesive<br />
magnetic panels allow labeling of the chemicals<br />
used and the respective gases generated. When<br />
used in conjunction with the CPS gas washer, it<br />
is also possible to integrate this setup in a number<br />
of experiments.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly for gas generation<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas generator 666 436<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
Chemicals<br />
Calcium carbonate, 50 g 671 230<br />
Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l, 500 ml 674 690<br />
Air analysis<br />
Quantitative determination of the amount of<br />
oxygen in the air can be realized with a very simple<br />
experiment configuration, A defined volume<br />
of air is passed through a heated copper mesh<br />
inside a quartz tube. The copper oxidizes.<br />
The reduction in volume corresponds to the<br />
oxygen content.<br />
668 802<br />
CPS experiment assembly<br />
for gas generation<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments<br />
also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS experiment assembly for air analysis<br />
Experiment assembly for air analysis<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
Inorganic chemistry<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe, with 3-way valve 666 480<br />
1 CPS Air analysis 666 433<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
87
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS-experiment assembly for synthesis of water<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly for synthesis of water<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis 666 439<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 3-way valve 666 480<br />
1 Spark-gap supply unit 667 818<br />
1 Pair of cables, 1 m, red and blue 501 46<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 Equipment platform 726 21<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
additonnally required:<br />
Gases H 2 and O 2<br />
CPS-experiment assembly for stochiometry<br />
88 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly for stochiometry<br />
Synthesis of water<br />
The hydrogen is passed through a capillary tube<br />
to an electric arc; there it burns in the oxygen<br />
atmosphere. Gas syringes are used to pump the<br />
gases into the reaction area; these syringes make<br />
it possible to determine the quantities consumed.<br />
The water which is produced condenses as a<br />
clearly visible film on the walls of the chamber.<br />
The chamber itself is so light that the water's<br />
weight can be determined gravimetrically. Where<br />
50 ml of H2 and 25 ml of 02 are consumed one<br />
will find that (under normal conditions) the<br />
weight will have increased by exactly 20.0 mg.<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 CPS Stoichiometry 666 455<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable 666 470<br />
1 Stand ring, 70 mm dia. 666 572<br />
1 Topping-up reservoir 664 352<br />
1 Silicone tubing, 1 m 667 194<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666428<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
Stoichiometry<br />
This experiment assembly may be used to determine<br />
the atomic masses and valences of many<br />
metals. The metals react quantitatively with<br />
water or diluted mineral acids. The volume of<br />
hydrogen liberated is measured in the gas sampling<br />
syringe.<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments<br />
also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material
666 442<br />
CPS-distillation<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components.<br />
Suitable for:<br />
· Standard-pressure distillation<br />
· Vacuum distillation (after addition of some<br />
components)<br />
Dimensions:<br />
400 mm x 297 mm x 185 mm<br />
Experiment panel:<br />
400 mm x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 500 ml<br />
1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18,<br />
cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water<br />
connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum<br />
connection.<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 250 ml<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments<br />
also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material<br />
Complete CPS distillation assembly with CPS panel frame and accessories<br />
Equipment list<br />
Complete CPS distillation assembly<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Distillation plant 666 442<br />
1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W 666 753<br />
1 Chemical thermometer 666 161<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
1 CPS Pedestal 666 441<br />
2 Joint clip 665 392<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
Distillation<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
89
chemistry panel system<br />
Organic chemistry<br />
Fractional crude oil distillation<br />
This setup provides excellent didactic possibilities for effectively teaching<br />
the production process of fractional distillation by experimental means.<br />
A number of gasoline fractions are derived from the crude oil mixture;<br />
these fractions are collected individually. The special bubble cap column<br />
allows for the separation of fractions where there are only small differences<br />
in their boiling points.<br />
Temperature sensors in the assembly enable direct determination of the<br />
boiling points of individual fractions. This feature permits continuous process<br />
monitoring.<br />
668 222<br />
From crude oil to fuels and lubricants<br />
Complete setup for CPS-crude oil distillation with panel frame and accessories<br />
74 pages, DIN A4<br />
Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion on the composition<br />
and processing of crude oil. All experiments are closely related to practical<br />
matters and replicate to a large part the industrial processes which would<br />
take place in a refinery, for instance. The descriptions of the experiments<br />
are backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets which can be used to amplify<br />
the material. These pages may be photocopied and passed out to<br />
the students. The same sheets then follow for the teachers's use;<br />
here the solutions have been entered.<br />
· Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column<br />
· Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and heavy oil fractions<br />
· Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons<br />
with shorter molecular chains<br />
· Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend (quality analysis for gasoline)<br />
· Determining the flash point and burning point<br />
· Determining the conditions required for a mixture of fuel and air to explode<br />
90 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS-fractional crude oil distillation<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Crude oil distillation 666 447<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
2 Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC) 524 045<br />
4 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni 666 193<br />
5 Protective tube for 666193, set of 5 666 194<br />
1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W 666 753<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 Equipment platform 726 21<br />
1 Crude oil, 1 l 661 099<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
additionally required:<br />
1 PC with Windows 95/98 or NT.<br />
The temperature can also be measured with the<br />
digital thermometer with 4 inputs (> 666 454 CPS).
Crude oil distillation<br />
This experiment variant uses the digital thermometer to display the temperature.<br />
The temperatures in the sump, the bubble caps and in the transition<br />
can be displayed automatically at user-definable intervals.<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS-setup crude oil distillation<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Crude oil distillation 666 447<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
4 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni 666 193<br />
1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W 666 753<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
5 Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 666 194<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 Crude oil, 1 l 661 099<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS-setup fermentation<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit 666 410<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump 666 482<br />
1 Plastic tubing, 6 mm int.dia., 1 m 307 641<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable 666 470<br />
1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm 666 821<br />
1 Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades 666 826<br />
1 CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 666 411<br />
1 CPS-Metering unit 666 413<br />
1 CPS Voltage supply, switchable through programmable<br />
control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer 666 471<br />
1 CPS mains distributor 665 497<br />
2 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 pH box 524 035<br />
1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) 667 424<br />
1 Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) 524 045<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NTC 666 212<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, red 500 421<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, blue 500 422<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, black 500 424<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
additionnally required:<br />
PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT<br />
><br />
For further experiments in biotechnology<br />
see page 114<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS-setup crude oil distillation with digital thermometer with four inputs<br />
CPS-setup crude fermentation<br />
><br />
Literature: see page 113<br />
Biotechnology<br />
The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms, plant or animal cells<br />
and their components in industrial processes.<br />
The fascination of biotechnology is also due to the fact that this new field of<br />
technology promises the key to solving crucial problems of the present and<br />
the future.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
91
chemistry panel system<br />
Technical chemistry<br />
Equipment list<br />
Catalytic converter for exhaust gas<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Exhaust gas catalytic converter 666 440<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
2 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni 666 193<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Spare air bags set of 10 662 301<br />
1 Tube CO test, set of 10 666 319<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
92 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
The catalytic converter for exhaust gas<br />
Automobile exhaust emissions are a major<br />
source of air pollution today and are considered<br />
as a major factor for the forest's dying off.<br />
The catalytic converter model from LEYBOLD<br />
DIDACTIC may be used to demonstrate in the<br />
lab that it is possible to markedly reduce the<br />
amount of pollutants emitted by cars (nitrogen<br />
oxides NOx , carbon monoxide CO and hydrocarbons<br />
CxHy ).<br />
Synthesis of sulfuric acid based on the contact process<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas collector 666 432<br />
1 CPS Contact process 666 457<br />
1 CPS Gas washer 666 430<br />
1 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer 666 438<br />
1 CPS Hose fastener 666 449<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
2 CPS glass connector, with nipple 667 313<br />
1 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 Panel frame, T130, two levels, T-Base 726 09<br />
Chemicals:<br />
1 Sulphur, cryst. 674 750<br />
Synthesis of sulfuric acid<br />
based on the contact process<br />
Sulfuric acid is manufactured industrially from<br />
sulfur trioxide which is derived by catalytic oxidation<br />
of SO2 (contact process). Since SO2 , is very<br />
difficult to dissolve in water, it is introduced into<br />
concentrated sulfuric acid.
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly DENOX plant<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-DENOX-process 666 476<br />
1 CPS Gas syringe 666 435<br />
3 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Silicone gaskets for 667 312 667 306<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 CPS-wash bottle 666 478<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni 666 193<br />
1 CPS Gas generator 666 436<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
Chemicals<br />
1 Ammonia solution, 25% 670 360<br />
1 Copper, turnings 672 870<br />
1 Nitric acid, 65 % 674 660<br />
1 Sulphanilic acid 674 971<br />
1 Acetic acid 671 950<br />
1 Sodiumhydroxide pellets 673 860<br />
1 N-(Naphtyl)-ethylendiamdihydrochloride 673 452<br />
Equipment list<br />
Stack gas desulfurization<br />
666 477<br />
SCR-DENOX catalytic convertor<br />
Replacement for the CPS module for DENOX<br />
process (> 666 476)). Also suitable for CPS<br />
exhaust catalytic converter (> 666 440).<br />
Original SCR catalytic convertor for removing<br />
nitrogen from exhaust gas, 100 x 39 mm dia. in<br />
a quartz tube.<br />
For integration into experiment configurations,<br />
includes 2 silicon plugs with holes.<br />
Length: 200 mm<br />
Internal diameter: 40 mm<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas washer 666 430<br />
1 CPS Gas collector 666 432<br />
1 CPS Woulff's bottle with manometer 666 438<br />
1 CPS Hose fastener 666 449<br />
2 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Evaporating dish, 75 mm dia. 664 442<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 Vacuum rubber tubing, 1 m 667 186<br />
1 Water jet pump 375 56<br />
1 Butane gas burner 666 711<br />
1 Butane cartridges 666 712<br />
1 Silicone gaskets for 667 312, 10 pieces 667 306<br />
*The controllable aeration pump (> 666 482) can be used as an alternative.<br />
CPS experiment assembly DENOX process<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
DENOX process<br />
This demonstration experiment for removing nitrogen oxides from flue gas<br />
(DENOX process) provides an insight into the mode of operation of largescale<br />
plants, thus familiarizing the students and trainees with practical procedures.<br />
The industrial-scale removal of nitrogen oxides from flue gas<br />
involves allowing NOx to react with atmospheric oxygen and either ammonium<br />
or urea as a reducing agent in the presence of a catalyst using the SCR<br />
method (selective catalytic reduction). The reactants react on the catalyst to<br />
form environmentally compatible substances.<br />
CPS experiment assembly stack gas desulferization<br />
Stack gas desulfurization<br />
Stack gas desulfurization plants have now become virtually standard<br />
equipment for coal-fired power stations. The sulfur dioxide liberated when<br />
fossil fuels are burned, a major cause of acid rain, is precipitated as CaSO4 .<br />
The process can performed quite simply in the experiments.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
93
chemistry panel system<br />
Physical chemistry<br />
CPS experiment assembly for calorimetry<br />
Calorimetry<br />
This experiment assembly makes it possible to determine<br />
· molar enthalpies of combustion and<br />
· calorific values of foods.<br />
CPS experiment assembly for general gas laws<br />
<strong>General</strong> gas laws<br />
With the aid of a single experiment assembly it is possible to derive all general<br />
gas laws (Boyle's Law, Amonton's Law and Gay-Lussac's Law).<br />
94 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly for calorimetry<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
2 CPS Gas washer 666 430<br />
1 CPS Calorimeter 666 429<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NTC 666 212<br />
1 Stirring top 666 819<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
1 CPS glass connector 667 312<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 1 m 667 180<br />
1 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans 666 458<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen 660 998<br />
1 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans<br />
or<br />
660 980<br />
1 Gas bottle, 10l: oxygen 661 011<br />
Pressure reducing valve O2 additionally required:<br />
661 016<br />
Variable extra low voltage transformer D 667 827<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments “<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of general chemistry based on<br />
the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments also<br />
takes account of conventional stand material.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly for general gas laws<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS-basic unit for gas laws 666 474<br />
1 CPS-gas syringe for gas laws (> 666 474) 666 473<br />
1 CPS-Displacement transducer for > 666 473 666 475<br />
1 Spring manometer,<br />
measurement range: 200 ... + 200 hPa 665 944<br />
1 P/U Converter 734 83<br />
1 Stab. power supply ± 15 V DC 726 86<br />
1 CPS Digital thermometer 666 454<br />
1 NiCr-Ni-temperature sensor 666 216<br />
2 Demonstration meters 727 41<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer 666 847<br />
1 Stirring bar 666 854<br />
1 Beaker, 1000 ml, ss, hard glass 664 107<br />
1 Connection lead, 100 cm, black 500 444<br />
1 Connection lead, 100 cm, red 500 441<br />
1 Connection lead, 100 cm, blue 500 442<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, red 500 421<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, blue 500 422<br />
2 Set of 10 bridging plugs 501 511<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
1 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467
Daniell element<br />
For measuring the potential difference in a copper/zinc element and also<br />
monitoring the change in voltage current when driving a motor.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Electrochemistry experiment setup<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit 664 407<br />
1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
1 Accessories set for electrochemistry 664 401<br />
668 132<br />
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry<br />
164 pages, A4 size<br />
Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry demonstration<br />
units (> 664 400 and > 664 407) and the accessory set (> 664 401).<br />
The manual is supplied with the electrochemistry demonstration units<br />
> 664 400 and > 664 407.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly with H 2 O 2 fuel cell<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit 664 407<br />
1 CPS-Table for 664 407 666 472<br />
2 Large clip plug 591 21<br />
2 Bubble counter 664 812<br />
1 Oxyhydrogen cell (H 2 O 2 cell) made of acrylic glass 664 409<br />
1 Connection lead, 25 cm, red 500 411<br />
1 Safety connection lead, Ø 2.5 mm 2 , 10 cm, blue 500 602<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, red 500 421<br />
1 Connection lead, 50 cm, blue 500 422<br />
2 CPS Holder, for pressurized gas cans 666 458<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: hydrogen 660 997<br />
1 MINICAN gas can: oxygen 660 998<br />
2 Fine regulating valve MINICAN for gas cans 660 980<br />
1 Silicone tubing, 1 m 667 194<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 Potassium lye, 30%, 100 ml 672 438<br />
668 432<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
57 pages, A4 size in English.<br />
The manual contains the theory and the experiment descriptions for all fuel<br />
cells, H 2 /O 2 cell, aluminium/air element and formiate cell.<br />
CPS-electrochemistry experiment setup<br />
CPS experiment assembly with the H 2 O 2 fuel cell<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
H2O2 fuel cell<br />
In this classical type of fuel cell, hydrogen gas and oxygen gas are combined<br />
at two separate electrodes to form water. During this process chemical energy<br />
is converted directly into electrical energy with high efficiency. The fuel<br />
cell can be reused indefinitely and supplies electricity as soon as, and for as<br />
long as, the gases are supplied.<br />
><br />
Electrochemistry<br />
For further experiments on fuel cells<br />
see pages 29 ff<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
95
chemistry panel system<br />
Analytical chemistry<br />
Separation methods<br />
Most of the substances we encounter daily are<br />
mixtures of various pure substances. In order to<br />
separate these mixtures and to isolate the pure<br />
substances, suitable separation methods are used<br />
which specifically exploit the different chemical<br />
and/or physical properties of the individual<br />
components. In terms of energy expenditure, a<br />
distinction is drawn between mechanical and<br />
thermal separation methods.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly gel filtration<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gel filtration 666 444<br />
1 CPS Drop funnel 666 437<br />
2 Sephadex G-25, 25 g 674 829<br />
1 Bromthymol blue 671 070<br />
1 Detrane blue 671 598<br />
1 Beaker, 400 ml, ss, hard glass 664 104<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
Equipment list<br />
96 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Experiment assembly<br />
for column chromatography<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Chromatography column 666 443<br />
1 CPS Drop funnel 666 437<br />
1 CPS Pedestal 666 441<br />
1 Beaker, 600 ml, ss 664 105<br />
1 Panel frame, C100,<br />
three-level, with conduit 666 426<br />
1 Silica gel, 500 g 661 058<br />
CPS-experiment assembly for gel filtration CPS-experiment assembly for<br />
extraction after Soxhlet<br />
CPS-experiment assembly titration stand<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly extraction after Soxhlet<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Extraction setup<br />
after Soxhlet 666 445<br />
1 Joint clip, ST 29/32, plastic 665 392<br />
1 Heating mantle,<br />
500 ml, 200W 666 753<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181<br />
1 Extraction thimble,<br />
diam. 33 mm, set of 25 661 051<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
Equipment list<br />
Experiment assembly titration stanad<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Burette holder<br />
(with burette) 666 448<br />
1 CPS Digital pH-meter 666 450<br />
1 pH single rod measurement<br />
cell (glass electrode) 667 424<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead,<br />
height adjustable 666 470<br />
1 Miniature clamps,<br />
0 ... 25 mm dia. 666 551<br />
1 Beaker, 400 ml, ss, hard glass 664 104<br />
1 Labjack 666 583<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer 666 845<br />
1 Stirring bar 666 851<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425
CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490<br />
A low-cost, reliable demonstration unit for<br />
gas chromatographic separation at room<br />
temperature.<br />
Equipment list<br />
CPS-experiment assembly gas chromatograph<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Demonstration gas<br />
chromatograph, basic unit 665 490<br />
1 Gas sensor 665 495<br />
1 DC 550 column 665 533<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump 666 482<br />
1 CPS power supply,<br />
24 V AC/3 A 667 824<br />
1 Panel frame, C50, two-level 666 425<br />
1 Silicon tubing, 1 m 604 432<br />
1 Set of 10 bridging plugs 501 511<br />
668 802<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> demonstration experiments<br />
“<strong>General</strong> chemistry”<br />
216 pages, DIN A 4<br />
Demonstration experiments from the area of<br />
general chemistry based on the <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
Panel System. The equipment list of the experiments<br />
also takes account of conventional<br />
stand material.<br />
Equipment list<br />
HPLC system<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS HPLC pump 665 485<br />
1 CPS-HPLC column support 665 481<br />
1 Separating column Sl RP-18 665 4791<br />
2 CPS HPLC reservoir 665 487<br />
1 HPLC basic kit 665 4801<br />
1 CPS Flow-throughphotometer<br />
for HPLC 665 486<br />
1 CPS mains distributor 665 497<br />
1 Pair of cables, 50 cm,<br />
red and blue 501 45<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
1 Panel frame, C100, two-level 666 428<br />
additionnally required:<br />
1 PC with Windows 95/98 or NT<br />
CPS demonstration gas chromatograph 490<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
HPLC system<br />
This HPLC system is based<br />
on a new concept for rapid<br />
column chromatography<br />
which operates at pressures<br />
of up to 6 bar.<br />
><br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For more information<br />
see page 48<br />
97
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS measuring instruments<br />
<strong>General</strong> features<br />
· User operation via LEDs and<br />
membrane keyboard<br />
· Membrane keyboard is resistant to most<br />
liquids and solvents which are used in<br />
laboratories<br />
· 31/2 digits, 26 mm high LED display, can be<br />
read easily even from a distance<br />
· Simple retrofitting of a data output module -<br />
therefore easy connection to computer or<br />
printer<br />
· No resolution loss via the data output module<br />
· All functions can be activated from the computer<br />
(bidirectional interface)<br />
· Automatic/manual calibration or<br />
automatic/manual temperature compensation<br />
(selectable, depends on the measuring instrument)<br />
· Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via plug-in<br />
mains supply unit (included)<br />
· Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
· Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
All CPS measuring instruments are also available<br />
with another housing for use on the benchtop.<br />
666 450<br />
98 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS-digital pH meter<br />
Display:<br />
LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high,<br />
(7 segment numeric)<br />
LED, 2 digit, 14 mm high,<br />
(14 segment alpha-numeric)<br />
Inputs:<br />
1 pH standard socket,<br />
13 mm dia., 1 DIN socket, 8 pin<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
pH 0.00 ... 14.00<br />
0 ... +1000 mV<br />
NTC: -20 ... +120 °C<br />
PT 100: -50 ... +200 °C<br />
Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 °C<br />
Measurement accuracy:<br />
pH: ±0.02 pH<br />
NTC: ±0.1 °C or ±0.3 % of<br />
measured value (>70 °C)<br />
Pt 100: ±0.2 °C<br />
Internal resistance: 10 12 Ω<br />
Temperature compensation: 0 ... 140 °C<br />
(automatic or manual)<br />
Slope matching: 40 ... 80 mV (pH)<br />
Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH<br />
Analog output:<br />
12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV<br />
Data outputs: Via plug-in module (data output<br />
module, > 666 211), for retrofitting<br />
Serial interface: (RS 232)<br />
Parallel interface: (Centronics)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
><br />
666 451<br />
For further information and<br />
accessories<br />
see page 196<br />
CPS-digital conductivity meter<br />
Display:<br />
LED, 3 1/2 digits, 26 mm high<br />
(7 segment numeric)<br />
LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high (alpha-numeric)<br />
Inputs:<br />
2 x sockets, 4 mm dia.<br />
1 x DIN socket, 8 pin<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
0 ... 200 µS/cm<br />
0 ... 2 mS/cm<br />
0 ... 20 mS/cm<br />
0 ... 2000 mS/cm<br />
NTC: -20 ... +120 °C<br />
PT 100: -50 ... +200 °C<br />
Resolution:<br />
0.1 - 1 - 10 - 100 µS/cm - 1 mS/cm<br />
0.1 °C<br />
Measurement inaccuracy:<br />
Conductivity: ±2 % (70 °C)<br />
PT 100: ±0.2 °C<br />
Measurement range:<br />
selection automatic or manual<br />
Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm -1<br />
Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6 % K<br />
Temperature compensation:<br />
0 ... 150 °C (automatic or manual)<br />
Analog output:<br />
12 bit conversion, 1 digit ^ = 1 mV<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in<br />
power supply unit<br />
Data outputs:<br />
via plug-in module (data output module<br />
> 666 211 ), for retrofitting<br />
Serial interface (RS 232)<br />
Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg
667 909<br />
Data output module<br />
For connection of the multimeters > 666 453<br />
and > 667 908 to a chart recorder,<br />
printer or computer<br />
1 Analog output:<br />
1 digit ^ = 1 mV (12-bit conversion)<br />
1 Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
1 Serial interface (RS 232): selectable<br />
2400/9600 bps for connection to a computer.<br />
Output intervals:<br />
continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min,<br />
60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time<br />
interval displayed on front panel of module,<br />
alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters)<br />
together with the unit of measur-ement.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
666 211<br />
Data output module<br />
For connection of meters > 666 450,<br />
> 666 451, > 666 452, > 667 420,<br />
> 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347<br />
to a printer and computer.<br />
1 Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
1 Serial interface (RS 232):<br />
selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits,<br />
1 stop bit, no parity.<br />
Output intervals:<br />
continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min, 10 min, 30 min,<br />
60 min; selectable via pushbuttons, time<br />
interval displayed on front panel of module,<br />
alphanumeric data output (ASCII characters)<br />
together with the unit of measurement.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
666 453<br />
Digital multimeter,<br />
CPS version (for use in panel frames)<br />
Display: LED, 4 1 / 2 digit, 26 mm high<br />
(7-segment, numerical) for measured values<br />
LED 2 digits, 14 mm high<br />
(alphanumeric) for unit of measurement<br />
automatic negative indication<br />
Inputs: V DC Ω/2 A/20 A<br />
Internal resistance:<br />
1M Ω (in voltage measurement range)<br />
Data outputs via insertable module<br />
(data output module, > 667 909) which<br />
may be retrofitted:<br />
serial interface (RS 232)<br />
parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
analog (chart recorder) output<br />
All outputs are electrically isolated<br />
from the inputs.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
><br />
chemistry panel system<br />
666 454<br />
For further information and<br />
accessories<br />
see page 193<br />
CPS digital thermometer<br />
Display: 4 1 / 2 digit red LED display, 26 mm high,<br />
7 segments (numerical), 2-digit, 18 mm high<br />
(alphanumeric), automatic negative sign<br />
Inputs: 4 DIN sockets, 8-pin<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
NiCr-Ni: -200 ... +1200°C<br />
NTC: -20 ... 120°C<br />
Resolution: -200 ... +1200 °C: 0.1 K,<br />
0...199.9 K: 0.01 K<br />
(relative temperature measurement with NTC)<br />
Accuracy:<br />
0.2 °C resp. 0.2 % of measured value<br />
Analog output: 12-bit conversion,<br />
-200 ... +200°C : 0.1 K<br />
(1 digit corresponds to 1 mV)<br />
>200 °C : 1 K (10 digits correspond to 1 mV),<br />
resolution switchable<br />
Serial output: RS 232<br />
Data logger function:<br />
Storage of up to 14,400 measured values<br />
Supply voltage:<br />
12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in supply unit<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
Meas. quantity/number of ranges Measuring range Resolution Overload protection<br />
Voltage DC 200 mV 10 µV 1200 V DC<br />
5 ranges 1000 V 0,1 V 700 V AC<br />
Voltage AC 200 mV 10 µV 1200 V DC<br />
5 ranges 600 V 0,1 V 700 V AC<br />
DC and AC current 200 µA 10 nA 2,5 A Fuse<br />
6 ranges 20 A 1 mA insert<br />
Resistance 200 Ω 10 mΩ 300 V DC<br />
6 ranges 20 Ω 1 kΩ 270 V AC<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
99
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS-Measuring instruments<br />
><br />
Application examples:<br />
Conductivity of solids and liquids<br />
Electrolytic dissociation<br />
Ion migration<br />
Electrochemical potentials<br />
Electrolysis<br />
Fuel cells<br />
For further electrochemistry experiments<br />
see page 21<br />
100 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 407<br />
CPS electrochemistry demonstration unit<br />
With this demonstration equipment from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC, you now<br />
have available a universal power supply and measurement instrument which<br />
can be used to conduct a broad variety of experiments from the field of electrochemistry.<br />
Combining three functions in a single unit considerably reduces<br />
the required preparation time while at the same time simplifying the actual<br />
experiments.<br />
The measured voltages and currents are displayed simultaneously and independently<br />
of each other on a red LED display, the digits of which are 26 mm<br />
high. The numbers can be read clearly even from a distance of about 10<br />
metres. The demonstration unit fulfils three purposes:<br />
- It functions as a power supply, delivering AC and DC voltage.<br />
- It is equipped with two measurement instruments<br />
a) for voltage measurements from 0 ... 60 V<br />
b) for current measurements from 0 ... 2 A<br />
Thus it can also be used as a multimeter. The measurement unit and the<br />
power pack can be linked internally or can also be used separately. This unit<br />
also serves as a current indicator and load using the built-in miniature motor<br />
with segmented display disk. Additional instruments (chart recorder, CASSY<br />
interface or oscilloscope, for example) can be connected to the two chart<br />
recorder outputs (one each for voltage and current). Included as standard<br />
equipment for the demonstration unit is a tray with recesses for the vessels<br />
(e.g. battery tray from accessory set (> 664 401).<br />
The CPS version (> 664 407) requires the use of the “table for<br />
electrochemistry” (> 666 472) in addition. In both versions a white rear<br />
panel serves as the background to accentuate colour changes, precipitation<br />
reactions, etc. The tray and the table have sockets at the front, into which<br />
spring clips may be inserted for attachment of U-tubes.The CPS<br />
demonstration unit (> 664 407) is designed for use in a panel frame.<br />
Dimensions (W x H x D): 40 cm x 29.7 cm x 17 cm<br />
Experiment panel: 40 cm x 29.7 cm<br />
Weight: 5.4 kg<br />
A complete experimental manual is delivered with the demonstration unit<br />
(> 668 132)<br />
Experiment:<br />
characteristics and<br />
efficiency of fuel cells.
pH and conductivity titration<br />
524 200<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording<br />
and evaluating measurement data acquired<br />
using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive<br />
integrated help functionality.<br />
524 010<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
><br />
CPS-Interfaces<br />
Cascadable interface for measured-value recording<br />
· For connection to the RS 232 serial interface of a computer, another<br />
CASSY module or the CASSY display<br />
· 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S).<br />
· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY modules possible<br />
(to expand the inputs and outputs)<br />
· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes<br />
· Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play)<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system<br />
(complete with software update functionality for fast, easy performance<br />
enhancements)<br />
· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit<br />
(also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames)<br />
· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent<br />
CASSY module<br />
5 Analog inputs (any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously)<br />
2 Analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Resolution: 12 bits<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V<br />
Measurement error: ± 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value<br />
Input resistance: 1 MΩ<br />
Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input)<br />
Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input)<br />
1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.1/0.3/1/3 A<br />
Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 %<br />
Input resistance: < 0.5 Ω (except under overload)<br />
See voltage inputs for further data<br />
2 Analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B<br />
(all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected)<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/ 0.3/1 V<br />
Input resistance: 10 kΩ.<br />
See voltage inputs for further dat.<br />
The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box.<br />
In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement<br />
quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached<br />
4 Timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B<br />
(e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box)<br />
Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz<br />
Time resolution: 0.25 µs<br />
Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 µs<br />
Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 µs<br />
Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input)<br />
1 Changeover relay (switching indication via LED)<br />
Range: max. 100 V / 2 A<br />
1 Analog output (PWM output) (pulse-width modulated,<br />
switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator, e.g. for holding<br />
magnet or supplying experiment)<br />
Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load ≥ 80 W)<br />
PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on)<br />
PWM frequency: 100 Hz<br />
12 Digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used for<br />
automatic sensor box detection)<br />
6 Digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used<br />
for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range)<br />
1 Serial interface RS232 subD-9 for connection to a computer<br />
1 CASSY bus<br />
For connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY display<br />
Dimensions (WxHxD): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />
For further information<br />
on CASSY see page 144<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
101
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS full-system modules<br />
The full-system modules contain a complete experiment setup with all<br />
necessary apparatus – no additional modules are required. They merely<br />
need to be set up in a suitable panel frame, and supplied with electricity<br />
and/or water where necessary.<br />
666 442<br />
CPS-distillation<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components.<br />
Suitable for:<br />
· Standard-pressure distillation<br />
· Vacuum distillation (after addition of some<br />
components)<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 185 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 500 ml<br />
1 Distillation bridge after Claisen, 2 GL 18,<br />
cooling jacket with 2 nipples for the water<br />
connection, 1 nipple for the vacuum<br />
connection.<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, ST 29, 250 ml<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 447<br />
102 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS-crude oil distillation<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Petrochemistry<br />
· Fractional distillation<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 620 x 170 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 620 mm<br />
Weight: 3.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Double-neck round-bottom flask, 500 ml,<br />
ST 29 with side tapping point GL 18<br />
1 Bubble cap column with 2 trays, 280 mm<br />
long, with two cocks for tapping the fractions,<br />
two GL 18 threaded connectors for<br />
temperature sensors<br />
1 Distillation bridge, 200 mm, two ST 29, with<br />
GL 18 threaded connector for temperature<br />
sensor<br />
1 Return-flow cooler after Dimroth,<br />
300 mm long, two ST 29 with lateral hose<br />
nipples for cooling water<br />
1 Vacuum stopper, two ST 29 fittings,<br />
straight, with straight tube, with nipple<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, 250 ml, ST 29<br />
5 Joint clips, plastic<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 446<br />
CPS-electrolysis<br />
For hydrolysis of water after Hoffmann. Complete<br />
with standardized spacers and attachment<br />
components.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Hydrolysis of water<br />
· Hydrolysis of aqueous acids, bases and salt<br />
solutions<br />
Dimensions:<br />
300 mm x 620 mm x 140 mm<br />
Experiment panel:<br />
300 mm x 620 mm<br />
Weight: 2.2 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Two-armed glass vessel with graduation<br />
and type GL 18 threaded fittings for electrodes<br />
and GL 14 threaded fitting with nipple<br />
for connection of the topping-up reservoir<br />
1 Pair of Pt electrodes in glass jacket<br />
1 Topping-up reservoir in adjustable-height<br />
metal holder, for regulating the fill level to<br />
ensure exactly reproducible measurements<br />
1 PVC hose for connecting the topping-up<br />
reservoir to the glass vessel<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components
666 445<br />
CPS-Extraction unit after Soxhlet<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Extraction of caffeine from tea<br />
· Extraction of cocoa powder<br />
· Determining the fat content of foods<br />
· Extraction of etherial oils<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 620 x 160 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 620 mm<br />
Weight: 2.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Round-bottom flask, 500 ml, ST 29<br />
1 Extractor, 70 ml, ST 29 (bottom)<br />
and ST 40 (top)<br />
1 Reflux cooler after Dimroth, ST 40, cooling<br />
jacket 200 mm with 2 GL 14 screw threads<br />
for cooling water<br />
2 Labelling plates<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
661 051<br />
Extraction thimbles<br />
25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to<br />
Soxhlet > 665 454<br />
33 mm dia.<br />
100 mm high<br />
665 492<br />
CPS Gas cartridge holder<br />
For supplying the CPS demonstration chromatograph<br />
(> 665 490) with CO 2 or N 2 O as carrier<br />
gases.<br />
Disposable cartridges are used for gas supply.<br />
Manometer: 0 ... 4 bar for N 2 O and CO 2<br />
Valve: pressure reducing valve, can be regulated<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Training panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Pressure vessel<br />
1 Manometer<br />
1 Fine regulating valve<br />
1 Tubing<br />
1 Training panel with mounting hardware<br />
665 493<br />
Substitute cartridge CO2 Contents: 7 g<br />
(= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure)<br />
665 491<br />
Substitute cartridge N 2 O<br />
Contents: 6 g<br />
(= 6 l at standard temperature and pressure)<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS individual modules<br />
CPS individual modules (such as the gas syringe<br />
module) can be combined to conduct a broad<br />
range of experiments. Because they can be<br />
quickly set up and combined as required,<br />
only a minimum of apparatus need be purchased.<br />
Often, new experiments can be created<br />
simply by changing just one or two modules.<br />
666 458<br />
CPS-holder for pressurized gas cans<br />
For accepting Minican gas cans.<br />
For easy and safe experimenting with gases.<br />
The disposable aluminium cans<br />
are much easier to handle compared<br />
to steel cylinders. This experiment panel<br />
enables integration of the gas cans into the<br />
experiment assembly.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 180 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.6 kg<br />
666 436<br />
Experiments with gases<br />
CPS holder with MINICAN gas can<br />
CPS-gas generator<br />
Complete with standardized spacers, attachment<br />
components and glass connectors.<br />
Suitable for generating small volumes of gas.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 200 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.2 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas generator<br />
1 Drop funnel (rear)<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
103
chemistry panel system<br />
666 432<br />
CPS-gas collector<br />
Complete with standardized spacers, attachment<br />
components and glass connectors.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Stack gas desulfurization<br />
· Combustion of organic materials such as<br />
wood or charcoal<br />
· Stack gas analysis<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 180 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Special funnel, borosilicate glass, 100 mm dia<br />
1 Gas wash bottle<br />
1 Glass tube insert for washing bottles<br />
1 Joint clamp<br />
1 Glass connector<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 438<br />
CPS-Woulff's bottle<br />
With spring manometer; complete with standardized<br />
spacers, mounting hardware and glass<br />
connectors.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Vacuum distillation<br />
· Stack gas desulfurization<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Woulff's bottle, 2 GL 18, and 1 GL 25<br />
screw thread<br />
1 Spring manometer 0 ... 1013 mbar.<br />
2 Glass tubes, bent, 8 mm dia.,<br />
with glass nipples<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 430<br />
CPS-gas washer<br />
104 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Complete with standardized spacers, attachment<br />
components and glass connectors.<br />
Suitable for experiments on gas generation,<br />
calorimetry, stack gas desulfurization, DENOX<br />
system and reduction of metallic oxides<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 150 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 Wash bottles<br />
2 Joint clamps<br />
2 Glass tube inserts for wash bottles<br />
1 Glass connector<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 438<br />
666 463 666 482<br />
666 478<br />
CPS-Wash bottle<br />
Complete with standardized spacers, attachment<br />
components and glass connectors. Suitable<br />
for experiments on: Gas generation,<br />
DENOX system and reduction of metallic oxides<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 150 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Wash bottle<br />
1 Glass tube insert for wash bottle<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 463<br />
CPS-Three-way stopcock<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components.<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 150 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Three-way stopcock, plug, 2.5 mm hole<br />
1 Experiment panel,<br />
Attachment component<br />
666 482<br />
CPS aeration pump, controllable<br />
For continuous aeration. The pump can also<br />
be used to create a partial vacuum. The flow<br />
rate can be controlled either manually (via a<br />
control knob) or externally (by means of a control<br />
voltage 0...10V).<br />
Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min, manually set or<br />
externally controllable<br />
Max. pressure: 2 bar<br />
Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar<br />
Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in<br />
supply unit (230 V/50 Hz)<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 130 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg
666 435<br />
CPS-gas syringe<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and atta-chment<br />
components. Suitable for experiments<br />
with defined volumes of gas: Air analysis, stoichiometry<br />
experiments, catalytic conversion of exhaust<br />
gases, combustion of gases.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Labelling plate.<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 480<br />
CPS gas syringe with 3 way valve<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas syringe with 3 way valve, 100 ml<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Lablelling plate.<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 457<br />
CPS-contact process<br />
Reaction tube for filling with vanadium pentoxide<br />
granulate catalyst. Complete with standardized<br />
spacers and mounting hardware.<br />
Suitable for:<br />
Production of sulphuric acid based on the<br />
contact process.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 170 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight 0.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Reaction tube with 2 GL18 thread connectors<br />
1 Experiment panel.<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 433<br />
CPS air analysis<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments<br />
involving quantitative measurement of atmospheric<br />
oxygen.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 125 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight 0.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Reaction tube, 160 mm, GL 18 quartz<br />
1 Roll copper mesh wire<br />
2 DURAN rods, L= 200 mm, 15 mm dia.<br />
(for reducing the internal volume)<br />
1 Experiment panel,<br />
mounting hardware<br />
666 460<br />
666 457<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
666 439<br />
CPS combustion chamber, water synthesis<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and mounting<br />
hardware. Suitable for experiments on the<br />
synthesis of water from the constituent elements<br />
(continuous combustion, reversal of the electolysis<br />
of water after Hoffmann).<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 185 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight 0.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Combustion chamber with platinum wire,<br />
2 GL screw connections, DURAN ®<br />
1 Magnetic plate, suitable for labeling<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
2 Safety sockets, 4 mm<br />
2 Safety clamps, mounting hardware<br />
Additionally recommended:<br />
Spark gap supply unit (> 667 818).<br />
666 460<br />
CPS-Combustion chamber<br />
with incandescent wire<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and attachment<br />
components. Suitable for experiments<br />
on: Breaking butane down into its components,<br />
organic elementary analysis and detection of<br />
oxygen in organic compounds using dimethyl<br />
ether as an example, decomposition of ammonia<br />
and model experiments using the thermal<br />
conductivity detector.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 185 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight 0.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Combustion chamber, electrically heated,<br />
with incandescent coil, 2 GL threaded fittings,<br />
DURAN®<br />
2 Sockets 4-mm, for connecting a power<br />
pack (667 827, for example)<br />
1 Magnetic labelling plate<br />
1 Cover<br />
1 Experiment panel,<br />
Attachment components<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
105
chemistry panel system<br />
Laws of gases<br />
666 474<br />
CPS-basic unit for general gas laws<br />
Special bottle with connections for manometer,<br />
temperature sensor and volumeter; complete<br />
with standardized spacers and attachment<br />
components. Suitable for experiments on<br />
general gas laws.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 205 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 mm x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Glass bottle, 500 ml, 1 GL 45, 3 GL 18,<br />
DURAN®<br />
3 Screw caps with hole seal, GL 18<br />
1 Screw cap, solid, GL 18<br />
1 Glass connector, angled, GL 18<br />
1 Brass support with thread<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 434<br />
CPS-submersion tube manometer<br />
with three-way valve<br />
Complete with connector, standardized spacers<br />
and mounting hardware.Suitable for experiments:<br />
With gas syringes, on stoichiometry, on<br />
the combustion of gases<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Three-way stopcock<br />
1 CPS-glass connector, GL 18<br />
1 Submersion tube manometer after Schiele<br />
1 Experiment panel, mounting hardware<br />
666 474<br />
666 475<br />
666 473<br />
665 944<br />
Spring manometer<br />
106 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
665 944 734 83<br />
Pressure gauge with capsule spring.<br />
Because of the zero point correction facility<br />
this gauge may be used for deriving the general<br />
gas laws.<br />
Measurement range: - 200 ... + 200 hPa<br />
Connection: 1/2"<br />
Readout: Analogue<br />
Scale diameter: 80 mm<br />
666 475<br />
CPS-electronic displacement transducer<br />
Highly linear potentiometer for the conversion<br />
of linear displacements into voltages.<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware.<br />
Suitable for experiments on gas laws of:<br />
Boyle-Mariotte, Amontons, Gay-Lussac<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 170 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Potentiometer, 0-10 V output,<br />
power consumption 0.1 VA<br />
1 Pulley, 50 mm dia.<br />
1 Weight, 50 g<br />
1 Cord, 1 m<br />
1 Clamp for attaching holder of syringe<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 473<br />
CPS-gas syringe for general gas laws<br />
Gas tight gas syringe for determination of the<br />
volumes of gases; complete with standardized<br />
spacers and attachment components.<br />
Suitable for experiments on: general gas laws.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.2 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Gas syringe, 100 ml with three-way cock<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
734 83<br />
CPS-P/U converter<br />
Pressure/voltage converter for the determination<br />
of the pressure using a piezoresistive pressure<br />
transducer, complete with 2 m long hose<br />
and reducing plug nipple. The P/U converter is<br />
firmly attached to an experiment panel.<br />
Pressure range: ± 1000 hPa (± 1 bar) relative<br />
Output voltage: - 10 V ... + 10 V (10 mV/hPa)<br />
Hose connection: 4 mm outside diameter<br />
Supply voltage: ± 15 V DC<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 62 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg
Catalytic converters<br />
666 440<br />
CPS-exhaust gas catalytic converter<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware. Suitable for experiments<br />
on: catalytic conversion of exhaust gases.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Catalytic converter in quartz tube,<br />
200 mm x 30 mm with<br />
2 silicone stoppers (> 666 360)<br />
2 Three-way stopcocks<br />
1 Heat protection panel<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
additionally recommended:<br />
Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454<br />
Stochiometry<br />
666 455<br />
CPS-stoichiometry<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
· Determining relative atomic masses<br />
· Determining the chemical valency of metals.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Reaction vessel with three-way stopcock,<br />
1 GL 25 screw connector,<br />
1 GL 18 connector, 1 glass plunger<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 476<br />
CPS-DENOX process<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and attachment<br />
components. Suitable for experiments<br />
on: removing nitrogen oxides from stack gas.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 SCR-DENOX-catalytic converter in quartz<br />
tube,with 2 silicone stoppers (> 666 477)<br />
1 Three-way stopcock<br />
1 Glass tube<br />
1 Heat protection panel<br />
1 Experiment panel,<br />
Attachment components<br />
additionally recommended:<br />
Temperature sensor, NiCr-Ni . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
Measuring instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 454<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
Calorimetry<br />
666 429<br />
CPS calorimeter<br />
For solids and liquids. Complete with standardized<br />
spacers and mounting hardware. Suitable<br />
for experiments on<br />
· Measuring the reaction enthalpy in the combustion<br />
of solids or liquids<br />
· Measuring the calorific values (“calories”)<br />
of foods<br />
· Measuring the heat of combustion (combustion<br />
enthalpy) of carbon, sulfur, sugar, fats<br />
(e.g. cooking oil).<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 135 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Double-walled glass vessel<br />
with GL screw connections DURAN®<br />
1 Mount with glass inlet fittings<br />
and porcelain crucible<br />
1 Experiment panel,<br />
mounting hardware<br />
666 819<br />
Stirring top with GL 32 screw thread<br />
For calorimeters 666 429 and 667 325, for<br />
mixing the calorimeter liquid or as stirrer for<br />
other vessels with GL 32 thread. With two<br />
4 mm sockets.<br />
A suitable power supply (e.g. 521 35) is<br />
required for operation.<br />
Operating voltage: 5 ... 6 V<br />
max. voltage: 10 V<br />
Max. current: 40 mA<br />
Dimensions: 210 x 40 mm<br />
Weight: 110 g<br />
666 819<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 429<br />
107
chemistry panel system<br />
Liquid pumps<br />
666 420<br />
666 420<br />
Peristaltic pump<br />
665 498<br />
For continuous pumping of liquids.<br />
The flow volume is varied using three different<br />
silicone hoses.<br />
Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar<br />
Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min]<br />
Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm]<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions:<br />
100 mm x 297 mm x 100 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 mm x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
665 498<br />
666 413<br />
CPS-metering unit<br />
108 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Peristaltic pump PM 2<br />
Hose pump with controllable capacity, switchable<br />
to control via external clock generator (e.g.<br />
computer). The pump capacity is designed for<br />
long-term constant operation! Fast replacement<br />
of hose section which is subject to wear<br />
via a quick release coupling.<br />
Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 2.2 kg<br />
Measuring and metering liquids<br />
For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve;<br />
the valve may be operated manually or via<br />
a computer. With two sockets for connection<br />
to the relay output of a computer interface,<br />
1 pushbutton for manual operation,<br />
1 LED for operation monitoring. Intended,<br />
for example, to maintain the pH value in<br />
the bioreactor during fermentation.<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA via<br />
plug-in power unit (included)<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 297 x 240 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 150 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
666 418<br />
CPS flow-through reactor<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware. Using the column reactor<br />
can help to clarify biotechnological processes<br />
which take place in a fluid-bed reactor or in<br />
which continuous recirculation of liquids is<br />
necessary.<br />
Examples here include:<br />
· Enzyme breakdown of lactose<br />
· Manufacture of invert sugar<br />
· Microbiological recovery of copper from<br />
excavated material (leaching of ore)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Column reactor, 200 mm,<br />
with cooling jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples<br />
for connecting to a thermostat<br />
1 3-neck round bottom flask,<br />
250 ml, 3 GL 18<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Book: Biotechnology<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale,<br />
GL 45 screw thread and<br />
GL 14 screw thread<br />
1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis<br />
and acids, with hose nipple<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware
666 437<br />
CPS-drop funnel<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components.<br />
Suitable for experiments on:<br />
column chromatography, gel filtration, ion<br />
exchange chromatography.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 150 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.2 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Drop funnel, 500 ml<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
Attachment components<br />
666 448<br />
CPS-burette holder (with burette)<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware. Used in conjunction with<br />
the CPS-pedestal (> 666 441) to form a complete<br />
titration stand.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 55 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Magnetic labelling plate<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Burette with lateral stopcock, 10 ml<br />
(> 665 843)<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 443<br />
CPS chromatography column<br />
Complete with standardized spaces and<br />
attachment components. Suitable for experiments<br />
on separation of pigments and dyes,<br />
separation of chlorophylls, adsorption chromatography,<br />
ion exchange chromatography.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Chromatography column,<br />
400 mm with P1 filter and stopcock<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
666 444<br />
Column chromatography<br />
CPS-gel filtration<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
attachment components. Suitable for experiments<br />
on gel filtration, ion exchange chromatography,<br />
separation of chlorophylls on silica gel,<br />
separation of dyes on aluminium oxide and<br />
immobilization of biocatalysts.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 200 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Glass column, 235 mm<br />
with P1 filter and one-way stopcock<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Attachment components<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
109
chemistry panel system<br />
Power supplies<br />
665 497<br />
CPS-mains distributor<br />
On the rear of the mains distributor panel there<br />
are three safety mains sockets which may be<br />
used to supply the mains voltage to connected<br />
equipment. The connected equipment may be<br />
switched on and off through switches on the<br />
front panel.<br />
Rating: 250 V AC / 16 A<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 115 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
666 471<br />
CPS-mains supply switchable<br />
Mains outlet socket on experiment panel,<br />
switchable via bridging plugs, PLC signal, TTL<br />
signal or contact thermometer.<br />
Switching capacity of the relay: 1200 VA max.<br />
Fuse: 6.3 A<br />
Mains voltage: 230 V AC<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 300 x 65 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
667 824<br />
665 497<br />
CPS power supply unit 24 V<br />
666 471<br />
For supplying power e.g. to the CPS-gas chromatograph<br />
(> 665 490).<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Output: 24 V DC/3 A<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 110 mm<br />
Panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.7 kg<br />
667 824<br />
666 411<br />
110 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Sensors<br />
CPS ethanol sensor<br />
Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in<br />
the gas collection chamber.<br />
Applications:<br />
· Process monitoring in the manufacture of<br />
ethanol or fermented acetic acid<br />
· Determining the ethanol concentration in<br />
liquids<br />
· Determining the ethanol content in the breath<br />
Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless<br />
steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted<br />
to suit the particular measurement task by<br />
adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are<br />
located in a separate housing on the rear.<br />
Analog output, 0 to 2V, for connecting an analog<br />
chart recorder or computer interface. Can<br />
be connected to the CASSY interface device.<br />
With O-ring and special membrane (two).<br />
Sensor<br />
Length: 350 mm<br />
Dia.: 20 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Length of lead: 1700 mm (coiled cord, stated<br />
length appiles to fully extended cable)<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
665 486<br />
CPS flow-through photometer<br />
Is intended for use as a detector in biotechnology<br />
in preparative organic and biochemical<br />
analysis with HPLC<br />
Measurement wavelength: 254 nm<br />
Detector: photocell<br />
Cell: quartz, optical path length 2 mm<br />
Recorder output: 0 ... +2 V<br />
Pump connection: via DIN sockets<br />
Control connection: via DIN sockets<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 143 mm<br />
Weight: 2.4 kg<br />
666 470<br />
CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable<br />
For attachment of equipment using a universal<br />
clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer<br />
motor). The holder is height-adjustable along a<br />
slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel<br />
can be secured against movement.<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 29.7 cm x 12 cm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg
666 421<br />
CPS universal glassware holder<br />
CPS holder for glassware with different radii<br />
and outlet positions.<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
Holders and pedestals<br />
666 410<br />
CPS-biological reactor<br />
Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for<br />
experiments on all fermentation processes<br />
based on the batch method<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 280 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 10.0 kg<br />
><br />
For further information<br />
on biotechnology,<br />
see page 144<br />
666 449<br />
CPS-hose fastener panel<br />
Fastening component for vacuum hoses and<br />
for simple and secure connection of hoses to<br />
Woulff's bottles.<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 120 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
666 441<br />
CPS-pedestal<br />
For accommodating burners, stirrers, beakers<br />
and conical flasks of various sizes.<br />
The platform is height-adjustable along a vertical<br />
slot, so that the pedestal can be adjusted to<br />
fit various experiment setups and different sizes<br />
of glassware.<br />
Metal plate with non-slip rubber coating.<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 180 mm<br />
Metal plate: 180 x 180 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
666 472<br />
CPS-table for electrochemistry<br />
For use in connection with the CPS electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit (> 664 407).<br />
The table is used to accept cells and U-tubes<br />
(with clip plugs > 591 21) when conducting<br />
demonstration electrochemical experiments.<br />
Dimensions: 400 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 400 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
Accessories<br />
666 462<br />
CPS-metal labelling plates<br />
Metal plate with grip ledge; polyurethane coated.<br />
The plates are resistant to most chemicals;<br />
for writing on with felt-tip pens.<br />
The plates may be attached to the experiment<br />
assemblies by means of magnets (on the rear<br />
of the experiment panels).<br />
Set of six.<br />
Dimensions: 80 x 90 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
666 465<br />
666 462 666 465<br />
CPS-plastic labelling plates<br />
Polystyrene plates with grip ledge for attachment<br />
to the cross bars on the CPS panel<br />
frames. For writing on with felt-tip pens.<br />
Set of ten.<br />
Dimensions: 80 x· 40 mm<br />
Weight: 0.1 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
111
chemistry panel system<br />
CPS-blank panel<br />
For mounting in any empty spaces in experiment<br />
assemblies to ensure a uniform appearance<br />
of the entire assembly. The plates are not<br />
equipped with any mounting hardware.<br />
Cat. No. Height x Width<br />
666 468<br />
666 467<br />
666 464<br />
Silicone gasket, ISO thread GL 18<br />
Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve.<br />
667 306<br />
667 295<br />
667 296<br />
29.7 cm x 30 cm<br />
29.7 cm x 20 cm<br />
29.7 cm x 10 cm<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions for tube<br />
dia 5.5 - 6.5 mm<br />
dia 7.5 - 9.0 mm<br />
dia 9.0 - 11.0 mm<br />
667 293<br />
112 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS-glass connector, angled<br />
Angled glass tube for vertical connection of<br />
glass CPS parts on experiment panels which<br />
extend over two levels.<br />
Short arm with GL 18 thread with silicone<br />
seal (8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted<br />
Tefllon seal.<br />
Length of arms: 55 mm and 140 mm<br />
Diameter:<br />
long arm: 7 mm<br />
short arm: 16 mm<br />
667 312<br />
CPS-glass connector<br />
With two GL 18 threads with silicone seal<br />
(8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted<br />
Teflon seals.<br />
Length: 90 mm<br />
Diameter: 16 mm<br />
667 313<br />
CPS-glass connector with nipple<br />
With one GL 18 thread with silicone seal<br />
(8 mm int. dia.) and flange-mounted Teflon<br />
seal, 1 glass hose nipple.<br />
Length: 90 mm<br />
Diameter:<br />
Nipple: 7 mm<br />
Tube: 16 mm<br />
667 293<br />
667 313<br />
667 312<br />
Literature<br />
668 802<br />
Biotechnology - theory and experiments<br />
157 pages, A 4, English.<br />
by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz.<br />
The manual provides an introduction to the<br />
subject of biotechnology.<br />
A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented.<br />
Most of these can be carried out in<br />
schools or vocational education programs and<br />
are designed to accompany the biotechnology<br />
equipment series.<br />
The manual lists up-to-date further sources,<br />
defines important topics (glossary) and contains<br />
suggestions for integration in instruction<br />
and training.<br />
The manual covers the following topics:<br />
· Biotechnological production processes<br />
· Biotechnology and environmental protection<br />
· Immobilization of biological catalysts<br />
· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation<br />
processes<br />
· Classical biotechnology processes<br />
The biotechnological experiments are complemented<br />
by a comprehensive introduction to<br />
microbial and biochemical working techniques.<br />
The experiments are designed to that they can<br />
be carried out in either a vocational context or<br />
in general secondary education.<br />
668 102<br />
Biochemistry SII<br />
142 pages, DIN A 4<br />
83 experiments; the book contents<br />
following topics:<br />
· Isolation and chemical analysis<br />
of nucleic acids<br />
· synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD<br />
· Gel filtration<br />
· Ion exchange chromatography<br />
· Liquid chromatography<br />
· HPLC Separation and identification of proteins<br />
by SDS-gel electrophoresis<br />
· Enzymatic determination of glucose with glucose<br />
oxidase and peroxidase<br />
· Modern methods of analysis<br />
- Biological sensors
Worksheets from 668 802<br />
668 082<br />
Biotechnology - theory and experiments<br />
157 pages, A 4, by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz.<br />
The manual provides an introduction to the<br />
subject of biotechnology. A total of 45 experiment<br />
descriptions are presented. Most of these<br />
can be carried out in schools or vocational<br />
education programs and are designed to<br />
accompany the biotechnology equipment<br />
series. The manual lists up-to-date further<br />
sources, defines important topics (glossary)<br />
and contains suggestions for integration in<br />
instruction and training.<br />
The manual covers the following topics:<br />
· Biotechnological production processes<br />
· Biotechnology and environmental protection<br />
· Immobilization of biological catalysts<br />
· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in fermentation<br />
processes<br />
· Classical biotechnology processes<br />
The biotechnological experiments are complemented<br />
by a comprehensive introduction to<br />
microbial and biochemical working techniques.<br />
The experiments are designed to that they can<br />
be carried out in either a vocational context or<br />
in general secondary education.<br />
668 222<br />
From crude oil to fuels and lubricants<br />
74 pages, DIN A4<br />
Six experiments and a detailed theoretical discussion<br />
on the composition and processing of<br />
crude oil. All experiments are closely related to<br />
practical matters and replicate to a large part<br />
the industrial processes which would take<br />
place in a refinery, for instance.<br />
The descriptions of the experiments are<br />
backed up by ten pre-printed work sheets<br />
which can be used to amplify the material.<br />
These pages may be photocopied and passed<br />
out to the students. The answer sheets then<br />
follow for the teachers's use; here the solutions<br />
have been entered.<br />
· Crude oil distillation in a bubble-cap column<br />
· Vacuum distillation of medium-weight and<br />
heavy oil fractions<br />
· Thermal cracking of higher paraffins to hydrocarbons<br />
with shorter molecular chains<br />
· Boiling point analysis for a gasoline blend<br />
(quality analysis for gasoline)<br />
· Determining the flash point and burning point<br />
· Determining the conditions required for a<br />
mixture of fuel and air to explode<br />
chemistry panel system<br />
668 432<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
57 pages, A4 size.<br />
The manual contains the theory and the experiment<br />
descriptions for the H 2 /0 2 cell,<br />
aluminium/air element and formiate cell.<br />
668 132<br />
668 802<br />
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry<br />
164 pages, A4 size<br />
Instructions for the experiments using the electrochemistry<br />
demonstration units (> 664 400<br />
and > 664 407) and the accessory set<br />
(> 664 401). The manual is supplied with the<br />
electrochemistry demonstration units<br />
> 664 400 and > 664 407 .<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
113
iotechnology<br />
Batch<br />
reactor<br />
Biological<br />
reactor<br />
Biotechnological<br />
production processes<br />
Recovering copper<br />
with microorganisms<br />
Manufacturing isosyrup<br />
Production of citric acid<br />
Production of invert sugar<br />
Biotechnology<br />
and environmental protection<br />
Microbial desulfurization of coal<br />
Biotechnological use of whey<br />
114 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
The LEYBOLD biotechnology system<br />
Reactors Measuring and<br />
control modules<br />
Flow-through<br />
reactor<br />
Immobilization of bio-catalysts<br />
Binding invertase<br />
to non-organic base materials<br />
Inclusion of yeast in alginate<br />
Inclusion of enzymes in plastic films<br />
Measuring modules<br />
· Ethanol sensor<br />
· Oxygen sensor<br />
· Digital thermometer<br />
· Digital conductivity meter<br />
· Digital pH meter<br />
· CASSY-sensor boxes<br />
Control modules<br />
· Aeration pump<br />
· Peristaltic pump<br />
· Metering unit<br />
· Switchable voltage supply<br />
Control and regulation<br />
of fermentation processes<br />
Manufacture of biomass<br />
Fermentation of E. coli<br />
Manufacture of bakers' yeast<br />
Classical processes<br />
in biotechnology<br />
Manufacturing curds<br />
Manufacturing yogurt<br />
CPS-Panel frame C 100<br />
PC<br />
(WINDOWS<br />
95/98/NT)<br />
Computer<br />
assistance<br />
Software:<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
(> 524 200)<br />
CASSY-S-module (> 524 010)<br />
The goal of biotechnology is to use microorganisms,<br />
plant or animal cells and their components<br />
in industrial processes. Biotechnology makes it<br />
possible to exploit the metabolic functions of<br />
these biological systems for production, analysis<br />
or disposal purposes.<br />
The fascination of biotechnology is also due to<br />
the fact that this new field of technology promises<br />
the key to solving crucial problems of the<br />
present and the future. This is a topic which<br />
should not be missed in any course of science<br />
instruction which lays claim to being topical.
Control and reaction monitoring<br />
in fermentation processes<br />
Microorganisms can be used in biological<br />
reactors, e.g. for the production of enzymes<br />
or in the preparation of drugs. However, this<br />
involves extensive measurement and control<br />
equipment to maintain optimal conditions<br />
for growth of the microorganisms used<br />
(e.g. baker's yeast).<br />
A relatively simple and completely safe<br />
example of this is the production of ethanol<br />
from baker's yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae).<br />
This is a biochemical means of preparing<br />
alcohol from sugar using yeast cells. The process<br />
is controlled and monitored by the CASSY-S<br />
module and the software CASSY Lab.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Control and reaction monitoring in fermentation processes<br />
Experiment setup for fermentation<br />
Quantity Description Catalog No.<br />
1 CPS-Biological reactor, basic kit 666 410<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump 666 482<br />
1 Plastic tubing, 6 mm int. dia., 1 m 307 641<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable 666 470<br />
1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm 666 821<br />
1 HWS -turbine stirrer 661 361<br />
1 Stirring seal 661 366<br />
1 Stirrer coupling 661 367<br />
1 CPS ethanol sensor for 666 410 666 411<br />
1 CPS-metering unit 666 413<br />
1 CPS voltage supply, switchable through programable<br />
control signal, TTL signal or contact thermometer 666 471<br />
1 CPS mains distributor 665 497<br />
2 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 pH box 524 035<br />
1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) 667 424<br />
1 Temperature-box (NiCrNi/NTC) 524 045<br />
1 Temperature sensor, NTC 666 212<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, red 500 421<br />
2 Connection lead, 25 cm, blue 500 412<br />
2 Connection lead, 50 cm, black 500 424<br />
3 CPS blank panel, 100 mm 666 464<br />
3 CPS blank panel, 200 mm 666 467<br />
1 CPS blank panel, 300 mm 666 468<br />
1 Adapter for flat ground cover 664 346 664 347<br />
1 Schuko socket strip, 5 sockets (Safety mains sockets) 663 615<br />
additionnally necessary:<br />
1 PC with Windows 95 or 98 or NT<br />
Yeast<br />
Sterile sugar solution<br />
Anaerobic yeast fermentation<br />
monitor plot from CASSY Lab<br />
biotechnology<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
115
iotechnology<br />
Equipment list<br />
Microbial desulfurization of coal<br />
Quantity Description Catalog No.<br />
1 CPS-biological reactor, basic kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 410<br />
1 Controllable aeration pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 482<br />
2 CPS digital pH-meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 450<br />
1 Redox probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 415<br />
1 pH single rod measurement cell (glass electrode) . . . . . . . . 667 424<br />
1 Stirrer motor, 60 to 700 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 821<br />
1 Stirrer, 370 mm with Teflon shaft and Teflon blades,<br />
370 mm, matching to 666 824/825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 826<br />
1 CPS-holder with bosshead, height adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . 666 470<br />
Bacteria strains:<br />
Thiobacillus ferrooxidans<br />
Thiobacillus thiooxidans<br />
*available from Deutsche Sammiung von Mikroorganismen (German Microorganism Collection),<br />
Brunswick, Germany<br />
The values for pH and redox potential are plotted in a diagram against<br />
the time. The redox potential has increased considerably. This can be taken<br />
as an indication that the sulfur and Fe(II) have been oxidized. The pH<br />
remains virtually unchanged.<br />
116 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Microbial<br />
desulfurization of<br />
coal; monitor plot<br />
from CASSY-Lab®<br />
><br />
Microbial desulfurization of coal<br />
Alternative desulfurization methods rely<br />
on removing the sulfur from the coal before<br />
it is burned. Besides chemical methods, the<br />
method of leaching by microorganisms is<br />
being investigated, a method familiar in ore<br />
mining operations.<br />
Microbial desulfurization primarily uses Thiobacillus<br />
ferrooxidans and T. thiooxidans. The<br />
former are capable of obtaining the energy to<br />
maintain their metabolism by oxidizing pyrite<br />
directly. The Fe3+ ions formed in this process<br />
also oxidize the pyrite by purely chemical means.<br />
T. thiooxidans then oxidizes the released elementary<br />
sulfur to sulfuric acid.<br />
CPS experiment<br />
assembly for microbial<br />
desulfurization of coal<br />
668 082<br />
Biotechnology<br />
For more information on<br />
computer-assisted measured-value<br />
recording see page 144<br />
157 Pages, A 4
666 410<br />
CPS-biological reactor<br />
Complete with mounting hardware. Suitable for<br />
experiments on: all fermentation processes<br />
based on the batch method.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 297 x 280 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 10.0 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Beaker with ground lip, 2000 ml<br />
1 Ground glass cover,<br />
2 ST 29, 2 GL 32, 2 GL 18<br />
2 Adapters for standard electrodes<br />
(GL 18 and GL 25)<br />
1 Aeration ring<br />
1 Heating rod, 100 W, ST 29<br />
1 Universal holder for glassware<br />
1 Stirring sleeve, ST 29/32<br />
1 Three-level panel frame (C 100)<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 411<br />
CPS ethanol sensor<br />
Used to measure ethanol either in solution or in<br />
the gas collection chamber. Applications:<br />
· Process monitoring in the manufacture of<br />
ethanol or fermented acetic acid<br />
· Determining the ethanol concentration in liquids<br />
· Determining the ethanol content in the breath<br />
Sensor with sintered ceramic plate in a stainless<br />
steel housing; the sensitivity can be adapted<br />
to suit the particular measurement task by<br />
adjusting the amplifier gain. The electronics are<br />
located in a separate housing on the rear. Can<br />
be connected to the CASSY interface device.<br />
With O-ring and special membrane (two).<br />
Analog output: 0 … 2V<br />
Sensor length: 350 mm, dia.: 20 mm<br />
Length of lead: 1700 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
666 482<br />
CPS aeration pump, controllable<br />
For continuous aeration. The pump can also be<br />
used to create a partial vacuum.<br />
The flow rate can be controlled either manually<br />
(via a control knob) or externally (by means of a<br />
control voltage 0...10V).<br />
Pump capacity: 0...3 l/min,<br />
manually set or externally controllable<br />
Max. pressure: 2 bar<br />
Partial vacuum: min. 380 mbar<br />
Supply voltage: 13 V/1.3 A via enclosed plug-in<br />
supply unit (230 V/50 Hz)<br />
Dimensions:<br />
100 mm x 297 mm x 130 mm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg<br />
666 416<br />
Aeration ring<br />
To supply oxygen to aerobic fermentation processes<br />
in the biological reactor.<br />
For use with CPS aeration pump > 666 482.<br />
Stainless steel.<br />
Length: 300 mm<br />
Diameter: 120 mm<br />
666 418<br />
666 413<br />
CPS metering unit<br />
For metering of liquids via a solenoid valve; the<br />
valve may be operated manually or via a computer.<br />
With two sockets for connection to the relay<br />
output of a computer interface, 1 pushbutton<br />
for manual operation, 1 LED for operation monitoring.<br />
Intended, for example, to maintain the<br />
pH value in the bioreactor during fermentation.<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA<br />
via plug-in power unit (included)<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 297 x 240 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 150 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Reservoir vessel, 250 ml, with built-in scale,<br />
GL 45 screw thread and GL14 screw thread<br />
1 Solenoid valve, 12 V, resistant to alkalis and<br />
acids, with hose nipple<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
666 418<br />
CPS flow-through reactor<br />
Complete with standardized spacers and<br />
mounting hardware. Using the column reactor<br />
can help to clarify biotechnological processes<br />
which take place in a fluid-bed reactor<br />
or in which continuous recirculation of liquids is<br />
necessary. Examples here include:<br />
· Enzyme breakdown of lactose<br />
· Manufacture of invert sugar<br />
· Microbiological recovery of copper from excavated<br />
material (leaching of ore)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
biotechnology<br />
1 Column reactor, 200 mm, with cooling<br />
jacket, 3 GL 14, 2 with nipples for connecting<br />
to a thermostat<br />
1 3-neck round bottom flask, 250 ml, 3 GL 18<br />
1 Labelling plate<br />
1 Experiment panel<br />
1 Book: Biotechnology<br />
Mounting hardware<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
117
biotechnology<br />
666 420<br />
Peristaltic pump<br />
For continuous pumping of liquids.<br />
The flow volume is varied using three different<br />
silicone hoses.<br />
Maximum back pressure: 0.357 bar<br />
Flow volume: 0.75; 2.0; 4.0 [ml/min]<br />
Hose inside diameters: 1.0; 2.5; 5.0 [mm]<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 100 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
666 847<br />
Magnetic stirrer with hotplate<br />
Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via<br />
relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand<br />
rod. Temperature is automatically limited to<br />
350 °C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if<br />
accidentally left on for long periods of time.<br />
The unit is equipped with connector sockets<br />
for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195),<br />
making possible external control of heating<br />
power. The status of the heater and stirring<br />
motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with<br />
power cord and plug.<br />
Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous)<br />
Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia.<br />
Heating power: 600 W, relay control<br />
Temperature constancy: ± 1 K<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 3.2 kg<br />
666 824<br />
Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm<br />
With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core,<br />
10 mm nominal width.<br />
666 821<br />
Stirring motor<br />
118 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
High-torque design for mechanical mixing<br />
of solutions with low and medium viscosity.<br />
Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing.<br />
Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload<br />
protection.<br />
Rotation speed: 40 ... 2.000 min–1<br />
Chuck: for round rods,0.5 ... 8 mm dia.<br />
Power consumption: 50 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V<br />
Dimensions: 60 x 180 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 3.0 kg<br />
666 823<br />
Stirrer<br />
With adjustable stainless steel paddles.<br />
Length: 400 mm<br />
Diameter: 7.5 mm<br />
666 826<br />
Stirrer<br />
665 420<br />
With PFTE shaft and paddles, fitting the<br />
> 666 824 sleeve, KPG tube.<br />
Length: 370 mm<br />
665 498<br />
666 847 666 821<br />
For more stirrers see pages 231<br />
666 824<br />
666 823<br />
666 826<br />
665 498<br />
Peristaltic pump PM 2<br />
Hose pump with controllable capacity,<br />
switchable to control via external clock generator<br />
(e.g. computer). The pump capacity is designed<br />
for long-term constant operation!<br />
Fast replacement of hose section which is<br />
subject to wear via a quick release coupling.<br />
Pump capacity : 0 ... 2 l/h<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 100 x 297 x 140 mm<br />
Experiment panel: 100 x 297 mm<br />
Weight: 2.2 kg<br />
666 195<br />
Contact thermometer<br />
Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc.<br />
Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point<br />
temperature can be set with rotary magnet.<br />
Mercury filled.<br />
Range: -10 ... 250°C<br />
Length: 460 mm<br />
Rod diameter: 9 mm approx.<br />
607 096<br />
KOMET magnetic stirrer bar<br />
Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material<br />
for medium to large stirring quantities. Octagonal<br />
shape.<br />
Length: 50 mm<br />
Diameter: 21 mm<br />
666 825<br />
Stirrer sleeve<br />
With ST 29/32 standard ground joint core,<br />
10 mm nominal width.<br />
Length: 175 mm<br />
666 195<br />
607 096
664 321<br />
Flat ground cover �<br />
Nominal width 150 mm, 4 sockets 29/32 ST.<br />
664 346<br />
Flat ground cover �<br />
Nominal width 150 mm, two sockets ST<br />
29/32, 3 screw connections GL 45, 1 GL 18<br />
screw connection and two adaptors for standard<br />
electrodes /GL 18 and GL 25).<br />
664 347<br />
Adapter for electrodes<br />
For use in connection with standard electrodes<br />
in the biological reactor (> 666 410).<br />
Length: 200 mm<br />
Screw connection: GL 25<br />
666 421<br />
666 421<br />
CPS universal glassware holder<br />
CPS holder for glassware with different radii<br />
and outlet positions.<br />
Experiment panel: 300 x 297 mm<br />
Metal base with spring clip: depth 250 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
666 470<br />
CPS-holder with clamp, height-adjustable<br />
For attachment of equipment using a universal<br />
clamp or devices with stand rod (e.g. stirrer<br />
motor) The holder is height-adjustable along a<br />
slot for adjustment to different spacings. Panel<br />
can be secured against movement.<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 29.7 cm x 12 cm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
�<br />
�<br />
664 340<br />
Flat ground beaker �<br />
Duran ® , nominal width 150 mm.<br />
Contents: 2000 ml<br />
Flange O.D.: 18 mm<br />
Beaker dia.: 154 mm<br />
Height: 200 mm<br />
Weight: 2.0 kg<br />
666 756<br />
Quartz heating element, 1000 W<br />
With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker<br />
> 664 340.<br />
Length: 30 cm.<br />
666 426<br />
CPS panel frame C 100<br />
For holding equipment on CPS panels,<br />
three levels, with wiring tunnel.<br />
Dimensions: 1160 x 930 mm (W x H)<br />
Weight: 7.5 kg<br />
Equipment platforms<br />
For supporting bench-top devices which are to<br />
be integrated into the experiment assemblies.<br />
726 21<br />
726 22<br />
301 312<br />
�<br />
�<br />
35 cm x 44 cm<br />
50 cm x 44 cm<br />
30 cm x 15 cm<br />
�<br />
�<br />
664 326<br />
O-ring �<br />
For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width.<br />
664 325<br />
Quick closure �<br />
For flat ground beakers, 150 nominal width.<br />
666 757<br />
Quartz heating element, 100 W �<br />
With ST 29, fitting the flat ground beaker<br />
(> 664 340).<br />
Length: 300 mm<br />
><br />
666 426<br />
biotechnology<br />
� �<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
�<br />
For more accessories:<br />
see the <strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System,<br />
pages 81<br />
726 21<br />
119
iotechnology<br />
Biochemistry<br />
Equipment list<br />
120 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Separation of chlorophylls<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS chromatography column 666 443<br />
1 CPS drop funnel 666 437<br />
1 Silica gel, 500 g 661 058<br />
1 Beaker, 600 ml 664 132<br />
1 CPS pedestal 666 441<br />
1 Panel frame, C100 666 426<br />
Equipment list<br />
Extraction after Soxhlet<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS extraction setup<br />
after Soxhlet 666 445<br />
1 Joint clip, ST 29/32, metal 665 398<br />
1 Heating mantle,<br />
500 ml, 200W 666 753<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m 667 181<br />
1 Extraction thimble,<br />
diam. 33 mm, set of 25 661 051<br />
1 CPS pedestal 666 441<br />
1 Panel frame, C100 666 426<br />
Equipment list<br />
Gel filtration<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS gel filtration 666 444<br />
1 CPS drop funnel 666 437<br />
1 Sephadex G-25 674 829<br />
1 Bromthymol blue 671 070<br />
1 Dextran blue 671 598<br />
1 Beaker, 600 ml 664 132<br />
1 CPS pedestal 666 441<br />
1 Panel frame, C100 666 426<br />
Constituents of foodstuffs<br />
Protein separations<br />
Modern analysis methods<br />
Important and spectacular scientific discoveries,<br />
e.g. in the areas of protein synthesis, pharmaceuticals,<br />
genetic technology or biological technology,<br />
make biochemical knowledge in natural<br />
science instruction more important than ever.<br />
Until recently, biochemistry teaching was limited<br />
to describing the relative material classes such<br />
as proteins, carbohydrates or fats. The experiment<br />
setups shown here prove that the equipment<br />
of a school laboratory can be used to do a<br />
great deal more.
Creating primitive membranes<br />
Proteinoids in classroom instruction<br />
Using a simple experiment setup, it is possible to create amino-acid membranes,<br />
the so-called proteinoid microspheres.<br />
The reaction takes place under protective gas, resp. nitrogen.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Creating primitive membranes<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Double-necked round-bottom flask,<br />
500 ml, ST 29/32, GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 316<br />
1 Suction part, ST 19/26 with ST cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304<br />
1 Stopcock, single-port, with ST stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 251<br />
1 Joint clip, ST 19/26, metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397<br />
1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753<br />
Chemicals:<br />
1 Asparaginic acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670 681<br />
1 Glutamic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 118<br />
1 Glycine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 131<br />
Sugar membranes<br />
Enzymes can easily be embedded in membranes. Thus, it is possible to create<br />
a “model organism” in the classroom which can be used to explain the<br />
metabolism of a cell.<br />
This experiment additionally requires an enzyme which catalyzes the reaction<br />
to a colored product, e.g. peroxidase [substrate: 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl<br />
benzidine (> 675 074)].<br />
Equipment list<br />
Sugar membranes<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Beaker, 50 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 100<br />
1 Erlenmeyer-flask, 250 ml, nn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 233<br />
1 Syringe, plastic, 20 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 21<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845<br />
1 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850<br />
1 Glass stirring rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 212<br />
Chemicals<br />
1 Sodium alginate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 494<br />
1 Calcium chloride. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 242<br />
Isolating nucleic acids<br />
Nucleic acids can be isolated from wheat<br />
germ and their components identified in a simple<br />
school experiment<br />
><br />
biotechnology<br />
For detailed experiment descriptions<br />
refer to the manual “Biochemistry SII”<br />
(> 668 102).<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
121
iotechnology<br />
Tools for biochemistry experiments<br />
666 010<br />
Microliter pipette<br />
100 µl, with interchangeable tip,<br />
for simple and fast metering of minute volumes.<br />
666 012<br />
Microliter pipette<br />
1000 µl, with interchangeable tip,<br />
for simple, fast metering of minute volumes.<br />
Tips for microliter pipettes<br />
50 pieces<br />
Cat. No. Color Volume<br />
666 011<br />
666 013<br />
665 957<br />
665 955<br />
665 958<br />
666 010<br />
666 012<br />
yellow 100 µl<br />
blue 1000 µl<br />
665 950<br />
Pasteur pipettes<br />
122 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Length: 150 mm, diameter: 7 mm, set of 250.<br />
665 954<br />
Rubber bulbs<br />
Fitting the pipettes, set of 10.<br />
Syringes<br />
With Luer fitting<br />
Cat. No. Volume Graduation<br />
665 957<br />
665 955<br />
665 958<br />
375 21<br />
665 956<br />
665 950<br />
Disposable needles<br />
With Luer fitting. 10 pieces.<br />
Dia.: 0.8 mm<br />
Length: 38 mm<br />
665 954<br />
1 ml 0.1 ml<br />
5 ml 0.5 ml<br />
10 ml 0.5 ml<br />
20 ml 1.0 ml<br />
668 082<br />
Biotechnology - theory and experiments<br />
157 pages, A 4, English.<br />
by C. D. Paul and U. Maerz<br />
The manual provides an introduction to the<br />
subject of biotechnology.<br />
A total of 45 experiment descriptions are presented.<br />
Most of these can be carried out in<br />
schools or vocational education programs and<br />
are designed to accompany the biotechnology<br />
equipment series. The manual lists additional<br />
up-to-date sources, defines important topics<br />
(glossary) and contains suggestions for use in<br />
instruction and training.<br />
The manual covers the following topics:<br />
· Biotechnological production processes<br />
· Biotechnology and environmental protection<br />
· Immobilization of biological catalysts<br />
· Controlling and monitoring of reactions in<br />
fermentation processes<br />
· Classical biotechnology processes<br />
The biotechnological experiments are complemented<br />
by a comprehensive introduction to<br />
microbial and biochemical working techniques.<br />
The experiments are designed so that they can<br />
be carried out in either a vocational context or<br />
in general secondary education.<br />
668 102<br />
Biochemistry SII<br />
142 pages, DIN A 4, 83 experiments;<br />
the book covers the following topics:<br />
· Isolation and chemical analysis<br />
of nucleic acids<br />
· Synthesis of peptides after MERRIFIELD<br />
· Gel filtration<br />
· Ion exchange chromatography<br />
· Liquid chromatography HPLC<br />
· Separation and identification<br />
of proteins by SDS-gel electrophoresis<br />
· Enzymatic determination of glucose<br />
with glucose oxidase and peroxidase<br />
· Modern methods of analysis -<br />
Biological sensors
Osmosis/diffusion<br />
Osmosis is a special instance of diffusion in<br />
which the molecules of a solvent (water in the<br />
simplest case) diffuse through a (semipermeable)<br />
membrane. If such a membrane separates<br />
two solutions of differing concentrations, solvent<br />
molecules will migrate through the membrane<br />
toward the higher-concentration solution<br />
until the concentrations have reached equilibrium.<br />
This process increases the hydrostatic pressure<br />
in the solution which had previously been<br />
more concentrated. The pressure which prevails<br />
at the conclusion of this process is referred to as<br />
the osmotic pressure. Osmotic pressures are of<br />
great significance, above all in biological systems<br />
(across the cell walls).<br />
662 403<br />
Osmosis apparatus/lens model<br />
The osmosis apparatus is used for quick and<br />
easy demonstration of osmotic pressure. It is<br />
supplied ready for use; cleaning is simple.<br />
Two liquids of differing concentration are separated<br />
by a large semipermeable membrane;<br />
the size of the membrane causes an especially<br />
rapid rise in hydrostatic pressure which is<br />
indicated by the capillary tube with the scale<br />
behind it.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 Mounting frames<br />
2 Osmosis vessels (transparent)<br />
4 Mounting rods with 8 knurled nuts<br />
3 Films<br />
5 Semipermeable membranes<br />
2 Capillary tubes, 300 x 8mm<br />
2 Rubber stoppers, SB 19 with hole<br />
2 Rubber stoppers, SB 19 for electrodes<br />
special topics<br />
The “chemical crystalline garden” shown on this<br />
page is an impressive example of such osmotic<br />
processes. The surface of metallic salts reacts<br />
with sodium silicate (water glass), forming silicates<br />
and at the same time creating a semipermeable<br />
skin at the surface which allows water to<br />
penetrate. A hydrostatic pressure develops inside<br />
this skin, causing the skin to rupture. Concentrated<br />
salt solution is discharged, again reacting<br />
with the sodium silicate. This process repeats itself<br />
continuously. In this way a collection of<br />
rapidly growing chemical “plants” is created.<br />
Accessories and spares<br />
667 501<br />
Scale for osmosis apparatus<br />
With mm divisions and 5 cm marking.<br />
Length: 300 mm<br />
667 503<br />
Pig bladder<br />
To demonstrate the permeability of a<br />
natural membrane.<br />
667 512<br />
Membranes<br />
Semipermeable, set of five.<br />
667 513<br />
Cation-permeable membrane<br />
To demonstrate the principle of an ion pump.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Osmosis<br />
123
special topics<br />
667 199<br />
Dialysis tubing<br />
Replacement for the osmosis demonstration<br />
apparatus (> 667 509 ).<br />
Diameter: 18 mm<br />
Length: 1 m<br />
Diffusion<br />
667 495<br />
Gas diffusion apparatus<br />
For demonstrating the various rates of diffusion<br />
of different gases (e.g. hydrogen, CO 2 or air)<br />
using a clay cylinder.<br />
Light gases, such as hydrogen or helium (e.g.<br />
from Minican gas cans), diffuse through a ceramic<br />
cylinder quickly and cause an overpressure<br />
in the Erlenmeyer flask, which is indicated by a<br />
small jet of water.<br />
Without stand material.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Erlenmeyer flask 664 244<br />
1 Rubber stopper with two holes 667 269<br />
1 Glass angle tube with nozzle 665 238<br />
1 Glass tube 180 x 8 mm<br />
1 Rubber stopper with one hole 664 132<br />
1 Beaker, 600 ml<br />
1 Ceramic cylinder<br />
><br />
See pages 280 for gases<br />
667 509<br />
124 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Osmosis demonstration apparatus<br />
For demonstration and measurement of osmotic<br />
pressure. The inner section of the apparatus<br />
is filled with a saline or sugar solution, the outer<br />
part with distilled water. The water diffuses into<br />
the inner container through the semi-permeable<br />
dialysis tubing, making the solution rise in<br />
the capillary until the hydrostatic pressure<br />
generated equals the osmotic pressure.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Test tube SB 29, with side arm<br />
1 Capillary tube, 400 mm long, 8 mm dia.<br />
1 Rubber stopper, SB 29 with 1 hole<br />
1 Rubber stopper, SB 19 with 1 hole<br />
1 Dialysis tubing, attached to glass nozzle,<br />
with stopper seating and tubing clamp<br />
2 Replacement dialysing tubing<br />
Diffusivity is the ability of a substance to permeate<br />
another medium even through porous<br />
materials. This process is particularly noticeable<br />
for gases, as the mobility of gas molecules is far<br />
greater than the molecular motion of solids or<br />
liquids; diffusion can, however, also take place in<br />
solids and liquids.<br />
In diffusion, all molecules in the observation<br />
area eventually mix and the composition becomes<br />
uniform; the time required for complete<br />
mixing depends on the temperature and the<br />
molecular density of gases concerned. Diffusion<br />
is faster at higher temperatures and low molecular<br />
densities than at lower temperatures and<br />
high molecular densities.<br />
In the area of biology diffusion is of great<br />
importance to the exchange of gases in<br />
breathing organs.<br />
Osmosis apparatus with stand material
<strong>Chemistry</strong> of plastics<br />
661 122<br />
Set of plastic samples<br />
For differentiating the physical and chemical<br />
characteristics of altered natural substances<br />
and plastics. The set consists of a storage tray<br />
with approx. 50 samples made of 8 different<br />
types of plastic.<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 300 x 50 mm<br />
Weight: 1.0 kg<br />
664 703<br />
Miniature plastic press<br />
A small-scale press used to manufacture plastic<br />
laminates. The press may be used to make<br />
metal-coated boards from phenol resin plastics,<br />
similar to those used as printed circuit<br />
boards in the electronics industry.<br />
664 705<br />
667 6451<br />
The plastics school, transparency files<br />
DIN A4 volume of transparencies with<br />
explanations and master copies for students<br />
work-sheets.<br />
· 18 three coloured basis transparencies<br />
without text which illustrate the technologies<br />
and production methods for the manufacture<br />
of plastics.<br />
664 700<br />
Reel<br />
For winding up synthetic fibres produced by<br />
precipitation polymerization, interfacial polymerization<br />
or produced in a precipitation bath.<br />
The spool can be attached to a stand without<br />
difficulty.<br />
Length: 310 mm<br />
Diameter: 140 mm<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
664 703 664 704<br />
· 18 Overlays with text giving solutions.<br />
· 18 Master copies<br />
for students work-sheets.<br />
· 2 Transparencies "Polymerisation,<br />
Polycondensation and Polyaddition".<br />
· 2 Transparencies "The Chemical Structure of<br />
the most important Plastics".<br />
special topics<br />
Plastics have influenced and changed our lives<br />
and environment considerably. These materials,<br />
once described as “substitute materials” and<br />
“disposable materials”, have acquired considerable<br />
influence on modern technical processes,<br />
which would be inconceivable or impossible<br />
without these plastics. Therefore, it is no surprise<br />
that the topic “plastics” is an integral part of<br />
modern, environment-related chemistry<br />
instruction. <strong>Chemistry</strong> instruction in the Federal<br />
Republic of Germany has adapted its curriculum<br />
to incorporate the chemistry of plastics.<br />
664 701<br />
Spinning nozzle<br />
For the production of synthetic fibres by means<br />
of precipitation reaction. The substance is filled<br />
into the container and pressed through the<br />
nozzle into the precipitation bath. Complete<br />
set, comprising material container, nozzle plate<br />
and seal.<br />
Length: 150 mm<br />
Diameter: 20 mm<br />
Weight: 0.1 kg<br />
664 704<br />
664 700<br />
Casting mould<br />
664 701<br />
Negative mould for preparing a plastic model.<br />
This mould can, for example, be used to<br />
produce samples of artificial glass from<br />
methacrylic acid methyl ester polymers.<br />
664 705<br />
Plastic processing and vacuum forming device<br />
Combination device used to process plastics<br />
(e.g. cutting, bevelling, bending, turning and<br />
deep drawing). The compact design keeps<br />
material consumption to a minimum. It is<br />
possible nonetheless to cut expanded<br />
polystyrene ("Styrofoam") parts up to 190 mm<br />
high and 370 mm wide, for instance. When<br />
bevelling thermoplastics, parts up to 190 mm<br />
long and 3 mm thick may be used. The heating<br />
zone permits flexibility in bending, allowing for<br />
free-hand shaping. The unit also makes it<br />
possible to turn mouldings and balls. The<br />
vacuum moulding unit included in this set<br />
makes it possible to deep draw polystyrene<br />
panels up to 1 mm thick.<br />
Dimensions: 720 x 410 x 610 mm<br />
Weight: 10.4 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
125
special topics<br />
Equipment list<br />
Producing sulfuric acid with the contact process<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 CPS Gas collector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 432<br />
1 CPS Contact process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 457<br />
1 CPS Gas washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 430<br />
1 CPS Woulff's bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 438<br />
1 CPS Hose fastener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 449<br />
1 Butane gas burner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 714<br />
1 Butane cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 715<br />
2 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 313<br />
1 CPS glass connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 312<br />
2 CPS Blank panel, 300 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 468<br />
3 CPS Blank panel, 200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 467<br />
1 Panel frame, T130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726 09<br />
1 Vandiumpentoxide granulate catalyst, 50 g . . . . . . . . . . . . 675 290<br />
661 541<br />
661 543<br />
Safety tapes<br />
Used to attach the glass section (> 661 542)<br />
to the blast furnace model (> 661 541),<br />
set of 5.<br />
661 541<br />
126 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Blast furnace model<br />
This simplified but fully functional model produces<br />
an impressive demonstration of the<br />
reduction of iron ore. It comprises a stainless<br />
steel body and a glass attachment<br />
(> 661 542), so that the progress of the<br />
reaction can be observed.<br />
The following are required for operation of the<br />
blast furnace model: Activated charcoal,<br />
granulated, 250 g (> 670 201).<br />
Iron ore (hematite, Fe 2 O 3 > 661 139<br />
Electric mini compressor (> 664 752).<br />
A compressed air cylinder with pressure reducing<br />
valve may be used as an alternative.<br />
661 542<br />
Glass shaft attachment (throat)<br />
661 540<br />
Spare part for the blast furnace model,<br />
made of Duran glass.<br />
Length: 250 mm; Diameter: 50 mm at the top<br />
Producing sulfuric acid<br />
with the contact process<br />
Sulfuric acid is produced industrially from SO3 ,<br />
which is derived form SO2 by means of catalytic<br />
oxidation (contact process). Since the solubility<br />
of SO3 in water is extremely low, it is introduced<br />
into concentrated sulfuric acid.<br />
The process: Sulfur is burned. The gaseous products<br />
of combustion are drawn into the first<br />
washing flask with the aid of a water jet pump,<br />
The dye is removed from the solution by a small<br />
portion of the gasses (primarily SO2 ). The larger<br />
volume passes into the combustion tube and is<br />
oxidized by catalytic means, One sees white<br />
clouds of SO3 in the second washing bottle,<br />
which is filled with water. Concentrated sulfuric<br />
acid is present in the third washing bottle, where<br />
S3 is dissolved in the form of H2S2O7 661 540<br />
Thermite experiment<br />
Joining two metals using the thermite welding<br />
process is of great importance both industrially<br />
and chemically. The reduction of iron oxide in<br />
the presence of aluminium induces extremely<br />
high temperatures. The reduced iron fluxes and<br />
thus can form a high strength weld between<br />
two pieces of metal.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Industrial processes<br />
2 Refractory crucibles<br />
1 Tripod<br />
1 Base plate filled with sand to protect the<br />
supporting surface<br />
4 Packages of ready-to-use reaction mixture<br />
1 Package of starter to promote igniting the<br />
reaction mixture<br />
1 Cover plate
The STM chemistry system at a glance<br />
1 Inorganic chemistry Stand set + Basic + +<br />
2 Organic chemistry Stand set + Basic + Distillation<br />
+<br />
3 Analytical chemistry Stand set + Basic<br />
+ Chromatography +<br />
4 Physical chemistry Stand set + Basic<br />
+<br />
5 Chemical processes Stand set + Basic<br />
+<br />
6 Ecology<br />
7 <strong>Chemistry</strong> of foodstuffs Stand set + Basic + Distillation + Chromatography +<br />
8 <strong>Chemistry</strong> of<br />
soaps and detergents Stand set + Basic<br />
+<br />
9 Other topics<br />
9.1 Electrochemistry<br />
stm<br />
STM <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
IC/OC<br />
IC/OC<br />
AN<br />
PC<br />
CP<br />
LC<br />
CSD<br />
The Science Teaching Modules (STM) are<br />
designed to be used by students. They consist of<br />
simple, sturdy equipment, easily understandable<br />
experiment literature and all necessary chemical<br />
sets. Proven, space-saving storage systems are<br />
available for all apparatus.<br />
The system covers all important areas of<br />
chemistry with interesting, proven experiments.<br />
Group of topics Equipment sets Chemical sets Experiment literature<br />
STC 1 Inorganic chemistry<br />
Basic methods/separation<br />
Water<br />
Air and gases and their properties<br />
Acids and bases<br />
Salts<br />
Metals and non-metals<br />
STC 2 Organic chemistry<br />
Preliminary tests<br />
Hydrocarbons<br />
Alcohols, aldehydes and ketones<br />
Carboxylic acids and esters<br />
STC 3 Analytical chemistry<br />
Preliminary tests<br />
Anion and cation detection<br />
Chromatography<br />
STC 4 Physical chemistry<br />
Electrochemical processes<br />
Particle motions and energy<br />
STC 5 Chemical processes<br />
Inorganic key chemicals<br />
Building materials<br />
Glass and ceramics<br />
Ores - metals<br />
Black and white photography<br />
Fertilizers<br />
STC 6 Ecology<br />
Water<br />
Soil<br />
Air<br />
Radiation<br />
Energy<br />
STC 7 <strong>Chemistry</strong> of foodstuffs<br />
Fats<br />
Carbohydrates<br />
Proteins<br />
Active and inactive substances<br />
Stimulants and intoxicants<br />
Chemical set IC<br />
Chemical set OC<br />
Chemical set AN<br />
Chemical set PC<br />
Chemical set CP<br />
Chemical set LC<br />
Chemical set CSD<br />
Changes in food<br />
Food additives<br />
Water<br />
Analysis of foodstuffs<br />
STM- IC<br />
STM- OC<br />
STM- AN<br />
STM- PC<br />
STM- CP<br />
STM- LC<br />
STM- CSD<br />
STC 8 <strong>Chemistry</strong> of soaps and detergents<br />
Production of soaps<br />
Washing and cleaning effects of soaps<br />
Disadvantages and limitations<br />
Modern washing agents<br />
Washing agents and the environment<br />
STC 9 Other topics<br />
Electrochemistry:<br />
Measuring potentials<br />
Concentration chains and solubility products<br />
pH measurement and titration<br />
Applied electrochemistry<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
127
stm<br />
Equipment storage<br />
There are two basic storage systems:<br />
storage by set or block storage.<br />
Both systems have the following advantages:<br />
· Quick inventory checking before and after<br />
experimenting<br />
· Illustrated storage charts with equipment lists<br />
and catalog numbers<br />
· Recessed bottoms for non-sliding stacking<br />
capability<br />
Block storage<br />
Identical apparatus are stored in a storage unit in<br />
groups of five.<br />
· Convenient collection of frequently used<br />
components in a single tray.<br />
· Issue only the equipment necessary for<br />
a particular experiment.<br />
· Time-saving equipment distribution and<br />
collection.<br />
· Quick inventory checking before and<br />
after experimenting<br />
· Front panels with illustrated labels<br />
with storage suggestions and numbering.<br />
· Space-saving storage in standard cabinets.<br />
128 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Set storage<br />
All equipment for a single module is stored in<br />
one or more preformed storage trays.<br />
· Clear equipment storage for one working<br />
group each.<br />
· Convenient equipment distribution and<br />
collection.<br />
· Easy-to-recognize preformed slots<br />
· Storage in standard cabinets.
The atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb<br />
serve to illustrate the true steric configuration of<br />
molecular models with covalent bonds - primarily<br />
in the field of organic chemistry. Being spatial<br />
components reflecting in correct proportions<br />
the distances between the atoms, these models<br />
are of significance both inresearch and in school<br />
instruction at the upper grade levels.<br />
The atomic models illustrate the sphere of<br />
action of the individual atoms in covalent<br />
bonds at magnification of 1.5 x 10 8 .<br />
A distance of 15 cm in a molecule assembled<br />
from the atomic thus corresponds to a distance<br />
of 10 Å = 1 nm = 10 -9 m in the actual molecule.<br />
The shapes and dimensions of the models have<br />
been selected in accordance with the latest findings<br />
and have been chosen so as to represent<br />
the various methods for calculating these values;<br />
they compensate for deviations which may appear<br />
in the internuclear spacings and in the<br />
valence angles in ring compounds, for instance.<br />
The possibilities for assembling organic compounds<br />
are virtually unlimited ranging form the<br />
simple ethanol model through to representation<br />
of the haemin-iron complex.<br />
660 788<br />
Cat. No. Description Color 660 788 660 782<br />
660 700<br />
660 701<br />
660 705<br />
660 706<br />
660 707<br />
660 708<br />
660 710<br />
660 711<br />
660 712<br />
660 713<br />
660 714<br />
660 715<br />
660 718<br />
660 719<br />
660 730<br />
660 731<br />
660 782<br />
660 788<br />
Set of atomic models, S,<br />
for schools<br />
Hydrogen white 14 30<br />
Hydrogen bridge white 10<br />
Fluorine dark yellow 4<br />
Chlorine green 3 4<br />
Bromine brown 4<br />
Iodine<br />
C-aliphatic<br />
violett 4<br />
black 6 12<br />
C-ethylene<br />
C-aromatic<br />
black 4 8<br />
C-aromatic, condensed<br />
black 6 10<br />
C-5 ring, saturated<br />
black 2<br />
C-5 ring, unsaturated<br />
black 5<br />
black 4<br />
C-allene black 2<br />
C-acetylene black 2<br />
Nitrogen amino blue 2 2<br />
Nitrogen azo blue 2<br />
Used to represent more than 150 aliphatic,<br />
aromatic and cyclic compounds.<br />
660 782<br />
illustrative media<br />
Illustrative media<br />
Atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb<br />
660 732<br />
660 733<br />
660 735<br />
660 750<br />
660 751<br />
660 755<br />
660 756<br />
660 764<br />
660 765<br />
660 766<br />
660 770<br />
660 776<br />
Accessories<br />
660 790<br />
660 791<br />
660 796<br />
Set of atomic models, C,<br />
for larger organic structures<br />
Sufficient to satisfy most requirements in regard<br />
to the structures to be illustrated.<br />
Cat. No. Description Color 660 788 660 782<br />
Nitrogen aromatic blue 2<br />
Nitrogen group red/blue 1 2<br />
Nitrogen -5 ring, unsaturated blue 2<br />
Oxygen, carbonyl red 2 4<br />
Oxygen, ether red 6 6<br />
Sulfur, sulfane yellow 2<br />
Sulfur, thiophene<br />
Phosphorus, tetrahedral<br />
Phosphorus-oxygen group<br />
yellow<br />
light brown<br />
1<br />
Sulfone group<br />
red/light brown<br />
red/yellow<br />
Metal, planar, covalent silver-bronze<br />
Aluminium silver-bronze<br />
Set of 10 dual bonds<br />
(metal) 2 11<br />
Set of 10 clamping springs 2 3<br />
Ejector for dual bonds connectors 1 1<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
129
illustrative media<br />
Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb<br />
Cat. No. 660 700 * 660 701 *<br />
and description H H-bridge F Cl<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
Use For hydrogen<br />
bridge bonds<br />
Effective radii r � and r � r � = 1.5 cm r � = 1.5 cm r � = 1.9 cm r � = 2.3 cm<br />
Calotte height h h = 1.8 cm h = 1.2 cm h = 2.9 cm h = 3.8 cm<br />
(in bond direction) (with spring)<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; �<br />
Color white white dark yellow green<br />
* Connector permanently attached in calottes > 660 700 and > 660 701<br />
Cat. No.<br />
and description Br J C-aliph. C-ethylene<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
660 707<br />
660 708<br />
Carbon for aliphatic Carbon for ethylene<br />
hydrocarbons, also f double bonds in open chains<br />
or saturated rings with 6 chains and ring systems, for<br />
Use or more atoms double bonds in six-membered<br />
rings, for cyclooctatetraene<br />
and quinones as<br />
well as carbonyl groups, etc.<br />
660 710<br />
Effective radii r� and r� r� = 2.6 cm r� = 2.7 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm<br />
r� = 2.4 cm<br />
Calotte height h h = 4.3 cm h = 4.7 cm h = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm<br />
h2 = 4.8 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = � = � = � = 110° � = � = � = 120°<br />
Color brown violett black black<br />
130 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
660 705<br />
660 706<br />
660 711
Cat. No<br />
and description C-arom. C-arom, kond. C-5 ring, sat. C-5 ring, unsat.<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
660 712<br />
660 713<br />
Twin model as Carbon for unsaturated<br />
Use Carbon for intermediate piece for Carbon for saturated five-membered rings, also<br />
aromatic compounds assembling condensed five-membered rings for use in condensed<br />
aromatic ring systems ring systems<br />
Effective radii r� and r� r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm<br />
r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm<br />
Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm<br />
h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = � = � = 120° � = 120° � = 108°, � = 110°, � = 106°, � = 120°,<br />
� = 110° � = 134°<br />
Color black black Black, side faces Black, side faces<br />
between � and � yellow between � and � yellow<br />
Cat. No<br />
660 714<br />
illustrative media<br />
and description C-allene C-acetylene N-amino N-azo<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
660 718<br />
660 719<br />
Carbon for Nitrogen for amino<br />
Nitrogen for<br />
azo and diazo<br />
Use making allene Carbon for groups, hydrazines, compounds, imidoether,<br />
compounds acetylene hydroxylamines, hydrazide amidines, guanidines,<br />
and ketenes oximes, imines<br />
660 715<br />
Effective radii r� and r� r� = 1.9 cm r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.0 cm r� = 1.9 cm<br />
r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm<br />
Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h = 2.0 cm h = 3.0 cm h1 = 3.1 cm<br />
h2 = 4.8 cm h2 = 4.8 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 180° � = 180° � = � = � = 110° � = 120°<br />
Color black black blue blue with slot and eyelet<br />
for hydrogen bridge bond<br />
660 730<br />
660 731<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
131
illustrative media<br />
Overview of the atomic models after Stuart and Briegleb<br />
Cat. No 660 732 * 660 733 *<br />
and description N-aromatic NO 2 N-5 ring, unsat. O-carbonyl<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
Nitrogen for six-membered Nitrogen for double bonds in Oxygen for combining<br />
Use rings like pyridine, quinoline, Nitro-group unsaturated five-membered carbonyl groups in ketones,<br />
pyrimidine, pyrazine etc. rings like pyrazole, aldehydes, chinones<br />
imidazole, purin etc. and carbonic acids<br />
Effective radii r� and r� r� = 1.9 cm rN = 1.0 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.8 cm<br />
r� = 2.4 cm rN = 0.9 cm r� = 2.4 cm r� = 2.4 cm<br />
Calotte height h h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 3.1 cm h1 = 2.6 cm<br />
h2 = 4.8 cm h1 = 4.8 cm h1 = 4.8 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 120° � = 127° � = 106°<br />
Color blue with slot and eyelet for red and blue blue, red with slot and eyelet for<br />
Cat. No<br />
132 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
660 735<br />
660 750<br />
hydrogen bridge bond side faces yellow hydrogen bridge bond<br />
and description O-ether S-sulfane S-thiophene P-tetr.<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
660 751<br />
660 755<br />
660 756<br />
Oxygen for hydroxyl group, Sulfur for inclusion in Organic phosphate<br />
Use ethers, esters and heterocyclic rings Sulfur for sulfide five-membered rings of esters and their<br />
rings with 5 or more atoms,<br />
also lactones<br />
hydricles and sulphicles thiophene type metal chelates<br />
Effective radii r � and r � r � = 1.9 cm r � = 2.2 cm r � = 2.0 cm r � = 2.3 cm<br />
Calotte height h h = 2.9 cm h = 3.7 cm h = 3.2 cm h = 3.7 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 109° � = 100° � = 116° � = � = � = � = 110°<br />
Color red yellow yellow, light brown<br />
side faces brown<br />
660 764
Cat. No.<br />
and description P=O-group SO 2 group Metal, planar, covalent Aluminum<br />
Atomic symbol<br />
Sectional view<br />
660 765<br />
660 766<br />
660 770<br />
illustrative media<br />
660 776<br />
For constructing models<br />
of plane metal chelates with In organic and<br />
Use In organic In sulfone groups covalent d s p2-bond, e.g. in coordination<br />
phosphate groups di-salicyl-aldehyde ethylene<br />
diimine-Co<br />
compounds<br />
II<br />
Effective radii r� and r� r� = 1.9 cm r� = 1.9 cm r� = 2.5 cm r� = 2.5 cm<br />
r� = 2.3 cm r� = 2.1 cm<br />
Calotte height h hP = 3.7 cm hS = 3.6 cm h = 3.9 cm h = 4.4 cm<br />
hP=O = 6.4 cm hS=O = 6.4 cm<br />
Valance angle �; �; �; � � = 105° � = 110° � = � = � = � = 90° � = � = � = 120°<br />
Color red red and yellow silver-bronze silver-bronze<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
133
illustrative media<br />
Molecular models<br />
667 757<br />
667 758<br />
Molecular building system<br />
Ball and stick model - particularly suitable for<br />
spatial demonstration of molecules and crystals<br />
in general secondary education. Due to its<br />
great clarity, the good size and its robust<br />
design, this set is particularly suitable for elementary<br />
introduction to chemical bonding.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Ball, stick and calotte model<br />
of ethanol<br />
667 758<br />
Quantity Shape Size Colour Element<br />
28 Ball 30 mm dia. natural, polished Hydrogen<br />
2 Ball 40 mm dia. gray Metal<br />
4 Ball 40 mm dia. green Chlorine<br />
4 Ball 40 mm dia. yellow Fluorine<br />
4 Ball 40 mm dia. violet Iodine<br />
2 Ball 40 mm dia. brown Bromine<br />
6 Ball 40 mm dia. black Carbon<br />
12 Ball 40 mm dia. black Carbon<br />
12 Ball 40 mm dia. red Oxygen<br />
8 Ball 40 mm dia. yellow Sulphur, fluorine<br />
4 Ball 40 mm dia. blue Nitrogen<br />
20 Stick 8 mm dia. x 80 mm natural Cross-slits<br />
30 Stick 8 mm dia. x 50 mm natural Cross-slits<br />
6 Spring 8/10 mm dia. x 130 mm Bonds<br />
134 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 757<br />
Molecular building system MINOR<br />
For the assembly of ball/stick and calotte<br />
models.<br />
The 31 different molecule elements (atoms)<br />
made of impact-resistant plastic in the standard<br />
international colours (10) have holes in<br />
them to accommodate the short and long<br />
connecting pieces (bonds). The angles of these<br />
holes have been chosen in such a way that “toscale<br />
molecules” can be assembled either with<br />
sticks or calottes. The building system is suitable<br />
for presentation of the spatial structures<br />
particularly of larger molecules and their specific<br />
characteristics, in both demonstrations and<br />
students' exercises.<br />
The wooden box with 12 compartments<br />
and removable lid contains 171 atom models,<br />
134 bonding elements and a calotte<br />
detachment tool.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Quantity Description Colour<br />
40 Hydrogen calotte white<br />
36 Hydrogen white<br />
18 Carbon tetrahedral black<br />
6 Carbon aromatic black<br />
1 Carbon double bond<br />
ethane skeleton black<br />
1 Carbon triple bond ethyne skeleton black<br />
1 Benzene skeleton black<br />
14 Oxygen red<br />
4 Oxygen red<br />
2 Sulphur, tetrahedral yellow<br />
8 Sulphur yellow<br />
2 Phosphorous, trigonal pyramidal orange<br />
4 Nitrogen, pyramidal blue<br />
1 Nitrogen, planar blue<br />
2 Nitrogen, aromatic blue<br />
1 Nitrogen, ammonium tetrahedral blue<br />
4 Flourine violet<br />
4 Chlorine green<br />
4 Bromine brown<br />
4 Metal green<br />
2 Metal gray<br />
2 Metal gray<br />
2 Metal, pyramidal gray<br />
2 Metal, tetrahedral gray<br />
2 Metal, planar gray<br />
1 Metal, trigonal pyramidal gray<br />
1 Metal, octahedral gray<br />
60 Single bonds dark gray<br />
14 Multiple bonds dark gray<br />
68 Calotte bonds black
Illustrating molecule and crystal structures using<br />
models makes it easier to impart knowledge of<br />
chemical interrelationships. In many cases, it is<br />
the only way to teach the structures of molecules<br />
and crystal lattices.<br />
The molecular building systems are intended<br />
for various topic areas in chemistry; thus,<br />
they comprise different arrangements of<br />
atoms and binding sticks. All models<br />
described on this page have the same scale<br />
(30 mm = 10 -10 m = 1 Å), so that they can be<br />
combined with each other.<br />
The atoms are represented using colored<br />
plastic centers; the color and the angle of<br />
the bond sticks have a great variety. This<br />
permits even complicated structures to be accu-<br />
667 754<br />
Molecular model set for biochemical structures<br />
With 400 atoms and 400 bond sticks,<br />
for assembling peptides, nucleic acids,<br />
steroids etc.<br />
Set includes detailed instructions.<br />
rately reproduced. The molecule models are<br />
supplemented by a student's set, which allows<br />
the students to practice using the system<br />
outside of the classroom. Thus they learn to<br />
recognize the typical bond and structured forms<br />
of organic chemical molecules.<br />
667 759<br />
DNA model<br />
Consisting of 880 atoms, bond sticks, as<br />
well as two circular wooden plates and plastic<br />
strings for suspending the model in the room.<br />
The model shown displays the DNA code for<br />
the enzyme lysozyme. It is highly suited for<br />
group project work. Described on the enclosed<br />
cards is the way in which to assemble the<br />
model and the process of transcription.<br />
The model is supplied fully separated.<br />
667 750<br />
Students' model set system<br />
With 63 atoms and 70 bond sticks. For representing<br />
about 150 standard compounds of<br />
organic chemistry.<br />
Set includes detailed instructions.<br />
667 751<br />
Set of 700 bond sticks<br />
Fits molecular sets > 667 750 , > 667 753<br />
and > 667 754 , consisting of 500 green<br />
bond sticks and 200 red bond sticks,<br />
each 30 mm long.<br />
667 753<br />
illustrative media<br />
Molecular model sets<br />
Molecular model set for inorganic<br />
and organic chemistry<br />
With 540 atoms and 400 bond sticks. For<br />
assembling organic and inorganic structures up<br />
to carbohydrates or polymers.<br />
Set includes detailed instructions.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
135
illustrative media<br />
Orbital models<br />
Orbital model set<br />
136 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Orbital model of ethene<br />
667 641<br />
The orbital model set enables the ground<br />
states of the carbon atom, its hybridization,<br />
double bond, triple bond, protonation and<br />
other interesting reaction mechanisms to be<br />
explained in an easily understandable manner.<br />
The storage box includes a description.<br />
Dimensions: 325 x 220 x 55 mm<br />
Weight: 2020 g<br />
667 642<br />
Fullerene-C-60<br />
In addition to graphite and diamond, a further<br />
form of carbon has been discovered in recent<br />
years: the fullerene family. The most important<br />
representative of this family is the C-60 molecule.<br />
This model is fully assembled and made<br />
of 100% plastic.<br />
Diameter: approx. 140 mm<br />
Weight: 44 g
667 760<br />
Set of 14 Bravais lattices<br />
According to Bravais, contains the seven primitive<br />
translation lattices, which correspond to<br />
the seven translation lattices which build on the<br />
first seven lattices in a face-centered or bodycentered<br />
fashion.<br />
These 14 lattices form the basic types from<br />
which almost all natural crystals are derived.<br />
The lattice models have an edge length of<br />
about 15 cm. They are assembled using 9 to<br />
14 balls with a diameter of 25 mm, connected<br />
by metal rods.<br />
667 763<br />
Set of 9 crystal lattices<br />
Basic series of the nine most important structural<br />
types, contains crystal lattice models for<br />
copper, magnesium, diamond, rock salt, graphite,<br />
cesium chloride, wurtzite, calcite and a<br />
general triclinic translation lattice. The crystal<br />
lattice models are made of balls 20 mm in diameter<br />
and connected with metal rods.<br />
667 765<br />
Crystal lattice graphite I<br />
Diameter: 120 mm<br />
Height: 300 mm<br />
667 766<br />
Crystal lattice diamond<br />
Diameter: 180 mm<br />
667 767<br />
Crystal lattice rock salt<br />
Dimensions: 250 x 250 x 250 mm<br />
667 769<br />
Crystal lattice ice<br />
Diameter: 400 mm<br />
667 760<br />
667 763<br />
667 767 667 769<br />
667 765 667 766<br />
illustrative media<br />
Crystal lattice models<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
137
illustrative media<br />
667 678<br />
Periodic table of the elements<br />
Transparency for use with the overhead projector. The table makes it possible<br />
to illustrate the electron configuration for elements in the first to fifth periods,<br />
including the subgroup elements. With term diagram in wich the electron<br />
configurations can be illustrated by inserting plastic plugs; elements<br />
can be marked using plastic disks.<br />
Dimensions: 250 x 250 mm<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Acrylic glass plate<br />
5 Coloured disks<br />
60 Plastic pins<br />
667 7062<br />
Isotope chart<br />
By G. Schuster and U. Lamberts. Wall chart, four-colour offset, mounted on<br />
linen with rolling staves at the top and bottom. The isotope chart contains<br />
all the stable and unstable isotopes of the elements. They are shown in a<br />
neutron-proton coordinate system.<br />
Dimensions: 195 cm x 138 cm<br />
667 712<br />
Periodic table of the elements<br />
Wall chart; 4-color print on flexible plastic.<br />
Representation in accordance with the international<br />
Union for Pure and Applied <strong>Chemistry</strong><br />
(I.U.P.A.C.). Long period with detailed information<br />
as to the electron configuration in all shells<br />
in the normal state. Atomic masses are referenced<br />
to 1 /12 of the atomic mass of the<br />
carbon 12 C isotope. Detailed explanatory literature<br />
is included with the chart.<br />
Dimensions: 195 cm x 138 cm<br />
667 7102<br />
Spectrum chart<br />
138 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Multicolour offset print wall chart, on cloth<br />
backing with roller rods at the top and bottom.<br />
This chart shows twelve different spectra in the<br />
form of prismatic spectra, all at identical total<br />
dispersion in a range from 380 nm 667 712, A 4 format. Detailed<br />
explanatory text on the rear of the sheet.<br />
Dimensions: 319 x 219 mm.
667 651<br />
Rock collection, basic collection<br />
Basic set containing the 20 most important<br />
types, wooden box 260 x 480 mm.<br />
The rocks of this collection provide a systematic<br />
representation (e.g. deep-seated rock,<br />
igneous rock, sediments etc.) for an introduction<br />
to the structure of geological formations.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Sand Shell lime<br />
Loess Brownstone<br />
Quartz conglomerate Halite<br />
Alkali basalt Liparite<br />
Quartz trachyte Anthracite<br />
Lignite Coral lime<br />
(Common) Chalk Clay slate<br />
Lithographic sheet limestone Graptolitic slate<br />
Posidonien slate Phyllite slate<br />
Biotite granite<br />
667 654<br />
Minerals<br />
Collection of the 30 minerals most commonly<br />
used in industry, in a wooden case 260 x 380<br />
mm, with plastic inserts measuring 45 x60 mm.<br />
The collection demonstrates clearly that many<br />
of the minerals used in daily life must be recovered<br />
from minerals which are found in<br />
nature and then refined for use.<br />
All the essential raw materials for metals production<br />
(e.g. for lead, copper, aluminium), for<br />
insulation materials, ceramic products, lubricants<br />
etc., are included. The minerals are taken<br />
from the classical mining regions and have<br />
been selected as typical and especially easily<br />
remembered samples of the mineral.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
667 654<br />
Apatite Andalusite<br />
Phosphorite Cyanite<br />
Chile saltpeter Quartz<br />
Magnesite Quartz sand<br />
Dolomite Diatomite<br />
Sassoline Amazonite<br />
Sulfur Stilbite<br />
Gypsum Muscovite<br />
Anhydrite Vermiculite<br />
Barite Graphite<br />
Fluorite Lardite<br />
Limestone Kaoline<br />
Chalk Montmorillonite<br />
Corundum Halite<br />
Sillimanite Sylvite<br />
illustrative media<br />
Geoscience sets<br />
Geoscience sets<br />
Designed to improve understanding of the<br />
structure of the earth’s crust. Each collection<br />
is organized and arranged in a sturdy storage<br />
box. All samples are numbered and described<br />
precisely in the enclosed list. The occurrence,<br />
chemical composition as well as the technical<br />
use of the individual samples is discussed in<br />
particular detail.<br />
667 653<br />
Metal ores<br />
Collection of 40 industrially important ores,<br />
wooden box 260 x 495 mm, with plastic inserts<br />
45 x 60 mm.<br />
The collection contains the world's most<br />
important raw materials for metals production,<br />
e.g. for the metals: aluminum, antimony,<br />
beryllium, lead, chrome, iron, cobalt, copper,<br />
magnesium, manganese, nickle, mercury,<br />
tantalum, zinc, tin.<br />
All samples have been selected from extremely<br />
rich deposits.<br />
The collection is supplied complete with<br />
explanatory booklet which describes the chemical<br />
composition, world-wide deposits<br />
and areas of application.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Magnetite Cinnabar<br />
Hematite Auripigment<br />
Siderite Antimonite<br />
Limonite Quartz<br />
Psilomelanite Bauxite<br />
Braunite Magnesite<br />
Rhodonite Dolomite<br />
Skutterudite Beryl<br />
Chromite Pyrite<br />
Descloizite Pyrrhotite<br />
llmenite Calcite<br />
Molybdenite Strontianite<br />
Scheelite Celestite<br />
Chalcopyrite Barite<br />
Copper schist Lepidolite<br />
Azurite Halite<br />
Galenite Sylvine<br />
Sphalerite Carnallite<br />
Smithsonite Pandermite<br />
Cassiterite<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
139
illustrative media<br />
140 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 652<br />
Pig-iron production<br />
A collection of 15 samples in a wooden case<br />
230 x 280 mm, with plastic inserts measuring<br />
45 x 60 mm.<br />
The collection contains 15 selected, typical<br />
samples of raw materials, intermediate stages<br />
and final products in steel production. The<br />
collection is particularly suitable for explaining<br />
the blast furnace process and steel refining,<br />
since the progress from the raw ore to the ultimate<br />
steel products is shown quite clearly.<br />
The chemical compositon is indicated for all<br />
specimens.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Coke LD-AC furnace dust<br />
Limestone LD slay<br />
Hematite Metallurgical sand<br />
Limonite Foamed sand<br />
Magnetite Mineral concrete<br />
LD sinter Gray pig iron<br />
LD-AC sinter Steel<br />
LD furnace dust<br />
667 650<br />
Mohs hardness scale<br />
Collection of minerals in a wooden case<br />
230 x 130 mm.<br />
The determination of a mineral's hardness is<br />
based on an internationally recognized standard<br />
set of minerals of increasing hardness. All<br />
these minerals are present, using specimens<br />
which were especially selected for use in<br />
hardness testing.<br />
The diamond chip is mounted in a steel stylus.<br />
A magnetic pin, cleavage knife and streak plat<br />
are provided for additional classification experiments.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Talcum Feldspar<br />
Gypsum Quartz<br />
Calcite Topaz<br />
Fluorite Corundum<br />
Apatite Diamond
667 655<br />
Crystals<br />
Collection of 25 pieces, housed in a case<br />
170 x 245 mm, with plastic inserts measuring<br />
45 x 30 mm.<br />
The crystalline form specific to each mineral<br />
reflects the molecular or atomic structure. With<br />
the use of appropriate ancillary equipment it is<br />
thus possible to demonstrate the physical and<br />
chemical characteristics of the crystals which<br />
are dependent on the structure. In addition,<br />
knowledge in the field of crystallography is one<br />
of the prime requirements for understanding<br />
mineralogy.<br />
The collection contains examples of all seven<br />
classes of crystals. The Miller indices for the<br />
major facets are noted on the labels.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Fluorite Rutile<br />
Garnet Copper pyrite<br />
Galena Scapolite<br />
Magnetite Aragonite<br />
Pyrite I Topaz<br />
Pyrite II Staurolite<br />
Apatite Gypsum<br />
Vanadinite Augite<br />
Corundum Hornblende<br />
Calcite Adularia<br />
Tourmaline Orthoclase<br />
Quartz Copper<br />
illustrative media<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
141
illustrative media<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> manuals at a glance<br />
Cat. No. Title<br />
668 082<br />
668 102<br />
668 132<br />
668 222<br />
668 332<br />
668 422<br />
668 432<br />
668 642<br />
668 652<br />
668 662<br />
668 732<br />
668 802<br />
Biotechnology<br />
Biochemical methods, biochemistry S II<br />
Demonstration experiments in electrochemistry<br />
(manual for 664 400/407)<br />
From crude oil to fuels and lubricants, manual<br />
(manual for 661 501)<br />
Ecological experiments with the case for<br />
environmental measurements 666 220<br />
Electrochemistry, students' experiments<br />
(manual for 664 380/396)<br />
Fuel cells and air cells<br />
Ecology, teacher's manual<br />
Ecology I, water analysis, student's manual<br />
Ecology II, soil and air analysis, student's manual<br />
Electrophoresis, experiments with the flat-bed<br />
electrophoresis chamber 665 509<br />
Demonstration Experiments <strong>Chemistry</strong>: <strong>General</strong> chemistry<br />
142 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY
computerunterstütztes experimentieren<br />
CASSY-S family with software 144<br />
Sensor boxes and accessories 150<br />
Order lists 160<br />
Popularly priced packages 162<br />
computer-assisted<br />
experimenting<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
143
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Bring state-of-the-art computer-based measuring<br />
into your natural-sciences classroom<br />
CASSY-S family<br />
The new generation of our popular CASSY computer-assisted measuring<br />
system provides the most complete range of functionalities ever for recording<br />
measured values in physics, chemistry, biology and electrical engineering/electronics<br />
instruction. The various new CASSY-S modules can be<br />
combined in a variety of ways. Up to eight modules can be cascaded for<br />
complex demonstration experiments—or alternatively, each unit can be<br />
used as a stand-alone measuring station. The connectivity capabilities of<br />
each module or module array via the serial RS 232 interface makes possible<br />
mobile deployment on multiple computers. The CASSY Display module<br />
lets you evaluate your measurements independently of a computer. The<br />
physics<br />
cassy<br />
chemistry<br />
biology<br />
Flexible<br />
…the unique physical design<br />
enables versatile deployment<br />
of equipment in lessons.<br />
Devices can be inclined at<br />
different angles or used in<br />
panel frames<br />
144 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
result: equipment that can be adapted to meet individual classroom needs<br />
and optimized equipment collections at an affordable price.<br />
The unique physical design enables the modules to be used in a flexible<br />
manner in the classroom. The folding feet allow you to set up the device in<br />
any one of three different angles. The top and bottom edges have been<br />
formed so that they fit securely in the experiment frame systems (CPS/TPS<br />
System). And with its sturdy aluminum housing and scratch-resistant front<br />
membrane, CASSY-S is tough enough to stand up to daily use in real classrooms.<br />
Compatible<br />
...all CASSY sensor boxes<br />
and sensors can be used<br />
with CASSY-S<br />
Cascadable<br />
…up to eight modules can be<br />
connected to one serial interface<br />
or to CASSY-Display
Titration of common vinegar<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY 524 010<br />
1 CASSY Lab 524 200<br />
1 pH box 524 035<br />
1 pH single-rod electrode 667 424<br />
1 Conductivity box 524 037<br />
1 Conductivity measuring cell 667 426<br />
1 Magnet stirrer 666 845<br />
1 Beaker, 250 ml, ts 664 113<br />
1 Stand tube 666 607<br />
3 Double bossheads 301 09<br />
3 Universal clamps 666 555<br />
1 Burette, 50 ml 665 847<br />
1 Burette funnel 665 816<br />
1 Pipette, 10 ml 665 975<br />
1 Pipetting ball 666 003<br />
1 PC with Windows 95/98/NT<br />
524 202<br />
Software manual for CASSY Lab<br />
All information on using CASSY Lab, plus all experiment examples, in a<br />
single ring binder.<br />
524 200<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
The high-performance CASSY Lab software immediately detects which<br />
CASSY modules are connected to the serial interface, as well as all connected<br />
sensor boxes. Just click on the sensor box in the display and the software<br />
automatically configures the corresponding hardware for the experiment.<br />
The software is supplied with detailed experiment examples, including<br />
complete setup instructions. When these examples are opened, CASSY Lab<br />
loads all settings required, so that the software is ready to run the measurement<br />
immediately. In addition to the CASSY-S devices, the software also<br />
supports other instruments with serial interface (e.g. hand-held measuring<br />
instruments, balances, etc.). The state-of-the-art 32-bit software is designed<br />
to run under Windows 9x/NT. It is available as a single-user license or as a<br />
school site license - equip your entire school at once!<br />
Plug and play<br />
...automatic detection and<br />
configuration or CASSY ® and<br />
sensor boxes.<br />
><br />
Updates available for download<br />
free of charge at our website:<br />
http://www.leybold-didactic.com<br />
This same information is provided<br />
with the software in electronic form,<br />
and can be printed out.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
145
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor-CASSY is equipped with two electrically<br />
isolated voltage/sensor box inputs as well as one<br />
alternative current input with switchable<br />
measuring ranges. The built-in adjustable<br />
voltage source supplies a holding magnet or electronic<br />
experiment – no external power supply<br />
required. The powerful<br />
switchover relay is a useful tool in<br />
numerous experiments.<br />
146 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
524 010<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
Cascadable interface for measured-value recording.<br />
· For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer,<br />
another CASSY module or the CASSY Display<br />
· 4-fold electrical isolation (inputs A and B, relay R, voltage source S).<br />
· Cascading of up to 8 CASSY module possible (to expand inputs and outputs)<br />
· Up to 8 analog inputs per Sensor-CASSY retrofittable using sensor boxes<br />
· Automatic sensor box detection by CASSY Lab (plug and play)<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with<br />
software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements)<br />
· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit<br />
(also suitable for CPS/TPS panel frames)<br />
· Voltage supply 12V AC/DC via cannon plug or an adjacent CASSY module<br />
5 analog inputs<br />
(any two inputs A and B usable simultaneously)<br />
2 analog voltage inputs A and B on 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Resolution: 12 bits<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.3/1/3/10/30/100 V<br />
Measurement error: ± 1 % plus 0.5 % of range end value<br />
Input resistance: 1 MΩ<br />
Scanning rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s per input)<br />
Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values per input)<br />
1 Analog current input A on 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.1/0.3/1/3 A<br />
Measurement error: voltage error plus 1 %<br />
Input resistance: < 0.5 Ω (except under overload)<br />
See voltage inputs for further data.<br />
2 analog inputs at sensor box connector sites A and B.<br />
(all CASSY sensor boxes and sensors can be connected)<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 0.003/0.01/0.03/0.1/0.3/1 V<br />
Input resistance: 10 kΩ<br />
See voltage inputs for further data.<br />
The technical data will change depending on a connected sensor box.<br />
In this case CASSY Lab automatically detects the possible measurement<br />
quantities and ranges when a sensor box is attached.<br />
4 timer inputs with 32-bit counters at sensor box sites A and B.<br />
(e.g. for BMW box, GM box or timer box)<br />
Counting frequency: max. 100 kHz<br />
Time resolution: 0.25 µs<br />
Measuring time between two events at same input: min. 100 µs<br />
Measuring time between two events at different inputs: min. 0.25 µs<br />
Memory: max. 10,000 time points (= 2,500 values per input)<br />
1 changeover relay (switching indication via LED)<br />
Range: max. 100 V / 2 A<br />
1 Analog output (PWM-output) (pulse-width modulated,<br />
switchable voltage source, LED switching state indicator,<br />
e.g. for holding magnet or supplying experiment)<br />
Variable voltage range: max. 16 V / 200 mA (load ≥ 80 Ω)<br />
PWM range: 0% (off), 5-95% (1% resolution), 100% (on)<br />
PWM frequency: 100 Hz<br />
12 digital inputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B<br />
(at present only used for automatic sensor box detection)<br />
6 digital outputs (TTL) on sensor box sites A and B (at present only used<br />
for automatic switching of a sensor box measuring range)<br />
1 serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer<br />
1 CASSY-bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or CASSY Display<br />
Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Sensor-CASSY<br />
1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT<br />
with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free,<br />
then usable as demo version)<br />
1 Installation manual<br />
1 Serial cable (subD-9)<br />
1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W
524 011<br />
Power-CASSY<br />
Cascadable interface device as programmable current or voltage source<br />
(power function generator) with integrated current or voltage measurement<br />
· For connection to the RS232 serial interface of a computer, another<br />
CASSY module or the CASSY Display<br />
· Electrically isolated<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY operating system (complete with<br />
software update functionality for fast, easy performance enhancements)<br />
· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or demonstration unit (also suitable<br />
for CPS/TPS panel frames)<br />
· Voltage supply 12 V AC via cannon plug<br />
1 programmable voltage source with simultaneous current measurement<br />
(e.g. for recording characteristic curves)<br />
Resolution: 12 bit<br />
Output range: ± 10 V<br />
Measuring range: ± 0.1/0.3/1 A<br />
Voltage error: ± 1% plus 0.5 % maximum range value<br />
Current error: voltage error plus 1 %<br />
Sampling rate: max. 200,000 values/s (= 100,000 values/s current and<br />
voltage)<br />
Memory: max. 32,000 values (= 16,000 values for current and voltage)<br />
1 programmable current source with simultaneous voltage measurement<br />
(can be activated alternatively to voltage source)<br />
Output range: ± 1 A<br />
Measuring range: ± 1/3/10 V<br />
See voltage source for additional data<br />
1 Serial interface RS232 (subD-9) for connection to a computer<br />
1 CASSY bus for connecting additional CASSY modules or the CASSY<br />
Display<br />
Dimensions (W x H x D): 115 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 1 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Power-CASSY<br />
1 CASSY Lab software, without activation code, for Windows 95/98/NT<br />
with comprehensive help function (20 full-functionality sessions free,<br />
then usable as demo version)<br />
1 Installation manual<br />
1 Serial cable (subD-9)<br />
1 Plug-in supply unit 230 V / 20 W<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Power-CASSY is a programmable voltage and<br />
current source. This means that you can also use<br />
Power-CASSY in place of a power function<br />
generator. The module automatically measures<br />
current when operated as a voltage source, so<br />
that an input on a second CASSY module is not<br />
required. Thus, a single Power-CASSY unit is all<br />
you need e.g. to record the characteristic of a<br />
two-terminal network.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
147
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
148 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
524 020<br />
CASSY ® -Display<br />
2-channel display for displaying measured<br />
values without a computer<br />
· Microprocessor-controlled via the CASSY<br />
operating system (complete with software<br />
update functionality for fast, easy performance<br />
enhancements)<br />
· Can be set up as a benchtop, console or<br />
demonstration unit (also suitable for CPS/TPS<br />
panel frames)<br />
· Supports up to 8 Sensor-CASSYs (equivalent<br />
to 16 measuring channels)<br />
· Measurements are carried out using Sensor-<br />
CASSY or a sensor box connected there (see<br />
specifications of respective device for measurement<br />
quantities and ranges)<br />
· Measured values can be switched and calibrated<br />
individually. The measuring range and<br />
unit are matched automatically when plugging<br />
and swapping sensor boxes<br />
· With integrated real-time clock and data logger.<br />
The data memory for up to 32,000 measured<br />
values retains its contents even when<br />
the device is switched off so that it can be<br />
subsequently read out to a computer via the<br />
serial interface.<br />
· Voltage supply 12 V AC/DC via cannon plug.<br />
Measured value recording also possible independently<br />
of mains with portable power supply<br />
unit (12 V)<br />
Dimensions (W x H x D):<br />
215 mm x 295 mm x 45 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 1.8 kg<br />
The CASSY Display module<br />
shows the current measured<br />
values of all connected Sensor-<br />
CASSY units. The device automatically<br />
displays the quantity<br />
which matches the currently<br />
connected sensor box. As a<br />
result, it replaces a computer for<br />
simple measuring tasks, and<br />
can be used in conjunction with<br />
a Sensor-CASSY module in<br />
place of conventional demonstration<br />
measuring instruments<br />
(e.g. voltmeter, ammeter, tesla<br />
meter, newton meter, barometer).<br />
And the integrated<br />
CASSY Display data logger<br />
stores your measurement data<br />
for subsequent computer-based<br />
evaluation with CASSY Lab.
Updates available<br />
for download free of charge<br />
at our website:<br />
http://www.leybold-didactic.com<br />
524 200<br />
CASSY ® Lab<br />
For the demo software automatically provided on data media with the devices<br />
> 524 010 and > 524 011, the activation code is supplied.<br />
Software for Windows 95/98/NT for recording and evaluating measurement<br />
data acquired using the CASSY-S family, with comprehensive integrated<br />
help functionality<br />
· Supports up to 8 CASSYs on one serial interface<br />
· Supports all CASSY sensor boxes<br />
· Additionally supports numerous devices via the serial interface (e.g. IRPD,<br />
balance, hand-held measuring instruments, thermometer)<br />
· ”Plug and play” enabled for easy use: the software automatically detects<br />
the connected CASSYs and sensor boxes and displays these graphically,<br />
inputs and outputs are activated simply by pointing and clicking and typical<br />
experiment parameters are automatically loaded (depending on the<br />
connected sensor box)<br />
· Measurement data can be displayed in the form of analog/digital instruments,<br />
tables and/or diagrams (with user-definable axis assignment)<br />
· Measured values can be recorded manually (at keystroke) or automatically<br />
(choice of time interval, measured time, trigger or additional measurement<br />
condition); measures up to 1,600,000 values/s (for 8 Sensor-CASSYs)<br />
· Multiple measurement series can be recorded in a single diagram for comparison<br />
· Powerful evaluation functions including various fits (straight line, parabola,<br />
hyperbola, exponential function), integrals, diagram labeling, calculation of<br />
user-definable formulas, differentiation, integration, Fourier transforms<br />
· Convenient exporting of measurement data and diagrams via the clipboard<br />
· ”Logbook” function lets you briefly document other experiment information<br />
in the experiment file<br />
· Complete with numerous experiment examples from physics, chemistry<br />
and biology with detailed descriptions<br />
· Graphical display of CASSY, sensor box and connector allocation when<br />
the experiment file is loaded<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
149
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensors/sensor boxes – chemistry<br />
524 037<br />
Conductivity box<br />
For measurement of electrical conductivity with<br />
conductivity measurement cell (> 667 426).<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
667 426<br />
Conductivity measurement cell<br />
Measurement cell in plastic holster<br />
with cable and plug for connection to the<br />
conductivity box (> 524 037).<br />
Cell constant: 1.0 1/cm<br />
667 426<br />
Reaction kinetics<br />
150 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 424<br />
524 035<br />
pH Box<br />
For measurement of pH and redox potentials in<br />
aqueous media. With DIN socket.<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
additionally required:<br />
for example single-rod pH electrode . . 667 424<br />
667 424<br />
Single-rod pH electrode<br />
Glass electrode for pH measurements, with<br />
DIN connector, 13 mm dia.
666 193 666 212<br />
524 045<br />
Temperature box<br />
For temperature measurement with up to<br />
two NiCr-Ni or NTC temperature sensors<br />
(> 666 193 or > 666 212).<br />
Measuring ranges: NiCrNi: -200 °C to +1100 °C<br />
NTC: -20 °C to +120 °C<br />
Connections: DIN sockets<br />
recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
666 193<br />
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni<br />
Including connecting lead (1.5 m)<br />
with DIN plug<br />
Measuring range: -200 °C to + 1100 °C<br />
666 212<br />
Temperature sensor NTC<br />
Including connecting lead (1.5 m)<br />
with DIN plug.<br />
Measuring range: -20 °C to +120 °C<br />
524 057<br />
Climate box<br />
For measuring humidity, temperature, illuminance<br />
and barometric pressure in conjunction<br />
with Sensor-CASSY > 524 010.<br />
The pressure sensor is integrated in the climate<br />
box; external sensors are required for measuring<br />
all other quantities.<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
With humidity sensor > 524 057:<br />
relative humidity: 0 … 100 %<br />
Temperature: -40 … + 80 °C<br />
With NTC sensor > 666 212<br />
Temperature: -20 … + 120 °C<br />
With lux sensor > 666 243:<br />
Illuminance: 0 … 200 klx<br />
Internal: barometric pressure 800 .. 1500 hPa<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
524 036<br />
KTY box<br />
For measuring temperatures in the air and in<br />
non-aggressive liquids using the KTY-sensor<br />
(> 529 036) and for temperature compensation<br />
with the pH-box (> 524 035) and the conductivity<br />
box (> 524 037)<br />
Temperature measuring range:<br />
-50 °C to +150 °C/0.1 K<br />
Measurement error: ± 1 K<br />
Connection: 2.5 mm jack socket<br />
recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
529 036<br />
KTY sensor<br />
529 036<br />
NTC temperature sensor for KTY-box<br />
> 524 036: including connecting lead with<br />
jack plug 2.5 mm.<br />
529 057<br />
Humidity sensor<br />
For measuring relative humidity in conjunction<br />
with the climate box > 524 057. The integrated<br />
temperature sensor additionally enables<br />
measurement of the atmospheric temperature.<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
Relative humidity: 0 … 100 %<br />
Temperature: -40 … + 80 °C<br />
Connection: 8-pin DIN socket<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
151
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensors/sensor boxes – chemistry<br />
524 052<br />
Oxygen box<br />
This box is used for measuring the oxygen<br />
content in liquids or in air. In addition to this,<br />
temperature measurements can be made<br />
through the temperature sensor which is integrated<br />
into the oxygen electrode (> 667 458).<br />
Measurements ranges:<br />
0 to 200% rel. oxygen saturation<br />
0 to 20 mg/l oxygen concentration<br />
0 to 50° C temperature<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
667 458<br />
Oxygen electrode<br />
667 458<br />
The oxygen electrode after Clark is used to<br />
measure the oxygen content in liquids or in the<br />
air. In addition to this, temperature measurements<br />
can be made through the temperature<br />
sensor which is integrated into the oxygen<br />
electrode.<br />
Measurement rages:<br />
0...20 mg/l oxygenconcentration in H 2 O<br />
0...45°C<br />
Connection: 8-pin DIN connector<br />
524 051<br />
Lux box<br />
152 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For measuring illumination using the lux sensor<br />
(> 666 243). Calibration of the sensor and<br />
switchover of the measurement range are carried<br />
out via software.<br />
Measuring ranges: 0 to 100 lx 0 to 1 klx<br />
0 to 10 klx 0 to 100 klx<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
Illuminance and lamp power<br />
666 243<br />
Lux sensor<br />
666 243<br />
For measuring illumination. The photometer<br />
probe consists of an Si-photo element equipped<br />
with VCO-filter to match the photo element to<br />
the spectral sensitivity of the human eye. The<br />
sensor is also made watertight so that it is also<br />
suitable for immersion in water samples<br />
(e.g. for measuring turbidity).<br />
Measuring ranges: 0 to 200 klx<br />
Connection: 5-pin DIN plug
662 148<br />
Push-button<br />
For connection to the reaction test box<br />
(> 524 043); including cable with 6-pin-plug.<br />
662 149<br />
Foot switch<br />
For connection to the reaction test box<br />
(> 524 046); including cable with 6-pin-plug.<br />
524 048<br />
Skin resistance box<br />
For measurement of the change of the skin<br />
resistance of the test person in relation of the<br />
physical and mental condition. Two electrodes<br />
are attached to the finger tips; electrically isolated<br />
from the interface.<br />
Recommende software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
524 047<br />
Pulse box<br />
For measurement of the pulse frequency with<br />
the aid of an infrared sensor which is attached<br />
to the ear lobe or the finger tip; the sensitivity is<br />
adjusted automatically; electrical isolation from<br />
the interface.<br />
Recommende software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
662 149<br />
Measuring reaction times with CASSY<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – biology<br />
524 046<br />
662 148<br />
Reaction test box<br />
For measurement of the reaction time via a hand<br />
or foot push-button (> 662 148/149) and for<br />
determining the speed at which nerve pulses<br />
travel.<br />
Connection: two DIN sockets<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
153
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – biology<br />
524 049<br />
ECG/EMG box<br />
154 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For measurement of the electrical processes at<br />
the heart muscle (ECG, electrocardiogram) or<br />
skeletal muscles (EMG, electromyogram).<br />
The tension of the muscles is recorded with aid<br />
of silver electrodes, which are strapped to the<br />
extremities. In case of the ECG measurement all<br />
three standard measurements after EINTHO-<br />
VEN can be run.<br />
The sensors are electrically isolated from the<br />
measurement input of the CASSY interface.<br />
Cable length: 1 m (screened)<br />
Dimensions: 92 x 92 x 30 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
Recommend software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
524 050<br />
Blood pressure box<br />
For blood pressure measurements according<br />
to the oscillatory method without stethoscope<br />
and microphone, including arm collar with<br />
Velcro fasteners and with pump-up bulb, automatic<br />
valve and connector.<br />
Pressure range: ±375 mm Hg (±500 hPa)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
524 056<br />
524 056<br />
Spirometer box<br />
For measurement of various tidal volumes, the<br />
flow-volume curve and the forced expiratory<br />
volume per second. measurement principle:<br />
pneumotachographic.<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
662 381<br />
Consumables for spirometer<br />
100 cardboard mouthpieces/10 spare filters<br />
662 383<br />
Accessories for spirometer<br />
Used for examining the oxygen consumption in<br />
conjunction with the Oxygen box (> 524 052)<br />
and the oxygen electrode (> 667 458).
524 034<br />
Timer box<br />
Sensor box with two TTL and light barrier<br />
inputs for CASSY (see Sensor-CASSY timer<br />
inputs for technical data).<br />
Input E can be used as a counter, timer and<br />
frequency input. The two inputs E and F can<br />
be used as timer inputs for measuring the<br />
time between selected edges (e.g. measuring<br />
the transit time from E to F, measuring the<br />
obscuration time at E and/or F)<br />
Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16)<br />
and three 4-mm-sockets<br />
required accessory:<br />
1 Multi-core cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 16<br />
529 034<br />
g ladder<br />
Falling body for determining gravitational acceleration<br />
g through measurement of the falling times<br />
of all ladder rungs through a light barrier in a<br />
single measuring run. With two holes for attaching<br />
additional weights for proving that gravitational<br />
acceleration is independent of mass.<br />
Number of rungs: 21<br />
Rung spacing: 1 cm<br />
Dimensions (WxH): 75 mm x 205 mm<br />
579 43<br />
DC motor tachogenerator<br />
For use as a driving motor, tachogenerator and<br />
an oscillation exciter.<br />
For direct connection to Sensor-CASSY<br />
(as motor via Power-CASSY).<br />
529 034<br />
337 46<br />
Forked light barrier<br />
Precision light barrier with infrared light<br />
source for time measurements; connection to<br />
timer box > 524 034.<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
529 031<br />
337 46<br />
Displacement sensor<br />
Potentiometer, in housing, with turning wheel<br />
for registering displacement via a thread;<br />
connection to current supply box (> 524 031);<br />
for mounting with stand material or on<br />
a plug-in-board.<br />
Measuring ranges: 0-15 cm/150 cm<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
529 031<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – physics<br />
337 461<br />
337 461<br />
Spoked wheel<br />
Smooth-running deflection pulley on rod with<br />
thread groove, for measuring distances with<br />
the light barrier (> 337 46).<br />
524 031<br />
Current supply box<br />
586 26<br />
Multi-purpose microphone<br />
Battery-operated probe microphone for all<br />
acoustic experiments in the audible frequency<br />
and ultrasonic ranges; with built-in amplifier and<br />
switchable rectifier for direct connection to<br />
Sensor-CASSY.<br />
Connection: Cable with 4-mm-sockets<br />
Recommened software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
501 16<br />
For operating any sensor in which the resistance<br />
changes as a function of the physical<br />
quantitiy, e.g. LDR, NTC, PTC resistors.<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
100 �, 1 k�, 10 k�, 100 k�, 1 M�<br />
Saturation voltage: 10 V<br />
Connections: 4-mm sockets<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
155
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – physics<br />
524 041<br />
Bridge box<br />
For voltage measurements at sensors with<br />
measurement resistors connected in bridge<br />
configuration, e.g. force sensor (> 314 261).<br />
Differential amplifier input: 1x, 10x, 100x with<br />
damping on/off<br />
Measurement accuracy of the amplification: ±1%<br />
Input resistance: 1 k�<br />
Output for external compensation:<br />
± 2.5 V (digital generation)<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
501 16<br />
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m<br />
337 16<br />
337 16<br />
Pair of recording pulleys<br />
For measuring the time and instantaneous<br />
speed along the path on the student's track;<br />
determination of acceleration from the velocitytime<br />
diagram; for connection to the motion<br />
transducer box (> 524 032).<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
314 261<br />
524 032<br />
156 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Motion transducer box<br />
501 16<br />
501 16<br />
For direct application of the motion sensing element<br />
(> 337 631) or the pair of recording pulleys<br />
(> 337 16) at Sensor-CASSY.<br />
Connections: two 6-pin sockets (for 501 16)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
314 261<br />
Force sensor<br />
For measuring force with the bridge box<br />
(> 524 041) and senor CASSY (> 524 010)<br />
or with newton meter (> 314 251).<br />
2 flection elements arranged in parallel with<br />
4 strain gauges in bridge configuration with<br />
support clip, for plugging in (> 314 04).<br />
Force measurement range: ± 3 N<br />
Lift: approx. 0.5 mm/N<br />
Resolution: ± 0.1 mN<br />
Output voltage: 1 V/1N ± 0.5 %<br />
Connection: 6-pole socket<br />
337 631<br />
Motion sensing element<br />
Uniformly acceterated motion on the<br />
students’ track for experiments<br />
337 631<br />
For simultaneous registration of transit time,<br />
distance, speed and acceleration of a body in<br />
motion under consideration of direction of<br />
motion; for connection to the motion transducer<br />
box (> 524 032).<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16)<br />
Recommended software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200
524 038<br />
B box<br />
For measuring magnetic flux densities using<br />
the tangential or axial B probe (> 516 60/61),<br />
for pressure measurements using the pressure<br />
sensors (> 529 038 /039/040).<br />
Differential amplifier input:<br />
1x, 10x, 100x (without attenuation)<br />
Input resistance: 1k�<br />
Output for external compensation: ±2.5 V<br />
(analog generation, can be switched off)<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16)<br />
Recommend software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
559 01<br />
559 01<br />
End-window counter for �, �, � and x-rays<br />
Self-quenching Geiger-Müller counter tube with<br />
a very thin mica end-window which also allows<br />
the registration of soft �-radiation. With a permanently<br />
attached cable.<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – physics<br />
524 033<br />
GM box<br />
For measuring radioactive radiation using a<br />
Geiger-Müller counter tube (> 559 01/05).<br />
The high voltage for the counter is generated<br />
and the counter-tube pulses are converted into<br />
suitable signals in the sensor-box.<br />
Counter tube voltage: 500 V via 1 M�<br />
Connection: coaxial socket<br />
Recommend software:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
157
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – physics<br />
529 040<br />
501 16<br />
Pressure measurement:<br />
recording and evaluating<br />
a pV diagram<br />
529 038<br />
529 042<br />
158 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
529 038<br />
Pressure sensor<br />
For differential pressure measurements using<br />
the B box (> 524 038).<br />
Measuring range: ±20hPa, ±200hPa, ±2000hPa<br />
Compensation: up to 2000 hPa<br />
Measurement error: < 1%<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16)<br />
Hose connections:<br />
overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm<br />
low-pressure connection P2:<br />
Schott-connectionfor 4-mm-tubing<br />
529 042<br />
Absolute pressure sensor<br />
For absolute pressure measurements using the<br />
B box (> 524 038).<br />
Measuring range: ±15 hPa, ±150 hPa, ±1500 hPa<br />
Compensation: up to 1500 hPa<br />
Measurement error: < 1%<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for > 501 16)<br />
Hose connections: small flange DN 16 KF<br />
529 040<br />
Pressure sensor<br />
For differential pressure measurements using<br />
the B box (> 524 038).<br />
Measuring ranges: ±0.7 hPa, ±7 hPa, ±70 hPa<br />
Compensation: up to 70 hPa<br />
Measurement error: < 1%<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for> 501 16)<br />
Hose connections:<br />
overpressure connection P1: dia. 2.5 mm<br />
low-pressure connection P2:<br />
Schott-connection for 4-mm-tubing
516 60<br />
Tangential B probe<br />
For measuring tangential magnetic flux density;<br />
connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to<br />
Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038).<br />
Data with B box:<br />
Measuring ranges: ±10 mT,±100 mT, ±1000 mT<br />
Compensation: up to 1 T<br />
Measurement error : ± 2 %<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16)<br />
516 61<br />
Axial B probe<br />
For measuring axial magnetic flux density;<br />
connection to Teslameter (> 516 62) or to<br />
Sensor-CASSY via the B box (> 524 038).<br />
Data with B box:<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
±10 mT, ±100 mT, ±1000 mT<br />
Compensation: up to 1 T<br />
Measurement error : ± 2 %<br />
Connection: 6-pin socket (for 501 16 )<br />
501 16<br />
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m<br />
524 040<br />
µV box<br />
><br />
B box<br />
Description page 157<br />
For measuring very low voltages (e.g. thermocouples,<br />
induction coils) using Sensor-CASSY<br />
Measuring ranges: ± 1 mV, ± 3 mV,<br />
± 10 mV, ± 30 mV, ±100mV<br />
Resolution: 0.05 % of max. range value<br />
Measuring accuracy:<br />
2.5 % including Sensor-CASSY error<br />
Offset error: < 0.5 %<br />
Input resistance: 100 K�<br />
Cutoff frequency: >1 Hz<br />
Max. overvoltage: 100 V<br />
Connection: 4-mm sockets<br />
524 043<br />
30 A box<br />
For electrically isolated current measurement<br />
in extra-low voltage circuits; indirect<br />
measurements via a magnetic field using a<br />
Hall sensor.<br />
Contact resistance: < 0.01 �<br />
Measuring ranges: 1 A, 3 A, 10 A, 30 A<br />
Measurement error: ± 1.5 %<br />
Connection: 4-mm-sockets<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
516 60<br />
Sensor boxes/sensors – physics<br />
516 61<br />
524 054<br />
Electrometer box<br />
501 16<br />
Used in electrostatic experiments for measurements<br />
of high resistance voltages with respect<br />
to earth; can be connected to capacitors and<br />
resistors.<br />
Max. input voltage: ± 8 V<br />
Max. overvoltage: 100 V<br />
Input impedance: 10 11 �<br />
Measurement error: ± 1.5 %<br />
Frequency range: 0 Hz to 1 kHz<br />
Connection: 4-mm-sockets<br />
Recommend software for 524 043 / 054 / 040:<br />
CASSY Lab > 524 200<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
159
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Order list for physics experiments<br />
Topic Ca. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘<br />
Acoustic oscillations and beating 586 26 Multi-purpose microphone ��<br />
Recording motions 337 631* Motion sensing element �� 524 032 BMW box ��<br />
Collision experiments alternatively<br />
Coupled pendulums 337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 032 BMW box ��<br />
337 464 Combination spoked wheel ��<br />
337 46 Light barrier<br />
alternatively<br />
�� 524 034 Timer box ��<br />
337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box ��<br />
337 46 Light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box ��<br />
337 461 Spoked wheel<br />
alternatively<br />
��<br />
337 462* Combination light barrier �� 524 034 Timer box ��<br />
337 464 Combination spoked wheel<br />
alternatively<br />
��<br />
337 16* Pair of recording pulleys on rider �� 524 032 BMW box ��<br />
579 43<br />
529 031<br />
STE motor and tacho generator ��<br />
Displacement sensor �� 524 031 Current supply box ��<br />
Radioactivity 559 01 End-window counter for �, �, �<br />
and x-ray radiation<br />
alternatively<br />
�� 524 033 GM box ��<br />
667 918 Geiger counter �� 524 034 Timer box ��<br />
Pressure measurements 529 038* Pressure sensor �� 524 038 B box ��<br />
529 042* Absolute pressure sensor �� 524 038 B box ��<br />
529 040* Pressure sensor 70 hPa �� 524 038 B box ��<br />
Magnetic field 516 60* Tangential B probe �� 524 038 B box ��<br />
Electromagnetism 516 61* Axial B probe �� 524 038 B box ��<br />
Induction 314 261* Force sensor �� 524 041 Bridge box ��<br />
Electrostatics 524 043 30 A box ��<br />
524 054 Electrometer box ��<br />
524 040 µV box ��<br />
Temperature measurements 529 036* KTY sensor �� 524 036 KTY box ��<br />
666 193<br />
666 212<br />
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni<br />
alternatively<br />
�� 524 045 Temperature box ��<br />
Temperature sensor NTC �� 524 045 Temperature box ��<br />
Illuminance 666 243 Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box<br />
Resistance measurements 524 031 Current supply box ��<br />
* additionally required: multi-core connection cable (> 501 16)<br />
160 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Order list for biology experiments<br />
Topic<br />
Pulse<br />
Resistance of the skin<br />
ECG (standard leads acc. to Einthoven)<br />
EMG (action potential of muscles)<br />
Blood pressure measurement & pulse frequency<br />
Determining reaction times<br />
Respiratory volume, respiratory frequence<br />
Photosynthesis, illuminance<br />
Oxygen content (absolute and relative)<br />
�✔Present in collection �✘To<br />
be added to collection.
Titration of<br />
common vinegar<br />
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Order list for chemistry experiments<br />
Topic Ca. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘<br />
ph, titration 667 424 pH single rod electrode �� 524 035 pH box ��<br />
667 417 pH single rod electrode ��<br />
667 418 pH single rod electrode ��<br />
667 419 pH single rod electrode ��<br />
Redox potentials 667 415 Redox probe �� 524 035 pH box ��<br />
Conductivity mesurement, titration<br />
Determining concentrations<br />
Reaktion kinetics<br />
667 426 Conductivity measuring cell �� 524 037 Conductivity box ��<br />
Temperature measurement/calorimetry 666 193 Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box ��<br />
666 212 Temperature sensor NTC ��<br />
Thermometic titration 529 036 KTYsensor �� 524 036 KTY box ��<br />
Differential thermal analysis 666 193 Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box ��<br />
Surface temperature measurement 666 213 Surface<br />
temperature sensor NiCr-Ni �� 524 045 Temperature box ��<br />
666 217 Paddle surface<br />
Temperature sensor NiCr-Ni ��<br />
Oxygen content (absolute and relative) 667 458 Oxygen electrode �� 524 052 Oxygen box<br />
Ethanol content 666 411 Ethanol sensor ��<br />
Illuminance 666 243 Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box<br />
Photometry 665 486 UV flow-through photometer<br />
for HPLC ��<br />
Cat. No. Sensor ✔✘ Cat. No. Sensor box ✔✘<br />
662 148<br />
662 149<br />
666 243<br />
667 458<br />
524 047<br />
524 048<br />
524 049<br />
524 050<br />
Pulse box ��<br />
Skin resistance box ��<br />
ECG/EMG box ��<br />
Blood pressure box ��<br />
Push button �� 524 046 Reaction test box ��<br />
Foot switch ��<br />
524 056<br />
Spirometer box ��<br />
Lux sensor �� 524 051 Lux box ��<br />
Oxygen electrode �� 524 052 Oxygen box ��<br />
Send us your checklist. We will be happy to prepare an individual quotation<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
161
computer-assisted experimenting<br />
Specially priced sets in the CASSY-S family<br />
We would be happy to provide a quotation to<br />
your specifications.<br />
Tell us what you require and we will put<br />
together a low-cost equipment set specially<br />
designed to meet your individual needs.<br />
The comfort packages<br />
524 010 K1<br />
Comfort package K1<br />
The all-purpose system for measuring with or without a computer, consisting<br />
of one Sensor-CASSY, one CASSY-Display and the software CASSY Lab.<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
524 010<br />
524 020<br />
524 200<br />
524 010 K3<br />
Comfort package K3<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
CASSY-Display<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
The ultimate power-user solution!<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
524 010<br />
524 011<br />
524 200<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
Power-CASSY<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
162 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
524 010 S<br />
CASSY-Starter<br />
This set enables you to perform a number of measuring tasks in the lesson<br />
(all measurements in which electrical voltages or currents are registered) –<br />
sensors and sensor boxes expand the specific measuring capabilities in<br />
physics, biology and chemistry teaching.<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
524 010<br />
524 200<br />
524 010 K2<br />
Comfort package K2<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
CASSY Lab<br />
Starter package<br />
Cascade your hardware and expand your horizons!<br />
Consisting of two Sensor-CASSY units and the software CASSY Lab.<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
524 010<br />
524 010<br />
524 200<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
Sensor-CASSY<br />
CASSY Lab
Measuring equipment<br />
measuring equipment<br />
Length, time, mass, force 164<br />
Electricity 176<br />
Recorders 187<br />
Pulses, frequencies, rates 189<br />
Temperature, pH, conductivity 191<br />
Energy supply 202<br />
Electrical aids 211<br />
Stand material 218<br />
Heating, stirring, laboratory equipment 224<br />
Glass, plastic and porcelain ware 237<br />
Tools and aids 265<br />
Consumables 268<br />
Safety 274<br />
Laboratory gases 280<br />
Storage 282<br />
Illustrative media 283<br />
Chemical sets 285<br />
basic apparatus<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
163
measuring equipment – length<br />
Instruments for length measurement<br />
311 02<br />
Metal scale<br />
With alternating white and red background for<br />
easy reading from a distance.<br />
Length: 1 m<br />
Graduation: cm, mm easily estimated,<br />
dm indicated by colours<br />
Width: 25 mm approx.<br />
311 22<br />
Vertical scale<br />
With cursors, for use in experiments on<br />
falling objects and spring pendulums, with<br />
stand rod at one end for vertical mounting<br />
to stand bases.<br />
Length: 1 m<br />
Graduation: mm, cm, dm (indicated by colours)<br />
Width: 25 mm approx.<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Saddle base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 11<br />
311 03<br />
Wooden ruler<br />
With double scale on either side. Can be<br />
clamped in base > 300 11.<br />
Length: 1 m/39 inches<br />
Graduation: cm, mm, 1 /8 inch<br />
Width: 25 mm approx.<br />
311 77<br />
311 02<br />
311 22<br />
311 03<br />
311 77<br />
460 97<br />
164 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Steel tape measure<br />
With automatic rewind.<br />
Graduation: cm and inch<br />
Range: 2 m divided in cm and mm<br />
78 inches subdivided in 1 /16¨<br />
Diameter: 50 mm<br />
311 86<br />
460 97<br />
Scaled metal rail, 0.5 m long<br />
With clearly graduated scale which is well visible<br />
even from a larger distance; dm graduation<br />
by red and white fields.<br />
Scales: mm, cm and dm divisions<br />
Width: 25 mm<br />
311 86<br />
Spherometer<br />
For measuring thicknesses and determining<br />
radii of curvature, e.g. of lenses.<br />
Range: 0 to 25 mm ( - 10 mm to + 15 mm)<br />
Distance between feet: 50 mm<br />
Pitch of micrometer screw: 0.5 mm<br />
Micrometer head divisions:<br />
250 (1 scale div. corresp. 0.002 mm)<br />
Inaccuracy: 0.001 mm
311 52<br />
Vernier callipers<br />
For measuring inside and outside diameters and depths, plastic.<br />
Measuring range: 120 mm/5 inches<br />
Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/10 mm<br />
1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch<br />
313 05<br />
311 27<br />
Stop-clock<br />
Adding stop-clock with start, stop and reset<br />
button. Spring work.<br />
Range, 360° turn: 60 mins.<br />
Inaccuracy of reading: 1 s<br />
Max. running time: 20 h<br />
Graduations: 60 and 100 divs.<br />
Diameter: 21 cm<br />
Stop-clocks<br />
311 52 311 54 311 83<br />
Timing and timekeeping<br />
Adding stop-clocks with start, stop and reset buttons. With unbreakable<br />
watch glass, shock-proof, and unbreakable spring. Including cord and<br />
protective pouch.<br />
313 07<br />
313 17<br />
313 05<br />
Range, Inaccuracy<br />
Cat. No. 360°turn of reading Graduations Diameter<br />
15 mins 0.1 s 30 s/15 min 5.5 cm<br />
30 mins 0.2 s 60 s/30 min 5.5 cm<br />
311 27<br />
measuring equipment – length/time<br />
Model of vernier<br />
To demonstrate vernier reading on numerous length and angle measuring<br />
instruments. With retrograde and direct vernier graduation.<br />
Main scale: 1 m, graduated in units of 5 cm<br />
Vernier length: 45 cm resp. 55 cm<br />
311 83<br />
Precision micrometer<br />
With constant-torque thimble and locking device, high-quality steel.<br />
Range: 0 to 25 mm<br />
Reading: 1/100 mm<br />
311 54<br />
Precision vernier callipers<br />
With instant-action locking device for internal, external and depth measurements,<br />
stainless steel (all hardened).<br />
Measuring range: 150 mm and 6 inches<br />
Graduation: mm with vernier reading to 1/20 mm<br />
1/16 inch with vernier reading to 1/128 inch<br />
313 07<br />
313 12<br />
Digital stop-watch<br />
313 17<br />
313 12<br />
Quartz-controlled stop-watch with LCD display<br />
with start, stop, split and reset. Including cord<br />
and protective pouch, without battery.<br />
Range: 9 h 59 min 59 s 99/100 s<br />
Resolution: 0.01 s<br />
Display: 7-segment LCD, 7 digits<br />
Heigth of digits (h, min, s): 8 mm<br />
Battery: 1.5 V, type IEC R 6 (> 685 44 )<br />
Dimensions: 8.5 x 6 x 2.5 cm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
165
measuring equipment – time<br />
666 095<br />
Time switch<br />
166 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For programmed switching of electrical devices,<br />
e.g. hot plates, heating hoods, furnaces,<br />
thermostats, stirrer motors, etc.<br />
Switch-on time: from 0.25 h at constant operation<br />
in 24-hour cycle, 3 on-off phases per<br />
24-hour period can be programmed<br />
Switching capacity: max. 16 A<br />
Power supply: 230 V<br />
(for direct connection to a mains socket)<br />
Dimensions: 70 x 70 x 80 mm<br />
313 031<br />
Electronic stop-clock P<br />
666 096<br />
Timer<br />
Forwards and/or backwards counter (two-channel<br />
counter) or time; buzzer alarm (1minute)<br />
when the timer has counted down to zero; each<br />
counter channel can be read out separately.<br />
Display: LCD, 6 digits<br />
Timer range: 99 h 59 min 59 s<br />
Clock interval: 1 s<br />
Dimensions: 75 x 65 x 10 mm<br />
Weight: 65 g<br />
For measuring short time intervals, with quasi-analogue 0.01 second display<br />
consisting of 100 LEDs arranged in a circular array. Full seconds indicated<br />
on luminous digital display, with overrun indicator LED.<br />
Timing started and stopped either dynamically, i.e. the inputs (START<br />
and STOP) respond to rising and failing edges (edge-sensitive) or statically,<br />
i.e. the input (START/STOP) responds to the state (state-sensitive).<br />
This enables timing of either intervals between two events of the duration of<br />
an event.<br />
Timing can also be started and stopped manually using the integrated<br />
rocker switch. Switches or electrical pulse generators can be used for<br />
external control, e.g. a light bar-rier at a DIN socket or a contact plate or<br />
microphone at the 4-mm sockets.<br />
The electronic stop-clock P can either be used as a bench-top unit or<br />
inserted in the demonstration experiment frame.<br />
Measuring range: 99.99 s (overrun indicator when exceeded)<br />
Reading accuracy: 0.01 s<br />
Time base: quartz, 16 MHz<br />
Dial: LED ring, 17 cm diameter<br />
Numeral height: 18 mm (7-segment display)<br />
Signal inputs:<br />
three 4-mm socket pairs, as well as three DIN sockets with built-in voltage<br />
supply for light barriers (5 V DC for photodiode and 6 V DC for light source)<br />
Reset input: 4-mm socket pair<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable<br />
(115 V available on request)<br />
Power consumption: 10 VA<br />
Fuses: 230 V - T 0.125 B; light barriers - T 0.315 B<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm<br />
Weight: 1.4 kg
Weights<br />
388 24<br />
Each weight has a suspension hook, and at the bottom a transverse bar for the attachment of additional<br />
weights; made of cast iron<br />
Set of 7 Weights<br />
Cat. No. Weight Dimensions 315 36<br />
683 10<br />
683 11<br />
315 38<br />
315 39<br />
315 40<br />
388 24<br />
315 36<br />
315 34 590 27<br />
315 31<br />
Weight Material 590 27<br />
315 34 315 31<br />
10 mg aluminium – – 1<br />
20 mg aluminium – – 2<br />
50 mg German silver – – 1<br />
100 mg German silver – – 1<br />
200 mg German silver – – 2<br />
500 mg German silver – – 1<br />
1 g German silver 1 1 1<br />
2 g German silver 2 2 2<br />
5 g German silver 1 1 1<br />
10 g German silver 1 2 2<br />
20 g German silver 2 1 1<br />
50 g German silver 1 1 1<br />
100 g cast iron – 2 2*<br />
200 g cast iron – 1 1*<br />
500 g cast iron – 1 –<br />
1000 g<br />
* Material : brass<br />
cast iron – 1 –<br />
0.1 kg 7.5 cm x 1 cm dia 1<br />
0.2 kg 8.5 cm x 4 cm dia 2<br />
0.5 kg 10.5 cm x 5 cm dia 1<br />
1 kg 13.5 cm x 6.5 cm dia 2<br />
2 kg 17cm x 8 cm dia 1<br />
5 kg 21 cm x 11 cm dia –<br />
measuring equipment – mass<br />
Mechanical balances and accessories<br />
315 22<br />
315 31<br />
Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g<br />
In hardwood box with lid, complete with forceps.<br />
590 27<br />
Set of weights, 1 g to 50 g<br />
In plastic box.<br />
315 34<br />
Set of weights 1 g to 1000 g<br />
In wooden block without lid.<br />
315 22<br />
Laboratory balance<br />
Two-pan balance with scale on top. Made from<br />
sheet steel. Knife-edges and bearing made<br />
from special hardened steel.<br />
Weighing range: 5 kg<br />
Sensitivity: 1 g<br />
Pan areas: each 18 cm x 18 cm<br />
Dimensions: 18 cm x 45 cm x 18 cm<br />
Weight: 5.6 kg<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Set of weights, 1 g to 1000 g . . . . . . . 315 34<br />
Set of 7 weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 36<br />
315 36<br />
Set of 7 weights<br />
Preferably for use with laboratory balance<br />
(> 315 22). Additionally, they can be used either<br />
as loads or weights e.g. in experiments on<br />
extension of helical springs and wire, simple<br />
machines and the conversion of energy.<br />
362 351<br />
Lead shot (not shown)<br />
For use as a tare weight and for measuring<br />
specific heat.<br />
Shot diameter: 3 mm<br />
Total mass: 100 g<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
167
measuring equipment – mass<br />
315 25<br />
315 24<br />
School and laboratory balances<br />
Set of 3 additional weights<br />
For top-pan balances (> 315 23 /24) for<br />
range extension up to 2610 g<br />
Weights: 1 x 147.5 g, 2 x 295 g<br />
315 05<br />
168 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
315 25<br />
Main Features:<br />
Non-removable captive sliding weights, i.e. a separate set of weights is not required. · Quick operation due to magnetic damping<br />
and notches for arresting the sliding weights. · Graduated beam, decimal notches and parallax-free equilibrium indication make for<br />
very accurate instruments. · Reasonably priced due to straightforward construction.<br />
315 05<br />
315 06<br />
315 23<br />
Type 311 T 310 610 Tara T 610 Tara<br />
System Single-pan Single-pan suspension Single-pan suspension Single-pan suspension<br />
suspension balance balance scale on top balance scale on top balance scale on top<br />
Weight range 311 g 310 g 610 g 610 g<br />
Weight range with<br />
additional weights – – 2610 g 2610 g<br />
Sensitivity 10 mg 10 mg 0.1 g 0.1 g<br />
Torsion spring 0.01 bis 10 g 0.1 g to 10 g<br />
adjustmant range – (with vernier reading) –<br />
Sliding weight 0.01 to 1 g – 0.1 to 10 g –<br />
range 1 to 10 g – – –<br />
10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g 10 to 100 g<br />
100/200 g 100/200 g 100/500 g 100/500 g<br />
Tare range – – 225 g 450 g<br />
Load platform,<br />
height-adjustable x x – –<br />
315 24<br />
Pan diameter 10 cm 10 cm 15 cm 15 cm<br />
Dimensions 37 x 14 x 28 cm 37 x 14 x 31 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm 47 x 16 x 17 cm<br />
Weight 1.7 kg 1.9 kg 2.5 kg 3.0 kg<br />
Precision slidings-weight balances<br />
for demonstration and practical experiments<br />
and laborarory use<br />
315 06<br />
315 23
315 01<br />
Hydrostatic balance<br />
Suitable for the determination of densities, the<br />
demonstration of Archimedes' Principle and<br />
the weighing of air with a sphere. With stand<br />
rod for height adjustment.<br />
Three removable balance pans of equal weight,<br />
one with a short stirrup and hook for hydrostatic<br />
measurements.<br />
Max. load: 200 g<br />
Sensitivity: 8 mg<br />
Pan diameter: 100 mm each<br />
Dimensions: 18 cm x 35 cm x 43 cm<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Set of weights 10 mg to 200 g . . . . . . 315 31<br />
315 07<br />
362 01<br />
667 360<br />
Single pan balance<br />
With removable pan.<br />
Ranges/graduation: 100 g range, 1 g divs.<br />
500 g range, 10 g divs.<br />
Max. load: 500 g<br />
Pan diameter: 11 cm<br />
Dimensions: 22 cm x 26 cm x 19 cm<br />
measuring equipment – mass<br />
667 360<br />
Student's balance<br />
315 31<br />
Lifting force in fluids (Archimedes’ Principle) with 315 01<br />
Beam balance with non-removable sliding<br />
weights. Removable, bright chrome-plated<br />
balance pan with handle and 2 spouts.<br />
Test tube holder with frame. Attachment fittings<br />
for hydrostatic weighing and flush weighing.<br />
Weighing range: 301 g<br />
Sensitivity: 50 mg<br />
Sliding weight range: 0-100 g/1 g<br />
0-1 g/50 mg<br />
Attachment weights: 100 g and 200 g<br />
Pan diameter: 90 mm<br />
Dimensions: 14 cm x 34 cm x 23.5 cm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
169
measuring equipment – mass<br />
Sartorius Basic lite<br />
The right balance for any task and any budget.<br />
Now even for analytical weighing tasks<br />
In designing this series, our primary aim was to<br />
create a program of measuring instruments that<br />
would meet all the many needs of modern educational<br />
use.<br />
The balances had to be precise yet sturdy, easy to<br />
use but still with all necessary features.<br />
And all this for a price that fits in with today’s<br />
tight educational budgets. And the incredible<br />
success of our new BL series shows just how well<br />
we’ve succeeded.<br />
Now with new models, even for demanding analytical<br />
applications!<br />
667 7788<br />
Basic models<br />
Cat. No. Model Range Resolution Pan<br />
667 7781<br />
667 7782<br />
667 7785<br />
667 7780<br />
667 7788<br />
667 7783<br />
667 7784<br />
667 7787<br />
667 7786<br />
BL600 600 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm<br />
BL1500 1500 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm<br />
BL3100 3100 g 0.1 g 174 x 143 mm<br />
BL310 310 g 0.01 g 116 mm dia.<br />
BL610 610 g 0.01 g 116 mm dia.<br />
BL1500S 1500 g 0.01 g 174 x 143 mm<br />
BL 150S 150 g 0.001 g 100 mm dia.<br />
BL120S 120 g 0.0001 g 80 mm dia.<br />
BL210S 210 g 0.0001 g 80 mm dia.<br />
170 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Innovation and quality from Sartorius.<br />
· Sturdy balance mechanism, high-quality workmanship<br />
and excellent value for money are key<br />
characteristics of each and every Basiclite unit<br />
· Basiclite instruments prove themselves in actual<br />
practice thanks to their highly readable display,<br />
short measuring times and ease of use<br />
· The sturdily designed balance housing, the use<br />
of stainless-steel balance pans and a protected<br />
membrane keypad ensure reliability and<br />
weighing accuracy – even under the most<br />
demanding use<br />
667 7784<br />
Accessories for basic models<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
667 7790<br />
667 7791<br />
667 7793<br />
667 7794<br />
667 7795<br />
· The full glass draft protection of the analysis<br />
balances with smoothly turning doors enables<br />
a constant unobstructed view of the sample<br />
· The balances are ideal for mobile use, because<br />
in addition to mains operation (plug-in power<br />
supply included), the balances can also be<br />
powered using batteries (except models<br />
BL150S, BL1500S and BL120S, BL210S)<br />
· Integrated application routines for maximum<br />
flexibility in use:<br />
Counting, net total recipe, percent weighing,<br />
toggling between two units of weight<br />
External battery pack<br />
RS-232 data interface, retrofitting kit<br />
Testing/calibration weight for BL 310<br />
Testing/calibration weight for BL 600<br />
Testing/calibration weight for BL 1500 and BL 3100
The new Sartorius Basic plus balances combine<br />
state-of-the-art balance technology, comfortable<br />
features and ergonomic design to create a new<br />
balance standard. The innovative monolith technology<br />
ensures excellent balance data and<br />
breathtakingly short measuring times. A reduction<br />
in the number of parts of more than 70%<br />
additionally makes for extremely high reliability<br />
and low downtimes. The RS 232 interface,<br />
together with easy-to-use application routines,<br />
enables incredible flexibility. And user-oriented<br />
design makes using these balances child’s play!<br />
Basic plus models<br />
667 7798<br />
667 7799<br />
667 7881<br />
667 7797<br />
Accessories for all Sartorius models with data interface 232<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
667 397<br />
667 7796<br />
><br />
Cat. No. Model Range Resolution Platform<br />
BP4100S 4100 g 0.01 g 180 x 180 mm<br />
BP410S 410 g 0.001 g dia. 115 mm<br />
BP121SP 120 g 0.0001 g dia. 80 mm<br />
BP221S 220 g 0.0001 g dia. 80 mm<br />
Overhead display, 7-digit display<br />
Interface cable (serial) for connection to computer<br />
measuring equipment - mass<br />
Sartorius Basic plus<br />
The standard of excellence for industry, research and education<br />
Now with<br />
extended measuring ranges!<br />
Innovation and quality from Sartorius<br />
· State-of-the-art monolithic balance-system<br />
technology for lifelong maximum precision<br />
· Internal motor-driven calibrating/adjusting<br />
weight built into the analytical balances<br />
· Integrated bidirectional RS232C data interface.<br />
· Ultra-high contrast display<br />
with large numerals<br />
· Full glass draft protection of analysis balances<br />
with roomy, smooth-turning doors and<br />
optimum cleanliness of balance chamber<br />
· 4 digital filter stages for optimum adaptability<br />
to ambient site conditions<br />
· ISO/GLP-compliant logging of balance values,<br />
calibration and adjustment via optional<br />
measured-value printer<br />
· Large rectangular balance pan<br />
with extremely sturdy 4-point support on<br />
models with 0.01 g resolution<br />
· Simple and intuitive to use thanks to key with<br />
palpable pressure point and 2 ergonomically<br />
situated tare keys (for left-handed and righthanded<br />
users)<br />
· Integrated user routines for percent weighing,<br />
counting, net total recipe<br />
· Flush-mounted balance mechanism,<br />
e.g. for simple determination of density<br />
667 7799<br />
667 7797<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
171
measuring equipment - mass<br />
Accessories for Scout and CS-Series<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
685 45<br />
605 030<br />
605 031<br />
605 032<br />
605 033<br />
Block battery 9.0 V (block type)<br />
AC power Adapter for LS-series<br />
Transportkoffer<br />
Security device for Scout-series<br />
Polycontainer (1000 ml) for LS-series<br />
172 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 793<br />
605 012<br />
Electronic balances CS<br />
· Universal compact balance<br />
· Modern, easy-cleaning design<br />
· Fast and easy single-key operation<br />
· High-contrast, easily readable LCD display<br />
· Power supply via battery or mains<br />
· Tare range: full weighing range, subtractive<br />
Dimensions: 193 x 135 x 39 mm<br />
Weight: 0.47 kg<br />
Cat. No. Model Range(s) [g] Reading [g] Balance platform<br />
667 793<br />
667 794<br />
CS 200 200 0.1 133 x 108<br />
CS 2000 2000 1.0 133 x 108<br />
Additionally recommended:<br />
Mains adaptor 230 V AC, 1050 ml container, 9 V block battery<br />
School balances, Scout TM<br />
· Large, high contrast LCD display for great visibility<br />
· Easy to use with simple two button operation<br />
· Multiple weighing units and parts counting<br />
· Weigh below hook<br />
· Operated by battery or adapter<br />
· Large stainless steel pan<br />
Dimensions: 171 x 210 x 61 mm (W x L x H)<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Plattform<br />
605 010<br />
605 011<br />
605 012<br />
ScoutTM 200 200 0.01 102 dia.<br />
ScoutTM 400 400 0.1 127 x 146<br />
ScoutTM 600 600 0.1 127 x 146<br />
Additionally recommended:<br />
Security device, Carrying case, 9 V block battery
Portable Precision Balance Navigator<br />
· Compact precision balance for a variety of applications<br />
· Intuitive keypad layout and high contrast display<br />
· Stainless steel pan and a rugged composite housing<br />
· RS232 bidirectional interface included<br />
· Menu and calibration lock-out switch<br />
· Parts counting, percent weighing, animal weighing, checkweighing<br />
· One programmable custom weighing unit specific to your application<br />
· Integral weigh below hook<br />
· Programmable auto shut-off<br />
· Operated by battery or adaptor<br />
Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Platform [mm]<br />
605 070<br />
605 071<br />
605 072<br />
605 073<br />
605 074<br />
605 075<br />
Precision Balance Aventurer<br />
N20330 32 0.002 60<br />
N22120 210 0.01 120<br />
N24120 410 0.1 120<br />
N28110 810 0.1 140 x 150<br />
N2B110 2100 0.1 140 x 150<br />
N2D110 4100 0.1 140 x 150<br />
· Economically priced<br />
· Simple three-button operation<br />
· Contoured for easy cleaning<br />
· Multiple weighing units including parts counting<br />
· RS232 interface standard<br />
· Weigh below hook<br />
· Draft shield on 150, 310 and 410 models<br />
Cat. No. Model Capacity [g] Readability [g] Platform [mm]<br />
AR1530 150 0.001 100<br />
ARRV70 100*/410 0.001*/0.01 100<br />
AR5120 510 0.01 180<br />
ARA520 1500 0.01 180<br />
ARC120 3100 0.01 180<br />
ARD110 4100 0.1 180<br />
* Moveable FineRangeTM 605 042<br />
605 043<br />
605 044<br />
605 045<br />
605 046<br />
605 047<br />
Accessories for Navigator und Adventurer<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
605 056<br />
605 057<br />
605 058<br />
605 059<br />
Security device<br />
Carrying case for Navigator<br />
In-use cover for Adventurer<br />
Draft shield for Adventurer<br />
measuring equipment – mass<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
173
measuring equipment – mass<br />
Mettler Toledo College-balances<br />
667 7961<br />
Electronic analytical balances<br />
· Balances specially designed for educational needs<br />
· Stable enough for daily classroom and teaching laboratory use<br />
· Easy to use<br />
· All models switchable between gram (g) and newton<br />
· Built-in serial interface (RS 232)<br />
· Connectable at serial interface using interface cable<br />
Cat. No. Model Maximum load capacity[g] Readable increment[g] Platform[mm]<br />
667 7962<br />
667 7961<br />
667 795<br />
B154-S 151 0.0001 dia 80<br />
B203-S 210 0.001 dia 100<br />
B502-S 510 0.01 dia 180<br />
174 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 7962<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
729 769<br />
Computer connecting cable<br />
667 795<br />
Complete metal housing<br />
Protective shielding<br />
Glass wind screen (for 0.1 mg and 0.001 g balances)<br />
Flush-mounted weighing mechanism<br />
Adjusting weight for > 667 7962<br />
RS 232, serial, sub-D connector, 9-pin
Spring balance (With excessive strain protection for the spring.)<br />
With scale on transparent tube for good visibility of the spring balance construction,<br />
suitable for projection on the overhead projector.<br />
Inaccuracy: ± 3 % of max. scale value<br />
Length of scale: 7 cm<br />
Cat. No. Range Division Length<br />
314 44<br />
314 45<br />
314 46<br />
314 47<br />
1 N 50 mN 20 cm<br />
2 N 50 mN 20 cm<br />
5 N 0.25 N 20 cm<br />
10 N 0.5 N 20 cm<br />
Dynamometers, tension and compression (Without compression rod.)<br />
With scale on transparent tube and protection against overloading the<br />
spring. Support ring swings to side for compression measurements.<br />
Cat. No. Range Division Length<br />
314 01<br />
314 02<br />
LDS00002<br />
Precision dynamometer<br />
1.5 N 0.1 N 16 cm<br />
3.0 N 0.1 N 16 cm<br />
In strong plastic sheath, with stop to prevent excessive extension of the<br />
spring. With zero-point slide adjustment to compensate for the weights of<br />
accessories required for the experiment, e.g. balance pans or pulleys. The<br />
scale is easily readable, as it consists of alternative red and white divisions,<br />
each containing 10 marking divisions.<br />
314 081<br />
314 111<br />
314 141<br />
314 151<br />
314 161<br />
314 171<br />
314 181<br />
669 040<br />
314 201*<br />
314 45 314 47 314 02<br />
314 44 314 46<br />
Set of 6 dynamometers<br />
* without zero-point adjustment<br />
314 01<br />
Cat. No. Range Division Length<br />
0.01 N 0.1 mN 19 cm<br />
0.1 N 1 mN 19 cm<br />
1.0 N 10 mN 19 cm<br />
2.0 N 20 mN 20 cm<br />
5.0 N 50 mN 21 cm<br />
10.0 N 0.1 N 21 cm<br />
20.0 N 0.2 N 22 cm<br />
50.0 N 0.5 N 23 cm<br />
100.0 N 1.0 N 23 cm<br />
LDS00002<br />
Scale on transparent sleeve in g/kg and N to reveal the design, with stop to<br />
prevent overextension of the spring. With zero-point adjuster. (Not for commercial<br />
use, as these instruments cannot be gauged by trade authorities!)<br />
250 g / 2.5 N; 500 g / 5 N;1 kg / 10 N; 2 kg / 20 N; 3 kg / 30 N und 5 kg / 50N<br />
669 040<br />
measuring equipment – mass<br />
314 04<br />
Support clip, for plugging in<br />
For securing e.g. dynamometers, helical<br />
springs etc. to stand equipment with 4 mm<br />
bore, e.g. clamping block (> 301 25),<br />
perfo-rated stand rod (> 590 12) etc.<br />
Plug diameter: 4 mm<br />
Total length: 3.5 cm<br />
Width: 1 cm<br />
341 13<br />
Precision: ± 0.5 % of max. value<br />
Length: 10 cm approx.<br />
Zero-point displacement: up to 2 cm<br />
Measurement of force<br />
Set of 3 spring balances for<br />
parallelogram of forces<br />
Including 60 cm of string and 5 large<br />
drawing pins.<br />
Length: 25 cm approx.<br />
Spring constant: 0.33 N/cm each<br />
Max. load: 10 N<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
175
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
Demonstration multimeters<br />
Selector switch for<br />
current (µA, mA, A)<br />
voltage (mV, V, kV)<br />
resistance (Ω, kΩ)<br />
Handle<br />
Automatic Blocking System<br />
(ABS) makes it impossible to<br />
connect measuring leads to<br />
the wrong sockets (safety<br />
sockets).<br />
176 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Selector switch for<br />
type of measurement<br />
(AC, DC, Ω)<br />
battery test<br />
manual battery<br />
switch-off<br />
Selector switch for<br />
measuring-range scale<br />
Rear panel – but not a blank panel!<br />
Complete information including<br />
· Selected measuring mode (A/V/Ω)<br />
· Set scale (1-3-10-30-100-300/10…0…+1)<br />
· Measured value (via analog instrument)
The Original:<br />
Leybold Demo-Multimeter<br />
Adjustable scales<br />
531 900<br />
Demo-multimeter<br />
Electronic pointer instrument for current, voltage<br />
and resistance. This device is equipped with a<br />
patented automatic socket blocking system to<br />
prevent unintentional switching of measurement<br />
types. This instrument is ideal for demonstrations<br />
thanks to the extremely large display scale<br />
and the controls provided on both the front and<br />
rear. Analog instrument with scale for monitoring<br />
measured value and battery on rear of<br />
device. Direct display of measured values on<br />
seven switchable scales in 1 – 3 gradation;<br />
including zero-point-middle scale. Large display<br />
fields for type and range of measurement.<br />
Moving-coil meter (core magnet) with built-in<br />
battery-powered measurement amplifier and<br />
effective overload protection in all measuring<br />
ranges. Low amplifier power consumption and<br />
automatic battery cut-out when left on for<br />
longer periods (approx. 55 min.) without scale<br />
change. Includes carrying handle, batteries<br />
and hook for mounting the instrument in the<br />
demonstration-experiment frame (> 301 300).<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
1/3/10/30/100/300 mV AC/DC<br />
1/3/10/30/100/300 V AC/DC<br />
1/3/10 kV AC/DC<br />
1/3/10/30/100/300 µA AC/DC<br />
1/3/10/30/100/300 mA AC/DC<br />
1/3/10/30 A AC/DC<br />
Currents > 30 A to 300 A DC/200 A AC with<br />
clip-on ammeter (> 531 901)<br />
DC voltages up to 300 kV with high-voltage<br />
probe (> 531 93)<br />
± 10 µA/± 10 mA/± 10 A<br />
± 10 mV/± 10 mV/± 10 kV<br />
1/3/10/30/100/300 kΩ<br />
Internal resistances:<br />
100 kΩ for measuring function mV<br />
10 MΩ for measuring function V<br />
1 GΩ for measuring function kV, without probe<br />
30 GΩ for measuring function kV, with probe<br />
Voltage drops:<br />
120 mV for measuring function µA, mA<br />
200 mV for measuring function A<br />
Accuracy: class 1.5<br />
7 different scales: 1/3/10/30/100/300 division<br />
1x scales: 105 scale divisions<br />
3x scales: 66 scale divisions<br />
Zero-point middle scale: 42 scale divisions<br />
Length of scale arcs: 200 mm each<br />
Numeral height: 25 mm<br />
Overload capacity (sustained):<br />
250 V in mV range (AC/DC)<br />
600 V in V range (DC), 400 V in V range (AC)<br />
15 kV in 10 kV range<br />
20 A in range up to 300 mA (AC/DC)<br />
30 A in 30 A range (AC/DC)<br />
Power supply: 3 batteries 1.5 V type IEC R 20<br />
or rechargeable battery 1.2 V IEC HR 20.<br />
Automatic battery cut-out after 50...60 minutes<br />
Battery life for Ni-MH rechargeables:<br />
approx. 100 h<br />
Dimensions: 34 cm x 39 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 5.1 kg<br />
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
531 901<br />
Clip-on ammeter<br />
Accessory for connection to<br />
demo-multimeter > 531 900.<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
I DC 0-30 A / 0-300 A; Uout max 3 V DC<br />
I AC 0-20 A / 0-200 A; Uout max 2 V AC<br />
Frequency: DC - 400 Hz (20 kHz)<br />
Error: ± (1 % from mean + 0.03 A @ 20 A resp.<br />
+ 0.3 A @ 200 A)<br />
Working temperature 0 - 50 °C<br />
Temperature sensitivity: 0.1 % / °C<br />
531 93<br />
High-voltage probe<br />
High-voltage proof series resistor with insulted<br />
handle for measuring nonharzardous DC voltages<br />
from high-voltage sources normally used<br />
in schools.<br />
Measuring ranges: 30/100/300 kV DC<br />
Internal resistance: 30 Ω<br />
Accuracy: class 5<br />
Output: 4-mm safety plug<br />
Length of probe: approx. 32 cm<br />
Length of cable: 2 m<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
177
Digital multimeter<br />
667 908<br />
666 453<br />
667 909<br />
Data output module<br />
For connection to a chart recorder, printer or<br />
computer.<br />
728 069<br />
PC printer cable<br />
With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection<br />
of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface<br />
to the PC.<br />
667 931<br />
Connecting lead for computer<br />
(RS 232, serial), female pin connector,<br />
pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed.<br />
667 932<br />
Adapter cable<br />
RS 232, 9 to 25 pin, for serial interface.<br />
178 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Digital multimeter<br />
The demonstration multimeter from LEYBOLD DIDACTIC for all natural<br />
science subjects: versatile, accurate and sturdy. This microprocessor-<br />
controlled instrument is characterized by high accuracy, enhanced resolution<br />
and extreme ease of use. The menu-driven user set-up is actively supported<br />
by the display and LEDs. The measuring range is displayed alphanumerically.<br />
A plug-in power supply and two measuring leads with safety plug and test<br />
probe are included in the scope of delivery. Using the separately available<br />
data output module (> 667 909), these meter can be connected directly to<br />
a printer, computer or chart recorder. This unit is also supplied with a software<br />
program which enables computer-supported measured value recording<br />
and evaluation in conjunction with the data output module (> 667 909)<br />
Display: LED, 4 1 / 2 digit, 26 mm high,<br />
(7-segment, numeric) for measured value, LED 2-digit, 14 mm high<br />
(alphanumeric) for unit of measure, automatic negative indicator<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
200 mV ... 1000 V DC / (10 µV ... 0.1 V)<br />
200 mV ... 600 V AC / (10 µV ... 0.1 V)<br />
200 µA ... 20 A AC/DC / (10 nA ... 1 mA)<br />
200 Ohm ... 20 MΩ (10 mΩ ... 1 kΩ)<br />
Overload protection:<br />
1200 V DC / 700 V AC 2.5 A fuse<br />
300 V DC / 270 V AC (Ω-range)<br />
Inputs: V - Ω/2 A/20 A<br />
Internal resistance 1MΩ (in voltage measuring range)<br />
Measuring range selection: automatic, semiautomatic or manual<br />
Voltage supply 13 V AC/1.3 A via plug-in power supply<br />
(included in scope of delivery)<br />
Dimensions:<br />
200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 667 908)<br />
200 x 297 x 160 mm (> 667 453)<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg (> 667 908) / 1.5 kg (> 667 453)<br />
Data outputs retrofittable via plug-in unit (data output module, > 667 909):<br />
serial interface (RS 232), parallel interface (Centronics),<br />
analog (recorder) output<br />
All outputs are electrically isolated from the inputs.<br />
667 908<br />
666 453<br />
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
· No loss of resolution via serial and parallel interface of<br />
data output module<br />
· All device functions can be controlled from the computer<br />
by means of the data output module<br />
· Measures voltages up to 1000 V DC and 600 V AC and<br />
currents up to 20 A<br />
· RMS measurement for AC<br />
· Fully automatic, semiautomatic or manual range switchover<br />
· Separate inputs for current and voltage measurement<br />
· User-friendly operation via ergonomically laid out membrane<br />
keypad<br />
· 26 mm high LED display for excellent readability<br />
Digital multimeter<br />
Digital multimeter, CPS version<br />
Recommended accessories:<br />
Data output module for connecting a recorder,<br />
printer and/or computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 90<br />
PC printer cable (Centronics, parallel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728 069<br />
Connection cable for computer (RS 232, serial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 931<br />
Adapter lead (RS 232, serial; 9-pin to 25 pin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 932
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC has the<br />
right instrument for all your<br />
electrical measuring needs<br />
Have a question?<br />
- Send us a fax:<br />
(+49) 22 33 / 604-200<br />
- Or send us an email:<br />
info@leybold-didactic.de<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
179
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
Bench-top measuring instruments<br />
“Hands-on” meter for students<br />
Mirror for<br />
parallax-free readings<br />
Off<br />
Zero point left<br />
Zero point center<br />
5 AC voltage<br />
measuring ranges<br />
3 V…300 V<br />
8 DC voltage<br />
measuring ranges<br />
0.1 V…300 V<br />
Current measurements<br />
up to 10 A via shunt<br />
180 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Rotary switch for all measuring ranges<br />
Zero point left-zero point centerswitchable<br />
in one unit<br />
Scales for zero point<br />
left – black –<br />
Scales for zero point<br />
center – red –<br />
Zero point adjuster<br />
Battery monitor<br />
(automatic cut-out<br />
after 45 min)<br />
6 AC current measuring<br />
ranges 0.1 mA…3 A<br />
6 DC current measuring<br />
ranges 0.1 mA…3 A<br />
Device shown here in actual size
531 100<br />
Multimeter METRAmax 2<br />
High overload-capacity measuring instrument with integrated protection<br />
against damage due to improper handling; specially designed for student's<br />
and practical experiments. The moving coil instrument is protected against<br />
damage with two anti-parallel diodes. Automatic battery cut-out after<br />
approx. 45 min.<br />
DC voltage ranges: 0.1 ... 300 V (8 ranges)<br />
AC voltage ranges: 3 ... 300 V (5 ranges)<br />
DC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges)<br />
AC current ranges: 0.1 mA ... 3 A (6 ranges)<br />
Input resistance: 10 MΩ<br />
Voltage at meter movement: 0.1 V<br />
Accuracy: class 2 DC/3 AC<br />
Zero point: center/left (switchable)<br />
Mirror scale: yes<br />
Overload capacity in current ranges: 3 A/250 V<br />
Fuses: F 3.16 A/250 V<br />
Battery: 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (> 685 45 ), included in scope of delivery<br />
Dimensions: 9.2 cm x 13.7 cm x 3.5 cm<br />
Weight: 320 g<br />
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
METRAmax 2 in student’s experiment with plug-in system for electricity and electronics<br />
531 109<br />
Shunt resistor<br />
For extending the measuring range to 10 A<br />
Accuracy: class 0.5<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
181
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
531 51<br />
Multimeter MA 1H<br />
For quick routine measurements of general and<br />
investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally<br />
high accuracy; limited overload capacity.<br />
531 51<br />
531 51<br />
531 712<br />
182 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
531 712<br />
Multimeter METERAmax 3<br />
Sturdy moving-coil measuring instrument with<br />
automatic overload protection relay and easily<br />
readable scale division.<br />
Contains no fuses which can blow - the ideal<br />
school measuring instrument.<br />
531 712<br />
531 57<br />
531 57<br />
Multimeter METRAport 3E<br />
Multimeter with high overload capacity and special<br />
built-in protection against damage resulting<br />
from incorrect use; with integrated measuring<br />
amplifier for accurate measurements. Control<br />
and display fields are each located in different<br />
halves of the hinged housing. Closing the housing<br />
automatically switches off the battery. The<br />
user can tilt the hinged meter display to achieve<br />
the optimum viewing angle.<br />
Instrument Multimeter MA 1H Multimeter METRAmax 3 Multimeter METRAport 3E<br />
DC voltage ranges 9 ranges: 0.15 V to 1000 V 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V<br />
AC voltage ranges 6 ranges: 1.5 V to 500 V 3 ranges: 3 V /300 V / 600 V 9 ranges: 0.1 V to 1000 V<br />
DC current ranges 6 ranges: 50 µA to 5 A 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 7 ranges: 10 µA to 10 A<br />
AC current ranges 5 ranges: 0.5 mA to 5 A 3 ranges: 0.3 A /3 A /15 A 7 ranges: 10 mA to 10 A<br />
Resistance ranges 4 ranges: 1 Ω to 1 MΩ 3 ranges: 1 Ω to 500 kΩ 5 ranges: 1 Ω to 20 MΩ<br />
Other measuring ranges Capacitance: 2 to 200,000 µF<br />
Level (dB scale) Level (dB scale)<br />
Internal resistance 20 kΩ/V DC 4 kΩ/V AC 1 kΩ/V 10 MΩ (const.)<br />
Accuracy Class > 5 Class 2.5 Class > 1.5 DC , class 2.5 AC<br />
Zero point left left left<br />
Mirror scale yes yes yes<br />
Battery (scope of delivery) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45)<br />
Overload capacity limited 1.2 x max. range value, all ranges up to 250 V<br />
except for current ranges<br />
Fuses - Circuit breaker, 15 A/250 V FF 1.6 G/250 V<br />
Dimensions 9.2 cm x 12.5 cm x 4.5 cm 10 cm x 16 cm x 3.5 cm 14.6 cm x 11.8 cm x 4.4 cm<br />
Weight 250 g 350 g 450 g<br />
531 57
531 581<br />
Multimeter METRAport 32<br />
Folding digital multimeter with adjustable<br />
reading angle for optimum measuring<br />
True RMS measurement even for non-sinusoidal<br />
quantities such as V-AC and A-AC, with evaluation<br />
of DC and AC components (AC + DC)<br />
Diode tester and acoustic continuity tester.<br />
531 581<br />
531 090<br />
Instrument Multimeter METRAport 32 Multimeter METRAmax 12<br />
Voltage measuring ranges 200 mV / 2 / 20 / 200 / 650 V AC/DC 400 mV to 600 V AC/DC<br />
Voltage resolution in lowest range 100 µV 100 µV<br />
Current measuring ranges 2 / 20 / 200 mA / 2 / 10 A AC/DC 40 mA/400 mA/10 A AC/DC<br />
Current resolution in lowest range 1 µA 10 µA<br />
Resistance measuring ranges Lo: 2 / 20 / 200 k�/ 2 M�<br />
Hi: 200 � / 2/20/200 k� / 2/20 M� 400 � / 4/400/4000 k� / 40 M�<br />
Resistance resolution in lowest range 0.1 � 100 m�<br />
Internal resistance 10 M� (const.) 10 M� (> 20 MW )<br />
Diode/continuity tester yes yes<br />
Display 3 1 / 2 digit/18 mm LCD 3 1 / 2 digits/10 mm LCD<br />
Battery (scope of delivery) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 ( 685 45 ) 2 x 1,5 Mignon (> 685 44 )<br />
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
Multimeter METRAmax 12<br />
531 090<br />
Inherent deviation for V DC ± 0.1 % of mes. value/+ 1 digit ± 0.5 ...1.5 % of mes. value/ + 5 digit<br />
Overload capacity Voltage: Voltage:<br />
(200 mV) 250 V<br />
(2 V-650 V) 780 V<br />
720 V<br />
With digital and analog display in LCD field,<br />
measured-value storage, acoustic warning signal<br />
when range end value is exceeded, automatic<br />
battery cut-out after approx. 30 min.<br />
Current: Current:<br />
(2 mA-200 mA) 1 A (40 mA - 400 mA)<br />
(2 A) 2.4 A 480 mA<br />
(10 A) 12 A 10 A 12 A 5 min.<br />
Resistance: all ranges 250 V Resistance: all ranges 420 V 10 min<br />
Fuses FF 2.0/250 G FF 1.6A/500 V<br />
Dimensions 14.5 cm x 11.5 cm x 4.5 cm 9.2 cm x 15.4 cm x 2.5 cm<br />
Weight 450 g 250 g<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
183
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
Features:<br />
· Automatic socket blocking to prevent plugging<br />
of leads into the wrong sockets<br />
· Automatic and manual battery cut-out<br />
· Warnings for fuse breaks and overloads<br />
· Automatic and manual range selection<br />
· Measured-value storage DATA HOLD,<br />
MIN/MAX and current value<br />
· True RMS measurement<br />
for 25 S: TRMS AC up to 1 kHz<br />
for 26 S: TRMS AC/AC+DC up to 20 kHz<br />
531 281 531 291<br />
531 281<br />
184 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
· Infrared data interface<br />
· 4 3 / 4 digit display/± 30,000 digits<br />
· Analog display, ± 35 scale divisions<br />
· Automatic scaling of analog display (18 S)<br />
· Pulse and square-wave generator, 1 Hz...1 kHz<br />
· EMC-compliant design<br />
· Measures levels, events, time<br />
· Rubber coating with stand and carrier strap<br />
· Set of safety leads<br />
Designation Digital-analog Digital-analog Digital-analog<br />
multimeter METRAHit 24 S multimeter METRAHit 25 S multimeter METRAHit 26 S<br />
DC voltage ranges 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V<br />
AC voltage ranges 300 mV ...1000 V 300 mV ...1000 V 300...1000 V<br />
DC current ranges 300 µA ...10 A 300 µA ...10 A 300 µA ... 10 A<br />
AC current ranges 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 3 mA / 300 mA / 10 A 300 µA ... 10 A<br />
Resistance measuring ranges 300 �...30 M� 300 �...30 M� 300 �...30 M�<br />
Capacitance 3 nF...30mF 3 nF...30mF 3 nF ... 30 000 mF<br />
Frequency 300 Hz .... 100 kHz 300 Hz .... 100 kHz 300 Hz ...100 kHz<br />
Temperature - 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C - 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C 200 °C (- 100 °C) ...+ 850 °C<br />
Resolution 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW;1 pF; 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW ; 10 µV; 10 mA; 10 mW ;<br />
0.1 Hz; 0.1 °C 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 °C 1 pF; 0.01 Hz; 0.1 °C<br />
Event counter, duration yes yes yes<br />
Continuity/diode test yes yes yes<br />
DATA storage function yes yes yes<br />
MIN/MAX storage function yes yes yes<br />
TRMS - AC AC/AC + DC<br />
Fundamental error, V DC 0.05 % of measured value / ± 1 digit 0.05 % of measured value / ± 3 digits 0.05 % of measured value / ± 3 digits<br />
Battery (included) 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6 2x 1.5 V/IEC R6<br />
Overload capacity Voltage ranges: 1200 V Voltage ranges: 1200 V Voltage ranges: 1200 V<br />
300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA 300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA 300 µA - 300 mA: 360 mA<br />
3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s) 3 A, 10 A: 12 A (5 min), 16 A (30 s)<br />
Fuses FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC FF (UR) 16 A/ 1000 V AC/DC<br />
Dimensions 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm 8.4 cm x 19.5 cm x 3.5 cm<br />
Weight 350 g 350 g 350 g<br />
531 291<br />
531 301<br />
531 301
531 16<br />
531 16<br />
Analog multimeter C.A 406<br />
For quick routine measurements of general and<br />
investigative nature, not requiring exceptionally<br />
high accuracy; limited overload capacity.<br />
Color-coded display for clear and unmistakable<br />
correspondence between the scales and the<br />
selected measuring ranges.<br />
Mirror scale for parallax-free readings.<br />
531 17<br />
Digital multimeter C.A 5220<br />
Compact multimeter with large digital display<br />
and analog bar-graph type indicator for fast<br />
recognition of changes in the measured value.<br />
Automatic display of function symbols and low<br />
battery indicator; illuminated display. Automatically<br />
switches off after 30 minutes without a<br />
measurement.<br />
531 16<br />
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
Instrument Analog multimeter C.A 406 Digital multimeter C.A 5220<br />
DC voltage ranges 100 mV …1000 V (8 ranges) 400 mV …600 V (5 ranges)<br />
AC voltege ranges 3 V …1000 V (6 ranges) 400 mV …600 V (5 ranges)<br />
DC current ranges 1 mA …1 A (4 ranges) 40 mA …10 A (3 ranges)<br />
AC current ranges 0,3 mA …3 A (5 ranges) 40 mA …10 A (3 ranges)<br />
Input resistance DC: 20 k�/V; AC: 6,32 k�/V DC: 10 M�/V; AC: 270 k�/V bzw. 10 M�/V<br />
Resistance ranges 0.5 �…1 M� 400 �…40 M�<br />
Capacitance – 4 nF …40 µF<br />
Frequency – 100 Hz …200 kHz<br />
Continuity/diode tester – yes<br />
Measured value storage HOLD – yes<br />
MIN/MAX storage – yes<br />
Accuracy for V DC/AC ± 1.5 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value ± 1 % / 1.5 % of meas. value / ±1 digit<br />
for A DC/AC ± 2.0 % / 2.5 % of max. scale value (except 3 A AC) ± 1.5 % of meas. value / ±2 digits<br />
Battery (scope of delivery) 1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44) 2x1.5 V/IEC R 6 (685 44)<br />
Overload capacity V: 600 V rms. V, Hz: 600 V rms. �, cap.: 500 V rms.<br />
Fuses F 3.15 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 0.16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) F 0.4 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 12 A (10.3 x 38 mm)<br />
Dimensions 16.5 cm x 10.5 cm x 5 cm 6.4 cm x 17.7 cm x 4.2 cm<br />
Weight 500 g 350 g<br />
531 17<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
531 17<br />
185
measuring equipment – electricity<br />
531 18<br />
Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010<br />
Conventional multimeter for RMS value measurements<br />
of sinusoidal signals. Large analog<br />
scale and digital display in small window.<br />
Indication of polarity, of values exceeding<br />
measuring range and for low battery. Fuse test<br />
with acoustic signal.<br />
531 19<br />
186 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
531 18<br />
Digital multimeter C.A 5120<br />
High-performance analog/digital multimeter for<br />
true RMS (TRMS) measurements on all signal<br />
forms. Automatic switchover for AC and DC<br />
signals. Large-format LCD display, acoustic<br />
and optical self-test for overload, battery and<br />
fuses. Automatic cut-out after 10 minutes without<br />
a measurement.<br />
531 18<br />
Instrument Analog/digital multimeter C.A 5010 Digital multimeter C.A 5120<br />
DC voltage ranges 200 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 300 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges)<br />
AC voltage ranges 200 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges) 300 mV …1.000 V (5 ranges)<br />
DC current ranges 200 µA…20 A (5 ranges) 30 mA …10 A (3 ranges)<br />
AC current ranges 200 µA…20 A (5 ranges) 30 mA …10 A (3 ranges)<br />
Input resistance V DC: 100 M�/10 M� / V AC: 1 M� 2 M�<br />
Resistance ranges 200 �…20 M� 300 �…30 M�<br />
Capacitance – –<br />
Frequency – 300 Hz …30 kHz<br />
Temperature – yes<br />
Continuity/diode tester yes yes<br />
Measured value storage HOLD – yes<br />
MIN/MAX storage – Max<br />
Accuracy for V CD/AC ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value<br />
for A DC/AC ±1 %/1.7 % of meas. value ±0.5 %/1 % of meas. value<br />
Battery (scope of delivery) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45) 9 V/IEC 6 F 22 (685 45)<br />
Overload capacity V: 1000 V rms. �: 380 V rms. V: 1100 V rms �: 380 V rms (15 A)<br />
Fuses F 0.315 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 16 A (6.3 x 32 mm) F 1 A (6.3 x 32 mm), F 10 A (6.3 x 32 mm)<br />
Dimensions 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm 10.5 x 6.6 x 5 cm<br />
Weight 500 g 550 g<br />
531 19<br />
531 19
575 70<br />
Yt-recorders<br />
For recording one measurement variable as a function of time. For this<br />
purpose, this variable must be available as voltage signal or covered into<br />
such a signal by means of appropriate converters, e.g. the tachometer<br />
(> 337 41) or the motion transducer (> 337 63). Voltages can also be<br />
registered as a function of space by mechanically coupling a displaceable<br />
or rotatable experiment set-up to the paper feed.<br />
Includes a roll of graph chart paper, red disposable felt-tip, 1 spare fuse.<br />
Special features:<br />
· Clearly arranged operating consoles on the modular measuring channels<br />
and timer<br />
· Electronic signal limitation (over the selected measurement range) for protecting<br />
the servo motors.<br />
· Anti-skid and anti-slide paper feed, forward wind and rewind for all speeds<br />
· Paper feed alo externally controllable, additional position switches for quick<br />
and accurate return to selected points.<br />
Writing width: 250 mm<br />
Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V<br />
Intermediate ranges/ sensitivy gain: x 10, continuously variable<br />
Normal position: horizontal um to 30° tilt<br />
Input impedance: 1 GW (to 1 V), 1 MW (from 10 V)<br />
Accuracy: class 0.5<br />
Writing speed: 50 cm/s<br />
Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz<br />
Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable<br />
Overload capacity: max. 250 V<br />
Feed ranges: 1 cm/h ... 120 cm/min (forward wind and rewind)<br />
Control (external): paper feed through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch<br />
Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 12 VA<br />
Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V)<br />
Dimensions: 44 cm x 27 cm x 13.5 cm<br />
Masse: ca. 5 kg<br />
575 70<br />
575 71<br />
1 channel<br />
2 channels<br />
measuring equipment – recorders<br />
Yt recorders are used to register one or<br />
two measurement quantities as a<br />
function or time. This means that these<br />
values must be present as voltage<br />
signals or converted to voltage values<br />
using suitable converters.<br />
Recorders and accessories<br />
Accessories<br />
686 13<br />
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short)<br />
For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662.<br />
686 14<br />
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, blue ( long)<br />
For > 575 71 (channel 2).<br />
575 73<br />
Graph chart paper, 1 roll<br />
For the TY recorders > 575 70/71).<br />
With perforation edges for feed paper.<br />
Writing width: 270 mm<br />
Length: approx. 32 m<br />
Divisions: T-axis: cm<br />
Y-axis: cm und mm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
575 71<br />
187
measuring equipment – recorders<br />
Chart recorders are still among the most useful<br />
measuring instruments. They are versatile,<br />
simple to connect and easy to use. That is why,<br />
in so many cases when measured values are<br />
required in graph form on paper, there is still no<br />
real alternative to chart recorders.<br />
686 13<br />
Set of 3 disposable felt-tips, red (short)<br />
For > 575 70/ 71 (channel 1) and > 575 662.<br />
188 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
575 662<br />
XY-Yt recorder<br />
For recording one variable as a function of another or as a function of time.<br />
Tor this purpose, the variables must be available as voltage signals or<br />
covered into such signals by means of appropriate converters.<br />
Includes one felt-tip, red; Recording paper and one spare fuse.<br />
Writing area: 280 mm (X) x 180 mm (Y)<br />
Measuring ranges:10/100 mV; 1/10/100 V<br />
Intermediate ranges/ sensitivity gain: x 10, continuously variable<br />
Normal position: horizontal um to max. 85° tilt<br />
Input impedance: 1 G� (for mV ranges), 1 MW (for V ranges)<br />
Accuracy: class 0.5<br />
Writing speed: 60 cm/s (x-axis), 80 cm/s (y-axis)<br />
Cut-off frequncy (DIN 43 782): 1 Hz<br />
Zero point adjustment: -5 % to +105 %, infinitely variable<br />
Overload capacity: max. 250 V<br />
Feed ranges/time ranges: 0.1/0.2/0.5/1/2/5/10/20 s/cm<br />
Control (external): pen lift through TTL, or CMOS signal or switch<br />
Supply voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 20 VA<br />
Fuses: M 0.16 C (for 115 V), M0.315 C (for 230 V)<br />
Dimensions: 39 cm x 14 cm x 36 cm<br />
Weight: 6.5 kg
575 45<br />
Counter P<br />
For counting of counter tube pulses or other<br />
electrical pulses as well as for frequency and<br />
time measurement. Especially suitable for student<br />
work. With LED display and special<br />
counter tube input with internal high-voltage<br />
supply. Counter start, stop and reset either<br />
internally via built-in switches or by external<br />
switches such as, for example, contact plates<br />
or light barriers. With built-in loudspeaker, switchable,<br />
for acoustical pulse indication.<br />
Display: frequency, pulse rate or period.<br />
Range: 4 decades with decimal point<br />
Height of digits: 18 mm, 7-segment type<br />
Pulse input: 4-mm sockets<br />
Sensitivity:<br />
> + 3.5 V (TTL or CMOS compatible)<br />
Frequency range: 0 to 1 MHz<br />
Max. input: - 60 V to + 60 V<br />
Counter tube input:<br />
coaxial socket with + 500 V voltage supply<br />
Time base:<br />
quartz, error less than 10-3 % max. ± 1 digit<br />
Frequency and pulse rate measurement<br />
ranges: 9999 Hz/999.9 kHz<br />
Time measurement ranges: 9999 ms/999.9 s<br />
Mains: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 3 VA<br />
Fuses: 230 V: T 0.315 B<br />
115 V: T 0.63 B<br />
Dimensions: 14 cm x 20 cm x 15 cm<br />
Weight: 1 kg approx.<br />
measuring equipment – pulses, frequencies, rates<br />
Path-time diagrams of rotational motions<br />
- time measurements with the counter P<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
189
measuring equipment – pulses, frequencies, rates<br />
575 46<br />
GM Counter S<br />
For counting of counter tube pulses from end-window counter tube<br />
(> 559 01/05). With LED digital display and output for loudspeaker<br />
(> 579 28 , plug-in unit) to make the measured pulses audible.<br />
Built-in start/stop change over switch and rest button.<br />
Pulse indication<br />
Range 4 decades<br />
Height of digits: 8 mm (7-segment display)<br />
Counter tube input: coaxial socket<br />
High voltage supply: + 500 V<br />
Loudspeaker output: 4-mm sockets<br />
Mains: 230 V, 50/60 Hz via mains cable<br />
Power consumption: 9 VA<br />
Dimensions: 16 cm x 10 cm x 6.5 cm<br />
Front panel inclined by 15°<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Absorption of � radiation<br />
when passing through matter<br />
190 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
575 47<br />
Counter S<br />
For the counting of counter tube pulses and pulse rates as well as time and<br />
frequency measurements in students' experiments and practical courses;<br />
6-digit LED display; built-in loudspeaker, counter tube input with integrated<br />
high voltage supply; start/stop and reset buttons<br />
Operational modes: pulse, time and frequency measurements<br />
Display: 5-digit LED<br />
Digit height: 12 mm<br />
Counter tube input: coaxial socket<br />
Voltage supply: + 500 V<br />
Pulse input and output: 4 mm sockets<br />
Measuring ranges:<br />
Frequency: 0 ... 99.999 kHz<br />
Time: 0 ... 99.999 s, 0 ... 99.999 ms<br />
Events: 0 ... 99.999 pulses<br />
Gate times for counter tube: 10 s, 60 s, 100 s, manual<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC/DC via coaxial socket<br />
(not included in the scope of delivery)<br />
Dimensions: 16 cm x 10 cm x 6.5 cm;<br />
front panel at an angle of 15° to the horizontal.<br />
Weight: 0.7 kg<br />
Additionally required:<br />
1 Plug-in unit with female plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 791
�<br />
�<br />
� � � � � � � � �<br />
Cat. No. Article Range [°C] Deg. [K] Length [cm] Dia [mm] Description<br />
382 20<br />
382 21<br />
382 36<br />
382 35<br />
382 34<br />
382 33<br />
666 160<br />
666 161<br />
666 156<br />
666 171<br />
382 48<br />
382 49<br />
382 82<br />
666 157<br />
666 176<br />
666 179<br />
666 173<br />
382 41<br />
666 180<br />
383 19<br />
387 51<br />
382 90<br />
388 05<br />
388 19<br />
666 195<br />
measuring equipment - temperature<br />
Thermometer<br />
Stirring thermometer - 30 ... + 110 ungrad. 27 6 With blue petroleum filling and white lined capillary.<br />
� - 30 …+ 110 1 27 6<br />
� Thermometer - 10 …+ 40 0.2 30 9 With opaque glass scale, blue petroleum filling and non capillary.<br />
- 10 …+ 50 0.1 45 10<br />
- 10 …+ 110 0.2 40 10<br />
- 10 …+ 150 1 25 9<br />
� Chemical - 10 …+ 110 1 26.0 7 Alcohol filled, coloured background,<br />
thermometer - 10 …+ 220 1 30.0 7 fused scale, protective case<br />
� Straight-stem 0 …+ 120 1 40.0 8 Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled,<br />
thermometer - 10 …+ 160 1 34.5 8 with milk glass scale, in protective case, stem length: 100 mm<br />
� Thermometer - 10 …+ 250 1 30 7 Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eyelet.<br />
Thermometer - 10 …+ 360 1 32 8 Thermometer with mercury filling and glass eye.<br />
� Thermometer - 200 …+ 30 1 35 9 With pentane filling, blue reflecting capillary and opaque glass scale.<br />
for low - 110 …+ 30 1 29.5 8 Inclusion thermomter, toluene filled,<br />
temperatures white milk glass scale, prismatic capillary<br />
� Precision - 10 …+ 50 0.1 44.5 8 Inclusion thermometer, mercury filled, white shell background,<br />
thermometer - 10 …+ 105 0.2 40.0 7 fused scale division, insertion depth. 50 mm<br />
� Beckmann 5 K 0.01 61 10 For the boiling point method,<br />
thermometer zero point at the bottom, submersion tube length. 165 mm<br />
� Large - 60 …+ 160 5 50 25 With one coloured block after every 50 °C for better<br />
demonstration thermometer thermometer visibility from a distance; blue petroleum filling.<br />
� Wall - 40 …+ 50 1 40 - On board, 25 cm x 6 cm, with eye for hanging,<br />
thermometer 230 K…320 K on a nail and coloured filling.<br />
Min/max.<br />
thermometer<br />
- 30 …+ 50 1 20 -<br />
Freezing point<br />
thermometer<br />
- 25 …+ 60 1 22 -<br />
Clinical<br />
thermometer<br />
+ 35,2 …+ 42 0.1 13.5 10 With mercury filling; thermometer in plastic container.<br />
Thermometer<br />
for the calorimeter<br />
+ 15 …+ 35 0.2 19 6 Including rubber scaling ring and two metal rings.<br />
Thermometer<br />
for the hot-air engine<br />
- 50 …+ 120 1 27 11<br />
� Contact - 10 …+ 250 2 46 9 Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc. Rod-shaped,<br />
thermometer with milk glass scale. Set-point temperature can be set with<br />
rotary magnet. Mercury filled.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
191
measuring equipment - temperature<br />
666 185<br />
Mini-thermometer<br />
Fast, inexpensive electronic immersion/insertion<br />
thermometer for measuring temperature in<br />
the air, in soft or powdered solids and in<br />
liquids.<br />
Measuring range: -50 ... 150 °C<br />
Accuracy: ± 1 °C (-10 ... +99.9 °C)<br />
Resolution:<br />
0.1 °C (-19.9 ... +150 °C),<br />
1.0 °C (remaining range)<br />
Response time: t 99 = 12 s<br />
Probe dimensions: l = 120 mm, dia. = 3 mm<br />
606 020<br />
666 169<br />
192 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Thermometer holder<br />
For secure attachment of glass thermometers,<br />
glass tubes, etc. to beakers, graduated cylinders,<br />
flasks, etc.<br />
Material: stainless steel<br />
Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm<br />
Length: 55 mm<br />
606 023<br />
382 02<br />
Thermometer modul<br />
Free calibration, for demonstrating the function<br />
and operation of a thermometer.<br />
Erlenmeyer flask: 200 ml<br />
Glass tube: 50 cm, dia. 3 mm<br />
Scale: 1 to 100<br />
Division: 1<br />
606 020<br />
Electronic thermometer testo 925<br />
All-purpose thermometer for daily use in classroom,<br />
workshop and factory, for NiCr-Ni measurement<br />
sensors, in shock-proof plastic housing,<br />
with battery indicator.<br />
Measuring range: -50 ... 1000 °C<br />
Accuracy: ±1 °C or ±0.5% of measured value<br />
(at -40 ... 900 °C)<br />
Resolution: 0.1 °C; 1 °C (from 200 °C)<br />
Display: LCD, number height 14 mm<br />
Toggle functions: °C/°F/, hold function<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
Battery life: > 150 hours (alkali-manganese)<br />
Dimensions: 190 x 57 x 42 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg (incl. battery)<br />
606 023<br />
Immersion/insertion sensor NiCr-Ni<br />
for > 606 020, waterproof, with 1.2 m lead.<br />
Please inquire for additional sensors.<br />
Measuring range: -60 ... 400 °C class 2<br />
Length: 110 mm
Digital thermometer<br />
Measuring temperatures is one of the most<br />
important and most frequent measuring<br />
procedures in scientific teaching. The new<br />
thermometers combine the specific requirements<br />
which arise from demonstration experiments with<br />
the performance of high-precision measuring<br />
instruments. As a result of the built-in<br />
microprocessor, many practical functions are<br />
666 209<br />
realized, which can be easily activated using<br />
the clearly laid out contact keypad:<br />
· Connection of up to three different temperature sensors.<br />
· Wide measurement range from -200 to + 1200 °C.<br />
· Excellent resolution: up to 0.1 K<br />
· Relative temperature measurement from 0 … 199 K with 0.01 K resolution<br />
· Automatic storage of min/max values for each selected input, accessible<br />
for display at any time.<br />
· Measurement of temperature in Celsius, Kelvin or Fahrenheit (°C, K, °F)<br />
· Differential temperature measurement between inputs 1 and 2.<br />
· Manual or automatic selection of measuring input: display interval selectable<br />
1/5/10/30 s in automatic selection (Auto-Scan function).<br />
· Built-in data logger stores up to 14,400 measured values<br />
· Serial interface (RS 232) for connecting to a computer (device supplied<br />
including software)<br />
Display:<br />
7 numeric LED, 4 1 / 2 digits, 26 mm high, 7 segment alphanumeric LED,<br />
2 digits, 18 mm high automatic negative indicator<br />
Inputs: 4 x DIN sockets, 8 pin<br />
Measurement ranges: NiCr-Ni: -200...+1200 °C, NTC: - 20...+ 120 °C<br />
Resolution: -200...+1200 °C: 0.1 K<br />
0 … 199.9 K: 0.01 K (relative temperature measurement with NTC)<br />
Measurement accuracy: 0.2 °C or 0.2 % of the measured value<br />
Analog output: 12 bit conversion -200 °C ... +200 °C: 0.1 K (1 digit � 1 mV)<br />
>200 °C: 1 K (10 digits � 1 mV), selectable resolution<br />
Serial output: RS 232<br />
Data logger function: storage of up to 14,400 measured values<br />
Power supply: 12 V AC/580 mA, via plug-in mains supply unit<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 140 x 150 mm (> 666 209)<br />
Weight: 1.2 kg (> 666 209)<br />
666 209<br />
666 454<br />
Digital thermometer<br />
Digital thermometer, CPS version<br />
measuring equipment - temperature<br />
Digital thermometer<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 454<br />
193
measuring equipment - temperature<br />
Temperature sensors<br />
666 212<br />
666 214<br />
666 193<br />
666 193<br />
Temperature sensor<br />
NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable<br />
(1.5 mm) and DIN plug.<br />
Measurement range: - 200 to + 1100 °C<br />
(intermittently to 1200 °C)<br />
Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2)<br />
Diameter: 1.5 mm<br />
Overall length: 200 mm<br />
666 212<br />
Temperature sensor<br />
NTC resistance element for more precise<br />
measurement. With coiled cord (1.5 m) and<br />
DIN plug.<br />
Measurement range: - 20 to + 120 °C<br />
Tolerances: - 20 to + 70 °C: 0.2 K<br />
+ 70 to + 120 °C: 0.4 K<br />
Diameter: 3 mm<br />
Overall length: 280 mm<br />
666 214<br />
194 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Temperature sensor, Pt 100<br />
For use in connection with instruments<br />
> 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature<br />
compensation in connction with > 667 439<br />
and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element,<br />
with connection cable and DIN connector.<br />
Measurement range: -50 ...+200 °C<br />
Tolerance: DIN IEC 751, class A<br />
Cable length: 1.5 m<br />
Dimensions: 280 mm long, 3 mm dia.<br />
666 194<br />
Protective sleeves for temperature sensors<br />
Glass protective sleeves required when using<br />
the temperature sensor > 666 193 to<br />
measure temperatures in aggressive media.<br />
Set of 5.<br />
Diameter: 7 mm<br />
Length: 150 mm<br />
Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation<br />
Using the digital thermometer, the temperatures at four points (the sump,<br />
two bubble caps, transition) can be automatically registered and stored concurrently.<br />
The temperatures can be displayed consecutively on the built-in display at<br />
user-definable intervals or transmitted to a computer for graphical generation<br />
of the temperature curve via the device-internal serial interface.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Demonstration of fractional crude oil distillation<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Digital thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 209<br />
1 Apparatus for the demonstration of fractionated<br />
oil distillation (without heating mantle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 501<br />
1 Heating mantle, 500 ml, 200W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 753<br />
1 Protective tube for 666 193, set of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 194<br />
1 Rubber tubing, 10 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 181<br />
4 Temperature sensor, NiCrNi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
666 213<br />
666 217<br />
666 216<br />
666 194<br />
666 213<br />
Surfaces temperature sensor<br />
NiCr-Ni thermocouple. With connection cable<br />
(1.5 m) and DIN plug.<br />
Measurement range: - 200 to + 600 °C<br />
Tolerance classes: 1/3 DIN (DIN IEC 584 Part 2)<br />
Diameter (tip): 8 mm<br />
Overall length: 250 mm<br />
666 217<br />
Paddle surface temperature sensor NiCr-Ni<br />
Measuring range: -40 ... + 400°C<br />
Tolerance class: 2 (± 2.5 C°)<br />
666 216<br />
Thermocouple NiCr-Ni<br />
Temperature sensor for very quick surface and<br />
gas measurements.<br />
Range: -200...+400°C<br />
729 769<br />
V24 connection cable, 9-pole<br />
Connection cable (1:1) with a 9-pole sub-D<br />
connector and a 9-pole sub-D socket
666 190<br />
Digital thermometer<br />
For simple but accurate temperature measurements<br />
in physics, chemistry and biology.<br />
Display:<br />
3 1 / 2 digit, 7-segment display, with automatic<br />
minus signal<br />
Height of digits: 26 mm<br />
Range: - 50 °C to 1200 °C<br />
Inaccuracy: up to + 200 °C: 0.1 K<br />
above + 200 °C: 1 K<br />
Input: multi-way socket<br />
Recorder output:<br />
1 mV K-1, via 4-mm sockets<br />
Supply voltage:<br />
12 V/0.6 A, via 230 V/50 Hz<br />
mains plug-in power supply unit (included)<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 1 kg<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Temperature probe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
666 198<br />
Digital temperature controller and indicator<br />
For keeping heat baths, ovens or other electrical<br />
heaters at constant temperature. Special<br />
Features:<br />
· Measurement and display of temperatures<br />
· Control of external heaters to maintain a<br />
given temperature<br />
· Display of actual and set temperature<br />
Display:<br />
3 1 / 2 digit, 7-segment display,<br />
with automatic minus signal<br />
Height of digits: 26 mm<br />
Range: - 50 °C to + 1200 °C<br />
Inaccuracy:<br />
to + 200 °C: 0.1 K above + 200 °C: 1 K<br />
Inaccuracy between 0 °C and + 1000 °C:<br />
±1 % ±1 digit<br />
Recorder output:<br />
1 mV K-1 , via 4-mm sockets<br />
Rating of switching contact:<br />
220 V/6 A or 40 V/10 A max.<br />
Response time: 1 s max. (in water)<br />
Supply voltage: 12 V/0.6 A via 230 V/50 Hz<br />
mains plug-in power supply unit (included)<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 15 cm<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 193<br />
measuring equipment - temperature<br />
Hand-held pH meter (> 666 221)<br />
with temperature sensor (> 666 241)<br />
Temperatures can also be measured using the<br />
hand-held measuring instruments > 666 221,<br />
> 666 222 and > 666 224 with the<br />
corresponding sensors. In addition to the temperature,<br />
it is also possible to measure other<br />
quantities such as pH, conductivity and oxygen<br />
content concurrently.<br />
><br />
For more information on<br />
hand-held measuring instruments<br />
see page 3<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
195
measuring equipment- pH<br />
pH meters and accessories<br />
Digital pH meter<br />
666 450<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC offers a new, user-friendly device with automatic<br />
calibration and temperature compensation.<br />
The information provided in the display and via the LEDs guides the user<br />
easily through all functions.<br />
Special features:<br />
· Measurement of pH (0.00 ... 14.00), potentials (0…2000 mV) and<br />
temperature (-50 … +200 °C)<br />
· Automatic/manual calibration (selectable)<br />
The automatic calibration of the pH probe is carried out with calibration<br />
buffers at pH 7 and pH 4 or 9 (automatic sensing). The instrument<br />
prompts the user for the appropriate buffer solution. For manual<br />
calibration, it is possible to calibrate with any buffer solution.<br />
· Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable)<br />
An NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic<br />
temperature compensation. The measured temperature can be shown in<br />
the display. In "manual temperature compensation" mode, the<br />
temperature is entered via the display and the keypad.<br />
· Connection of any pH or redox electrode equipped with 13 mm DIN plug.<br />
· Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or<br />
computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of<br />
measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer.<br />
196 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 420<br />
Display:<br />
7 segment numeric LED, 3 1 / 2 digits,<br />
26 mm high<br />
14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits,<br />
14 mm high<br />
Inputs:<br />
1 pH standard socket, 13 mm dia.,<br />
1 DIN socket, 8 pin<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
pH: 0.00 ... 14.00; 0 … 1000 mV<br />
NTC: -20 ... + 120 °C<br />
Pt 100: -50 ... +200 °C<br />
Resolution: 0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1 °C<br />
Measurement accuracy:<br />
pH: ±0.02 pH<br />
NTC: ±0.1°C or ±0.3 % of measured<br />
value (>70 °C)<br />
Pt100: ±0.2°C<br />
Input resistance: 1012 �<br />
Temperature compensation:<br />
0 ... 140 °C (automatic or manual)<br />
Slope matching: 40...80 mV (pH)<br />
Zero point matching: pH 5 ... pH 9<br />
Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit �1 mV<br />
Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output<br />
module, > 666 211), for retrofitting<br />
· Serial interface (RS 232)<br />
· Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg (> 666 451)<br />
667 420<br />
666 450<br />
Benchtop apparatus<br />
CPS version
Equipment list<br />
pH-Titration<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Digital pH-meter for demonstration purposes . . . . . . . . . . . 667 420<br />
1 single rod pH electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 424<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 843<br />
1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand, 450 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523<br />
1 Burette clamp for 2 burettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 558<br />
1 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09<br />
1 Miniature clamps, 0 ... 25 mm dia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551<br />
1 Stirring bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 851<br />
1 Beaker, 400 ml, ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 114<br />
1 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845<br />
Chemicals<br />
1 Hydrochloric acid, 1mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 690<br />
1 Caustic soda, 1 mol/l 500 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673 842<br />
Accessories<br />
667 417<br />
pH single-rod electrode<br />
In unbreakable plastic shaft suitable for outdoor<br />
use, with DIN plug, 13 mm dia.<br />
667 418<br />
667 415 667 417 667 418 667 424<br />
Single-rod pH measurement electrode<br />
with conical diaphragm<br />
Insertion electrode for pH value measurements<br />
in paste-like and solid materials such as food,<br />
creams etc.; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
667 419<br />
Single-rod pH measurement electrode<br />
with flat diaphragm<br />
For measuring pH value on flat surfaces such<br />
as skin or leather; in plastic shaft; with DIN<br />
connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
667 424<br />
Single-rod pH electrode<br />
Glass electrode for pH measurements,<br />
with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
Measuring pH during titration<br />
measuring equipment- pH<br />
667 421<br />
Single-rod pH measurement electrode<br />
with integrated temperature sensor<br />
For pH measurements<br />
with automatic temperature compensation;<br />
with DIN connector; 13 mm dia.<br />
667 415<br />
Redox probe<br />
For oxidation-reduction measurements, with<br />
platinum pin and Ag/AgCl reference system;<br />
with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
667 422<br />
Ag/AgCl reference electrode<br />
Standard reference electrode for measuring<br />
potentials; with DIN connector, 13 mm dia.<br />
667 423<br />
Measurement electrode with platinum pin<br />
For measuring potentials; with DIN connector,<br />
13 mm dia.<br />
667 425<br />
Buffer solutions<br />
pH 4 and pH 7 (250 ml each), KCI solution<br />
(3M, 100 ml) for filling single-rod electrodes.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
197
measuring equipment- pH<br />
Inserting the data output module<br />
666 221<br />
Hand-held pH-meter<br />
For measuring pH, temperature and redox<br />
values. If a temperature sensor > 666 241<br />
is connected, temperature compensations are<br />
carried out automatically; otherwise the temperature<br />
is entered manually on the keypad.<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
pH: 0 ... 14 pH ±0.05 pH<br />
-1999 ... +1999 mV ±5%<br />
Temperature:<br />
-199,9 ... +199.9 °C ±0.5 °C<br />
(Pt 1000)<br />
-10 ... +110 °C ±0.2 °C (NTC)<br />
Input resistance: 1019 ohm<br />
Inputs: pH DIN socket (DIN 19 262)<br />
DIN socket, 8 pins (for temperature sensor)<br />
Output: DIN socket, 8 pins, serial (RS 232)<br />
Power supply: 9 V battery<br />
666 238<br />
Storage case for<br />
hand-held measuring instruments<br />
For storage and safe transportation of a handheld<br />
measuring instrument with accessories<br />
(battery, sensors, etc.). With foam inlay.<br />
Dimensions: 270 x 200 x 65 mm<br />
Weight: 450 g<br />
666 211<br />
198 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Data output module<br />
For connection of meters > 666 450 ,<br />
> 666 451>, > 666 452, > 667 420,<br />
> 667 439, > 666 210 and > 667 347 to<br />
a printer and computer.<br />
1 Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
1 Serial interface (RS 232):<br />
selectable 2400/9600 bps, 8 data bits,<br />
1 stop bit, no parity.<br />
Output intervals: continuous, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min,<br />
10 min, 30 min, 60 min; selectable via pushbuttons,<br />
time interval displayed on front panel<br />
of module,<br />
Alpha-numeric data output (ASCII characters)<br />
together with the unit of measurement.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 42 x 95 mm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
667 931<br />
Connecting lead for computer<br />
(RS 232, serial), female pin connector,<br />
pins 2 - 3, 4 - 5, 6 - 20 crossed.<br />
728 069<br />
PC printer cable<br />
With 25 pin sub-D-plug for the connection<br />
of a printer with parallel (Centronics) interface<br />
to the PC.
667 414<br />
Laboratory pH measurement set<br />
Rugged, battery-powered pH meter with<br />
manual temperature compensation.<br />
Display:<br />
LCD, 3 12-digits, 13 mm high (7-segment,<br />
numeric)<br />
Range: pH 0.0 ... 14.0<br />
Temperature compensation: 0 ... + 100°C<br />
Dimensions (case): 145 x 80 x 40 mm<br />
Weight: 1.6 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 pH-meter<br />
1 Set of buffer solutions pH 4 and pH 7<br />
1 Distilled water<br />
1 Single-rod pH electrode (> 667.412)<br />
PH testers<br />
The low-cost alternatives for pH measurement.<br />
Available with single-point calibration and in<br />
waterproof models with two-point calibration<br />
and optional additional temperature compensation.<br />
All models complete with protective cap<br />
and batteries.<br />
667 4051<br />
667 4052<br />
667 4053<br />
Water-proof models<br />
pHep pHep1 pHep2<br />
Measuring range 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.0 to 14.0 pH 0.0 to 14.0 pH<br />
Resolution 0.1 pH 0.1 pH 0.1 pH<br />
Accuracy (20 °C) ±0.1 pH ±0.1 pH ±0.1 pH<br />
Manual calibration Single-point calibration Single-point or Single-point or<br />
two-point calibration two-point calibration<br />
Temperature compensation none none automatic 0 to 50 °C<br />
Battery 3 x 1.4 V 3 x 1.4 V 3 x 1.4 V<br />
approx. 700 battery hours approx. 350 battery hours approx. 350 battery hours<br />
Ambient conditions 0 to 50 °C; RH 95 % 0 to 50 °C; RH 100 % 0 to 50 °C; RH 100 %<br />
Dimensions 150 x 30 x 24 mm 150 x 30 x 24 mm 150 x 30 x 24 mm<br />
Weight 85 g 85 g 85 g<br />
measuring equipment- pH<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
199
measuring equipment - conductivity<br />
Conductivity meters and accessories<br />
Digital conductivity meter<br />
666 451<br />
The new demonstration digital conductivity meter unites ease of use with<br />
state-of-the-art measuring technology.<br />
Special features:<br />
· Can be matched to measuring cells with cell constants<br />
of between 0.7 and 1.3 cm-1 · Calibration of probes with unknown cell constant<br />
using standard solutions<br />
· Automatic/manual temperature compensation (selectable):<br />
an NTC or Pt 100 sensor is additionally connected for automatic temperature<br />
compensation. In “manual temperature compensation” mode, the<br />
temperature is entered via the keypad,<br />
· Temperature coefficient adjustable between 0% and 6% to compensate<br />
the temperature dependency of conductivity measurements for different<br />
measurement solutions.<br />
· Measuring ranges: 2/20/200/2000 mS x cm-1 · Automatic/manual ranging (selectable)<br />
· Display in µS x cm-1 , mS x cm-1 or °C.<br />
· Simple retrofitting of the data output module for connecting a printer or<br />
computer, for convenient registration, display, storage and processing of<br />
measured values; all functions can be controlled via the computer.<br />
200 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Display: 7 segment numeric LED, 3 1 / 2 digits, 26 mm high<br />
14 segment alphanumeric LED, 2 digits, 14 mm high<br />
Inputs: 2 x sockets, 4 mm dia. 1 x DIN socket, 8 pin<br />
Measurement ranges:<br />
0 ... 200 µS/cm<br />
0 ... 2 mS/cm<br />
0 ... 20 mS/cm<br />
0 ... 2000 mS/cm<br />
NTC: -20…+120 °C<br />
PT100: -50…+200 °C<br />
Resolution: 0.1-1-10-100 µS/cm-1mS/cm, 0.1 °C<br />
Measurement accuracy:<br />
Conductivity: ±2 % (70 °C)<br />
Pt 100: ±0.2%<br />
Measurement range selection: automatic or manual<br />
Cell constant: 0.7 ... 1.3 cm -1<br />
Temperature coefficient: 0 ... 6% K<br />
Temperature compensation: 0 ... 150 °C (automatic or manual)<br />
Analog output: 12 bit conversion, 1 digit �1 mV<br />
Data outputs: via plug-in module (data output module, > 666 211),<br />
for retrofitting<br />
· Serial interface (RS 232)<br />
· Parallel interface (Centronics)<br />
Dimensions: 200 x 297 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
667 439<br />
666 451<br />
667 439<br />
Digital conductivity meter<br />
Digital conductivity meter, CPS version
Conductiometric titration<br />
In a neutralization reaction, the conductivity initially decreases, as virtually<br />
undissociated water is formed. Conductivity subsequently increases due to a<br />
surplus of titrant. The point of lowest conductivity corresponds to the equivalence<br />
point of the titration. Precipitation and complexometric titrations<br />
can also be conducted in a similar manner.<br />
Equipment list<br />
Conductiometric titration<br />
Quantity Description Cat. No.<br />
1 Digital conductivity meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 439<br />
1 Conductivity measurement cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 426<br />
1 Magnetic stirrer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 845<br />
1 Stand rod for Bunsen stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 523<br />
1 Bosshead S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 09<br />
1 Miniature clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 551<br />
1 Burette clamp for one burette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 559<br />
1 Burette, 25 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 845<br />
1 Beaker, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 103<br />
667 426<br />
Conductivity measurement cell<br />
In plastic holster with cable and plug for connection<br />
to the conductivity box (> 524 037)<br />
Cell constant 1.0 1/cm<br />
666 214<br />
Temperature sensor, Pt 100<br />
For use in connection with instruments<br />
> 667 420 and > 666 450 for temperature<br />
compnsation in connction with > 667 439<br />
and > 666 451. Pt 100 resistent element,<br />
with connection cable and DIN connector.<br />
><br />
666 222<br />
Data output module<br />
see page 636<br />
Hand-held conductivity meter<br />
For measuring the conductivity (conductance)<br />
of solutions and Temperatures.<br />
Detailed description see page 5.<br />
666 212<br />
Temperature sensor<br />
NTC resistance element for more precise. measurement.<br />
With coiled cord (1.5 m) and DIN plug.<br />
Measurement range: - 20 to + 120 °C<br />
Tolerances:<br />
- 20 to + 70 °C: 0.2 K<br />
+ 70 to + 120 °C: 0.4 K<br />
Diameter: 3 mm<br />
Overall length: 280 mm<br />
667 4101<br />
Watercheck pH and conductivity tester<br />
Combination meter for pH and conductivity.<br />
With single-point calibration and automatic<br />
temperature compensation for conductivity,<br />
rapid response time.<br />
Measuring range:<br />
0.0 to 14.0 pH, 0 to 1999 µS/cm<br />
Resolution: 0.1 pH, 10 µS/cm<br />
Accuracy (20 °C): ± 0.2 pH/±2 %<br />
Calibration: single-point via trimmer<br />
Temperature compensation:<br />
automatic for conductivity<br />
Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 °C, RH 95 %<br />
Battery (included): 3 x 1.5 V/approx. 290 h<br />
Dimensions: 194 x 29 x 165 mm<br />
Weight: 70 g<br />
667 4101<br />
measuring equipment - conductivity<br />
667 4272<br />
Conductivity tester DiST 3<br />
With integrated temperature sensor for automatic<br />
temperature compensation and manual<br />
calibration option.<br />
Complete with protective cap and batteries.<br />
Measuring range 1999 µS/cm<br />
Resolution: 1 µS/cm<br />
Accuracy (20 °C): ±1 %<br />
Calibration: manual via trimmer<br />
Temperature compensation:<br />
automatic from 5 to 50 °C<br />
Ambient conditions: 0 to 50 °C, RH 95 %,<br />
RH 100% waterproof version<br />
Battery: 4 x 1.5 V/approx. 350 h<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 30 x 24 mm<br />
Weight: 85<br />
667 4271<br />
Conductivity tester DiSTWP 3<br />
Waterproof.<br />
667 4271<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
201
energy supply<br />
Batteries, accumulators<br />
Batteries, monocells, mignon cells, babycells<br />
Cat. No./<br />
Replacement part No. Designation Voltage Type Dimensions*<br />
685 44<br />
685 47<br />
503 11<br />
503 09<br />
685 45<br />
* Length including the battery terminal<br />
522 71<br />
Ni-Cd accumulator<br />
Mignon cell 1.5 V IEC R 6 50 mm x 14 mm dia.<br />
Baby cell 1.5 V IEC R 14 50 mm x 25 mm dia.<br />
Monocells (Set 20) 1.5 V IEC R 20 60 mm x 33 mm dia.<br />
Flat battery (normal) 4.5 V IEC 3 R 12 65 mm x 62 mm x 21 mm<br />
Block battery (block type) 9.0 V IEC 6 F 22 48 mm x 25 mm x 16 mm<br />
562 791<br />
With lengthened terminals ending in 4-mm<br />
sockets. The accumulator is supplied completely<br />
discharged and unfilled. The required potash<br />
solution is included in a separate container.<br />
Connection: 4-mm sockets each cell<br />
Terminal voltage: 6 V (5 x 1.2 V)<br />
Charge: 30 Ah<br />
Number of cells: 5<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Charging device, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 35<br />
522 91<br />
503 11 503 09<br />
Potash solution<br />
For refilling the Ni-Cd accumulators > 522 71.<br />
Amount: 2 ltr. in plastic bottle.<br />
562 791<br />
202 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Plug-in power supply 12 V AC<br />
Primary: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />
Secondary: 12 V AC, 20 VA<br />
Connection: flat connector<br />
576 86 with monocell<br />
576 86<br />
Monocell holder STE 2/50<br />
Housing for correctly inserting a 1.5 V monocell<br />
battery. The battery contacts are linked with<br />
both the plug pins, allowing integration of the<br />
low-voltage source into the circuit.<br />
Housing dimensions: 7 cm x 3.8 cm x 4.7 cm<br />
576 89<br />
Battery case, 2 x 4.5 V<br />
For 6 monocells 1.5 V, specially suitable in<br />
connection with the plug-in board > 503 11,<br />
for students' experiments,<br />
Without batteries.<br />
Output voltages: 2 x 4.5 V or 1 x 9 V<br />
via 4-mm sockets<br />
Dimensions:<br />
21.5 cm x 10 cm x 4.5 cm<br />
576 89
energy supply<br />
Supply units<br />
Power supply program<br />
> Fulfills all the requirements of modern<br />
natural-science education<br />
> Clear separation of function fields for easier use<br />
> State-of-the-art technology<br />
> Meets all electromagnetic-compatibility<br />
(EMC) requirements<br />
> -seal for all units according to regulations applicable<br />
as of 1 January 1996<br />
> Modern, elegant design<br />
For example:<br />
AC/DC power supply<br />
0 ... 15 V/5 A (521 50)<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
203
energy supply<br />
Variable extra-low voltage transformers<br />
522 32<br />
AC/DC regulator<br />
For producing regulated, smoothed, adjustable<br />
DC voltage when only AC voltage is available.<br />
Input voltage: min. 12 V AC to max. 25 V AC<br />
Output voltage: 1.5 V DC to 12 V DC<br />
continuously adjustable, regulated<br />
Output current: max. 0.5 A, short-circuit proof<br />
Connection: via 4-mm sockets<br />
Dimensions: 11.5 cm x 6.5 cm x 4 cm<br />
204 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
522 16<br />
521 25<br />
Transformer 2 to 12 V; 120 W<br />
For supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60)<br />
and (> 450 64), or as general-purpose supply<br />
unit for practical experiments. With automatic<br />
circuit breakers for all outputs.<br />
Output voltages:<br />
2/4/6/8/10/12 V AC via safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity: 10 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 138 VA<br />
Protection: T 1.0, primary 3 x overcurrent circuit<br />
breakers10 A, secondary<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 15 cm<br />
Weight: 2.6 kg<br />
Low-voltage power supply 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC/DC, 3 A<br />
Power supply for experiments on electricity and simple electronics experiments.<br />
Output voltage adjustable in steps; overload-protected with bimetallic<br />
switch.<br />
Output voltage: 3/6/9/12 V AC/3 A; 3/6/9/12 V DC/3 A<br />
Maximum load capacity: 3 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 36 VA<br />
Protection: thermal overload protection<br />
Dimensions: 18 cm x 10.5 cm x 7.5 cm<br />
Weight: 1.9 kg<br />
562 73<br />
522 16<br />
Transformer, 6/12 V; 30 W<br />
562 73<br />
Particularly suited for supplying experiment lamps (> 450 60),<br />
the timers (> 337 18 /19) and the function generator S (> 522 62);<br />
overload protected.<br />
Output voltage: 6 V/ 5 A and 12 V/2.5 A via two 4- mm socket pairs<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 30 VA<br />
Protection: thermal overload protection<br />
Dimensions: 16 cm x 8 cm x 6 cm<br />
Weight: 1 kg
667 827<br />
Variable extra-low voltage transformer D<br />
Power supply unit for continuously adjustable<br />
DC and AC voltage. With analog RMS meters<br />
for indicating the output voltage and tapped<br />
current, as well as switch for toggling between<br />
DC and AC voltage mode. Additionally equipped<br />
with two fixed-voltage outputs. All outputs electrically<br />
isolated from mains and earth-free.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
0 to 25 V AC continuous<br />
0 to 20 V DC continuous<br />
6 V AC<br />
12 V AC<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
10 A<br />
10 A<br />
bridge rectification<br />
10 A<br />
10 A<br />
total max. 10 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: max. 300 VA<br />
Protection: T 2.5 primary 3 overcurrent circuit<br />
breakers, secondary<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 6.5 kg<br />
Ideal for all chemistry and<br />
biology applications<br />
521 39<br />
521 39<br />
energy supply<br />
667 827<br />
Variable extra-low voltage transformer<br />
Power supply unit with high load capacity for<br />
continuously adjustable DC and AC voltage. All<br />
outputs with overload protection by means of<br />
automatic circuit breakers, thus particularly<br />
suitable for students' experiments. Additionally<br />
equipped with two fixed-voltage outputs. All<br />
outputs electrically isolated from mains and<br />
earth-free.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
0 to 25 V AC continuous<br />
0 to 20 V DC continuous<br />
6 V AC<br />
12 V AC<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
10 A<br />
10 A<br />
Bridge rectification<br />
10 A<br />
10 A<br />
total max. 10 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: max. 300 VA<br />
Protection: T 2.5 primary<br />
3 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 6.5 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
205
energy supply<br />
52129<br />
Three-phase extra-low voltage transformer<br />
For supplying electrical machine teaching models<br />
(> 563 480 ff.) as well as for experiments<br />
on three-phase current and analog power electronics<br />
which require three-phase voltages. All<br />
phases are electronically protected.<br />
Outputs:<br />
6 V/10 V 3 AC star/delta<br />
23 V/40 V 3 AC star/delta<br />
output via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity: 4 A/2.3 A each<br />
Connection:<br />
230 V 3 AC with neutral conductor, 50/60 Hz<br />
via cable with 5-pin CEE-type plug<br />
Protection: T 1.25 D (3x) all phases<br />
with additional electronic protection<br />
Power consumption: 300 VA<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 7.6 kg<br />
206 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
521 35<br />
Variable extra-low voltage transformer S<br />
Power supply unit for continuously adjustable<br />
DC and AC voltage. All outputs with overload<br />
protection by means of overcurrent circuit<br />
breakers, thus particularly suitable for students'<br />
experiments. Additionally equipped with two<br />
fixed-voltage outputs.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
0 to 20 V AC continuous<br />
0 to 20 V DC continuous<br />
12 V AC<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
6 A<br />
6 A, bridge rectification total max. 6 A<br />
1.8 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: max. 185 VA<br />
Protection: T 1.25 B, primary<br />
2 overcurrent circuit breakers, secondary<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 6 kg<br />
521 29
726 84<br />
Stabilized power supply 5 V/3 A<br />
For supplying the SIMULOG LS-TTL logic elements<br />
in vertical assemblies in panel frames or<br />
demonstration-experiment frame. Rated-voltage<br />
monitor via LED.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
+ 5 V DC via 4-mm sockets or<br />
6-pin DIN socket<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
3 A (short-circuit proof)<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Fuse: T 1.0<br />
Power consumption: 53 VA<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm<br />
Weight: 2.5 kg<br />
726 86<br />
Stabilized power supply ± 15 V/3 A<br />
Laboratory power supply with two separate<br />
and stabilized fixed voltages for vertical assemblies<br />
in panel frames or demonstration- experiment<br />
frame. Rated-voltage monitoring via two<br />
green LED's.<br />
Output voltage: ± 15 V DC via 4-mm sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity: 1.4 A, short-time 3 A<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Fuse: T 1.0<br />
Power consumption: 160 VA<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 30 cm x 12 cm<br />
Weight: 5 kg<br />
energy supply<br />
Extra-Low voltage power supplies<br />
521 45<br />
DC power supply 0 to ± 15 V<br />
Symmetrical, adjustable DC voltage source for<br />
electronics circuits, 5 V DC voltage source for<br />
digital circuits; current-limited. With 2 1 / 2 -digit<br />
display of adjustable DC voltage, including<br />
overload indicator (LED).<br />
Output voltages:<br />
0 to ± 15 V DC, 0 to 30 V DC<br />
5 V via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
1.5 A (short-circuit proof)<br />
0.5 A (short-circuit proof)<br />
Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 5 mV pp<br />
Stabilization at full load: 0.3%<br />
Stabilization for ± 10% fluctuation in<br />
mains voltage: 0.1 %<br />
Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection:<br />
115 V: T 1.0 primary<br />
230 V: T 0.5 primary<br />
Power consumption: 80 VA<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 14 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 2.6 kg<br />
522 33<br />
Regulated power supply 5 V DC, 1 A<br />
Energy supply specially for the logic elements<br />
of the SIMULOG LS-TTL system at one or two<br />
work places or for one circuit with a higher<br />
power requirement.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
2 x 5 V DC (parallel) via one 6-pin DIN socket<br />
each for SIMULOG LS-TTL<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
1 A (short-circuit proof)<br />
Residual ripple at full load: 10 mV pp<br />
Stabilization at full load: 2%<br />
Stabilization for ± 10% fluctuation in<br />
mains voltage: 0.2 %<br />
Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection:<br />
T 0.315 for 230 V<br />
T 0.63 for 115 V<br />
Power consumption: 10 VA<br />
Dimensions: 15 cm x 8 cm x 6 cm<br />
Weight: 1 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
207
energy supply<br />
521 50<br />
AC/DC power supply 0 ... 15 V/ 5 A<br />
High-performance power supply which can<br />
also be used as a constant-current source. AC<br />
voltage is electrically isolated from the DC voltage<br />
and can be adjusted in seven steps from<br />
2 to 15 V/5 A. Overload protection via overcurrent<br />
circuit breakers; capable of supporting full<br />
load while simultaneously supplying DC. Stabilized<br />
and regulated DC voltage continuously<br />
adjustable, 0...15 V, 0...5 A. With two 2 1 / 2 -digit<br />
displays for current and voltage; permanent<br />
electronic short-circuit protection and protection<br />
against interference voltages. Separate<br />
LED indicators for constant current and constant<br />
voltage operation.<br />
Output voltages:<br />
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 V AC<br />
0 to 15 V DC continuously adjustable,<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
5 A;<br />
0 to 5 A, adjustable, short-circuit proof<br />
Residual ripple at full load: � ≤ 50 mV<br />
Stabilization at full load: � 0.2 %<br />
Display: 2 1 / 2 digit, 12.5 mm<br />
Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection:<br />
115 V: T 3.15, primary<br />
230 V: T 1.6, primary<br />
1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary<br />
Power consumption: 225 VA<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 8 kg<br />
208 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
521 48<br />
AC/DC power supply, 0...12 V<br />
Adjustable extra-low voltage power supply with illuminated analog<br />
display meter for stabilized and regulated DC output voltage,<br />
permanent electronic short-circuit protection and protection against<br />
interference voltages; additionally equipped with four electrically isolated<br />
AC voltage outputs. Overload protection via four overcurrent circuit<br />
breakers, thus particularly suitable for students' and practical experiments<br />
as well as demonstrations.<br />
Output voltages: � 0 to 12 V DC continuously adjustable<br />
� 3, 6, 9, 12 V AC via 4-mm savety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity: � 3 A, short-circuit proof<br />
� 3 A<br />
Residual ripple at full load: � ≤ 2 mV rms<br />
Stabilization at full load: � ≤ 20 mV<br />
Display instrument: analog, class 2.5<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection: T 1.4, primary; 1 overcurrent circuit breaker, secondary<br />
Dimensions: 23 cm x 11.5 cm x 19 cm<br />
Weight: 3.5 kg
521 54<br />
DC power supply 0...20 V<br />
All-purpose regulated extra-low voltage<br />
power supply with illuminated output voltage<br />
and output current meters, electronically<br />
short-circuit proof.<br />
Output voltage: 0...20 V continuously adjustable,<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity:<br />
5 A, short-circuit proof<br />
Stabilization at full load: ≤ 20 mV<br />
Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 2 mV rms<br />
Display instruments: analog, class 2.5<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection: T 1.4, primary<br />
Dimensions: 19 cm x 9 cm x 17.5 cm<br />
Weight: 3.6 kg<br />
521 53<br />
DC power supply 2 x 0...15 V<br />
energy supply<br />
Extremely versatile double power supply, particularly suitable for electricity<br />
and electronics experiments. Two identical, continuously adjustable, regulated<br />
DC power supplies, each of which can be tapped independently of the<br />
other. The two outputs are electrically isolated from each other and can be<br />
connected in parallel and in series. The output current and voltage for each<br />
output are indicated on one illuminated voltmeter and ammeter, respectively.<br />
Output voltage:<br />
2 x 0...15 V DC continuously adjustable, via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Maximum load capacity: 2 · 5 A, short-circuit proof<br />
Stabilization at full load: ≤ 30 mV<br />
Residual ripple at full load: ≤ 3 mV rms<br />
Display instruments: analog, class 2.5<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection: T 2.0, primary<br />
Dimensions: 27 cm x 12 cm x 19.5 cm<br />
Weight: 6 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
209
energy supply<br />
210 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
521 70<br />
521 70<br />
High-voltage power supply 10 kV<br />
Earth-free high-voltage source with center tap,<br />
continually adjustable or controllable via an<br />
external voltage, for electrostatic experiments,<br />
Wulf electroscope, experiments on radioactivity,<br />
as well as operation of spectral tubes,<br />
gas discharge tubes and field-emission microscope.<br />
With built-in high-voltage proof<br />
transformer for tapping a heating voltage<br />
(6.3 V/2 A) for electron tubes. The integrated<br />
2 1 / 2 digit instrument permits display of the<br />
voltage present at any of the output sockets.<br />
Passive current limiting ensures that no<br />
dangerous contact voltages can occur.<br />
Output voltages:<br />
0 to + 5 kV<br />
0 to - 5 kV<br />
0 to 10 kV<br />
6.3 V AC, high-voltage proof up to 10 kV<br />
via 4-mm safety sockets<br />
Load capacity:<br />
max. 2 mA (short-circuit current)<br />
max. 100 µA (short-circuit current)<br />
max. 200 µA (short-circuit current)<br />
2 A<br />
External control voltage:<br />
0 - 5 V DC<br />
0 - 5 Vp up to 1 Hz<br />
Voltage indicator: 2 1 / 2 digit LED, 12.5 mm<br />
Connection voltage: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Protection: T 0.5 for 230 V; T 1.0 for 115 V<br />
Power consumption: 50 VA<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 21 cm x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 3.5 kg<br />
667 818<br />
Purticularly suitable for experiments<br />
on water synthesis<br />
Spark-gap supply unit<br />
This unit supplies a DC voltage of<br />
approx.10,000 V and a current of up to 2mA.<br />
Input: 230V / 50Hz<br />
Output:<br />
DC voltage approx. 10,000V and up to 2mA<br />
Power consumtion: 50A<br />
Dimensions: 20 x 14 x 23 cm<br />
Weight: 3.0 kg
Connecting leads<br />
For use in extra-low voltage circuits; flexible PVC lead;<br />
plug with fully insulated axial socket; non-tension.<br />
Plug and socket: 4 mm dia. (nickel-plated)<br />
Conductor cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />
Continuous current: 32 A max.<br />
Contact resistance: 1.8 mΩ<br />
Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm<br />
red<br />
blue<br />
green<br />
black<br />
yellow<br />
yellow/green<br />
501 20<br />
501 21<br />
501 22<br />
501 23<br />
501 24<br />
501 40<br />
Safety connecting leads<br />
For use in low-voltage circuits; flexible; safety plug<br />
with axial safety socket at both ends.<br />
Cross-section: 2.5 mm 2<br />
Current: 32 A max<br />
501 25<br />
501 26<br />
501 27<br />
501 28<br />
501 29<br />
501 41<br />
501 30<br />
501 31<br />
501 32<br />
501 33<br />
501 34<br />
501 42<br />
501 35<br />
501 36<br />
501 37<br />
501 38<br />
501 39<br />
501 43<br />
Length 10 cm 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm 200 cm<br />
red<br />
500 601 500 611 500 621 500 641 500 661<br />
blue<br />
500 602 500 612 500 622 500 642 500 662<br />
black 500 604 500 614 500 624 500 644 500 664<br />
yellow/green 500 600 500 610 500 620 500 640 -<br />
500 851<br />
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
Connecting leads and small accessories<br />
Set of 32 safety connecting leads<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 641<br />
2 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 642<br />
2 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 621<br />
2 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 622<br />
2 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 611<br />
2 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 612<br />
4 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 644<br />
6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 624<br />
6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 614<br />
4 x black 10 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 604<br />
501 05<br />
High voltage cable<br />
Experiment cable with safety plug for<br />
voltages which are non-hazardous<br />
Length: 1 m<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
211
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
Connecting leads<br />
For extra-low voltage circuits; copper lead,<br />
equipped at both ends with a plug and fully insulated<br />
axial socket for connecting further cables.<br />
Plug and socket: 4 mm dia.<br />
Cross-section of conductor: 1 mm 2<br />
Max. continuous current: 19 A<br />
Length 25 cm 50 cm 100 cm<br />
red 500 411 500 421 500 441<br />
blue 500 412 500 422 500 442<br />
green 500 416 500 426 -<br />
black 500 414 500 424 500 444<br />
yellow 500 415 500 425 500 445<br />
yellow/green 500 410 500 420 500 440<br />
Sets of cables<br />
501 44<br />
Pair of cables, red/blue,<br />
(> 500 411/412) 25 cm Set of cables.<br />
501 441<br />
Pair of cables, black<br />
Set of cables (> 500 414) 25 cm.<br />
501 45<br />
Pair of cables, red/blue,<br />
Set of cables (> 500 421/422) 50 cm.<br />
501 451<br />
Pair of cables, black,<br />
Set of cables (> 500 424) 50 cm.<br />
501 96<br />
Cable rack<br />
For tidy storage of test leads. Rail with attached<br />
hanger arms. Hanger arms made of plastic. Intermediate<br />
spaces can be set as required to suit<br />
cable thickness. Includes mounting materials.<br />
Number of hanger arms: 26<br />
Dimensions: 40 cm x 7.5 cm x 3.5 cm<br />
212 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
501 46<br />
Pair of cables, red/blue,<br />
Set of cables (> 500 441/442) 100 cm.<br />
501 532<br />
Set of 30 connecting leads 1 mm 2<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 x red 100 cm ....................................500 441<br />
2 x blue 100 cm...................................500 442<br />
2 x black 100 cm.................................500 444<br />
4 x red 50 cm ......................................500 421<br />
4 x blue 50 cm.....................................500 422<br />
4 x black 50 cm...................................500 424<br />
3 x red 25 cm ......................................500 411<br />
3 x blue 25 cm.....................................500 412<br />
6 x black 25 cm...................................500 414<br />
501 461<br />
Pair of cables, black<br />
Set of cables (> 500 444) 100 cm.<br />
501 531<br />
Set of 42 connecting leads 1 mm 2<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
4 x red 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 441<br />
4 x blue 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 442<br />
6 x black 100 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 444<br />
4 x red 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 421<br />
4 x blue 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 422<br />
6 x black 50 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 424<br />
4 x red 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 411<br />
4 x blue 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 412<br />
6 x black 25 cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 414
501 16<br />
Multi-core cable, 6-pole, 1.5 m<br />
With 6-pole plugs at both ends.<br />
Current: max. 1 A per lead<br />
501 18<br />
Adapter cable, 4-pole, 1.5 m<br />
For connecting, for example, a light barrier (> 313 10 , out of stock) to a<br />
digital counter (> 575 50, out of stock), stop-clock (> 313 01 /03,<br />
out of stock) or gate control (> 575 51, out of stock). Also for connecting<br />
the forked light barrier (> 337 46) with the counter P (> 575 45).<br />
With a 6-pole plug at one end and four 4 mm plugs at the other end.<br />
501 19<br />
Adapter cable, 3-pole, 0.75 m<br />
501 16 501 18<br />
For connecting the power supply (> 522 30) and plug-in units<br />
with a 6-pole socket from the B 4 set from automatic control engineering.<br />
With a 6-pole plug at one end and three 4 mm plugs at the other end.<br />
BNC lead<br />
BNC/BNC plug<br />
Impedance: 50 Ω<br />
501 01<br />
501 02<br />
501 022<br />
501 031<br />
BNC lead, 25 cm long<br />
BNC lead, 100 cm long<br />
BNC lead, 200 cm long<br />
Connecting lead, screened<br />
With two 4 mm plugs at either end.<br />
Length: 8 m<br />
501 19<br />
575 35<br />
Adapter BNC/4 mm, 2-pole<br />
501 09<br />
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
Adapter BNC/4 mm, single-pole<br />
501 10<br />
Straight (BNC)<br />
501 091<br />
575 35<br />
BNC T adapter<br />
575 24<br />
Screened cable BNC/4 mm<br />
501 09<br />
501 10<br />
Coaxial cable with a separate connecting plug for screening.<br />
Impedance: 50 Ω<br />
Cable capacitance: 120 pF<br />
Length: 1.15 m<br />
501 01 - 022 575 24<br />
501 091<br />
501 031<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
213
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
Set of 6 laboratory plugs<br />
Used for making tailor-made leads; only for<br />
extra-low voltages; solder connection<br />
Pin diameter: 4 mm<br />
Wire diameter: max. 2 mm<br />
501 521<br />
501 522<br />
501 523<br />
501 524<br />
501 525<br />
501 47<br />
red<br />
blue<br />
green<br />
black<br />
yellow<br />
Insulated twin wire<br />
Material: copper<br />
Diameter: each 1 mm<br />
Length: 20 mm<br />
501 84<br />
501 511<br />
Connector with small grips, red<br />
501521-525<br />
501 47<br />
501 84<br />
Grip tongs countersunk in a flexible stem.<br />
When pushing the button, the grip tongs slide<br />
out of the stem tip and small parts of up to 4<br />
mm diameter can be attached to the grip<br />
tongs. For extra low voltage.<br />
Socket: for 4-mm-plug<br />
Lateral screw: for attaching a connecting lead<br />
Total length: 16 cm<br />
501 512<br />
501 511<br />
214 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Set of 10 bridging plugs, black<br />
4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing;<br />
max. current 32 A.<br />
501 512<br />
Set of 10 bridging plugs with tap, black<br />
4-mm bridging plugs with 19 mm spacing; with<br />
4-mm tap, max. current 32 A.<br />
Set of 6 two-way plug adapters<br />
Two-way plug adapters.For safe connections<br />
between two 4-mm plugs.<br />
501 641<br />
501 644<br />
501 83<br />
red<br />
black<br />
Set of 6 insulated crocodile-clips<br />
For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare<br />
wires, only for extra-low voltages.<br />
Length: 50 mm<br />
501 641<br />
501 644<br />
501 83<br />
501 861<br />
590 011<br />
501 861<br />
Set of 6 crocodile-clips, polished<br />
For reliable connection of 4-mm plugs to bare<br />
wire; only for extra-low voltages.<br />
Length: 40 mm<br />
590 011<br />
Clamping plug<br />
For mounting of rods of a maximum diameter of<br />
4 mm and wires of a maximum diameter of 1 mm<br />
Pin diameter: 4 mm<br />
Sockets: 1 axial, 1 lateral 4-mm socket<br />
Colour: black
501 50<br />
Set of 10 adaptors for components<br />
For use with rastered socket panels, e.g.<br />
> 576 74/75 as contact points for assembling<br />
circuits with commercially available electrical<br />
and electronic components.<br />
Connectors: on 4-mm-plug, one 2-mm socket<br />
and six 1-mm sockets with contact springs<br />
(all electrically interconnected)<br />
Dimensions: 35 mm x 12 mm dia.<br />
50148<br />
Set of 10 bridging plugs<br />
For use in extra-low voltage circuits on the<br />
rastered socket panel, with imprinted line to illustrate<br />
connection; in storage block.<br />
Plugs: 4 mm dia.<br />
Pin spacing: 19 mm*<br />
Load capacity: 25 A<br />
Set of 10 safety bridging plugs,black<br />
For use in low-voltage circuits.<br />
Plugs: 4 mm dia<br />
Pin spacing: 19 mm*<br />
Load capacity: 25 A<br />
500 59<br />
500 591<br />
591 21<br />
Large clip plug<br />
black<br />
yellow/green<br />
For fastening tubular components having a<br />
diameter of 14 to 25 mm.<br />
Plug: 4 mm dia.<br />
590 02<br />
Small clip plug<br />
For mounting of rods of diameters between<br />
8 mm and 12 mm.<br />
Plug: 4 mm dia.<br />
501 50<br />
501 48<br />
500 591<br />
500 59<br />
*The plugs are designed such that<br />
they cannot be inserted into earthed sockets<br />
of German type<br />
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
Set of 6 safety adapter sockets<br />
For converting apparatus equipped with 4 mm<br />
safety sockets and operated in the low-voltage<br />
range, e.g. power supplies, measuring<br />
instruments and rheostats; with Allan wrench<br />
for fast, easy installation.<br />
500 95<br />
500 96<br />
500 98<br />
590 02 591 21<br />
501 50 with components on plug-in board<br />
red<br />
blue<br />
black<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
215
auxiliary equipment · electricity<br />
502 06<br />
Safety connecting box<br />
502 05<br />
For safe electrical connections between open laboratory set-ups and<br />
the mains supply via safety connecting leads.<br />
Output: 2 pairs of safety sockets with protective shrouds, wired in parallel<br />
Mains switch: 2-pole<br />
Cable length: 1.80 m<br />
Connection: via Euro plug<br />
Supply voltage: 250 V max.<br />
Current: max. 16 A<br />
Dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 5.0 cm<br />
216 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
502 04<br />
Distribution box<br />
502 05<br />
Measuring junction box<br />
For connecting an ammeter and a voltmeter<br />
into circuits whose loads are connected directly<br />
to the mains supply via earthed plugs;<br />
complete with safety connection plugs.<br />
Outputs: 1 earthed socket, 4 safety sockets<br />
Cable length: 1.80 m<br />
Connection: via earthed plug<br />
Supply voltage: 240 V<br />
Current max. 15 A<br />
Connected load: 3600 VA<br />
Dimensions: 13.5 cm x 7.5 cm x 6.0 cm<br />
663 615<br />
Schuko socket strip,<br />
5 sockets (safety mains sockets)<br />
With switch and 5 sockets, turned by 90°,<br />
especially for connection of plug-in power units.<br />
With 4 earthed sockets and separate, 4 mm earthing socket.<br />
Cable length: 1.80 m<br />
Current: max. 10 A<br />
Connection: via earthed plug<br />
698 50<br />
502 06<br />
663 615<br />
Set of fuses in storage box<br />
Contains 18 of the most common fuses in<br />
the Leybold equipment program;<br />
in packages of 10 each.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Storage box, 1 Package:<br />
T 0.08B T 2.5D<br />
T 0.125B T 6.3D<br />
T 0.2B M 0.5C<br />
T 0.315B M 5.0E<br />
T 0.5B F 1.6G<br />
T 063B F 6.3E<br />
T 1.0B F 10G<br />
T 1.25B FF 1.6G<br />
T 1.6D FF 2.0G<br />
502 04
598 15 with material<br />
598 11<br />
Large trolley<br />
For transporting equipment and for experiment<br />
set-ups; with two intermediate shelves. Can be<br />
extended to a mobile, vertical, experiment<br />
stand with the demonstration-experiment<br />
frame (> 301 300). Substructure made of varnished<br />
steel tube with four rotatable rubbercoated<br />
rollers, two of which are lockable. The<br />
steel substructure is provided with holes for<br />
screws for attaching an electric panel for AC<br />
supply (> 598 14). The table is supplied<br />
disassembled. The screws, nuts and an Allen<br />
key necessary for assembly are included.<br />
Top plate: 100 cm x 75 cm (plastic coated)<br />
Top edge height: 90 cm<br />
Intermediate shelves: 82 cm x 55 cm<br />
598 12<br />
Small trolley (not shown)<br />
For transporting apparatus, experiment set-ups,<br />
projectors etc.; with two intermediate shelves.<br />
The substructure is made of varnished steel<br />
tubing and four rubber-coated rotatable wheels,<br />
two of them lock-able. The steel substructure is<br />
provided with holes for screws for attaching<br />
the electric panel for AC supply (> 598 14).<br />
The table is delivered disassembled.<br />
The screws, nuts and an Allen key necessary<br />
for assembly are included.<br />
Top plate: 75 cm x 50 cm (plastic-coated)<br />
Top edge height: 90 cm<br />
Intermediate shelves: 59 cm x 33 cm<br />
598 13<br />
Pump trolley (not shown)<br />
Designed like > 598 12, but only with one<br />
intermediate shelf for supporting a gas ballast<br />
pump, and with a borehole in the top plate for<br />
inserting the intake port (> 379 20).<br />
598 14<br />
Panel for AC supply<br />
Plastic-coated, with three earthed sockets, fully<br />
enclosed, connecting lead with earthed plug,<br />
complete with screws for mounting to the trolleys<br />
(> 598 11, > 598 12, > 598 13).<br />
598 15<br />
Trolley<br />
598 11<br />
For clear storage and easy transport of accessories.<br />
Three plastic trays, cable retainer, and<br />
drilled boards for vertical storage of 24 stand<br />
rods. Four fully rotatable castors (two brake<br />
castors). The trolley is delivered disassembled.<br />
The screws, nuts and Allen key necessary for<br />
assembly are included.<br />
Dimensions: 90 cm x 45 cm x 110 cm<br />
stand material<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Trolleys<br />
217
stand material<br />
Stand bases<br />
300 01<br />
Stand base, V-shape<br />
For assemblies which require a high degree of<br />
stability, also when subjected to loads on one<br />
side. Bore with longitudinal slot and tommy<br />
screw on the bridge and the vertex. Bores provided<br />
for levelling screws. Including pair of<br />
levelling screws and a rivit-shaped insertion<br />
providing a third support point.<br />
Jaw width for stand rods: 8 to 14 mm<br />
Material: cast iron<br />
Length of sides: 28 cm<br />
Weight: 4 kg approx.<br />
Levelling screws: adjustment range 17 mm<br />
301 06<br />
Bench clamp<br />
300 01<br />
Screw-on clamp for mounting rods, panels and<br />
optical benches (> 460 43) to bench tops.<br />
With two threaded bores, through which the<br />
clamping screw can be inserted according to<br />
requirement.<br />
Material: solid cast-iron<br />
Jaw width for stand rods: 27 mm<br />
Jaw width for panels: 20 mm<br />
Max. jaw width<br />
(bench top thickness): 47 mm approx.<br />
301 07<br />
218 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
300 11<br />
Simple bench clamp<br />
300 02<br />
For vertical clamping of rods to bench tops.<br />
Jaw width: 14 mm<br />
Max. jaw width (bench-top thickness): 60 mm<br />
300 02<br />
Stand base, V-shape<br />
Same features as the > 300 01 stand base,<br />
but with smaller length side. Including pair of<br />
levelling screws and a rivet-shaped insertion<br />
providing a third support point.<br />
Material: cast iron<br />
Length of sides: 20 cm<br />
Weight: 1.3 kg approx.<br />
Levelling screws: Adjustment range 17 mm<br />
300 11<br />
Saddle base<br />
Cylindrical base with clamping screw for fastening<br />
rods and plates. The rectangular groove<br />
at the bottom allows the device to be shifted<br />
along a linear scale (e.g. > 311 02) or a ruler.<br />
The groove in the middle serves as a fixture for<br />
clamping a linear scale (e.g. > 311 03).<br />
Jaw width for rods: up to 14 mm<br />
Jaw width for plates: up to 9.5 mm<br />
Dimensions: 5.5 cm x 6 cm dia.<br />
Weight: 0.75 kg<br />
300 06 300 07 300 05<br />
301 05<br />
Bench clamp with pin<br />
For securing devices with a horizontal bore to<br />
bench tops.<br />
Pin dimensions: 5.5 cm x 8 mm dia.<br />
Max. jaw width<br />
(bench top thickness): 60 mm approx.
Base rail<br />
Anodized aluminium, made of solid T profiles with a foot on each end to<br />
facilitate assembly and for safe and easy movement of complete setups.<br />
Cat. No. Length Width Height Weight<br />
666 601<br />
666 602<br />
666 603<br />
Setup for soil testing<br />
Parallelogram of forces<br />
11 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 0.3 kg<br />
55 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 1.0 kg<br />
95 cm 20 cm 6.5 cm 1.6 kg<br />
Experiment tray with support table<br />
666 623<br />
Angle strip<br />
Base rails (666 601-603)<br />
with 3 knurled screws for attachement to the<br />
frame of experiment tray.<br />
Lenght: 48 cm<br />
Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
Stand base made of plastic<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
301 21<br />
301 23<br />
301 25<br />
666 622<br />
666 623<br />
666 622<br />
Experiment tray<br />
stand material<br />
Stable frame in which a base panel is inserted;<br />
watertight seal. Fisnished with white, chemicalresistant<br />
plastic, with two cut-outs in the frame<br />
to serve as carrying handles. Can be used sa a<br />
carrying try or as a base for experiments.<br />
Dimensions: 480 x 350 x 65 mm<br />
Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
Distillation setup with experiment tray<br />
Stand base MF,<br />
span width for vertical rods: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch.<br />
Bore for base rods: 10 mm dia. each.<br />
Plug-in bores: 4 mm dia. each.<br />
Dimensions: 18.5 cm x 4 cm x 3.5 cm<br />
Pair of stand feet for stand arrangements with stand base MF<br />
Support block,<br />
plug-in bores number: 8.<br />
Diameter: 4 mm each.<br />
Span width for rods and tubes: max. 13 mm or 1/2 inch.<br />
Dimensions: 5 cm x 6 cm x 3 cm<br />
666 603<br />
666 602<br />
666 601<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
219
stand material<br />
Stand rods<br />
Stand rods<br />
Made of solid, corrosion-resistant, special steel.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm)<br />
301 26<br />
301 27<br />
300 40<br />
300 41<br />
300 42<br />
608 040<br />
300 43<br />
300 44<br />
300 46<br />
590 12<br />
301 26<br />
Perforated stand rod<br />
With insulated end piece and<br />
additional axial 4-mm-bore.<br />
10 250<br />
10 500<br />
12 100<br />
12 250<br />
12 470<br />
12 600<br />
12 750<br />
12 1000<br />
12 1500<br />
Material: nickel-plated steel<br />
Diameter: 12 mm<br />
Length: 47 cm<br />
Number of bores: 8 lateral, 1 axial<br />
Bore diameter: 4 mm<br />
Bore spacings: 19 and 50 mm respectively<br />
590 13<br />
Insulated stand rod<br />
� � � � � � �<br />
220 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For simple mounting of plug-in components<br />
and parts.<br />
Material: plastic<br />
Diameter: 12 mm<br />
Length: 25 cm<br />
Number of bores: 1 axial, 6 lateral<br />
Bore diameter: 4 mm<br />
Bore spacings: 19 mm and 50 mm respectively<br />
�<br />
301 27<br />
300 41<br />
666 626<br />
Clamps and bossheads<br />
301 01<br />
301 03<br />
301 08<br />
608 060<br />
301 09<br />
301 10<br />
301 11<br />
666 543<br />
608 062<br />
666 615<br />
608 063<br />
666 613<br />
300 42<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
300 51<br />
Stand rod<br />
Bent at right angles, for mounting the highpressure<br />
mercury lamp (> 451 15) into the<br />
small optical benches (> 460 42/43).<br />
Material: nickel-plated steel<br />
Diameter: 12 mm<br />
Arm lengths: 10 and 17 cm respectively<br />
666 626<br />
Stand rod with mounting holes<br />
Used to mount the > 590 02 and > 591 21<br />
spring clips.<br />
Length: 45 cm<br />
7 mounting holes<br />
2 stand tube joints 50 x 10 mm for mounting in<br />
stand bases, bossheads etc.<br />
� LEYBOLD multiclamp. Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm.<br />
Jaw width for panels: 12 mm<br />
Rotatable clamp, with 2 T-screws for mounting of stand rods<br />
and panels. Complete with knurled screw, enabling rods and<br />
panels to be set at an angle. Precision-cast light metal alloy.<br />
Jaw width for stand rods: 14 mm, width for panels: 12 mm<br />
� Clamp with hook, for suspending thread pendulums, spring<br />
balances and simple rope machines (pulleys etc.). Length of<br />
the base rod: 9 cm. Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm<br />
Bosshead, aluminium. Jaw width: 16 mm<br />
� Bosshead S, for perpendicular connection of rods and<br />
tubes. Jaw width: 16 mm<br />
� Clamp with ring, funnels and alike. Ring diameter: 5.5 cm.<br />
Length of base rod including ring: 11 cm.<br />
Span width of the clamp: max. 14 mm<br />
� Clamp with jaw clamp, suitable for use with stand material for<br />
fixing of tubes, flasks and other cylindrically shaped parts.<br />
Length: 16 cm approx. Jaw width: 20 to 80 mm.<br />
Span width to the clamp: max. 14 mm<br />
Double, crossed boss head<br />
Universal bosshead, aluminium<br />
� Universal bosshead. Die-cast aluminium, 50 mm long,<br />
28 mm dia., clamping width 13 mm<br />
Half bosshead with bolt<br />
With universal bosshead; can be used as swivel bosshead.<br />
� Pin, stainless steel, 50 mm long, with two annular grooves.<br />
This pin makes it possible to join two universal bossheads to<br />
form a swivel bosshead.
Stand tubes<br />
Stainless steel tubes, straight; the 13 mm tubes<br />
can be slid over the 10 mm tube so that when<br />
used in conjunction with the universal bosshead<br />
(> 666 615) the tubes can be telescoped. This<br />
provides for continuous height adjustment.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter (mm) Length (mm)<br />
608 050<br />
666 609<br />
608 051<br />
608 052<br />
666 605<br />
666 606<br />
666 607<br />
608 053<br />
666 608<br />
608 054<br />
590 02<br />
666 620<br />
Universal clamp<br />
Clamps with cork padding<br />
666 555<br />
301 72<br />
666 551<br />
10 300<br />
10 450<br />
10 750<br />
10 1000<br />
13 50<br />
13 150<br />
13 400<br />
13 500<br />
13 750<br />
13 1000<br />
666 619<br />
591 21<br />
666 621<br />
Clip plugs<br />
For attaching rods, tubes and test tubes, for<br />
use with STM stand rod with mounting holes<br />
> 666 626.<br />
Cat. No. Range<br />
590 02<br />
591 21<br />
Spring clamp<br />
8...12 mm<br />
14...25 mm<br />
For support table > 666 617.<br />
Cat. No. Width<br />
666 618<br />
666 619<br />
Plug clamp<br />
22 mm<br />
32 mm<br />
For attaching connecting leads to support table<br />
> 666 617.<br />
666 620<br />
666 621<br />
666 609<br />
666 607<br />
Cat. No. Width<br />
red<br />
black<br />
Cat. No. Range Length Stem Finish Weight<br />
0...80 mm 28 cm 12 mm bright 0.1 kg<br />
0...120 mm 30 cm 12 mm bright 0.3 kg<br />
0...25 mm 23 cm with 3 rubber-covered claws 0.2 kg<br />
666 606<br />
666 605<br />
Stand ring with stem<br />
stand material<br />
Used to support wire gauge, etc.;<br />
stainless steel.<br />
Cat. No. Ring-dia. (mm) Length (mm) Weight (g)<br />
666 572<br />
666 573<br />
302 68<br />
666 572<br />
Stand tubes<br />
Clamps/accessories<br />
302 68<br />
666 573<br />
70 280 80<br />
100 300 170<br />
130 280<br />
301 72<br />
666 555<br />
666 551<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
221
stand material<br />
Stands<br />
Bunsen burner stand<br />
Complete, comprising: base plate, (hammered enamel finish) and a stainless<br />
steel stand rod (M 10)<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions Height<br />
666 502<br />
666 504<br />
666 506<br />
Base plate<br />
100 x 175 mm 450 mm<br />
130 x 210 mm 750 mm<br />
130 x 210 mm 1000 mm<br />
Base plate for Bunsen burner, steel (hammer-effect enamel)<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions<br />
666 501<br />
666 503<br />
Stand rod<br />
100 x 175 mm<br />
130 x 210 mm<br />
Stand rod for Bunsen burner, stainless steel, M 10 thread<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions Length<br />
666 523<br />
666 525<br />
666 526<br />
666 588<br />
666 557<br />
666 502<br />
666 559<br />
666 504<br />
666 584<br />
666 506<br />
666 558<br />
666 617<br />
12 mm 450 mm<br />
12 mm 750 mm<br />
12 mm 1000 mm<br />
222 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 617<br />
Support table<br />
Filtration Stands<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
608 030<br />
666 584<br />
Filtration stand, wood, for 2 funnels<br />
Filtration stand, for 2 funnels; plastic, adjustable, on iron plate<br />
stand. Can also be used without the funnel holders as a<br />
Bunsen burner support.<br />
Burette holders and burette stand<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
666 588<br />
666 557<br />
666 558<br />
666 559<br />
300 75<br />
13 mm tube, work surface 28 x 21 cm, made<br />
of white plastic, with two slots for clamp holders.<br />
May be used either horizontally or veritcally.<br />
300 73<br />
Mountable stage<br />
With clamp for easy mounting to a horizontally<br />
or vertically placed stand rod.<br />
Dimensions: 38 cm x 25 cm<br />
Weight: 2 kg<br />
Additionally required:<br />
Stand rod, e.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 42<br />
Stand base, e.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 01<br />
300 73<br />
300 75<br />
Laboratory stand I<br />
300 76<br />
Height-adjustable stand for elevated positioning<br />
of demonstration devices and continuous<br />
height-adjustment of individual devices forming<br />
part of an experiment set-up. With four tommy<br />
screws for fastening equipment.<br />
Usable area: 32 x 22 cm<br />
Maximum load: 30 kg approx.<br />
Height: continuously variable between 65 mm<br />
and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
300 76<br />
Laboratory stand II<br />
Description as for > 300 75, but smaller and<br />
with a cork lining on side, for preventing slippage.<br />
Usable area: 16 cm x 13 cm<br />
Maximum load: 50 kg approx.<br />
Height: continuously variable between 60 mm<br />
and 250 mm. Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
666 583<br />
Laboratory stand III<br />
with 4 knurled screws to fix the height.<br />
Surface area: 20 x 20 cm<br />
Adjustable height: 7 to 26 cm. Weight: 1.8 kg<br />
Burette stand, with two contrast panels.<br />
Dimensions: 180 x 300 mm. Height: 600 mm<br />
Burette clamp, for 2 burettes, with rubber-cushioned clampjaws<br />
Burette clamp, for two burettes, with rubber rollers;<br />
clamping width 10 to 30 mm<br />
Burette clamp simple, for one burette, with two rubber<br />
rollers, clamping width 0 to 20 mm
667 050<br />
Test tube rack<br />
Plastic, for 9 test tubes of up to 17 mm dia.<br />
The plastic holders have inspection slits so that<br />
the contents of the test tubes can be seen right<br />
down to the bottom.<br />
><br />
667 052<br />
667 059<br />
Storage aids:<br />
see page 282<br />
667 067<br />
Drying rack<br />
667 059<br />
Contrast panel<br />
18 x 18 mm; one side white, one side black.<br />
667 065<br />
Pipette stand<br />
Plastic-coated steel wire. Drying rack for bottles<br />
and glassware, for use at the wash basin.<br />
37 pins, 11 support loops, with drip tray.<br />
Dimensions: 63 x 55 cm<br />
Weight: 2 kg<br />
Bottle basket<br />
Plastic-coated steel wire with hinged carrying<br />
handle; for safe transportation of bottles of chemicals<br />
to the laboratory bench and for orderly<br />
storage in the chemicals cabinet. Stackable.<br />
667 060<br />
667 061<br />
667 050<br />
Cat. No. Capacity<br />
12 100 ml bottles,<br />
18 test tube holders<br />
12 250 ml bottles,<br />
24 test tube holders<br />
Plastic, with two plates to accept numerous<br />
pipettes of different sizes.<br />
667 054<br />
667 053<br />
Test tube racks, wooden<br />
667 052<br />
667 053<br />
667 054<br />
667 055<br />
* With 6 drying pegs<br />
667 065<br />
stand material<br />
Cat. No. Capacity Diameter<br />
12* 18 mm<br />
10 22 mm<br />
10 32 mm<br />
6* 22 mm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Racks<br />
223
heaters and stirrers<br />
Burners and accessories<br />
666 714<br />
Cartridge burner DIN type<br />
With air regulation and needle valve, T= 1400 °C.<br />
Delivery incl. 400 ml cartridge (> 666 715) propane/butane mix.<br />
666 715<br />
Cartridge<br />
Replacement cartridge with safety valve for cartridgeburner (> 666 714).<br />
Capacity 3 h, contents: 400 ml, weight: 220 g<br />
666 711<br />
Butane gas burner<br />
with valve and air control, without cartridges (> 666 712).<br />
Height: 22 cm. Weight: 0.3 kg<br />
666 712<br />
Butane cartridges<br />
For butane gas burner (> 666 711) and soldering torch (> 666 713).<br />
Set of three, each 0.2 kg<br />
Burners and accessories<br />
Gas Gas Gas Dimensions<br />
Burner typ Natural Propane universal Height Weight<br />
Bunsen burner with air regulation<br />
Bunsen burner with air regulation,<br />
- 160 mm 0.3 kg<br />
needle valve and gas selection<br />
Bunsen burner air regulation,<br />
- - 160 mm 0.35 kg<br />
needle valve, pilot flame inside * * - 160 mm 0.3 kg<br />
Teclu burner air regulation, needle valve<br />
Teclu burner air regulation,<br />
* * - 160 mm 0.4 kg<br />
needle valve and gas selection<br />
Teclu safety burner<br />
- - 180 mm 0.25 kg<br />
with heavy base 1) 666 695<br />
666 693<br />
656 016<br />
666 6961<br />
666 6941<br />
666 7051<br />
666 7031<br />
656 017<br />
666 709<br />
666 708<br />
- 220 mm 0.7 kg<br />
1) The safety burner is equipped with a thermocouple monitoring device which will automatically stop the flow of gas if the flame should go out.<br />
The burner can be relit immediately by pressing the red ignition safety knob.<br />
* to DVGW and DIN 30 665 part1<br />
Wide-flame attachment<br />
666 724<br />
666 725<br />
666 724<br />
Cat. No. fitting burner<br />
666 714, 656 016,<br />
656 017, 666 6901<br />
666 7051, 666 7031<br />
666 695,<br />
666 693, 666 6941<br />
224 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Safety gas hose according to<br />
DIN 306 64 and DVGW<br />
For all laboratory gas burners and gas types,<br />
flexible, non-kinking.<br />
Cat. No. Length Wall thickness Inside diameter<br />
[m] [mm] [mm]<br />
666 729<br />
607 020<br />
667 187<br />
666 714<br />
666 715<br />
666 7051<br />
666 695<br />
1.0 2.0 10<br />
0.5 2.0 10*<br />
1.0 2.0 10*<br />
* with non-kinking, elastic end sleeve, no hose clamps required<br />
666 713<br />
Butane soldering torch<br />
With basic torch, valve and air control.<br />
Also suitable for glass work;<br />
can achieve a temperature of approx. 1600 °C.<br />
Gas supplied from interchangeable cartridges.<br />
Height: 20 cm<br />
Weight: 0.6 kg<br />
666 709<br />
666 729<br />
666 712<br />
667 187<br />
666 713<br />
666 6961
666 733<br />
Gas igniter<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
666 731<br />
666 7321<br />
666 733<br />
Cover plate<br />
Asbestos-free!<br />
667 100<br />
667 104<br />
666 7321<br />
20 cm x 20 cm<br />
50 cm x 50 cm<br />
Replacement flints, set of 3<br />
Gas igniter, mechanical, with spare flints<br />
Replacement flints, set of 6, fitting gas igniter<br />
Piezoelectric gas igniter, length:<br />
If gas burners are used with liquefied petroleum<br />
gas (propane, butane or a mixture of the two) the<br />
burner must be connected to the gas supply in<br />
compliance with DIN 306 64 and in accordance<br />
with the instructions given by the local school authority;<br />
the pressurized gas hose (> 666 729)<br />
may have to be used.<br />
Rubber tubing for gas burner<br />
Not suitable for liquefied gas.<br />
Cat. No. Length Wall thickness Internal diameter<br />
[m] [mm] [mm]<br />
307 67<br />
667 183<br />
666 682<br />
Four-legged stand<br />
With raised edges to accept the heat<br />
protection plate (> 666 686).<br />
Dimensions: 16 cm x 16 cm<br />
Height: 21 cm<br />
666 686<br />
Ceran ® cover plate<br />
Made of a glass-ceramic material which is resistant<br />
to high temperatures and thermal shocks.<br />
Fits the four-legged stand (> 666 682 ).<br />
Dimensions: 15.5 cm x 15.5 cm<br />
Thickness: 4 mm<br />
666 685<br />
Wire gauze<br />
1.0 2.0 10<br />
1.0 2.0 8<br />
With ceramic material applied to a circle at<br />
the center for thermal protection; contains no<br />
asbestos!<br />
Dimensions: 16 cm x 16 cm<br />
666 686<br />
667 184<br />
Tubing clamps<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm.<br />
666 682 666 681<br />
666 681<br />
Tripod<br />
Hammered enamel finish.<br />
Ring diameter: 14 cm<br />
Height: 22 cm<br />
666 683<br />
Tripod<br />
666 687<br />
Diameter: 14 cm<br />
Height: 26 cm<br />
Wire triangles<br />
with clay sleeves.<br />
Cat. No. Length of the clay sleeves<br />
666 687<br />
666 688<br />
666 689<br />
50 mm<br />
60 mm<br />
80 mm<br />
666 685<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
225
heaters and stirrers<br />
Electrical heating devices<br />
303 22<br />
Alcohol burner, metal<br />
With knurled wheel to raise the wick and cap to<br />
extinguish the flame.<br />
Contents: 60 ml<br />
Dimensions: 65 mm x 70 mm dia.<br />
666 692<br />
Alcohol burner<br />
Glass vessel with wick and ground cap to<br />
extinguish the flame.<br />
Contents: 100 ml<br />
Heating mantles<br />
666 692<br />
303 22<br />
667 823<br />
Power controller<br />
226 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For ohmic and inductive loads, for continous<br />
adjustment of the energy supply for electric<br />
appliances, fitted with mains cable and<br />
connector.<br />
Max. continous load: 2000 W (for ohmic load),<br />
500 W (for inductiv load)<br />
Connection voltage: 230 V / 50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 100 x 70 mm<br />
Weight: 0.8 kg<br />
666 777<br />
Stand<br />
Used with the electric burner (> 666 776)<br />
when heating larger vessels.<br />
666 776<br />
Electric burner<br />
Heating mantles for round-bottom flasks<br />
Used to heat cylinders, beakers,dishes,<br />
crucibles, dry and melt, all without an open<br />
flame. The draft tuble is made of a ceramic<br />
material which is resistant to heat, acids and<br />
bases.<br />
The coils inside serve as heat exchangers for<br />
the heating elements, which are therefore not<br />
charged. The fully enclosed design of the<br />
heating eliminates problems if liquids should<br />
splash or overflow.<br />
Complete with power cord and plug.<br />
For setting and keeping the intermediate<br />
temperatures we recommend our power<br />
cntroller (> 667 823).<br />
Overall height: 17 cm<br />
Power drawn: 590 W<br />
Heat-up period, approx.: 1.5 min<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 1.1 kg<br />
· With clamp for mounting to stand rods and tubes up to 14 mm dia.<br />
For heating highly flammable substances which may not be exposed<br />
to open flames.<br />
· Optimized heat transfer through superior fit and flexible heater.<br />
· Fiberglass mesh insulation for minimum heat build-up on outside surface.<br />
· Plastic-coated housing resistant to numerous chemicals.<br />
· 2 switch positions - 2 heating zones with different power levels, additional<br />
control of heating power possible using power controller > 667 823.<br />
Heating temperature: max. 450 °C<br />
Rated voltage: 230 V AC<br />
Heating zones: 2<br />
Size of round-bottom flask Heating power Two-level control Continuous control<br />
100 ml 85 W<br />
250 ml 130 W<br />
500 ml 220 W<br />
1.000 ml 330 W<br />
2.000 ml 500 W<br />
*With connecting cable 3.5 m<br />
666 751<br />
666 752<br />
666 753<br />
666 754<br />
666 777<br />
666 776<br />
666 7511<br />
666 7521<br />
666 7531<br />
666 7541<br />
666 7551*
666 767<br />
Hotplate<br />
Rapid-heating hotplate with continnous<br />
adjustment switch.<br />
Diameter: 180 mm<br />
Heating power: 1500 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 2.3 kg<br />
607 070<br />
Hot plate<br />
Ceran ® , with square heating plate<br />
Dimensions: 300 x 300 mm<br />
Power: 1800 W<br />
Weight: 3.5 kg<br />
666 781<br />
Muffle furnace<br />
For temperatures up to 1100 °C. The heating<br />
power is adjustable within a range of 10 to<br />
100% by means of voltage control. Temperature<br />
measurement with an NiCr-Ni sensor; digital<br />
temperature indicator in the lower section of<br />
the furnace. The unit is equipped with a ground<br />
fault interrupter.<br />
The housing is made of galvanizied steel sheet<br />
with cream white textured enamel finish for longterm<br />
corrosion protection. Heat is generated by<br />
two heating panels, located at the sides and designed<br />
for easy replacement. The unit is equipped<br />
with high-quality fiber insulation. A viewing<br />
port in the top provides visibility into the furnace<br />
chamber. Supplied with power cord and plug.<br />
Max. temperature. 1100 °C<br />
Power drawn: 1200 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Volume of the furnace chamber: 3 l<br />
Dimensions:<br />
Furnace chamber: 16 x 15 x 10 cm<br />
Housing: 34 x 34 x 38 cm<br />
Weight: 16 kg<br />
666 767<br />
666 786<br />
Crucible furnace<br />
After Simon-Müller, for annealing, incinerating,<br />
melting and vaporizing substances at temperatures<br />
up to 1000 °C. Ceramic furnance; the<br />
inner section of the furnance is made of hard<br />
porcelain, with lid and power cord.<br />
Height: 80 mm<br />
Diameter: 95 mm<br />
Heating power: 700 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 7.1 kg<br />
607 070<br />
664 463<br />
Mild iron dish<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a<br />
sand bath heater.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
227
heaters and stirrers<br />
303 25<br />
Safety immersion heater<br />
With thermal-cutout (as per VDE 0720).<br />
Mains supply: 230 V, 50 Hz, via power cord<br />
Power rating: 1000 W<br />
666 735<br />
303 28 666 735 303 25<br />
Hot-air blower<br />
With overheating cut-out.<br />
Complete with nozzle, power cord and plug.<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V<br />
Power rating: 600/1200 W<br />
Quartz heating element<br />
With ST 29,<br />
fitting the flat ground beaker > 664 340.<br />
Cat. No. Length Heating power<br />
666 757<br />
666 756<br />
30 cm 100 W<br />
30 cm 1.000 W<br />
303 28<br />
Steam generator<br />
228 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For generation of steam used in experiments<br />
on thermal expansion or for operation of<br />
a miniature turbine.<br />
Capacity: 300 cm 2 , approx.<br />
Steam exit pipe diameter: 8 mm<br />
Rating: 230 V, 50 W, via cable<br />
Rating: 550 W<br />
Dimensions: 12.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 14 cm<br />
Weight: 2 kg<br />
667 491<br />
Heating mantle for gas sampling syringe<br />
Hard glass, complete with stand section and<br />
sockets for 4 mm plugs; low voltage heating<br />
coil in inside tube.<br />
Application examples:<br />
· Determination of molar mass after Victor Meyer<br />
· Gas laws after Gay Lussac<br />
Heating power:<br />
50 W (10 V AC / 5 A approx. 130 °C)<br />
Length: 300 mm<br />
Openings: 40 mm dia<br />
Weight: 0.5 kg<br />
Additionally recommended:<br />
Power supply for<br />
demonstration experiments . . . . . . . . 667 827<br />
590 50<br />
Lid with heater<br />
Complete with stirrer, thermometer bore and<br />
2 rubber stoppers.<br />
Main applications:<br />
safe source of heat in experiments on heat<br />
radiation, immersion heater.<br />
Material: plastic<br />
Number of heating filaments: 2<br />
Filament resistance: 2.4 Ω each<br />
Connection: parallel and series<br />
Max. ratings: 12 V, 120 W<br />
Accessories:<br />
Aluminium calorimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 52<br />
384 52<br />
Aluminium calorimeter<br />
Beaker, for experiments on heat energy<br />
(e.g. mixtures) in conjunction with the heat<br />
insulating container (> 384 51).<br />
Capacity: approx. 350 ml<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 7 cm dia.<br />
590 48<br />
590 48<br />
Immersion heater<br />
384 52<br />
For quantitative experiments on the conversion<br />
of energy and for determination of the specific<br />
thermal capacity of liquids.<br />
Connection: via cable with 4-mm plugs<br />
resistance material: ceramics<br />
Resistance: 15 Ω, ±5 %<br />
667 494<br />
Silicone stopper<br />
with 1 hole for heater jacket.<br />
590 50
666 760<br />
Temperature bath<br />
For water and oil baths up to 200 °C, whereby<br />
the set temperature is reached quickly. Protection<br />
against burns in case the bath is touched<br />
inadvertently due to optimum insulation of the<br />
bath. With safety limiter for protection in case of<br />
malfunctions.<br />
Heating power: 1000 W<br />
Total capacity:4.4 l<br />
Temperature stability:<br />
± 3 K (90 °C)<br />
Diameter:20 cm<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Weight: 3.9 kg<br />
Available accessories:<br />
· Set of rings<br />
· Intermediate shelf<br />
· Lid<br />
666 768<br />
Thermostat C10-P5/U<br />
Small compact circulator with powerful pump;<br />
flow rate selectable. Integral bath out of highly<br />
resistant polymer with handles. Pump connections<br />
and water cooling coil. analog temperature<br />
setting with fine adjustment. Adjustable overtemperature<br />
cutout.<br />
Temperature range: 25 ... 100 °C<br />
(with add. cooling): 0 to 100 °C<br />
Temperature accuracy: ± 0,04 K<br />
Heater power: 1500 W<br />
Pump flow rate: 12.5 l/min /300 mbar<br />
Bath opening/-depth: 130 x 170/160 mm<br />
Temperature setting: analog<br />
Temperature display: thermometer<br />
Mainsconnection: 230 V/50-60 Hz<br />
Total wattage max.: 1550 VA<br />
666 771<br />
Heating bath<br />
May be used either as an oil or a water bath.<br />
Bath vessel made of chromium steel, heated<br />
from the bottom. Infinitely variable temperature<br />
adjustement from romm temperature to<br />
+ 350 °C. Additional control via a commercially<br />
availablle contact thermometer (> 666 195 for<br />
example) is possible.<br />
Heating power: 600 W<br />
Temperature range: up to 350 °C<br />
Total capacity: 2 l<br />
Power supply: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Weight: 4 kg<br />
><br />
For more accessories for 666 771<br />
see page 232<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
Heating baths/thermostats<br />
666 742<br />
Submersible thermostat<br />
Small, compact circulator with powerful pump;<br />
flow rate selectabel.<br />
Analog temperature setting with fine adjustment.<br />
Adjustable overtemperature cutout.<br />
Temperature range: 25 to 100 °C<br />
(with add. cooling): -30 to 100 °C<br />
Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.04 °C<br />
Heater power: 1500 W<br />
Pump flow rate: 17 and 10 l/min<br />
Temperature setting: analog<br />
Temperature display: thermomter<br />
Mains connection: 230 V/50-60 Hz<br />
Total wattage: 1550 VA<br />
Dimensions: 9.5 x 15 x 32 cm<br />
Weight: 3.0 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
229
heaters and stirrers<br />
666 766<br />
Circulation cooler<br />
230 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Quiet, space-saving device for maintaining<br />
temperature in external systems in<br />
the temperature range –10 to +30 °C<br />
(e.g. refractometer, heat exchanger).<br />
Working-temperature range: -10 to +30 °C<br />
Temperature constancy: ± 0.7 °C<br />
Cooling performance: 230 W (at 20 °C)<br />
Coolant: R 134 a<br />
Pump capacity: 300 mbar, 12 l / min.<br />
Filling volume: 3 L<br />
Filling opening: 45 mm dia.<br />
Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz<br />
Dimensions:<br />
200 x 490 x 340 mm (W x H x D)<br />
Weight: 20 kg<br />
Power consumption max.: 450 VA<br />
Permissible ambient temperature: 5 to 40 °C<br />
666 7701<br />
Bath circulator<br />
Bath circulator with powerful pump and<br />
TRS (Turbulence Reduction System). Integral<br />
bath out of highly resistant polymer incl. handles.<br />
Digital temperature setting and PID-control;<br />
temperature display: 0.1/0.01 ° C,<br />
three selectable fix temperatures.<br />
Temperature range: 22 to 100 °C<br />
(with add. cooling): 0 to 100 °C<br />
Temperature accuracy: +/- 0.02 °C<br />
Heater power: 2000 W<br />
Pump capacity: 17 l/min<br />
Bath opening/depth: 30 x 19/16 cm<br />
Temperature setting: digital<br />
Temperature display: digital<br />
Mains connection 230 V/50 –60 Hz<br />
Total wattage: 2050 VA<br />
Weight: 6.0 kg<br />
accessories<br />
for 666 7701<br />
666 7702<br />
Water line cooling coil<br />
Accessory for bath thermostat<br />
with integrated bath.<br />
666 7703<br />
Pump set<br />
For refitting as circulation thermostat.<br />
666 7704<br />
Bath cover<br />
For integrated bath of bath thermostat.<br />
666 7705<br />
Lifting platform<br />
For bath thermostat<br />
666 7706<br />
Test-tube holder with insert<br />
For bath thermostat with insert for<br />
46 test tubes, dia. 16 mm.
Speedsafe TM magnetic stirrer<br />
Magnetic stirrer without heater for<br />
mixing smaller quantities up to 1 liter.<br />
Continuously adjustable speed.<br />
Stirring qty. w.r.t. H 2 O: 1 l<br />
Speed range: 100 – 1000 rpm<br />
Dimensions (W x D x H): 120 x 120 x 45 mm<br />
Weight: 0.6 kg<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V<br />
dark blue<br />
light blue<br />
green<br />
666 845 666 841<br />
666 845<br />
Magnetic stirrer<br />
Without heating; work plate made of stainless<br />
steel. Attachment points for stand rods with<br />
M10 thread; complete with magnetic stirring<br />
bars, power cord and plug.<br />
Speed: 0 to 2000 rom (infinte)<br />
Working surface: 14 x 14 cm<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 1.7 kg<br />
607 090<br />
607 101<br />
607 102<br />
666 841<br />
Magnetic stirrer with hot plate 500 W<br />
With white glass-ceramic hot plate for simple<br />
stirring and heating tasks. Integrated DIN<br />
12878 socket for connecting an electronic<br />
contact thermometer.<br />
Heating power: 500 W<br />
Stirring qty. w.r.t. H 2 O: up to 15 l<br />
Speed range: 150 - 1200 rpm<br />
Hot plate temperature range: room temp. -450°C<br />
Footprint: 140 x 140 mm<br />
Motor power: consumption/output watts: 15/2<br />
Supply voltage: 230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
Dimensions (W x D x H): 170 x 276 x 98 mm<br />
Weight: 2.9 kg<br />
607 095<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
MONO electronic magnetic stirrer<br />
Without heater, for stirring quantities up to 3 l<br />
Low-voltage operation for maximum safety<br />
No motor, wear-free stirrer drive<br />
Gentle startup and predefinable stirrer performance<br />
thanks to built-in electronics.<br />
Speed range: 100 – 1000 rpm<br />
Dimensions (W x D x H): 150 x 200 x 35 mm<br />
Weight: 1.4 kg<br />
Supply voltage: 7.5 – 12 V<br />
via plug-in supply unit, 230 V<br />
607 096<br />
KOMET magnetic stirrer bar<br />
Stirrer bar made of high-energy magnet material<br />
for medium to large stirring quantities.<br />
Octagonal shape.<br />
Including stirrer bar holder for<br />
attaching the stirrer bar to the magnetic stirrer.<br />
Length: 50 mm<br />
Diameter: 21 mm<br />
Magnetic stirrers<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
231
heaters and stirrers<br />
666 847<br />
Magnetic stirrer with hotplate<br />
Stainless steel hotplate, heating control via<br />
relay. Wth fitting for attaching the M 10 stand<br />
rod. Temperature is automatically limited to<br />
350 °C, so that the unit cannot be destroyed if<br />
accidentally left on for long periods of time.<br />
The unit is equipped with connector sockets<br />
for contact thermometers (e.g. > 666 195),<br />
making possible external control of heating<br />
power. The status of the heater and stirring<br />
motor is indicated by LEDs. Complete with<br />
power cord and plug.<br />
Rotation speed: 0 to 1250 rpm (continuous)<br />
Plate: stainless steel, 14.5 cm dia.<br />
Heating power: 600 W, relay control<br />
Temperature constancy: ± 1 K<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Weight: 3.2 kg<br />
666 195<br />
Contact thermometer<br />
Used for temperature regulation in baths, etc.<br />
Rod-shaped, with milk glass scale. Set-point<br />
temperature can be set with rotary magnet.<br />
Mercury filled.<br />
Range: -10 ... 250°C<br />
Length: 460 mm<br />
Shaft diameter: 9 mm approx.<br />
666 848<br />
Heating dish<br />
232 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For round-bottom flasks up to 1 l volume,<br />
fitting > 666 847.<br />
666 849<br />
Heater bath<br />
2 l, fitting > 666 847.<br />
666 844<br />
666 844<br />
666 848<br />
Heater bath insert<br />
Stainless steel, 135 mm diam.,<br />
for 12 test tubes, fitting > 666 849.<br />
666 849<br />
666 859<br />
Stirring bar retriever<br />
350 mm long, with strong magnet;<br />
with eyelet for hanging.<br />
Magnetic stirrers<br />
Magnetic core jacketed with PTFE<br />
Cat. No. length [mm] dia. shape<br />
666 850<br />
666 851<br />
666 854<br />
666 809<br />
Laboratory refrigerator<br />
15 5 rund<br />
25 6 rund<br />
50 8 rund<br />
Laboratory refrigerator with explosionprotected<br />
inside space, in accordance with<br />
laboratory guidelines and German accident<br />
prevention regulations.<br />
Complete with inside fittings<br />
(2 shelves, 1 drawer).<br />
Inside space: impact-resistant white plastic.<br />
Capacity: 80 l<br />
Recommended temperature setting:<br />
+2 to +12 °C approx.<br />
Bosch refrigeration unit: statically vented<br />
Power consumption: 135 W<br />
Dimensions:<br />
outside: 470 x 510 x 740 mm<br />
inside: 380 x 410 x 630 mm<br />
Weight: 35 kg
607 175<br />
Lab Egg miniature stirrer<br />
Stirrer for low-viscosity solutions up to 2 liters,<br />
with exceptional design. The bottom half,<br />
which is exposed to the vapor chamber of<br />
the working medium, is made of high-quality<br />
borosilicate glass. This device can be used<br />
around the world with any voltage in<br />
the range 100...240 V.<br />
Complete with mains power lead, leaf stirrer<br />
and stand.<br />
Color: salmon<br />
Power consumption/output: 8 W / 1 W<br />
Viscosity range: 0 ... 100 mPas<br />
Speed range: 0 ... 2000 rpm<br />
Dimensions: 86 x 175 x 89 mm<br />
Weight: 0.4 kg<br />
Additionally required:<br />
For stirrer IKA RW 11 basic “Lab egg”<br />
607 180<br />
607 181<br />
Helical stirrer<br />
for (> 607 175).<br />
Stand R103<br />
666 821<br />
Stirring motor<br />
High-torque design for mechanical mixing of<br />
solutions with low and medium viscosity.<br />
Mechanical drive with friction wheel gearing.<br />
Switch with indicator lamp. Thermal overload<br />
protection.<br />
Rotation speed: 40 ... 2,000 min –1<br />
Chuck: for round rods, 0.5 ... 8 mm dia.<br />
Power consumption: 50 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 60 x 180 x 160 mm<br />
Weight: 3.0 kg<br />
Accessories for stirring motor<br />
666 826<br />
666 823<br />
666 825<br />
666 824<br />
666 828<br />
666 827<br />
666 826<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
666 827<br />
666 823<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
666 828<br />
666 824<br />
Stirrer, with PFTE shaft and paddles,<br />
Length: 370 mm fitting > 666 824 / 825<br />
Stirrer, with adjustable stainless steel paddles,<br />
Length: 400 mm, Diameter: 7.5 mm<br />
Stirrer sleeve, with ST 29/32 standard ground joint core,<br />
10 mm nominal width. Length: 175 mm<br />
Stirrer sleeve, 100 mm, with ST 29/32 standard ground<br />
joint core, 10 mm nominal width.<br />
Stirrer, with glass shaft and PTFE blades<br />
Replacement blades for stirrer > 666 826<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Stirrers<br />
666 825<br />
233
heaters and stirrers<br />
Desalinization of water<br />
666 905<br />
Mixed-bed full demineralization unit<br />
With disposable cartridge; black light-protected<br />
cartridge to prevent the growth of algae. Easily<br />
exchangeable disposable cartridge.<br />
In order to ensure a continous supply of highpurity<br />
water the purchase of a further replacement<br />
cartridge (> 666 906 ) is recommended.<br />
Complete with wall mount, filled cartridge, to<br />
connection hoses and adapter for all common<br />
tap fittings.<br />
Capacity: 4000 “hardness litres”<br />
666 906<br />
Replacement cartridge<br />
666 905<br />
666 906<br />
Disposable cartridge for mixed-bed full demineralization<br />
unit (> 666 905)<br />
Capacity: 4000 “hardness litres”<br />
666 903<br />
234 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Mixed-bed full demineralization unit<br />
Stand unit for producing water which is equivalent<br />
to destilled water. With attached electrical<br />
conductance meter (0...20 mS). Including a<br />
cartridge which may be regenerated. When the<br />
conductance meter indicates a conductance of<br />
over 20 mS the cartridge will have to be<br />
returned to the manufacturer for the regeneration<br />
(shipping documents are enclosed). In<br />
order to ensure a continuous supply of highpurity<br />
water the purchase of a further exchange<br />
cartridge (> 666 904) is recommended.<br />
Complete with 1.5 m long hose and R 3/4” fitting<br />
for immediate connection to the water<br />
supply, with mains cable and mains plug.<br />
Capacity:<br />
6000 “hardness litres” = 600 l at 10° hardness<br />
Capacity per hour: 80 l max.<br />
Power supply: 230 v / 50 Hz<br />
Dimensions: 160 x 160 x 440 mm<br />
Weight: 6.5 kg<br />
666 904<br />
Exchange cartridge<br />
For mixed-bed full demineralization unit<br />
(> 666 903).<br />
Capacity. 6000 “hardness litres”<br />
Dimensions: 160 x 160 x 290 mm<br />
Weight. 4.5 kg<br />
664 547<br />
666 903<br />
Container<br />
For fully deionized water;<br />
with carrying handle and stopcock.<br />
Material: polyethylene<br />
Volume: 10 l<br />
666 904<br />
666 911<br />
Water distillation unit<br />
Fully automatic unit with solenoid valve for<br />
production of distilled water which is free of<br />
germs and pyrogens. Conductivity of the<br />
produced water is about 2.3 uS at 20 °C. All<br />
parts which come into contact with water or<br />
water vapour are made of stainless steel. The<br />
built-in elec-tronic level switch shuts off the<br />
supply to the heater and also interrupts the<br />
cooling water and the feed water supply as<br />
soon as the reservoir vessel is full. When<br />
drawing distilled water the unit comes on again<br />
automatically. with protection against low water<br />
(overtemperature switch), to prevent the heater<br />
from overheating.<br />
The unit also switches itself off automatically<br />
in case the distillation section becomes<br />
contaminated.<br />
May be used either as a table-top unit,<br />
or for wall mounting.<br />
Feed water line: 11 mm dia.<br />
Water drain: 12 mm dia.<br />
Distillate supply line:<br />
cock at the front of the lower section<br />
Capacity: 4 l/h<br />
Reservoir vessel: 8 l<br />
Cooling water consumption: 48 l/h<br />
Power supply: 230 V/50 Hz; 3 kW<br />
Dimensions: 620 x 330 x 460 mm<br />
Weight: 20.2 kg<br />
* Tubing for water inlet and outlet<br />
not included
666 800<br />
Incubator cabinet<br />
Drying cabinet<br />
With 24-hour timer, stainless-steel construction, with double door (glass<br />
inner door, stainless steel outer door). High-quality insulation isolates the<br />
interior from the outside housing.<br />
Digital (LED) display of current temperature. With overheating protection as<br />
per DIN 128 80.<br />
Protective class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor<br />
With factory calibration certificate for 37 °C<br />
Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide.<br />
With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power cord and plug.<br />
Temperature range: 30 to 70 °C, infinite control<br />
Temperature fluctuations, max.:<br />
over time at ± 0.1 °C<br />
over space at ± 0.4 °C<br />
Volume: 32 l<br />
Inside dimensions: 40 x 32 x 25 cm<br />
Outside dimensions:55 x 60 x 40 cm<br />
Heating power: 440 W<br />
Power supply: 230 V/ 50 Hz<br />
Weight: 31 kg<br />
Made entirely of stainless steel; high-quality<br />
thermal insultion for isolation of the interior compartment<br />
from the outside housing. Digital (LED)<br />
display for current temperature. With overheating<br />
protection as per DIN 128 80: Protective<br />
class 3.1 = temperature selection monitor.<br />
Fresh air volume can be regulated with a slide.<br />
With 2 slide-in trays, 3 signal lamps and power<br />
cord and plug.<br />
Temperaure range: 30...200 °C, infinite control<br />
Temperature fluctuations, max.:<br />
over time at 150 °C: ± 0.5 °C<br />
over space at 150 °C:<br />
better than + 2.7 of max. temp<br />
Power supply: 230 V /50 Hz<br />
666 804<br />
666 803<br />
666 805<br />
heaters and stirrers<br />
Drying cabinets, incubator<br />
666 808<br />
Volume 32 l 32 l 53 l 53 l<br />
Inside dimensions 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 40 cm x 32 cm x 25 cm 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm 40 cm x 40 cm x 33 cm<br />
Outside dimensions 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 55 cm x 60 cm x 40 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm 55 cm x 68 cm x 48 cm<br />
Heater power 1,100 W 1,100 W 1,400 W 1,400 W<br />
Weight 28 kg 28 kg 35 kg 35 kg<br />
Timer, 0 to 24 hours - yes - yes<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
235
heaters and stirrers<br />
666 861<br />
Hand-driven centrifuge<br />
For two centrifuge tubes, complete with crank<br />
handle and table clamp.<br />
Speed: max. 2000 rpm<br />
Weight: 2.1 kg approx.<br />
Centrifuge tubes<br />
Set of 10, ungraduated, conical. For centrifuge<br />
> 666 861, 666 863 and 666 864.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Extras<br />
664 070<br />
664 071<br />
15 ml with screw-on thread<br />
15 ml<br />
666 864<br />
236 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Small electric centrifuge<br />
With angular rotor 8 x 15 ml and transparent<br />
cover. Construction: steel housing and angular<br />
rotor, glass fiber-reinforced polyamide sleeves,<br />
autoclavable, polycarbonate cover.<br />
Advantage: no rubber inserts required for<br />
cylindrical centrifuge tubes.<br />
Capacity: 8 x 15 ml angular rotor<br />
Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875<br />
Continuously adjustable speed control for<br />
ease of use<br />
Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N)<br />
Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 0.06 kVA<br />
Power lead:<br />
profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long<br />
Dimensions: 220 dia., height 180 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 3.0 kg<br />
666 863<br />
Laboratory centrifuge<br />
Centrifuges<br />
Unbreakable, shockproof plastic housing with<br />
angular steel rotor for 8 x 15 ml, preselectable,<br />
continuous speed control with speed display<br />
instrument, continuous run-time control up<br />
to 60 minutes, electric cover lock as standard<br />
feature.<br />
Advantage: no rubber inserts required for<br />
cylindrical centrifuge tubes.<br />
Maximum speed: 5500 rpm acc. to RZB 2875<br />
Continuously adjustable run-time control up<br />
to 60 min for ease of use<br />
Continuously adjustable speed control,<br />
speed display instrument<br />
Radio interference suppression: VDE 0875 (N)<br />
Power: 220 V/ 50/60 Hz<br />
Power consumption: 0.06 kVA<br />
Power lead:<br />
profile plug (European), 3-pole, 2.0 m long<br />
Dimensions: 245 x 280 x 200 mm<br />
Weight: 3.8 kg
Glass<br />
the ideal material for experiments in chemistry<br />
Items made of glass are among the most commonly<br />
used pieces of demonstration equipment<br />
and aids in teaching chemistry. The special properties<br />
of glass or quartz glass make for a broad<br />
range of uses. These characteristics include:<br />
· complete transparency,<br />
· resistance to corrosive liquids and gases,<br />
in many cases highly resistant to temperature<br />
fluctuation.<br />
In so far as DIN standards have been issued for<br />
individual items of glassware, our products satisfy<br />
these requirements.<br />
Properties of types of glass commonly used in the laboratory:<br />
ST standard ground joint<br />
Conical, precision-ground connection for glassware<br />
(1:10 taper), for vacuum-tight assembly<br />
(comprising the socket and the cone).<br />
The standard sizes (e.g. ST 19/26) indicate the<br />
maximum diameter (19 mm) and the length of<br />
the cone (26 mm).<br />
The following standard sizes are commonly<br />
used: ST 14.5/23, ST 19/26, ST 29/32<br />
and ST 45/40.<br />
Especially to be recommended as standard for<br />
school use are: ST 19/26 for student experiments<br />
and demonstration equipment ST 29/32 for<br />
demonstration equipment.<br />
GL: screw thread connector<br />
Threaded connection on glassware, comprising<br />
the glass thread and a plastic screw cap with a<br />
seal or plastic nipple. The size (e.g. GL 18) indi-<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Type of glass Manufacturer Softening point Thermal shock resistance Uses<br />
cates the outside thread diameter (18 mm).<br />
Uses: passage of glass tubing and thermometers;<br />
hose connections<br />
Beaded lip:<br />
A beaded lip protects against injuries<br />
SB: stopper seating<br />
Rugged, conical opening in glassware, unfinished<br />
state of the standard ground joint; suitable<br />
for inserting rubber stoppers.<br />
The size (e.g. SB 29) indicates the greatest diameter<br />
of the stopper seat in millimeters<br />
KPG: precision glass material<br />
Precision, core-drawn glass tubes and rods;<br />
cylindrical glassware with enhanced dimensional<br />
accuracy.<br />
Fiolax Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 770 °C approx. 170 K Test tubes<br />
Hard glass (type 3.3 e.g: Duran Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 820 °C approx. 250 K <strong>General</strong> reaction vessels,<br />
borosilicate glass) Pyrex Corning Glass, Wiesbaden approx. 820 °C approx. 250 K beakers<br />
Supremax Glaswerke Schott, Mainz approx. 940 °C approx. 205 K Melting tubes, reaction tubes<br />
Quartz W.C. Heraeus, Hanau approx. 1400 °C approx. 1000 K Reaction tubes, UV lamps<br />
Plastics<br />
In classroom work it is often possible to make use of plastic products, which are as a rule more economical.<br />
The following types of plastics are the ones most commonly used in school laboratories:<br />
Polyethylene (PE): Excellent resistance to many solvents, bases and non-oxidizing acids; low water absorption, high specific resistance; very high<br />
impact resistance, unbreakable.<br />
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC): Low flammability; polymers which do not include plasticizers are resistant to many acids, bases, alcohols and oils; good aging<br />
properties.<br />
Polystyrene (PS): Flammable, resistant to inorganic acids and bases, not resistant to most organic solvents; fully transparent, hard, brittle.<br />
Polypropylene (PP): Translucent, can be sterilized, unbreakable, resistant to a large number of chemicals.<br />
Polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE)<br />
(e.g. Teflon<br />
Resistant to almost all chemicals; with excellent non-stick characteristics; suitable for use at a wide range of temperatures.<br />
® )<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
237
Beaker<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Beakers<br />
With graduation and pouring lip, DIN 12 331, ISO 3819, hard glass.<br />
squat shape Volume tall shape<br />
664 109<br />
664 100<br />
664 101<br />
664 103<br />
664 104<br />
664 105<br />
664 107<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks with beaded rim<br />
25 ml -<br />
50 ml<br />
664 110<br />
100 ml<br />
664 111<br />
250 ml<br />
664 113<br />
400 ml<br />
664 114<br />
600 ml<br />
664 115<br />
1000 ml<br />
664 117<br />
With graduation, DIN 12 380, ISO 1773 hard glass.<br />
Narrow neck Volume Wide-neck<br />
664 231<br />
664 232<br />
664 233<br />
664 234<br />
664 235<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
400 ml<br />
600 ml<br />
664 240<br />
664 246<br />
664 238<br />
664 239<br />
664 236<br />
238 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Beakers, polypropylene<br />
Squat shape, with graduation and pouring lip, as per DIN standards<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
664 120<br />
664 121<br />
664 123<br />
664 125<br />
664 127<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
600 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
Erlenmeyer flask with stopper seating<br />
Borosilicate glass, with graduation.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Stopper seating<br />
664 241<br />
664 242<br />
664 243<br />
664 244<br />
664 245<br />
Erlenmeyer flask with ground rim<br />
100 ml, narrow neck SB 19<br />
100 ml SB 29<br />
250 ml SB 29<br />
250 ml SB 45<br />
500 ml SB 29<br />
With graduation, borosilicate glass, narrow neck.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Grind joint<br />
664 258<br />
664 259<br />
664 256<br />
664 255<br />
664 257<br />
100 ml ST 19/26<br />
250 ml ST 19/26<br />
100 ml ST 29/32<br />
250 ml ST 29/32<br />
500 ml ST 29/32
Flat bottom flasks with beaded rim<br />
DIN 12 347, ISO 1773.<br />
Narrow-neck Volume Wide-neck<br />
664 263<br />
664 264<br />
664 265<br />
Round bottom flask with beaded rim<br />
Narrow-neck Volume Wide-neck<br />
664 276<br />
664 277<br />
664 278<br />
664 279<br />
Support rings<br />
For bottom flasks, made of solid cork.<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
667 071<br />
667 072<br />
667 073<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
664 283<br />
250 ml<br />
664 284<br />
500 ml<br />
664 285<br />
1000 ml -<br />
For flasks 100 ml<br />
For flasks 250 ml<br />
For flasks 500…1000 ml<br />
664 268<br />
664 269<br />
664 270<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Flat-bottom and round-bottom flasks<br />
Round bottom flask with stopper seating<br />
Cat. No. Volume Stopper<br />
664 292<br />
664 293<br />
664 294<br />
664 295<br />
Round-bottom flask with ground rim<br />
664 332<br />
664 300<br />
664 301<br />
664 302<br />
664 303<br />
664 304<br />
664 305<br />
100 ml SB 19<br />
250 ml SB 29<br />
500 ml SB 29<br />
1000 ml SB 29<br />
Cat. No. Volume Grind<br />
50 ml ST 19/26<br />
100 ml ST 19/26<br />
250 ml ST 19/26<br />
100 ml ST 29/32<br />
250 ml ST 29/32<br />
500 ml ST 29/32<br />
1000 ml ST 29/32<br />
Support rings<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
239
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Triple-necked flasks<br />
Double-necked round-bottom flasks<br />
Distillation bridges<br />
240 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Triple-necked flask<br />
With 2 side necks.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck<br />
664 337<br />
664 338<br />
664 336<br />
664 314<br />
Double-necked, round-bottom flask<br />
Main neck straight, ST-groundjoint.<br />
664 310<br />
664 312<br />
664 313<br />
664 315<br />
664 316<br />
664 311<br />
100 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26<br />
250 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26<br />
250 ml ST 29/32 ST 14,5/23<br />
500 ml ST 29/32 ST 29/32<br />
Cat. No. Volume Main neck Side neck<br />
Distillation bridge (ether bridge)<br />
Distillation bridge after Claisen<br />
1000 ml ST 29/32 GL 18 angled<br />
250 ml ST 29/32 GL 18 angled<br />
250 ml ST 19/26 ST 19/26 angled<br />
250 ml ST 19/26 GL 18 angled<br />
500 ml ST 29/32 GL 18 angled<br />
500 ml ST 29/32 ST 29/32 straight<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind<br />
665 451<br />
665 452<br />
With cooler, 1 GL 18 threaded connector for thermometer and 2 GL 14<br />
threaded fittings with beads for cooling water.<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind<br />
665 338<br />
665 340<br />
200 mm 2 ST 19/26, 1 GL 18<br />
200 mm 2 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18<br />
250 mm 2 ST 19/26, 2 GL 18<br />
300 mm 3 ST 29/32, 1 GL 18
Distillation top<br />
Cat. No. Grind Remark<br />
Double-neck top after Ansschütz.<br />
665 311<br />
665 312<br />
3 ST 19/26<br />
3 ST 29/32<br />
Distillation top after Claisen.<br />
665 313<br />
665 314<br />
Distillation top.<br />
665 316<br />
665 317<br />
665 318<br />
Distilling column after Vigreux<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind<br />
665 444<br />
665 443<br />
2 ST 19/26 with 2 GL 18 threaded fittings for<br />
3 ST 29/32 thermometer and boiling capillary<br />
– Screw cap for thermometer<br />
and tubing 7...8 mm dia.<br />
2 ST 19/26 with 1 GL 18 thread connector<br />
2 ST 29/32 for thermometer<br />
300 mm 2 x 29/32<br />
200 mm 2 x 19/26<br />
665 450<br />
Bubble cap column<br />
Distillation tops<br />
Column without sleeve, suitable for packing<br />
with filler bodies (Raschig rings, glass beads).<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind<br />
665 439<br />
665 440<br />
with 2 trays, for demonstration of fractional<br />
counterflow distillation.<br />
Overall length: 280 mm<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
2 ST 29/32 fittings<br />
2 Stopcocks, St 14.5 for tapping the fractions<br />
2 GL 18 screw thread connectors for thermometers<br />
2 GL 18 screw thread connector with drain<br />
tube<br />
250 mm 2 ST 19/26<br />
250 mm 2 ST 29/32<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
665 311<br />
Distillation tops<br />
665 313<br />
665 316 665 317<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
241
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Coolers<br />
Liebig cooler<br />
With ST groundjoint with 2 GL 14 threaded fittings with beads<br />
for cooling water.<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind Remark<br />
665 414<br />
665 416<br />
665 413<br />
200 mm 2 ST 19/26 2 GL 14 threaded fittings<br />
with beads for cooling water<br />
250 mm 2 ST 29/32 2 GL 14 threaded fittings<br />
with beads for cooling water<br />
250 mm 1 SB 29 2 GL 14 threaded fittings<br />
with beads for cooling water<br />
Distillation adapters<br />
665 344<br />
665 345<br />
Distillation adapter<br />
665 344<br />
665 345<br />
665 351<br />
665 352<br />
665 348<br />
665 349<br />
665 341<br />
242 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Counter-flow coller after Dimroth<br />
With ST groundjoint and 2 GL 14 threaded fittings, with connectors<br />
for cooling water.<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind Remark<br />
665 421<br />
665 422<br />
665 423<br />
200 mm 2 ST 19/26 fitting extraction unit<br />
> 665 453<br />
250 mm 2 ST 29/32<br />
200 mm 1 ST 45/40 fitting extraction unit<br />
> 665 454<br />
665 348/9 665 351<br />
Cat. No. Grind Shape Remark<br />
2 ST 19/26 straight, with straight drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting<br />
2 ST 29/32 straight, with straight drain with bead for vacuum connection<br />
2 ST 19/26 bent, with bent drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with<br />
2 ST 29/32 bent, with bent drain bead for vacuum connection<br />
2 ST 19/26 bent, with straight drain with 1 GL 14 threaded fitting with<br />
2 ST 29/32 bent, with straight drain bead for vacuum connection<br />
SB 29 bent, with angled tip<br />
665 352
Delivery adapter after Bredt (quadruple)<br />
For 4 round-bottom flasks with ST 19/26, with vacuum connection.<br />
Cat. No. Socket Core<br />
665 354<br />
665 355<br />
Adapter<br />
With core grind and GL thread.<br />
Adapter<br />
With core grind and socket.<br />
665 293<br />
665 295<br />
ST19/26 19/26<br />
ST19/26 19/26<br />
Cat. No. Core grind Thread<br />
665 303<br />
665 305<br />
665 306<br />
ST 14/23 GL 18<br />
ST 19/26 GL 18<br />
ST 29/32 GL 18<br />
Cat. No. Core Socket<br />
ST 19/26 ST 29/32<br />
ST 29/32 ST 19/26<br />
664 328<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Distillation adapters/pear-shaped flasks<br />
Pear-shaped flask<br />
with standard ground joint. Volume: 25 ml,<br />
Grind: ST 19/26.<br />
Extraction unit after Soxhlet<br />
Adapters/extraction units<br />
Cat. No. Volume Core grind Socket grind<br />
665 453 * 70 ml 1 ST 19/26 1 ST 29/32<br />
665 454 ** 100 ml 1 ST 29/32 1 ST 40/45<br />
* matching extraction socket: 661 050, ** matching extraction socket: 661 051<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
243
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Ground Joint Apparatus Kits<br />
for students’s experiments and demonstrations with ST 19/26<br />
661 510<br />
Ground joint apparatus kit I<br />
(basic kit), contains apparatus for inorganic preparative chemistry and<br />
simple distillations, test tubes with ground joint, reaction tubes (among<br />
others a quartz tube for very high temperatures) and round bottom flasks,<br />
stillheads, condenser, ect.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Round bottom flsk, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 301<br />
2 Round bottom, flask, 100 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 300<br />
2 Round bottom, flask, 50 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 332<br />
1 Stillhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 317<br />
1 Liebig condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 414<br />
1 Bend, 105°. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 367<br />
1 Receiver adapter, straight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 344<br />
1 Reaction tube, 20 x 300 mm quartz with 2 SB 19 . . . . . . . . 664 077<br />
2 Test tube, 22 x 165 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060<br />
1 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 061<br />
3 Heads for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809<br />
1 U-tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 093<br />
1 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305<br />
1 Stopper, glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227<br />
2 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223<br />
3 Silicone stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 286<br />
1 Rod thermometer, -10...+250°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 48<br />
2 Glass tubing, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 204<br />
3 Combustion boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 988<br />
6 Joint clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397<br />
1 Stopcock grease, 50 g jar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 082<br />
1 Boiling stones, 250 g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661 091<br />
244 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Leybold Didactic offers 3 different kits. Each<br />
individual part can be ordered separately.<br />
These ground joint apparatus kits are clearly and<br />
nonbreakably arranged in foam plastic inserts.<br />
The kits enable the assembly of various set-ups<br />
for organic and inorganic chemistry.<br />
· Prevention of glass breaking when taking out<br />
and replacing the individual pieces.<br />
· Easy check of completeness.<br />
· The size of the foam plastic inserts is well<br />
matched that of commonly available storage<br />
cabinets.<br />
· Drawers are available for the kits that match<br />
exactly with our cabinets.<br />
Each drawer can contain one kit.<br />
Storage:<br />
661 512<br />
Drawer<br />
Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit I and kit II<br />
> 661 510, 661 514<br />
Dimensions: 48 x 55 x 12 cm<br />
Weight (incl. equipment): 5.1 kg<br />
661 519<br />
Drawer<br />
Suitable for ground joint apparatus kit II<br />
> 661 517<br />
Dimensions: 48 x 55 x 8 cm<br />
Weight (incl. equipment): 3.3 kg<br />
><br />
We supply set drawers for<br />
storage of one set each
661 514<br />
Ground joint apparatus kit II<br />
contains glassware for organic preparative chemistry. Apart from the<br />
round bottom flasks, the kit includes apparatus for distillation and rectification<br />
under normal and reduced pressure. Moreover, it contains various<br />
stillheads for the round bottom flasks with three necks.<br />
When working with a 250 ml flask, stirring with a magnetic rod is often<br />
necessary, even a heating mantle is used. For this reason, the kit includes<br />
two stirrer bars as well.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Flask with three necks, 250 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 338<br />
1 Pear-shaped flask, 10 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 327<br />
3 Pear-shaped flask, 25 ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 328<br />
1 Distillation bridge according to Claissen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 339<br />
1 Receiver adapter, bent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 351<br />
1 Distillate distributor according to Bredt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 354<br />
1 Distillation column according to Vigreux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 443<br />
1 Distillation column according to Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 439<br />
1 Stillhead according to Anschütz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 311<br />
1 Dropping funnel with pressure compensation, 100 ml. . . . . 665 085<br />
1 Drying tube, straight, with nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 371<br />
1 Adapter with screw thread connector GL 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 305<br />
2 Stopper glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 227<br />
3 Stopper, polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 223<br />
1 Rod thermometer, -10...+150°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 33<br />
1 Rod thermometer, -10...+360°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 49<br />
9 Joint clip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 397<br />
1 Glass ring, Raschig type, bag with 250 g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 442<br />
2 Capillary tube, 8 mm dia., 300 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 205<br />
1 Gaskets,in package of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 306<br />
2 Sirrer bar, PTFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666 850<br />
661 517<br />
Ground joint kit III<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
supplementary kit for the kits I and II. It includes ground joint apparatus for<br />
special procedures such as extraction according to Soxhlet, reactions<br />
under reflux, ect.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Flask with three necks, 100 ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 337<br />
1 Distillation bridge (ether bridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 451<br />
1 Extractor according to Soxhlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 453<br />
1 Aapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 295<br />
1 Dimroth condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 421<br />
1 Drying tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 370<br />
1 Bend 90° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 366<br />
1 Bend 75° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 365<br />
1 Test tube, Supremax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 060<br />
1 Test tube with side arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 063<br />
1 Head for gas washing bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 809<br />
1 U-tube with 2 side arms and sintered disc G4 . . . . . . . . . . . 664 087<br />
1 Cold finger condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 427<br />
1 Cone/rubber tubing adapter, with stopcock . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 304<br />
1 Joint clip, ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 398<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
245
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Volume measurement<br />
Graduated cylinder<br />
Tall shape, as per DIN standards, made of glass; with interchangeable,<br />
unbreakable plastic base. With safety ring to prevent damage in case the<br />
cylinder should tip over.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Division<br />
665 751<br />
665 752<br />
665 753<br />
665 754<br />
665 755<br />
665 756<br />
665 757<br />
Volumetric flask<br />
As per DIN standards, made of glass, 1 mark,<br />
with stopper made of polyethylene.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
665 791<br />
665 792<br />
665 793<br />
665 794<br />
665 795<br />
665 796<br />
10 ml 0.1 ml<br />
25 ml 0.5 ml<br />
50 ml 0.5 ml<br />
100 ml 1 ml<br />
250 ml 2 ml<br />
500 ml 5 ml<br />
1000 ml 10 ml<br />
Volumetric flasks/bulb pipettes<br />
25 ml<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
Bulb pipette<br />
246 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
One mark, calibrated for delivery, glass.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
665 972<br />
665 974<br />
665 975<br />
665 976<br />
665 977<br />
665 978<br />
1 ml<br />
5 ml<br />
10 ml<br />
25 ml<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
590 08<br />
Measuring cylinder 100 ml<br />
Made of SAN (Styrol-acrylnitrite)<br />
Graduation: 2 ml divisions<br />
Graduated cylinder<br />
Made of polyethylne.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Division<br />
665 763<br />
665 764<br />
665 765<br />
665 766<br />
590 06<br />
Plastic beaker<br />
Volume: 1000 ml<br />
Graduation: 10 ml<br />
50 ml 1 ml<br />
100 ml 2 ml<br />
250 ml 5 ml<br />
500 ml 10 ml
666 003<br />
Pipetting ball<br />
For bulb and graduated pipettes. For use in<br />
pipetting aggressive and hazardous liquids.<br />
Pipetting aid<br />
666 008<br />
Pipetting stand<br />
Plexiglas, for 4 pipetting aids.<br />
Piston pipette<br />
Graduated pipette with suction piston to draw<br />
liquides safely.<br />
665 984<br />
665 986<br />
665 987<br />
665 988<br />
Made of polypropylene, with rubber opening<br />
for conventional pipettes.<br />
For safe pipetting of hazardous liquids.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
666 006<br />
666 005<br />
666 002<br />
666 007<br />
Cat. No. Volume Division<br />
0,2 ml<br />
5,0 ml<br />
10,0 ml<br />
25,0 ml<br />
1 ml 0,01 ml<br />
5 ml 0,1 ml<br />
10 ml 0,1 ml<br />
25 ml 0,1 ml<br />
665 953<br />
Droppers<br />
Set of 10.<br />
Length: 150 mm<br />
Diameter: 7 mm<br />
665 954<br />
Rubber bulbs<br />
Fitting the pipettes, set of 10.<br />
665 950<br />
Pasteur pipettes<br />
Set of 250.<br />
Length: 150 mm<br />
Diameter: 7 mm<br />
Graduated pipette<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Calibrated from outlet, glass.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Division<br />
665 991<br />
665 992<br />
665 994<br />
665 995<br />
665 996<br />
665 997<br />
665 998<br />
0,01 ml 0,0001 ml 2 pieces<br />
0,1 ml 0,001 ml<br />
1,0 ml 0,01 ml<br />
2,0 ml 0,1 ml<br />
5,0 ml 0,1 ml<br />
10,0 ml 0,1 ml<br />
25,0 ml 0,1 ml<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Pipettes<br />
Pipetting aids<br />
247
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Burettes<br />
Gas syringes<br />
Gas syringe<br />
Burette<br />
ST pipette, side stopcock.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Division Description<br />
665 843<br />
665 844<br />
665 845<br />
665 847<br />
665 835<br />
248 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
10 ml 0,05 ml clear glass, with Schellbach line<br />
10 ml 0,05 ml amber glass<br />
25 ml 0,05 ml clear glass, with Schellbach line<br />
50 ml 0,1 ml clear glass, with Schellbach line<br />
Precision dispenser unit<br />
Used to measure and to draw off defined quantities of gas. The cylinders<br />
are graduated in steps of 1 ml. The KPG precision glass material used in<br />
the cylinder tube insures that the device is both extremely gas-tight and<br />
easy to move; the parts are interchangeable.<br />
665 910<br />
665 911<br />
665 912<br />
665 913<br />
665 914<br />
665 816<br />
Burette filling funnel<br />
As per DIN 12 445, 60° angle, plastic.<br />
Diameter: 25 mm<br />
Height: 50 mm<br />
Cat. No. Volume Stopcock<br />
25 ml -<br />
50 ml -<br />
100 ml -<br />
100 ml single-port<br />
100 ml 3-way<br />
Used to fill smaller vessels; infinitely adjustable<br />
for volumes of from 2 to 10 ml. All parts which<br />
are in contact with the medium being dispensed<br />
are manufactured from high-quality,<br />
chemical-resistant materials. This makes for<br />
easy refilling and distributing of concentrated<br />
acids and bases and organic solents.<br />
A 1000 ml amber glass bottle and three<br />
threaded adapters for standard chemicals bottles<br />
are included with the dispenser<br />
665 832<br />
Automatic burette<br />
With Schellbach line, complete with 2 l reserve<br />
container, clear glass<br />
Volume: 50 ml: 0.1<br />
665 918<br />
Gas syringe holder<br />
For 100 ml gas syringe, with stop slider. The<br />
glass-clear plastic material allows you to read<br />
the syringe graduation across the entire<br />
measurement range, without restriction. The<br />
stop slide (can be fixed in place) keeps the<br />
piston from falling out of the gas syringe.
665 647<br />
Gas generator after MAEY<br />
Used to prepare gases from solids (granulates)<br />
and liquids. The MAEY-type gas generator is<br />
economical, requires only small amounts of<br />
substances and is easy to clean.<br />
In addition, it is universal in its application<br />
(e. g. with dropper funnel > 665 649).<br />
- Hydrogen: H 2 from Zn and HCl<br />
- Carbon dioxide: CO 2 from CaCO 3 and HCl<br />
- Nitrogen oxides: NO x from Cu and HNO 3<br />
- Hydrogen sulfide: H 2 S from FeS and HCl<br />
- Sulfur dioxide: SO 2 from Cu and H 2 SO 4<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Erlenmeyer flask, 250 ml ST 29/32 with<br />
stopcock<br />
1 Insert tube with filter and 2 ST 29/32 fittings<br />
1 Gas discharge stopcock with<br />
ST 29/32 fitting<br />
2 ST 29/32 joint clips<br />
1 User's manual with sample experiments<br />
Dropper funnel, with ST stopcock<br />
With ST stopcock 14.5, glass.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Length Grind Remark<br />
665 085<br />
665 086<br />
665 088<br />
665 649<br />
665 073<br />
665 072<br />
665 644<br />
665 649<br />
Dropper funnel<br />
With pressure equalization, 75 ml , ST stopper<br />
and 2 ST 29/32 fittings, with stopper. The ideal<br />
accessory for the MAEY-type gas generator.<br />
Combining these two units makes it possible to<br />
also produce gases from mixtures of liquids<br />
or powders with liquids:<br />
- Oxygen: O 2 from MnO 2 and H 2 O 2<br />
- Chlorine: Cl 2 from KMnO 4 and HCl<br />
- Hydrogen chloride:<br />
HCl from NaCl and H 2 SO 4<br />
- Ammonia gas:<br />
NH 3 from NaOH and NH 3 solution<br />
- Carbon monoxide:<br />
CO from H 2 SO 4 and HCOOH<br />
- Acethylene:<br />
Acethylen (Ethin): C 2 H 2 from CaC 2 and H 2 O<br />
- Methane: CH 4 from Al 4 C 3 and H 2 O<br />
Volume: 75 ml<br />
Length: 100 mm<br />
Grind: 2 ST 29/32<br />
100 ml 230 mm 2 ST 19/26 with pressure equalization,<br />
100 ml 270 mm 2 ST 29/32 with division<br />
250 ml 340 mm 2 ST 29/32 and plastic stopper<br />
75 ml 100 mm 2 ST 29/32 with pressure equalization,<br />
75 ml 280 mm - plastic SB 29 stopper<br />
100 ml 320 mm 1 ST 19/26 pear-shaped, with drip tip, stopper<br />
and long discharge tube<br />
100 ml 240 mm 2 ST 29/32 with pressure equalization and discharge<br />
tube, for constant-pressure gas generator<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
665 072 665 085 665 122<br />
Separator funnel<br />
Glass , as per DIN 12 451, pear-shaped, with<br />
ST stopcock and stopper.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Length<br />
665 122<br />
665 123<br />
665 124<br />
665 310<br />
Water separator<br />
Gas generators<br />
Dropper funnels<br />
100 ml 210 mm<br />
250 ml 260 mm<br />
500 ml 350 mm<br />
For solvents which are lighter or<br />
heavier than water, with 2 ST 29/32 fittings<br />
and ST stopcock.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
249
Funnel<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Funnels<br />
As per DIN 12 445 , 60° angle, glass.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Matching round filter Dia.<br />
665 002<br />
665 003<br />
665 004<br />
665 005<br />
Self-supporting cylinder<br />
With rolled, ground rim; glass.<br />
664 212<br />
664 214<br />
664 215<br />
664 216<br />
664 213<br />
664 220<br />
664 221<br />
30 mm - -<br />
50 mm 661 032 90 mm<br />
80 mm 661 034 110 mm<br />
100 mm 661 038 150 mm<br />
Self-supporting cylinders<br />
Cat. No. Volume Outside dia. Overall height<br />
100 ml 40 mm 100 mm<br />
200 ml 40 mm 200 mm<br />
400 ml 40 mm 400 mm<br />
450 ml 60 mm 200 mm<br />
670 ml 40 mm 300 mm<br />
2000 ml 80 mm 400 mm<br />
3000 ml 100 mm 400 mm<br />
250 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Funnel<br />
As per DIN 12 445, 60° angle, plastic.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Height<br />
665 008<br />
665 009<br />
665 010<br />
665 816*<br />
*Also serves as burette filling funnel<br />
50 mm 70 mm<br />
75 mm 110 mm<br />
100 mm 135 mm<br />
25 mm 50 mm<br />
665 041<br />
Analysis funnel<br />
For fast filtration, 80 mm dia,<br />
for round filter 11 mm diameter<br />
(> 661 034 bzw. > 661 043).<br />
665 025<br />
Powder funnel<br />
Plastic, 100 mm dia, height 95 mm, discharge<br />
23 mm dia.<br />
Cover plates<br />
For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one<br />
surface matt ground.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter<br />
664 219<br />
664 229<br />
Cover plates<br />
For self-supporting cylinder, with hole, with one<br />
surface matt ground.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter<br />
664 218<br />
664 228<br />
50 mm<br />
90 mm<br />
50 mm<br />
90 mm
Measures (conical beakers)<br />
For precipition experiments in demonstrations,<br />
for instance; graduated,<br />
with base and pouring lip.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
664 142<br />
664 143<br />
664 201<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
Support insert for pneumatic tank<br />
Used to hold gas cylinders or test tubes to<br />
collect gas. Suitable for work with the<br />
pneumatic tanks<br />
(> 664 195 and > 666 194).<br />
Material: stainless steel<br />
Span: 20 cm<br />
Width. 6 cm<br />
664 196<br />
Cover plate for glass tank<br />
Dimensions: 320 x 270 mm<br />
664 179<br />
Crystallization dishes<br />
Made of glass, with pouring lip.<br />
Diameter: 230 mm<br />
Height: 100 mm<br />
Volume: 3500 ml<br />
664 197<br />
Glass jar<br />
With tubulation, 5 l, for air analysis.<br />
Additionally necessary:<br />
Glass stopper ST 29/32 . . . . . . . . . . . 667 228<br />
Gas measurement jars<br />
665 893<br />
665 894<br />
600 ml 5 ml 664 220<br />
1000 ml 10 ml 664 221<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Cat. No. Volume Graduation Required self-supporting cylinder<br />
664 198<br />
Glass plate<br />
Dimensions: 120 x 120 x 4 mm<br />
662 290<br />
Aquarium<br />
Glass, 54 l.<br />
Dimensions: 60 x 33 x 30 cm<br />
Glass tanks<br />
(Pneumatic tanks) rectangular, with polished edges.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Dimensions<br />
664 192<br />
664 193<br />
664 195<br />
665 895<br />
664 194<br />
0.6 l 120 x 100 x 50 mm<br />
21.0 l 360 x 230 x 260 mm<br />
9.0 l 300 x 200 x 150 mm<br />
Gas measurement jars<br />
Stopcock attachment<br />
Fitting the gas measurement jars, with 2 ST<br />
stopcocks and rubber stoppers.<br />
Pneumatic tank, made of plastic<br />
Dimensions: 20 cm x 15 cm x 12 cm<br />
Volume: 2.0 l<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Tanks<br />
251
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Dishes<br />
Crystallization dishes<br />
Made of glass, with pouring lip.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume<br />
664 174<br />
664 175<br />
664 176<br />
664 177<br />
664 178<br />
664 179<br />
664 463<br />
Mild iron dish<br />
150 mm dia., shallow, may also be used as a<br />
sand bath heater.<br />
Evaporating dish<br />
Half-height, with spout.<br />
60 mm 35 mm 60 ml<br />
95 mm 55 mm 300 ml<br />
115 mm 65 mm 500 ml<br />
140 mm 70 mm 900 ml<br />
190 mm 90 mm 2000 ml<br />
230 mm 100 mm 3500 ml<br />
664 187<br />
252 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Petri dish with grid pattern<br />
Petri dishes<br />
Glass, with cover.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Height<br />
664 181<br />
664 183<br />
664 185<br />
664 184<br />
Simplifies counting fungus and bacteria colonies;<br />
platic, 94 mm dia., 16 mm high; sterile<br />
packaging in plastic bag; set of 10.<br />
664 173<br />
Weighing dish<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume<br />
664 441<br />
664 442<br />
664 446*<br />
664 444<br />
664 445<br />
*Blue-glazed interior<br />
63 mm 24 mm 30 ml<br />
80 mm 30 mm 80 ml<br />
80 mm 30 mm 80 ml<br />
130 mm 52 mm 300 ml<br />
150 mm 63 mm 450 ml<br />
Plastic, 40 x 40 x 10 mm, set of 25.<br />
><br />
60 mm 15 mm<br />
100 mm 20 mm<br />
150 mm 25 mm<br />
200 mm 50 mm<br />
664 186<br />
Petri dishes<br />
Weighing dish<br />
with ground cover, shape shallow.<br />
Cat. No. Height x Diameter<br />
664 160<br />
Watch glass dishes<br />
Borosilicate glass 3.3.<br />
Cat. No. Diameter<br />
664 152<br />
664 153<br />
664 154<br />
664 155<br />
664 157<br />
664 158<br />
For plastic Petri dishes see the section<br />
“Plastic ware”<br />
94 mm dia, 16 mm high, set of 10, sterile<br />
packaging in plastic bag.<br />
25 x 40 mm<br />
40 mm<br />
60 mm<br />
80 mm<br />
100 mm<br />
125 mm<br />
150 mm
Crucible<br />
Lid<br />
Cat. No. Diameter Height Volume Material<br />
664 002<br />
664 003<br />
664 004<br />
664 005<br />
664 027<br />
664 036<br />
40 mm 24 mm 17 ml porcelain<br />
40 mm 35 mm 25 ml porcelain<br />
43 mm 55 mm 40 ml porcelain<br />
50 mm 45 mm 55 ml porcelain<br />
60 mm 80 mm 70 ml Fire clay<br />
48 mm 36 mm 35 ml iron<br />
For porcelain crucible (> 664 002 to<br />
> 664 004, > 665 167 and > 665 168).<br />
Lid<br />
664 008<br />
664 029<br />
For fireclay crucible (> 664 027).<br />
667 091<br />
Pestle<br />
Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for<br />
> 667 092.<br />
Length: 100 mm<br />
667 095<br />
Pestle<br />
Grinding surface unglazed, suitable for mortars<br />
(> 667 093 and > 667 094).<br />
Length: 115 mm<br />
665 167<br />
Porcelain filter crucible<br />
for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant<br />
up to 1000°C, porosity A1, 40 mm high,<br />
35 mm dia., ca. 25 ml capacity.<br />
665 168<br />
Porcelain filter crucible<br />
for quantitative analysis, temperature-resistant<br />
up to 1000°C, porosity A3, 40 mm high,<br />
35 mm dia., approx. 25 ml capacity.<br />
Lid<br />
664 009<br />
For porcelain crucibles (> 664 005).<br />
Inside diameter: 53 mm<br />
667 092<br />
Mortar<br />
Porcelain, with spout.<br />
Diameter: 70 mm<br />
Height: 35 mm<br />
667 094<br />
Mortar<br />
With spout, grinding surface unglazed.<br />
Diameter: 90 mm<br />
Volume: 160 ml<br />
665 067<br />
Rubber collar<br />
With rim, fits adapter (> 665 068) for filtration<br />
with porcelain, Gooch and glass filter crucibles.<br />
665 060<br />
Rubber collars<br />
Set of 7, assorted, for filtration with<br />
Büchner funnels when using filter flasks<br />
(> 664 866 and > 664 867).<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Lid<br />
664 037<br />
For iron crucible (> 664 036).<br />
Inside diameter: 47 mm<br />
Büchner funnels, porcelain<br />
Cat. No. Filter plate dia. for round filter<br />
665 161<br />
665 162<br />
665 163<br />
665 068<br />
Adapter<br />
For filter crucible.<br />
Crucibles<br />
45 mm 661 030<br />
70 mm 661 031<br />
110 mm 661 034<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Mortars<br />
Funnels<br />
253
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Suction bottle<br />
Glass, with side attachment, GL 14 screw<br />
thread and plastic connector.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Height<br />
664 865<br />
664 866<br />
664 867<br />
><br />
Plate glass cells<br />
For optical measurements such as absorption and extinction, and for the<br />
projection of processes in liquids. Designed to withstand all liquids except<br />
acids that will attack the glass itself, e.g. hydrofluoric acid.<br />
Cat. No. Height x Width x Depth Wall thickness<br />
477 03<br />
477 14*<br />
667 521**<br />
477 20*<br />
477 25*<br />
250 ml 155 mm<br />
500 ml 180 mm<br />
1000 ml 230 mm<br />
* with projecting base plate, ** Duran-Glass<br />
Cells (cuvettes) for photometry:<br />
see page 61<br />
50 x 50 x 50 mm 2,0 bis 2,5 mm<br />
50 x 50 x 20 mm<br />
80 x 60 x 25 mm<br />
2,5 bis 3,5 mm<br />
100 x 100 x 10 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm<br />
100 x 80 x 25 mm 2,5 bis 3,0 mm<br />
254 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Woulff flask<br />
As per DIN 12 480, glass.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Grind Remark<br />
664 904<br />
500 ml ST 19/26 triple tubulation<br />
664 925<br />
Vacuum dessicator<br />
200 mm dia. with PVC coating as implosion<br />
protection.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Lower dessicator section, 200 mm dia<br />
1 Dessicator lid, 200 mm dia. with screw<br />
connection, without closure cap<br />
1 Screw cap, one hole, with seal for stopcock<br />
connection at dessicator lid<br />
1 Single-port stopcock with ST plug, 2.5 mm<br />
hole, angled with hose connector, fitting the<br />
screw cap<br />
1 Porcelain plate, 190 mm dia., with holes<br />
664 921<br />
Dessicator<br />
With interchangeable lid, 150 mm dia.<br />
Diameter: 150 mm<br />
664 922<br />
Porcelain plate<br />
With many tiny holes, 140 mm dia.<br />
Diameter: 140 mm fitting dessicator > 664 921
Wide-neck glass bottle<br />
Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
Clear glass<br />
661 171<br />
661 172<br />
661 173<br />
Amber glass<br />
661 181<br />
661 182<br />
661 183<br />
Polyethylene bottle<br />
Narrow neck, with screw cap, natural colour,<br />
made of polyethylene.<br />
661 220<br />
661 221<br />
661 222<br />
661 223<br />
661 224<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
Wide neck, with screw cap, natural colour,<br />
made of polyethylene.<br />
661 230<br />
661 231<br />
661 232<br />
661 233<br />
661 234<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
Clear glass<br />
661 176<br />
661 177<br />
661 178<br />
Amber glass<br />
661 186<br />
661 187<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
Narrow-neck glass bottle<br />
Conical shoulder with ST poly stopper.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
Clear glass<br />
661 151<br />
661 152<br />
661 153<br />
Amber glass<br />
661 161<br />
661 162<br />
661 163<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
Conical shoulder with ST glass stopper.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
Clear glass<br />
661 150<br />
661 156<br />
661 157<br />
661 158<br />
Amber glass<br />
661 166<br />
661 167<br />
661 168<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
661 203<br />
Reagent and shipping bottle<br />
With pouring ring and plastic cap made of<br />
PPN (blue).<br />
Volume: 500 ml<br />
Thread: GL 45<br />
Wash bottle<br />
Made of polyethylene, with screw cap and<br />
spray tube.<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
604 110<br />
661 242<br />
661 243<br />
661 244<br />
Flip-flap glass<br />
661 251<br />
661 252<br />
661 253<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
500 ml<br />
1000 ml<br />
Cat. No. Volume Size<br />
20 ml 2.5 x 7 cm<br />
50 ml 3 x 10 cm<br />
100 ml 3.5 x 14 cm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Bottles<br />
255
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
664 545<br />
Disposal container<br />
Wide-neck, with carrying handle.<br />
Volume: 10 l<br />
Gas scrubber bottles<br />
664 800<br />
Gas scrubber bottle, lower section<br />
Overall volume 200 ml, for 100 ml of rinsing<br />
liquid; with large, detachable plastic base,<br />
ST 29/32 female ground joint.<br />
Inserts for gas scrubber bottle lower section<br />
With ST 29/32 ground core; reduced danger of<br />
breakage and injury by using a head shaped in<br />
accordance with DIN 12 596.<br />
664 805<br />
Glass tube insert<br />
664 806<br />
Glass tube insert<br />
With filter G O, for gas drying.<br />
664 808<br />
Safety insert<br />
With enlarged glass tube, perforated at the<br />
lower end; in many cases eliminates the need<br />
to use an additional safety bottle upline from<br />
the setup.<br />
Container<br />
256 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For fully deionized water; with carrying handle<br />
and stopcock.<br />
Cat. No. Volume Material<br />
664 547<br />
664 549<br />
10 l polyethylene<br />
25 l polyethylene<br />
Cooling finger<br />
For sublimation or direct cooling of the contents of cylinders.<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind Remark<br />
665 427<br />
665 428<br />
Cooling trap<br />
110 mm 1 ST 19/26 with 2 connectors<br />
120 mm 1 ST 29/32 with 2 connectors<br />
For freezing out volatile components.<br />
Cat. No. Length Grind Remark<br />
665 429<br />
664 809<br />
Gas scrubber bottle insert<br />
Installation length 115 mm, 1 ST 19/26, 2<br />
connectors fitting test tubes > 664 060,<br />
> 664 061 and > 664 063 and<br />
U-tubes > 664 087 and > 664 093<br />
200 mm 1 ST 29/32 with 2 connectors
665 643<br />
Fermentation tube<br />
Safety tube.<br />
220 mm long<br />
665 645<br />
Fermentation saccharometer<br />
After Eichhorn, with measurement cylinder,<br />
mark at 10 ml.<br />
Test tube made of Fiolax ®<br />
664 040<br />
664 041<br />
664 042<br />
664 043<br />
664 047<br />
664 044<br />
664 048<br />
664 049<br />
664 045<br />
664 052<br />
664 057<br />
664 058<br />
664 051<br />
664 054<br />
664 061<br />
664 063<br />
Drying tube<br />
665 370<br />
665 371<br />
665 372<br />
665 373<br />
665 374<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Cat. No. Description Thread/Grind Length x Diameter<br />
Angled ST 19/26 165 x 16 mm<br />
Straight, with connector (calcium chloride tube) 125 x 16 mm<br />
Angled, with connector 130 x 13 mm<br />
Angled<br />
For filling with granulated CaCl2 ST 29/32 120 x 16 mm<br />
CaCl2 for butane combustion 1 GL 25 + 1 GL 18 120 x 16 mm<br />
Cat. No. Diameter x Length Rim* Quantity Type of glass Remark<br />
10 mm x 100 mm B 100 Fiolax<br />
12 mm x 100 mm B 100 Fiolax<br />
16 mm x 160 mm B 100 Fiolax<br />
16 mm x 160 mm B 10 Fiolax<br />
16 mm x 160 mm B 10 Supremax<br />
20 mm x 180 mm B 100 Fiolax<br />
20 mm x 180 mm B 1 Supremax Thick-walled<br />
30 mm x 200 mm B 1 Borosilicate Thick-walled<br />
30 mm x 200 mm B 10 Fiolax<br />
30 mm x 200 mm B 1 hard glass Thick-walled<br />
30 mm x 200 mm SB 29 1 Supremax Thick-walled<br />
20 mm x 180 mm B 1 hard glass Side tap<br />
20 mm x 180 mm SB 19 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled<br />
30 mm x 200 mm SB 29 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled<br />
20 mm x 165 mm ST 19/26 1 hard glass Side tap, thick-walled<br />
20 mm x 165 mm ST 19/26 1 hard glass Side tap, ST stopcock<br />
* beaded (B), stopper seating (SB), standard ground joint (ST)<br />
Drying tubes<br />
Test tubes<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
257
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Reaction tubes<br />
664 065<br />
664 068<br />
664 069<br />
664 072<br />
664 073<br />
664 074<br />
664 075<br />
664 076<br />
664 077<br />
664 080<br />
664 081<br />
664 082<br />
664 084<br />
664 085<br />
664 145<br />
664 146<br />
664 147<br />
664 148<br />
664 149<br />
664 205<br />
664 206<br />
664 207<br />
667 455<br />
664 074<br />
664 073<br />
664 075<br />
664 085<br />
Cat. No. Description Length x Diameter Grind Type of glass Remark<br />
Reaction tube with globe 200 x 20 mm Supremax Globe 40 mm dia<br />
Experimentation globe dia 100 mm 2 ST 29/32 Hard glass Electrodes (> 664 360) in a cross-shaped arrangement<br />
Reaction tube for butane combustion 220 x 25 mm Quartz Reaction area approx. 150 mm<br />
Reaction tube for fused-salt electrolysis 2 SB 19 DURAN V-shaped, arms 200 mm long, 2 side taps<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 30 mm 2 SB 29 Supremax<br />
Reaction tube 180 x 20 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax With connector<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 Supremax<br />
Reaction tube for air quality analysis 150 x 10 mm Quartz With 2 quartz stoppers for volumetric displacement<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 Quartz<br />
Bayonet tube 300 x 22 mm 2 SB 19 Supremax<br />
Bayonet tube 300 x 22 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax One end closed,<br />
suitable for thermal decomposition of mercury<br />
Cracking tube 250 x 22 mm 1 SB 19 Supremax One end closed<br />
Twin-arm tube 110 x 110 mm<br />
dia 20<br />
1 SB 19 Hard glass To demonstrate the laws of constant mass<br />
Reactor tube for fused-salt electrolysis 2 SB 19 Quartz with 2 necks for SB 19 stoppers and 2 lateral nip<br />
ples; with one pair of extra-length carbon electrodes<br />
Reaction tube 200 x 10 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm<br />
Reaction tube 200 x 8 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 8 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 16 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm Quartz Wall thickness: 1 mm<br />
Reaction tube 160 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 DURAN<br />
Reaction tube 120 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 DURAN<br />
Reaction tube 300 x 20 mm 2 SB 19 DURAN<br />
Salt bridge 90 x 90 mm 1 SB 19 2 G4 filters, spacing between arms 50 mm. Filled with<br />
20 Ø electrolyte solution, serves as connection between<br />
two galvanic elements<br />
258 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 065 664 080 664 082<br />
667 455<br />
Accessories for reaction tubes<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
664 078<br />
664 079<br />
664 068<br />
664 084<br />
Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 074)<br />
Copper wire gauze roll for (> 664 076)
Stopcocks<br />
With ST stopcock 14.5 mm, tube diameter 8 mm,<br />
and tube length approx. 50 mm.<br />
Cat. No. Description Shape<br />
665 250<br />
665 251<br />
665 255<br />
Single-port angled<br />
Single-port straight<br />
3-way-valve T<br />
Brushes<br />
666 942<br />
666 943<br />
666 946<br />
666 947<br />
666 948<br />
666 949<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
Test tube brush, with brush head<br />
length 260 mm, reach/diameter: 50/15 mm<br />
Test tube brush, with wool mop<br />
length 270 mm, reach/diameter 80/20 mm<br />
Test tube and bottle brush, with brush head<br />
length 270 mm, reach/diameter 130/30 mm<br />
Burette and pipette brush<br />
length 500 mm, reach/diameter 100/15 mm<br />
Beaker brush, with brush head<br />
length: 330 mm, reach/diameter: 130/50 mm<br />
Swivel-head brush, for wide-necked flasks<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
259
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Various tubes<br />
Cat. No. Description<br />
665 229<br />
665 230<br />
665 233<br />
665 231<br />
665 232<br />
665 234<br />
665 240<br />
665 241<br />
665 212<br />
665 213<br />
665 237<br />
665 238<br />
Steam delivery tube, angled, 90°, with hose connector, diameter 8 mm<br />
Gas delivery tube, angled, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm<br />
Gas delivery tube, angled 120°, hook-shaped, diameter 8 mm<br />
Angled tube, arm lengths 50/250 mm, diameter 8 mm<br />
Angled tube, arm lengths: 50/50 mm, diameter 8 mm<br />
Manometer tube, 2 pieces, dimensions 200/150 mm<br />
Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 250 mm, diamter 25 mm<br />
Plastic tube for germination and growth experiments, length 440 mm, diamter 12 mm<br />
Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 200 mm x 8 mm dia<br />
Glass stirrer rod, dimensions 300 mm x 8 mm dia<br />
Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, straight<br />
Glass nozzle, dimensions 8 mm dia, angled<br />
260 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Capillary tube<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions Comments<br />
665 196<br />
665 205<br />
667 510<br />
665 568*<br />
* For thin-layer chromatography<br />
Glass tube<br />
665 201<br />
665 204<br />
Glass tubing for bending<br />
665 202<br />
665 203<br />
Connector, with nipple<br />
Cat. No. Material Form Diameter<br />
665 221<br />
665 222<br />
665 226<br />
665 227<br />
665 223<br />
665 225<br />
665 228<br />
300 x 8 mm dia 2.0 mm dia<br />
300 x 8 mm dia 1.0 mm dia<br />
400 x 8 mm dia<br />
Microcapillaries, package of 250 pcs<br />
1.0 mm dia<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity<br />
80 x 8 mm dia 1<br />
300 x 8 mm dia 1<br />
Cat. No. Dimensions Quantity Remark<br />
480 x 8 mm set of 10 Soft glass<br />
750 x 8 mm 1 kg Soft glass<br />
glass straight 8 mm<br />
plastic straight 8 mm<br />
plastic straight 6 and 8 mm<br />
plastic straight 4 and 8 mm<br />
plastic T-shaped 8 mm<br />
plastic Y-shaped 8 mm<br />
glass straight 4 …12 mm
667 242<br />
Rubber bulb<br />
Twin bulb, with safety net.<br />
667 241<br />
Rubber bulb<br />
Simple, for reagent atomizer (> 665 578).<br />
665 216<br />
667 187<br />
Safety gas rubber tubing<br />
1 mm according to DIN 306 64.<br />
667 184<br />
Tubing clamps<br />
665 216<br />
Rubber wiper blade<br />
For glass rods, 7 - 8 mm dia.<br />
667 242<br />
667 241<br />
Set of 10, for gas tubing, 10 to 16 mm.<br />
Tubing clamp<br />
Hofmann.<br />
Tubing<br />
Cat. No. Clamping width<br />
667 175<br />
667 176<br />
20 mm<br />
30 mm<br />
667 184<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Cat. No. Internal diameter Wall thickness Length<br />
Rubber. �<br />
307 64<br />
667 180<br />
667 181<br />
307 65<br />
667 183<br />
307 67<br />
667 186*<br />
6 mm 1.5 mm 1 m<br />
7 mm 1.5 mm 1 m<br />
7 mm 1.5 mm 10 m<br />
7 mm 2 mm 1 m<br />
8 mm 2 mm 1 m<br />
10 mm 2 mm 1 m<br />
8 mm 5 mm 1 m<br />
PVC tubing (heat-resistant up to + 85 °C). �<br />
667 192<br />
307 641<br />
667 191<br />
307 70<br />
307 671<br />
3 mm 1 mm 5 m<br />
6 mm 1 mm 1 m<br />
7 mm 1.5 mm 5 m<br />
8 mm 1 mm 1 m<br />
10 mm 1 mm 1 m<br />
Silicone tubing (heat-resistant up to + 250°C). �<br />
667 194<br />
667 197<br />
667 198<br />
Gas hose.<br />
666 729**<br />
� � �<br />
7 mm 1.5 mm 1 m<br />
4 mm 1 mm 1 m<br />
2 mm 1 mm 1 m<br />
10 mm 2 mm 1 m<br />
* Vacuum tubing, ** Approved for liquid gases according to DIN 30 664<br />
666 729<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Tubing<br />
261
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Rubber stoppers<br />
Cat. No. Dia. bottom Dia. top Height Hole Suitable for<br />
[mm] [mm] [mm] 7 mm<br />
667 251<br />
667 252<br />
667 253<br />
667 254<br />
667 255<br />
667 256<br />
667 257<br />
667 258<br />
667 260<br />
667 261<br />
667 262<br />
667 263<br />
667 264<br />
667 265<br />
667 266<br />
667 267<br />
667 268<br />
667 269<br />
* 4 mm dia<br />
9 13 20 – test tubes 100 x 12 mm<br />
9 13 20 1* test tubes 100 x 12 mm<br />
14 18 20 – test tubes 160 x 16 mm<br />
14 18 20 1 test tubes 160 x 16 mm<br />
16 21 25 – SB 19 vessels<br />
16 21 25 1 SB 19 vessels<br />
19 24 25 – test tubes 180 x 20 mm,<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks,<br />
narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml,<br />
19 24 25 1 test tubes, 180 x 20 mm,<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks,<br />
narrow-neck 50 ml and 100 ml<br />
25 31 30 – SB 29 vessels<br />
25 31 30 1 SB 29 vessels<br />
25 31 30 2 SB 29 vessels<br />
25 31 30 1* SB 29 vessels<br />
28 34 30 – for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm,<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks,<br />
narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml<br />
28 34 30 1 for test tubes, 200 x 30 mm,<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks,<br />
narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml<br />
28 34 30 2 test tubes, 200 x 30 mm,<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks,<br />
narrow-neck 250 ml and 500 ml<br />
42 49 35 – SB 45 vessels<br />
42 49 35 1 SB 45 vessels<br />
42 49 35 2 SB 45 vessels<br />
262 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 812<br />
Bubble counter<br />
For monitoring the flow rates of gases.<br />
667 196<br />
Flow monitor “Aquamobile”<br />
Made of heat-resistant, transparent plastic.<br />
For monitoring cooling water flows,<br />
e.g. during distillation or reactions under reflux.<br />
Dimensions 50 x 50 x 15 mm.<br />
667 273<br />
Rubber stoppers<br />
Set of 13, assorted, diameter 14 - 25 mm.<br />
667 280<br />
Rubber stoppers<br />
Set of 60, assorted, diameter 9 - 45 mm.<br />
667 281<br />
Cork stoppers<br />
Set of 100, assorted, diameter 9 - 30 mm.
Silicone stoppers<br />
Temperatures up to 250 °C<br />
Cat. No. Bottom diameter Top diameter Height Suitable for Hole 7 mm dia<br />
667 285<br />
667 286<br />
667 290<br />
667 291<br />
667 292<br />
667 494<br />
16 mm 21 mm 25 mm SB 19 glassware -<br />
16 mm 21 mm 25 mm SB 19 glassware 1<br />
25 mm 31 mm 35 mm SB 29 glassware -<br />
25 mm 31 mm 35 mm SB 29 glassware 1<br />
25 mm 31 mm 35 mm SB 29 glassware 2<br />
40 mm 45 mm 23 mm SB 45 glassware 1<br />
Stopper for standard ground joints<br />
For standard ground joints,<br />
made of polyethylene.<br />
Cat. No.<br />
667 223<br />
667 224<br />
Made of glass.<br />
667 226<br />
667 227<br />
667 228<br />
ST 19/26<br />
ST 29/32<br />
ST 14.5/23<br />
ST 19/26<br />
ST 29/32<br />
Joint clip<br />
Plastic, heat-resistant up to 175 °C,<br />
for standard ground joints.<br />
Cat. No. Color<br />
665 391<br />
665 392<br />
ST 19/26 blue<br />
ST 29/32 red<br />
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Joint clip<br />
Steel, for standard ground joints.<br />
Cat. No.<br />
665 396<br />
665 397<br />
665 398<br />
ST 14.5/23<br />
ST 19/26<br />
ST 29/32<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
263
glass, plastic and porcelain ware<br />
Screw caps<br />
Cat. No. ISO thread GL Hole dia. Remark<br />
667 300<br />
667 301<br />
667 304<br />
667 305<br />
667 302<br />
667 303<br />
667 308<br />
Silicone gasket<br />
Set of 10, with PTFE sleeve.<br />
667 306<br />
667 295<br />
667 296<br />
667 297<br />
667 298<br />
667 299<br />
667 307<br />
14 - cap<br />
14 9.5 mm<br />
18 -<br />
18 11 mm<br />
25 15 mm<br />
32 20 mm<br />
18 - with screw connector<br />
Cat. No. ISO thread GL dia x i.dia. for tube dia<br />
667 031<br />
18 16 x 6 5.5 - 6.5<br />
18 16 x 8 7.5 - 9.0<br />
18 16 x 10 9.0 - 11.0<br />
25 22 x 8 7.5 - 9.0<br />
32 29 x 16 15.0 - 17.0<br />
32 29 x 10 9.0 - 1.0<br />
18 16 without hole<br />
Test tube holder �<br />
For tubes up to 20 mm dia., wooden.<br />
Length: 20 cm<br />
667 032<br />
Test tube holder<br />
For tubes up to 40 mm dia., wooden.<br />
667 035<br />
Crucible tongs �<br />
Stainless steel.<br />
Length: 200 mm<br />
667 633<br />
Mercury tongs �<br />
Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue,<br />
length 220 mm<br />
667 038<br />
264 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
�<br />
Beaker and glass tongs �<br />
�<br />
For beakers of up to 1 l capacity,<br />
stainless steel, rubber-clad jaws.<br />
667 303<br />
667 306<br />
667 296<br />
�<br />
�<br />
666 169<br />
Thermometer holder<br />
For secure attachment of glass thermometers,<br />
glass tubes, etc. to beakers,<br />
graduated cylinders, flasks, etc.<br />
Material: stainless steel<br />
Clamp span: 6 to 15 mm<br />
Length: 55 mm<br />
667 305<br />
667 301<br />
667 300
310 02<br />
Tool set<br />
In wallet, useful for small repairs.<br />
Screwdriver: 0.5 x 3 x 75 mm<br />
Combination pliers: 160 mm<br />
Pliers: 140 mm<br />
Combination scissors: 150 mm<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 File<br />
1 Screw driver<br />
1 Combination pliers, without insulation, chromium<br />
finish<br />
1 Pair of pliers, with insulation<br />
1 Pair of combination scissors<br />
1 Voltage tester<br />
1 Miniature screwdriver with 4 inserts<br />
361 03<br />
Spirit level<br />
Material wood, bubble horizontal and vertical.<br />
Length: 30 cm<br />
664 569<br />
Open jaw spanner, 30/32 mm<br />
For gas cylinders.<br />
310 05<br />
Round nose pliers<br />
With side snippers.<br />
Length: 14.5 cm<br />
Scissors<br />
310 04<br />
Universal pliers<br />
With hand protection.<br />
Insulation material: PVC<br />
Length: 17 cm<br />
667 018<br />
Laboratory knife<br />
Stainless steel.<br />
Cat. No. Length Shape<br />
662 014<br />
662 026<br />
667 016<br />
667 017<br />
tools / aids<br />
110 mm pointed, stainless steel<br />
130 mm with one rounded tip<br />
200 mm heavy type<br />
125 mm rounded tips<br />
Tools<br />
667 016 662 026 667 017 662 014 667 018<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
265
Spatula<br />
tools / aids<br />
Spatulas, tweezers<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Cat. No. Width Length Material<br />
666 961<br />
666 962<br />
666 963<br />
666 967<br />
666 968<br />
666 966<br />
666 969<br />
666 960<br />
�<br />
Glass-working<br />
� 5 mm 180 mm Stainless steel<br />
(micro double ended)<br />
� 9 mm 150 mm Stainless steel<br />
(double ended)<br />
� 20 mm 120 mm Stainless steel<br />
(with spoon end)<br />
22 mm 150 mm Stainless steel<br />
(with spoon end)<br />
22 mm 180 mm Stainless steel<br />
(with spoon end)<br />
� 20 mm 180 mm Plastic<br />
(with spoon end)<br />
� 9 mm 200 mm Horn (with capsule spoon)<br />
� 5 mm 150 mm Stainless steel<br />
(micro-spoon)<br />
667 013<br />
�<br />
667 000<br />
667 630<br />
Glass tube cutter<br />
266 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
�<br />
667 013<br />
Tweezers<br />
Cat. No. Shape Length Material<br />
662 025<br />
662 034<br />
662 029<br />
667 026<br />
667 027<br />
667 033<br />
667 034<br />
With steel cutting wheel for glass tubing<br />
up to 30 mm dia.<br />
667 630<br />
Safety grip<br />
Made of tough rubber, prevents injury while<br />
sliding glass rods into through-bored stoppers.<br />
� � � � � �<br />
� pointed tips 100 mm Stainless steel<br />
� blunt 100 mm spring steel<br />
� gebogen 105 mm Stainless steel<br />
(cover slip)<br />
� pointed tips 130 mm Nickel-plated<br />
steel<br />
� blunt 130 mm Nickel-plated<br />
steel<br />
� pointed tips 145 mm Plastic<br />
� blunt 200 mm Stainless steel<br />
667 000<br />
Glass cutter<br />
Steel blade, hardened.<br />
667 002<br />
Replacement cutting wheel<br />
Set of 3, for > 667 013.<br />
667 003<br />
Diamond glass cutter<br />
�
667 021<br />
Hand cork borer<br />
For rubber and cork stoppers, set of 6.<br />
Diameter: 5 - 11 mm<br />
305 00<br />
Lens cleaner<br />
Especially soft material made of long plant fibres,<br />
chemically inactive. For gentle cleaning of<br />
lenses and other optical parts as well as valuable<br />
isolators.<br />
Amount: 100 sheets<br />
Sheet sizes: 20 cm x 30 cm<br />
309 42<br />
Soluble coloring<br />
Water soluble, non-toxic food colouring.<br />
Colour: red<br />
Amount: 25 g<br />
309 45<br />
Universal pencil<br />
For writing on paper, cardboard, glass, plastics<br />
and metal.<br />
663 615<br />
Schuko socket strip<br />
With switch and 5 sockets,<br />
turned by 90°, especially for connection of<br />
plug-in power units.<br />
661 084<br />
Wooden turnings<br />
100 pieces.<br />
309 48<br />
Fishing line<br />
Black and white, twisted Trevira line.<br />
Length: 10 m<br />
Diameter: 0.5 mm approx.<br />
Max. load: 6 kg<br />
667 019<br />
Felt pen<br />
Non-smear, non-water soluble.<br />
667 022<br />
Sharpener for cork borer<br />
309 50<br />
Demonstration cord<br />
tools / aids<br />
309 50 309 48<br />
Red and white twisted polyamide line.<br />
Length: 20 m<br />
Diameter: 1 mm<br />
Max. load: 10 kg<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
267
consumables<br />
Filter paper<br />
Round filters<br />
661 050<br />
Extraction thimbles<br />
25 mm dia., 100 mm high, 25 pieces,<br />
suitable for extractor according to Soxhlet<br />
(> 665 453).<br />
661 051<br />
Extraction thimbles<br />
25 pieces, suitable for extractor according to<br />
Soxhlet (> 665 454).<br />
268 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Folded filters<br />
Filter paper for qualitative analysis<br />
Cat. No. Filter Diameter Quantity<br />
609 080<br />
609 081<br />
661 066<br />
661 030<br />
661 031<br />
661 032<br />
661 034<br />
661 035<br />
661 038<br />
Folded filter 90 mm 100<br />
Folded filter 110 mm 100<br />
Folded filter 150 mm 100<br />
Round filter 40 mm 100<br />
Round filter 70 mm 100<br />
Round filter 90 mm 100<br />
Round filter 110 mm 100<br />
Round filter 125 mm 100<br />
Round filter 150 mm 100<br />
661 063<br />
Filter paper<br />
580 mm x 580 mm, 10 sheet.<br />
661 054<br />
Surface protection paper<br />
Polyethylene-coated, for covering working<br />
surfaces, 100 sheets.
667 087<br />
666 988<br />
Mouth blowpipe<br />
661 084 667 085<br />
With wooden mouthpiece,<br />
for carrying out blowpipe tests.<br />
Charcoal for blowpipe analysis<br />
672 249<br />
Charcoal, small pieces, 500 g<br />
661 088<br />
Flame test salts<br />
Set of 9 in tray<br />
667 089<br />
Spotting tile<br />
12 dimples, porcelain, white glaze<br />
666 988<br />
Combustion boat<br />
667 089 667 087<br />
Dimensions: 13 x 80 mm, unglazed, with ring<br />
661 084<br />
Wooden turnings<br />
100 pieces<br />
667 084<br />
667 083<br />
Platinum wire for flame tests<br />
One end of the wire is bent to form a<br />
loop while the other is fused in a glass tube<br />
used as a holder.<br />
Length: approx. 30 mm<br />
Diameter: 0.5 mm<br />
667 084<br />
Magnesium rods<br />
For flame tests, 25 pcs.<br />
667 085<br />
Magnesia troughs<br />
Set of 10<br />
667 081<br />
Flame test glass<br />
667 083<br />
Dimensions: 50 x 50 mm<br />
661 087<br />
Tips for microliter pipettes<br />
50 pieces<br />
666 011<br />
666 013<br />
666 982<br />
Melting ladle<br />
consumables<br />
Iron, with wooden handle and spout.<br />
Ladle diameter: 70 mm<br />
666 984<br />
Deflagrating spoon<br />
Iron.<br />
Spoon diameter: 18 mm<br />
Length: 450 mm<br />
667 086<br />
Carbon dioxide conductor<br />
Complete with 2 candles.<br />
Qualitative analysis<br />
666 984 666 982 667 086<br />
666 011<br />
666 013<br />
Cat. No. Volume Color Suitable for...<br />
100 µl yellow 666 010<br />
1000 µl blue 666 012<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
269
consumables<br />
Syringes<br />
665 963<br />
665 955<br />
665 958<br />
pH papers and indicators<br />
661 070<br />
661 073 666 280<br />
661 071<br />
Syringe<br />
With Luer fitting<br />
665 957<br />
665 963<br />
665 955<br />
665 958<br />
375 21<br />
603 021<br />
270 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Cat. No. Volume Graduation<br />
661 070<br />
pH indicator paper<br />
1 ml 0.1 ml<br />
2 ml 0.1 ml<br />
5 ml 0.2 ml<br />
10 ml 0.5 ml<br />
20 ml 1.0 ml<br />
50 ml 1.0 ml<br />
pH 1 ... 11, roll in plastic dispenser with colour<br />
indicator scale<br />
661 071<br />
pH paper<br />
Refill packet, 3 rolls, for > 661 070<br />
661 073<br />
pH multiple range sticks<br />
pH 0 .. 14, 200 sticks in plastic box with colour<br />
indicator scale.<br />
Scale: 1 pH<br />
Disposable needles<br />
With Luer fitting. 10 pieces<br />
Cat. No. Dia. Length<br />
665 956<br />
665 960<br />
666 280<br />
pH test sticks<br />
0.8 mm 38 mm<br />
0.45 mm 23 mm<br />
Universal indicator solution pH 1 - 13<br />
Cat. No. Volume<br />
675 255<br />
661 076<br />
675 256<br />
661 075<br />
Litmus indicator paper<br />
pH 4.5 ... 10, 100 sticks in plastic box with<br />
colour indicator scale.<br />
Scale: 0.5 pH<br />
50 ml<br />
100 ml<br />
250 ml<br />
Neutral, book of 100 strips.
Test strips<br />
661 074<br />
Lead acetate test paper<br />
For detection of sulphide, book of 100 strips.<br />
661 080<br />
Cobalt chloride test paper<br />
Book of 200 strips.<br />
661 144<br />
Test strips, lead<br />
Set of 40, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative<br />
determination).<br />
Range/detection limit: 5 mg/l<br />
666 284<br />
Test strips, chlorine<br />
Set of 200, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative<br />
determination).<br />
Range/detection limit: 1 mg/l<br />
666 286<br />
Test strips, oil/petrol<br />
Set of 100, for rapid tests (semi-quantitative<br />
determination).<br />
Range/detection limit: 1-10 mg/l<br />
For rapid tests, semi-quantitatice determination<br />
Cat. No. Test Set of Range/detection limit<br />
666 281<br />
666 282<br />
666 283<br />
666 294<br />
666 287<br />
666 288<br />
666 293<br />
661 142<br />
661 143<br />
� Nitrate/Nitrite 100 10 - 500 mg/l<br />
1 - 50 mg/l<br />
� Iron 100 2 - 100 mg/l<br />
� Sulphite 100 10 - 1000 mg/l<br />
Ammonia 100 10 - 400 mg/l<br />
� Sulphate 100 200 - 1600 mg/l<br />
Copper 100 10 - 1000 mg/l<br />
� Peroxide 100 0.5 - 50 mg/l H2O2 � Water hardness 100 0 - 25 d<br />
Ascorbate 100 50 - 2000 mg/l<br />
�<br />
consumables<br />
Test papers, test strips<br />
661 075<br />
661 074 666 286<br />
� �<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� �<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
�<br />
271
consumables<br />
Test kits<br />
Visocolor ® - water test kits<br />
Rapid tests for colorimetic determination of substances in water; the concentration of the test substance<br />
is determined through comparison with a color scale.<br />
Cat. No. Test substance Measuring range Quantity<br />
609 110<br />
609 111<br />
609 112<br />
609 113<br />
666 292<br />
609 115<br />
609 116<br />
661 131<br />
Ammonium (DEV*) 0.20…10.0 mg/l 100<br />
Iron 0.10…50.0 mg/l 200<br />
Nitrate 1.00…50.0 mg/l 100<br />
Nitrite 0.05…2.0 mg/l 60<br />
Phosphate (DEV*) 0.10…1.5 mg/l 100<br />
Oxygen 0.20…10.0 mg/l 100<br />
Sulfide 0.05…1.0 mg/l 100<br />
Ammoniun-iron-nitrate-nitrite-phosphate-oxygen-sulfide<br />
* Method according to the chemical principles of the German uniform methods (“Deutsche Einheitsverfahren”)<br />
Testing tubes<br />
272 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 292 661 131<br />
Tube for CO 2 test<br />
Cat. No. Test for Set of Range/sensitivity<br />
666 309<br />
666 311<br />
666 312<br />
666 319<br />
666 317<br />
666 315<br />
666 308<br />
666 313<br />
666 318<br />
666 316<br />
666 307<br />
666 314<br />
CnHm 10 0.002…0.3 Vol%<br />
CO2 10 0.1…7 Vol%<br />
CO 10 5.0…1000 ppm<br />
CO 10 0.5…7 Vol%<br />
Formaldehyde 10 0.2…2.5 ppm<br />
Alcohol 10 0.1…3.5 ‰<br />
Alcotest 10 0.8‰…± 0.02 ‰<br />
NOx 10 0.5…50 ppm<br />
NOx 10 10.0…300 ppm<br />
O2 8 5.0…23 Vol%<br />
O3 10 0.005…1.4 ppm<br />
SO2 10 0.5…25 ppm
661 085<br />
Melting point tubes<br />
One fused end, set of 100, for > 667 500<br />
661 094<br />
Detergent<br />
Concentrated, 1 l<br />
661 082<br />
Stopcock grease<br />
For stopcocks and<br />
ST standard ground joints, 60 g<br />
661 095<br />
Paraffin oil<br />
1000 ml, high-boiling, for use with the melting<br />
point apparatus > 667 500.<br />
661 097<br />
Lubricant<br />
100 ml, for rubber parts<br />
661 081<br />
Aluminium foil<br />
10 m roll, for fractional distillation<br />
667 243<br />
Rubber balloons<br />
Set of 10.<br />
665 394<br />
Teflon collars<br />
For standard ground joints ST 29, set of 1<br />
661 091<br />
Boiling stones<br />
100 g, class A<br />
661 093<br />
Silicone grease<br />
high vacuum grease, tube 75 g<br />
665 954<br />
Rubber bulbs<br />
Fitting the pipettes, set of 10.<br />
665 950<br />
Pasteur pipettes<br />
set of 250<br />
Dimensions: 150 x 7 mm<br />
consumables<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
273
safety<br />
Safety<br />
661 900<br />
Chemical cabinet, ventable<br />
Front coated with structured melamine resin.<br />
1 door, full height with air-vent (left or right hinged)<br />
with secure cylinder lock.<br />
Additional poison cabinet, 600 mm high, separately<br />
lockable, with 2 glass shelves. One<br />
adjustable shelf below.<br />
Small radial fan PP, ventilator capacity 280<br />
cbm/h, type of protection IP 54, with step<br />
switch (manual/automatic)<br />
Outside dimensions: 60 x 208 x 55 cm<br />
In order to connect the chemical cabinet<br />
(> 661 900) with the mobile fume exhaust<br />
(> 661 917) to the radial fan, a pressure hose<br />
and wall-mounted supports are additionally required.<br />
The length of the pressure hose depends on<br />
the local situation. Please supply the corresponding<br />
information with your order.<br />
A separate invoice will be issued for pressure hose<br />
and wall-mounted supports.<br />
274 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
661 917<br />
Mobile fume exhaust<br />
Mobile table, working height 90 cm, with tiled<br />
table-top 75 x 97 cm, intermediate level and<br />
4 castors (2 lockable). Profile aluminum frame,<br />
half-round surfaces can be supplied in a choice<br />
of colours. Three sides safety glass, working<br />
opening: acrylic glass slide with latch,<br />
acrylic upright tube for upwards and<br />
downwards suction.<br />
Suction via lattice tile with attached acid-resistant<br />
small radial fan. Ventilator capacity<br />
250-500 cbm/h, type of enclosure IP 54, with<br />
off-switch, plug and 3m cable. With electrical<br />
channel and two sockets.<br />
Dimensions: 97 x 195 x 75 cm
Personal protection<br />
610 030<br />
Protective face shield<br />
Acetate face shield with extremely high shock<br />
and chemical resistance; adjustable 7-position<br />
elastic head band for holding to head;<br />
with latching recessed shield holder.<br />
Weight: 160 g<br />
667 600<br />
Face shield<br />
Shield can be raised when not in use,<br />
protects against splinters and splashes from<br />
acids and bases.<br />
Dimensions: 28 x 20 cm<br />
667 603<br />
Safety goggles<br />
With darked lenses, for glass-blowing<br />
610 010<br />
Laboratory safety goggles with UV protection<br />
Polycarbonate frame and lenses, scatch-proof<br />
coating, integrated side shielding<br />
667 602<br />
Universal safety goggles<br />
667 605<br />
Safety screen<br />
With interchangeable lenses. With adjustable<br />
U-fit temple; with side shield.<br />
Made of acrylic glass. It has two side screens<br />
that can be opened, which give the structure<br />
the necessary stability when set up on a table<br />
Dimensions:<br />
front screen: 65 cm x 60 cm<br />
side screens: 25 cm x 60 cm<br />
thickness of screen: 3 mm<br />
Weight: 2.9 kg<br />
667 603<br />
610 010<br />
667 613<br />
667 602<br />
667 613<br />
667 600<br />
safety<br />
Safety goggles for wearing over glasses �<br />
Fit over most glasses, comfortable all-round<br />
eye protection, transparent body made of soft<br />
PVC, perforated, therefore well-ventilated, no<br />
condensation. Comfortable fit, no squeezing<br />
thanks to wide frame, adjustable leather strap.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
275
safety<br />
667 614<br />
Heat protective gloves<br />
Mitts with recessed thumb, lined with wool felt<br />
and flame-resistant nettle cloth, 290 mm long,<br />
outer material Aramid.<br />
610 450<br />
610 050<br />
Heat-resistant holder “Hot Hand”<br />
610 061<br />
667 606<br />
Heat-resistant holder, silicone-rubber, protection<br />
from -50...250 °C<br />
Safety gloves<br />
276 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Made of natural rubber<br />
Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness<br />
610 050<br />
610 051<br />
Safety gloves<br />
Made of natural rubber<br />
610 060<br />
610 061<br />
610 062<br />
medium 320 mm 1.3 mm<br />
large 320 mm 1.3 mm<br />
Cat. No. Size Sleeve length Matrial thickness<br />
667 607<br />
Apron<br />
PVC, white, 90 x 110 cm<br />
667 610<br />
667 610<br />
Safety cage<br />
small 330 mm 0.85 mm<br />
medium 330 mm 0.85 mm<br />
large 330 mm 0.85 mm<br />
667 607<br />
667 630<br />
Iron, hot galvanized, 200 x 200 x 200 mm for<br />
protection against glass splinters.<br />
663 609<br />
Working gloves<br />
Gloves with five fingers, made of split chrome<br />
leather, lined, backs of hands made of sturdy<br />
cloth and elasticated.<br />
Size: 9-11<br />
Length: 35 cm<br />
667 630<br />
Safety grip<br />
Made of tough rubber,<br />
prevents injury while sliding glass rods into<br />
through-bored stoppers.<br />
667 606<br />
Disposable gloves<br />
Plastic, in dispenser box, 100 each
Disposal<br />
306 83<br />
Mercury adsorbent<br />
667 634<br />
Cabinet for toxic substances<br />
Lacquered sheet steel, with steel door and<br />
security lock, additional separately lockable<br />
poison drawer with second lock.<br />
Dimensions: 45.5 x 55.5 x 17.5 cm<br />
Weight: 8.8 kg<br />
Set for fast, simple and safe collection of spilled<br />
mercury.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
Mercury adsorbent: 100 g<br />
1 Brush<br />
1 Broom and dustpan<br />
3 Pair disposable gloves<br />
1 Special breathing mask<br />
1 Instructions for use<br />
667 631<br />
Mercury adsorbent, 100 g<br />
Refill package for > 306 83.<br />
667 633<br />
Mercury tongs<br />
Stainless steel, for collecting mercury residue<br />
Length: 220 mm<br />
667 636<br />
Chemical emergency set<br />
Assortment of chemicals and aids for chemistry<br />
instruction, for cleaning up spilled chemicals as<br />
quickly and completely as possible. All chemicals<br />
and equipment are stored in a sturdy wallmounted<br />
holder.<br />
Dimensions: 80 x 45 x 15 cm<br />
Weight: 19.5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
safety<br />
1 Adsorbent for acids<br />
1 Adsorbent for bases<br />
1 Adsorbent for solvents<br />
1 Set plastic bags for receiving chemicals<br />
1 Set disposable gloves<br />
1 Dustpan, broom and scoop<br />
1 Roll paper towels<br />
1 Mounting screws and wall plugs<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
277
safety<br />
667 635<br />
Chemical waste disposal set<br />
This set provides a reliable and approved solution<br />
to the problem of collecting and eliminating<br />
leftover chemicals and residues which require<br />
special handling (special wastes, solvent incineration<br />
plant etc.). Also included is advice on how<br />
to deal with hazardous chemical residues.<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
7 storage containers for different chemical residues<br />
to ensure safe and proper collection for<br />
approved disposal:<br />
5 l plastic container for inorganic and organic<br />
solids<br />
10 l plastic container for acidic and alkaline<br />
wastes as well as solutions of heavy metal<br />
salts<br />
2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material<br />
class A of the relevant German regulations<br />
regarding flammable liquids (aliphatic and<br />
aromatic hydrocarbons which do not mix<br />
with water)<br />
2.5 l amber glass bottle for solvents of material<br />
class B of the relevant German regulations<br />
regarding flammable liquids (organic solutions<br />
which mix with water)<br />
2.5 l amber glass bottle for halogenated hydrocarbons<br />
2.5 l plastic container for carcinogenic and toxic<br />
solutions<br />
0.25l plastic container for metallic mercury<br />
wastes<br />
1 Plastic funnel<br />
1 Set of labels for the disposal containers<br />
(> 667 617)<br />
661 077<br />
Warning labels<br />
Matched to 661 078 ; “Extremely toxic” and<br />
“Explosive” 8 each, and 16 each of the other<br />
seven warning labels.<br />
128 labels in all, self-adhesive<br />
Dimensions: 23 x 28 mm<br />
Label set<br />
Cat. No. Description Quantity<br />
667 618<br />
667 619<br />
667 623<br />
667 620<br />
667 629<br />
Label set for basic chemicals 26 pieces*<br />
Supplementary label set I, inorganic chemistry 48 pieces*<br />
Supplementary label set II, inorganic chemistry 32 pieces*<br />
Supplementary label set I, organic chemistry 24 pieces*<br />
Supplementary label set II, organic chemistry 31 pieces*<br />
*Dimensions: 105 x 36 mm and 105 x 54 mm<br />
Blank labels<br />
661 078<br />
667 616<br />
Blank labels, for bottles, with space for R and S-type warnings, self-adhesive, 32 pieces.<br />
Dimensions: 90 x 54 mm<br />
Protective sheet for labels, for > 661 078 and > 667 615.<br />
Resistant to chemicals, 40 pieces. Dimensions: 90 x 54 cm<br />
278 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 615<br />
Labels for chemical bottles<br />
For 30 of the most frequently used chemicals,<br />
32 pieces. (Fits protective sheet > 667 616).<br />
667 617<br />
Labels for disposal containers<br />
Seven self-adhesive labels on plastic A4 size<br />
sheets; with disposal code; the labels must be<br />
cut out individually to label the respective containers<br />
for chemical residues and environmentally<br />
hazardous waste.
667 622<br />
First aid kit<br />
According to DIN 13 157, the work shop stipulations<br />
and regulations of the German Ministers<br />
of Culture, Education and Church Affairs.<br />
Weight: 3,5 kg<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Roll of adhesive plaster,<br />
DIN 13 019-A 5 x 2.5 roll with cover<br />
3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E<br />
50 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging<br />
3 First aid dressings, DIN 13 019-E<br />
10 x 6 cm, dust-proof packaging<br />
5 Finger-tip plasters, individual dust-proof<br />
packaging<br />
5 Finger plasters, DIN 13 019-E 18 x 2<br />
2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-K<br />
2 Packages of plasters DIN 13 151-M<br />
1 Package of plasters DIN 13 151-G<br />
1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-A<br />
1 Bandaging material DIN 13 152-BR<br />
6 Cellulose gauze compresses,<br />
100 x 100 mm sterile<br />
1 Metallized polyester sheet, used as blanket,<br />
aluminium surface, 2100 mm x 1400 mm<br />
2 Finger protection pouches, leather with ribbons,<br />
assorted<br />
2 Gauze bandages DIN 61 631-MB-8 ZW/BW<br />
1 Gauze bandage DIN 61 631-MB-6 ZW/BW<br />
1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 8 cm, elastic<br />
1 Fixing bandages 4 m x 6 cm, elastic<br />
1 Net bandaging, for unjuries to head and<br />
extremities, stretches to 4 m<br />
2 Triangular cloths DIN 13 168-D<br />
1 Pair of first aid scissors, DIN 58 279-A145<br />
or DIN 58 279-B145<br />
10 Lint cloths 200 mm x 300 mm<br />
2 Polyethylene bags, sealable, 300 x 400 mm<br />
4 Pairs of disposable PVC gloves, large, in<br />
dust-proof package<br />
1 First aid instruction leaflet<br />
1 Contents list<br />
667 625<br />
Fire blanket<br />
According to DIN 14 155, pure wool, low<br />
flammability, with two grips,<br />
asbestos-free!<br />
Dimensions: 160 cm · 200 cm<br />
667 621<br />
First aid cabinet<br />
(Wall pharmacy), made of plastic, white, with<br />
lock, without contents.<br />
Dimensions: 46 cm x 33 cm x 16 cm<br />
Weight: 2.4 kg<br />
667 626<br />
Storage canister<br />
For rapid access to fire blanket (> 667 625 ),<br />
box made of red, painted steel plate with the<br />
designation “Fire Blanket” on it.<br />
Dimensions (W x D x H): 28 cm x 23 cm x 40 cm<br />
667 627<br />
Fire extinguisher<br />
CO 2 -filling, including wall mounting<br />
Content: 2 kg<br />
Dimensions: 14 x 14 x 47 cm<br />
safety<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
279
laboratory gases<br />
Compressed gas bottles<br />
There are three ways of obtaining the gases<br />
required for common laboratory experiments:<br />
· One can make small quantities oneself by<br />
means of chemical reactions, e.g. zinc with<br />
hydrochloric acid as a demonstration of hydrogen,<br />
in a gas generator.<br />
A suitable device for this is the gas generator<br />
according to MAEY, equipped with either a<br />
tube with sintered disk or a dropping funnel,<br />
permitting gas generation from either solid<br />
Gas bottle<br />
Cat. No. Type of gas Colour Gas content*<br />
661 010<br />
661 011<br />
661 012<br />
661 013<br />
661 014<br />
hydrogen red 2,0 m3 oxygen blue 2,0 m3 carbon dioxide gray 7,5 kg<br />
nitrogen green 2,0 m3 helium gray 2,0 m3 * with reference to standard temperature and pressure<br />
661 019<br />
Trolley<br />
For one gas bottle 10 l,<br />
with safety chain<br />
280 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
or liquid materials. Self-production<br />
of gases is recommended only when occasional<br />
small quantities (up to approx. 100 ml)<br />
are required.<br />
· Smaller quantities of gas in gas cans. This type<br />
of gas supply is ideal for small requirements of<br />
pure gases, which can be drawn from the easyto-use<br />
aluminum containers without preparation.<br />
With a volume of 1 l, the gas cans contain<br />
between 12 1 (compressed gas) and 200 1<br />
(liquefied gas).<br />
Our gas bottles are approved by the West German<br />
Technical Inspection Agency (TUeV);<br />
additionally, the hydrogen bottles are also ultrasonically<br />
tested. The required hardness certification<br />
has been issued (manufacturer's certificate<br />
supplied).<br />
The gas bottles are supplied full and are property<br />
of the school (not returnable bottles). They can<br />
be refilled by local suppliers. When necessary,<br />
these will also carry out any testing of the bottles<br />
required by local regulations.<br />
Please note that gas can only be withdrawn using<br />
suitable pressure reducing valves. In addition,<br />
the gas bottles must be secured against falling<br />
over, and must be removed from the classroom<br />
after the lesson using suitable (tip-proof) trolleys<br />
according to applicable laboratory regulations.<br />
Gas bottle<br />
Steel, according to DIN, TÜV-tested, with valve<br />
protection cap and base. The gas bottle is<br />
labelled with the name of the school or institution.<br />
Filled.<br />
Volume: 10 l<br />
Filling pressure: max. 200 bar<br />
Length: 85.5 cm<br />
Diameter: 14 cm<br />
Weight empty: approx. 18 kg<br />
661 020<br />
Trolley<br />
For two gas bottles 10 l,<br />
with safety chain.<br />
· Larger gas quantities in 10 l gas bottles (2 m 3<br />
content). This is the most cost-effective way of<br />
covering large gas requirements. It is primarily<br />
recommended for the supply of the most commonly<br />
used gases, hydrogen and oxygen
Minican gas cans<br />
Geometrical volume: 1 l<br />
Height: 240 mm<br />
Outside diameter: 80 mm<br />
Empty weight: ca. 250 g<br />
660 984<br />
660 985<br />
660 987<br />
660 988<br />
660 989<br />
660 994<br />
660 997<br />
660 998<br />
660 999<br />
661 000<br />
Pressure reducing valve<br />
According to DIN, 2 pressure gauges, standard<br />
thread, fits gas bottle > 661 010…661 013<br />
as well as common commercial gas bottles,<br />
control range 0 ... 10 bar.<br />
Cat. No. Type of gas fits gas bottle<br />
661 015<br />
661 016<br />
661 017<br />
661 018<br />
664 569<br />
Open jaw spanner<br />
Hydrogen > 661 010<br />
Oxygen > 661 011<br />
Carbon dioxide, > 661 012<br />
helium, argon > 661 014<br />
Nitrogen > 661 013<br />
30/32 mm, for gas cylinders<br />
Cat. No. Type of gas Purity Gas content 1)<br />
Helium 2) 99.999 % 12 l<br />
Neon 2) 99.995 % 12 l<br />
Methane 99.95 % 12 l<br />
Ethane 99.0 % 12 l<br />
n-Butane 99.5 % approx. 200 l<br />
Ethylene 99.8 % 12 l<br />
Hydrogen 99.999 % 12 l<br />
Oxygen 2) 99.995 % 12 l<br />
Carbon dioxide 2) 99.995 % 12 l<br />
Nitrogen 2) 99.999 % 12 l<br />
1) with reference to standard temperature and pressure · 2) Postal shipment possible<br />
Minican gas cans<br />
The Minican gas cans were developed for filling<br />
requirements of smaller amounts of pure gases<br />
and gas mixtures. These one-way aluminum<br />
containers are much easier to use than corresponding<br />
high-pressure gas bottles. The fine<br />
><br />
regulating valves (> 660 680) described on this<br />
page fits all Minican gas cans. A self-sealing valve<br />
built into the gas can prevents inadvertent gas<br />
loss when changing valves.<br />
660 980<br />
Fine regulating valve<br />
With nipple, fits all Minican gas cans.<br />
Nipple diameter: 7 mm<br />
664 812<br />
Bubble counter<br />
For monitoring the flow speeds of gases<br />
Height: 100 mm<br />
laboratory gases<br />
For laboratory burners and cartridges<br />
see page 224<br />
Before screwing on the fine regulating valve,<br />
make sure that the valve is closed; in other words,<br />
the valve head must be turned to the right as<br />
far as possible. To reduce costs, we recommend<br />
ordering several gas bottles and gas types at once,<br />
as rail express shipment is mandatory for certain<br />
types of gas.<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
281
Tray<br />
storage<br />
Equipment boxes, storage trays<br />
648 01<br />
648 03<br />
648 05<br />
648 07<br />
For storage of equipment and collections of equipment. Sturdy construction,<br />
made of 4-mm drawn plastic material, available in three different sizes.<br />
A large number of subdivisions are possible in conjunction with the storage<br />
trays (> 649 11 - 23). The size of the trays is matched to the bottom<br />
shelves of the trolleys.<br />
Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions<br />
649 42<br />
649 43<br />
649 45<br />
Tray 6 x 2 552 mm x 197 mm x 48 mm<br />
Tray 6 x 3 552 mm x 284 mm x 48 mm<br />
Tray 6 x 5 552 mm x 459 mm x 48 mm<br />
* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm.<br />
Equipment tray<br />
282 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
For storage of equipment, especially equipment<br />
used in students' experiments. Sturdy construction,<br />
made of 4 mm thick drawn material,<br />
available in 4 different widths; with grooves for<br />
partitions, can be subdivided into ten sections.<br />
Cat. No. Outside dimensions Fits partition Description Width<br />
Storage trays<br />
80 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 02 Partition ZW 8 80 mm<br />
120 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 04 Partition ZW12 120 mm<br />
160 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 06 Partition ZW 16 160 mm<br />
240 mm x 460 mm x 80 mm 648 08 Partition ZW 24 240 mm<br />
For storage of small parts and accessories, drawn from 2 mm plastic material;<br />
available in 6 different sizes. The storage trays may be placed on<br />
shelves, in the other trays and in drawers.<br />
Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x 86 mm.<br />
Cat. No. Size [RE]* Outside dimensions<br />
649 11<br />
649 12<br />
649 13<br />
649 16<br />
649 22<br />
649 23<br />
Set of 6 trays 1 x 1 86 mm x 86 mm x 26 mm<br />
Set of 6 trays 1 x 2 86 mm x 172 mm x 26 mm<br />
Set of 6 trays 1 x 3 86 mm x 258 mm x 26 mm<br />
Set of 3 trays 1 x 6 86 mm x 518 mm x 26 mm<br />
Set of 3 trays 2 x 2 172 mm x 172 mm x 26 mm<br />
Set of 3 trays 2 x 3 172 mm x 258 mm x 26 mm<br />
* Sizes (inner surfaces) in rastered unit (RE) from 86 mm x· 86 mm.<br />
Partition<br />
For dividing the equipment tray
452 11<br />
Overhead projector NV-A 4/315<br />
For projecting foil rolls, DIN A4 transparencies, projection models and<br />
suitable experiment setups. Low-volt lamp with metal-coated mirror,glass<br />
lens and Fresnel lens condenser. Working-surface frame with two retractable<br />
pin pairs for standard perforations and two pairs of grooves for foil roll<br />
fittings. With two carrying grooves and mains cable compartment. Includes<br />
foil roll fittings and halogen lamp.<br />
Special features:<br />
· Complete illumination of DIN A4 format<br />
· Glare-free Fresnell lens - no antiglare device necessary<br />
· Lamp externally adjustable for even image illumination<br />
· Economy switch to extend lamp life<br />
· Cooling system with low-noise fan and automatic overload protection<br />
switch for lamp<br />
· Safety switch between frame and lower section for switching off mains<br />
voltage when changing lamps and cleaning condenser.<br />
Lamp: 24 V, 250 W<br />
Spare lamp: > 442 99<br />
Working surface:<br />
Dimensions: 28.5 cm x 28.5 cm, pin spacing for binder holes: 80 mm<br />
Projection head:<br />
Swivel range (lateral): ± 90°<br />
Objectivelens: three-element (wide angle), Focal length: 315 mm<br />
Connection: 230 V, 50 Hz via mains cable<br />
Dimensions: 30 cm x 34 cm x 61 cm (including column)<br />
Weight: 9.1 kg<br />
667 545<br />
Compact slide projector 250 afs<br />
Automatic magazine projector for 35 mm slides<br />
in 5 x 5 cm frame for common LKM and CS<br />
magazines.<br />
Special features:<br />
· Extremely bright 24 V/250 W halogen lamp,<br />
lens 2.8/90 mm<br />
· Selective autofocus: once the first slide is<br />
focused manually, the projector focuses all<br />
other slides automatically.<br />
· Cable remote control for changing slides,<br />
toggling autofocus, manual focusing and light<br />
pointer.<br />
· Automatic slide changing possible using<br />
built-in timer. Slide change interval continuously<br />
adjustable from 5 to 30 seconds.<br />
· Slide viewer for presorting in the form of an<br />
illuminated matte pane.<br />
· Single-slide loading to let you change the<br />
order during projection.<br />
Power rating: 230 V /50 Hz<br />
Safety: interference-suppressed, protection<br />
class II, thermal circuit breaker, cooling via<br />
quier-running fan.<br />
Dimensions (L x B x H): 278 x 258 x 133 mm<br />
Weight: approx. 4.9 kg<br />
Supplied complete with: cable remote control,<br />
power lead, common magazine for 36 slides.<br />
visual aids<br />
Projectors and accessories<br />
442 99<br />
Incandescent lamp V 24<br />
452 10<br />
Foil roll, 26 cm<br />
Acetate foil, washable, fits overhead projector<br />
(> 452 11).<br />
Width: 26 cm<br />
Length: 23 m<br />
Thickness: 0.08 mm<br />
Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable.<br />
For > 443 02 and > 452 11.<br />
Voltage in V: 24<br />
Power in W: 250<br />
Socket: G 6.35-15<br />
442 89<br />
Magazine box<br />
For slides and other optical objects of similar<br />
sizes, such as colour filters, gratings etc.<br />
Capacity:<br />
30 framed slides<br />
Dimensions:<br />
50 mm x 50 mm x 3,5 mm<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
283
visual aids<br />
443 15<br />
Base plate with sockets<br />
Fits the experiment projectors (e.g. > 443 10)<br />
for the vertical projection of experiment setups,<br />
for which an electrical voltage is supplied,<br />
for example, glass plates with electrodes<br />
(> 442 63). With circular-shaped aperture and<br />
clamping springs. Voltage supply via short<br />
wires attached in the terminal screws.<br />
Aperture diameter: 47/50 mm<br />
Terminal screws-span width: 2 mm<br />
Connection: 4-mm sockets<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 9 cm x 4 cm<br />
Weight: 0.1 kg<br />
443 14<br />
284 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Vertical projection stand<br />
Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector<br />
(> 443 10). Made of steel plate with handle<br />
for easy transport and when setting up the<br />
projector in the stand.<br />
Dimensions: 26 x 13 x 13 cm<br />
Weight: 1.5 kg<br />
443 10<br />
FANTEX multi-purpose projector<br />
Experiment projector for 35 mm slides and for<br />
demonstrating physical and chemical<br />
processes using projectable experiment<br />
setups. With pre-adjusted halogen lamp<br />
(> 443 01), equipment holder, slide carrier;<br />
objective adjustable on guide rods. Step switch<br />
with economy circuit for extending lamp life.<br />
Lamp: 24 V, 150 W<br />
Objective:<br />
Focal length: 100 mm<br />
Aperture ratio: 1:2.8<br />
Slide carrier:<br />
Slide format: 50 x 50 mm<br />
Aperture: 40 x 40 mm<br />
Connection: 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz<br />
(switchable), via mains cable<br />
Power consumption: 230 W<br />
Dimensions: 20 x 12 x 10 cm<br />
Weight: 4.7 kg<br />
443 01<br />
Incandescent lamp V 24<br />
Overvoltages up to 6.5 V are acceptable.<br />
For > 443 10.<br />
Voltage in V: 24<br />
Power in W: 150<br />
443 12<br />
Inverting and deviating prism<br />
Fits FANTEX multipurpose projector<br />
(> 443 10 ). For image inversion or ray<br />
deviation, e. g. for vertical projection.<br />
Isosceles right angle prism, reflective hypotenuse<br />
surface. With adjustable swivel axis.<br />
In clamp mount.<br />
443 13<br />
Microobjective 20 mm<br />
Fits the FANTEX multipurpose projector<br />
(> 443 10 ). For horizontal or vertical projection.<br />
Tube in holder with clamping screws for<br />
mounting on the guide rods of the projector.<br />
Image detail: approx. 10 mm dia.<br />
Magnification:<br />
100 : 1 (for 2 m projection distance and<br />
1 m image diameter)<br />
Dimensions: 10 cm x 9 cm x 6 cm<br />
Weight: 0.1 kg
661 870<br />
Basic set chemicals for demonstration<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 l Ammonia solution 25%<br />
500 g Ammonium chloride<br />
1 kg Calcium carbonate, precipitated<br />
1 kg Calcium chloride, granulated<br />
500 g Calcium oxide, powder<br />
250 g Iron, powder<br />
1 kg Iron(II) sulfate heptahydrate<br />
1 kg Dextrose<br />
10 pcsWood charcoal, pieces for blow pipe<br />
100 g Iodine<br />
100 g Potassium iodide<br />
500 g Potassium nitrate<br />
500 g Potassium permanganate<br />
250 g Copper, sheet<br />
500 g Copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate<br />
25 g Magnesium, strip<br />
250 g Ammonium sodiumhydrogen<br />
phosphate<br />
1 kg Sodium chloride<br />
1 kg Sodium hydrogen carbonate<br />
1 kg Sodium hydroxide<br />
500 g Sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate<br />
1 l Hydrochloric acid, 25%<br />
1 kg Sulfur, powder, sublimed<br />
1 l Sulfuric acid, 95-98%<br />
1 kg Sea sand, cleaned<br />
500 g Zinc, granulated<br />
661 113<br />
Set of chemicals, ecology I<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
250 ml Acetone 1 roll Aluminum, foil<br />
250 ml Ammonia, 25%<br />
100 g Calcium sulfate<br />
250 ml Chloroform<br />
1 g Dithizone 50 g Iron(III) chloride<br />
500 ml Acetic acid, 2 mol/l<br />
250 ml Ethanol, pure 100 g Urea<br />
100 g Ion exchanger, acidic and 50 g alkaline<br />
50 g Potassium bromide<br />
100 g Potassium chloride<br />
100 g Magnesium sulfate<br />
250 g Sodium chloride<br />
250 g Sodium hydrogen carbonate<br />
100 ml Sodium monooxochlorate solution<br />
50 g Sodiumn-dodecyl sulfate<br />
100 g Sodium sulfate<br />
500 ml Sodium hydroxide solution, 0.1 mol/l<br />
100 ml Petroleum<br />
100 ml Phenol, liquefied<br />
250 ml Orthophosphoric acid<br />
500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Sulfuric acid, conc.<br />
250 ml Soap solution after Pellet<br />
250 ml Toluene<br />
500 ml Titriplex-A solution<br />
500 ml Titriplex-B solution<br />
10 ml Test dye mixture<br />
5 g Sodium diethyldithiocarbamate<br />
1 g Diacetylmonoxim<br />
1 g Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide<br />
50 ml Tetrapropylene benzene sulfanate<br />
solution 5%<br />
661 871<br />
Supplementary set I, inorganic chemistry<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
500 g Filter charcoal, granulated<br />
Roll Aluminium, foil<br />
250 g Aluminium, powder<br />
1 kg Aluminium sulfate octadecahydrate<br />
100 g Ammonium molybdate<br />
500 g Barium chloride dihydrate<br />
100 ml Bromine<br />
250 g Calcium carbide<br />
1 kg Calcium chloride 6 hydrate<br />
1 kg Calcium sulfate dihydrate<br />
100 g Iron, wire<br />
100 g Iron, wool<br />
1 kg Iron(III) chloride hexahydrate<br />
1 kg Iron(III) oxide<br />
1 kg Iron(II) sulfide, rods<br />
500 g Glass wool<br />
1 kg Wood charcoal, powder<br />
250 ml Iodine/potassium iodide solution<br />
500 g Potassium aluminium sulfate<br />
500 g Potassium bromide<br />
500 g Potassium chlorate<br />
500 g Potassium hexacyanoferrate(II)<br />
250 g Potassium thiocyanate<br />
100 g Cobalt(II) chloride x 6 H2O<br />
500 g Copper(I) oxide<br />
250 g Copper(II) oxide<br />
100 g Lithium chloride<br />
100 g Magnesium, powder<br />
1 kg Manganese(IV) oxide<br />
1 kg Marble, pieces<br />
100 g Sodium<br />
1 kg Sodium acetate 3 hydrate<br />
1 kg Sodium carbonate, anhydrous<br />
1 l Sodium silicate solution<br />
250 g Nickel chloride 6 hydrate<br />
250 g Phosphorus, red<br />
500 ml Orthophosphoric acid<br />
1 g Platinum on aluminium oxide fibres,<br />
5% Pt<br />
500 g Pyrite<br />
1 l Nitric acid, 65%<br />
100 g Sulfur, crystals<br />
50 g Silver nitrate<br />
250 g Strontium nitrate<br />
250 ml Hydrogen peroxide<br />
100 g Cotton wool<br />
500 g Zinc, powder<br />
250g Zinc sulfate heptahydrate<br />
1 kg Tin, foil<br />
661 123<br />
Chromatography of amino acids<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 Dansyl chloride, 1 g . . . . . . . . . . . 663 970<br />
1 Set of 10 micropolyamide films . . . 661 064<br />
1 Set of 250 microcapillaries . . . . . . 665 568<br />
1 Set of 100 disposable gloves . . . . 667 606<br />
661 873<br />
sets of chemicals<br />
Supplementary set II, inorganic chemistry<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
250 g Aluminium, grit<br />
500 g Aluminium oxide<br />
500 g Ammonium nitrate<br />
1 l Ammonium sulfide solution, 40%<br />
250 g Antimony, pieces<br />
100 g Antimony(III) oxide<br />
1 kg Barium nitrate<br />
100 g Calcium, granulated<br />
500 g Calcium fluoride<br />
500 g Chromium(III) chloride x 6 H 2 O<br />
500 g Potassium hydrogen phosphate<br />
250 g Potassium hexacyanoferrate(III)<br />
500 g Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate<br />
500 g Potassium hydrogensulfate<br />
500 g Potassium hydroxide<br />
100 g Potassium iodate(V)<br />
500 g Tripotassium tetraoxophosphate<br />
500 g Silica gel<br />
100 g Cobalt(II) nitrate (hexahydrate)<br />
250 ml Carbon disulfide<br />
250 g Copper, shavings<br />
100 g Copper(I) chloride<br />
250 g Copper oxide, wire<br />
1 kg Magnesium chloride 6-hydrate<br />
500 g Magnesium oxide<br />
250 g Sodium nitrite<br />
1 kg Sodium sulfate 10-hydrate<br />
250 g Sodium sulfide 5-hydrate<br />
1 kg Sodium sulfite<br />
500 ml Perchloric acid, 70%<br />
500 g Phosphorus(V) oxide<br />
100 g Tin(II) chloride<br />
661 114<br />
Chemical set ecology II<br />
air and soil experiments<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
100 g Ammonium nitrate<br />
250 g Potassium hydroxide, pellets<br />
50 g Copper, shavings<br />
250 g Marble<br />
500 g Sodium carbonate<br />
100 g Sodium sulfate<br />
500 ml Sodium hydroxide solution 0.1 mol/<br />
100 ml Paraffin, viscous<br />
100 ml Phenolphthalein solution, 1%<br />
5 g Pyrogallol<br />
500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 0.1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Sulfuric acid, conc.<br />
50 ml Silver nitrate solution, 5%<br />
100 g Granulated zinc<br />
50 g Glycerin gelatine<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
285
sets of chemicals<br />
661 872<br />
Supplementary set I, organic chemistry<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 l Acetone<br />
500 ml Formic acid, 98-100%<br />
1 l 1-butanol<br />
1 l Ethanol, absolute<br />
1 l Diethyl ether<br />
1 l Acetic acid, 100%<br />
500 ml Fehling's solution I<br />
500 ml Fehling's solution II<br />
1 kg Dextrose<br />
500 ml Glycerine<br />
1 kg Urea<br />
250 ml Litmus solution<br />
1 l Methanol<br />
1 kg Naphtalene<br />
500 g Oxalic acid 2-hydrate<br />
1 kg Paraffin, solid<br />
1 l Petroleum spirit, 40-70 °C<br />
250 g Phenol<br />
500 ml Phenolphtalein solution, 1%<br />
100 g Resorcin<br />
250 g D(+)-saccharose<br />
250 g Starch, soluble<br />
1 l Toluene<br />
1 kg L(+)-tartaric acid<br />
661 874<br />
Supplementary set II, organic chemistry<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
1 l Ethanal<br />
100 g DL-alanine<br />
100 ml Aniline<br />
100 g L(+)-ascorbic acid<br />
1 l Benzaldehyde<br />
500 g Benzoic acid<br />
100 g 1,2-benzenediol<br />
1 l n-butyric acid<br />
500 g Citric acid 1-hydrate<br />
1 l Cyclohexane<br />
25 g Eosine, yellow<br />
1 l Ethyl acetate<br />
25 g Fluorescein<br />
100 g D(-)-fructose<br />
25 g Fuchsine<br />
500 g Glycine (Glycocoll)<br />
100 g Indigo blue<br />
1 kg D(+)-lactose<br />
100 g D(+)-maltose<br />
25 g Methylene blue<br />
500 ml Lactic acid<br />
1 l Oleic acid<br />
1 l Paraffin, viscous<br />
500 ml 1-pentanol<br />
1 l Petroleum spirit, 90-100 °C<br />
1 kg Phtalic acid anhydride<br />
1 l 2-propanol (isopropanol)<br />
100 g Pyrogallic acid<br />
1 kg Salicylic acid<br />
1 kg Stearic acid<br />
250 g Tannin<br />
661 109<br />
286 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Set of chemicals for electrophoresis<br />
For production of agarose gels in the<br />
“SepBloc” separating chamber (> 665 509)<br />
and for the experiments described in the<br />
manual (> 668 372).<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
150 µg Antibody, goat, in 150 µg 1 x SDS<br />
sample buffer<br />
10 ml b-mercaptoethanol<br />
10 ml Bromophenol blue (0.1 %)<br />
500 mg Coomassie brilliant blue<br />
250 ml Acetic acid, conc.<br />
50 ml Glycerine<br />
50 g Glycine<br />
500 µg Lysozyme in 50 µl 1 x SDS<br />
sample buffer<br />
200 µl Marker protein, 40 µl filled to 200 µl<br />
with 1 x SDS sample buffer<br />
1000 ml Methanol<br />
50 µg Ovalbumin, goat, in 50 µl 1 x SDS<br />
sample buffer<br />
30 ml Collecting agarose<br />
200 µg Serum, goat, in 50 µl 2 x SDS<br />
sample buffers<br />
120 µg Serum albumin, goat, in 120 µl<br />
1 SDS sample buffer<br />
25 ml Sodium duodecylsulphate solution<br />
(10% w/v)<br />
120 ml Separating agarose<br />
10 g Tris base<br />
5 ml 0.5 M tris HCI pH 6.8<br />
661 125<br />
Electrochemistry chemicals set<br />
Contains 17 of the most important chemicals<br />
for experiments in the field of electrochemistry.<br />
The contents are sufficient for about five<br />
groups (for a list of chemicals see appendix).<br />
Scope of delivery<br />
250 ml Ammonia solution, 25%<br />
250 g Ammonium chloride<br />
50 g Graphite, powder<br />
250 ml Hydrazine hydrate solution, 24%<br />
250 ml Potassium bromide solution, 1 mol/l<br />
250 g Potassium hydroxide<br />
250 ml Potassium iodide solution, 1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Copper sulfate solution, 1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Magnesium chloride solution, 1 mol/l<br />
500 g Manganese(IV) oxide<br />
250 ml Sodium chloride solution, 1 mol/l<br />
500 ml Hydrochloric acid, 1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Sulfuric acid, 95-97%<br />
250 ml Silver nitrate solution, 0.1 mol/l<br />
250 ml Hydrogen peroxide, 30%<br />
250 g Zinc chloride<br />
250 ml Zinc sulfate solution, 1 mol/l<br />
661 118<br />
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography I<br />
26 reference substances (particularly alkanes),<br />
mixtures and other chemicals, created especially<br />
for use with experiment manual > 668 681<br />
and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.<br />
661 119<br />
Set of chemicals for gas chromatography II<br />
22 reference substances (particularly aromates),<br />
mixtures and other chemicals, created especially<br />
for use with experiment manual > 668 681<br />
and the set of micropreparations > 661 116.
numerical - index<br />
Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite Kat.-Nr. Seite<br />
index<br />
numerical 287<br />
alphabetical 295<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
287
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
200 00…<br />
200 26440 Grooved mat...............................86<br />
300 00…<br />
300 02 Stand base ...............................218<br />
300 11 Saddle base..............................218<br />
300 40-51 Stand rods ................................220<br />
300 73 Mountable stage<br />
with clamp .............................222<br />
312 1/2 Laboratory stands ...................222<br />
301 01 Leybold multiclamp...................220<br />
301 03 Rotatable clamp........................220<br />
301 05-07 Bench clamps...........................218<br />
301 08 Clamp with hook.......................220<br />
301 09 Bosshead S ..............................220<br />
301 10/11 Clamps .....................................220<br />
301 21 Stand base MF .........................219<br />
301 23 Pair of stand feet.......................219<br />
301 25 Clamping block MF...................219<br />
301 26-27 Stand rods ................................220<br />
301 312 Console ..............................84, 119<br />
301 72 Universal clamp.........................221<br />
302 61 Clamp .......................................221<br />
302 68 Ring with stem ..........................221<br />
303 22 Alcohol burner...........................226<br />
303 25 Immersion heater ......................228<br />
303 28 Steam generator .......................228<br />
303 25 Lens tissue................................267<br />
306 83 Mercury adsorbent....................277<br />
307 64 Rubber tubing...........................261<br />
307 641 Plastic tubing ............................261<br />
307 64-67 Rubber tubing...................225, 261<br />
307 671 Plastic tubing ............................261<br />
307 70 Plastic tubing ............................261<br />
309 42 Colouring, red ...........................267<br />
309 45 Universal pencil .........................267<br />
309 48 Cord..........................................267<br />
309 50 Demonstration cord ..................267<br />
310 02 Tool set ....................................265<br />
310 04 Universal pliers ..........................265<br />
310 05 Round-nose pliers.....................265<br />
311 02 Metal scale................................164<br />
311 03 Wooden ruler ............................164<br />
311 22 Vertical scale.............................164<br />
311 27 Model of a vernier .....................165<br />
311 52/4 Vernier callipers.........................165<br />
311 77 Steel tape measure...................164<br />
311 83 Precision micrometer ................165<br />
311 86 Spherometer.............................164<br />
313 031 Electronic stopclock P ..............166<br />
313 05-17 Stopclocks................................165<br />
314 01/2 Dynamometer ...........................175<br />
314 04 Support clip ..............................175<br />
314 081-201 Precision dynamometer ............175<br />
314 261 Force sensor.............................156<br />
314 44-47 Spring balance..........................175<br />
315 01 Hydrostatic precision<br />
balance ..................................169<br />
315 05/6 School and lab. balance ..........168<br />
315 07 Single-pan balance ...................169<br />
315 22 Laboratory balance ...................167<br />
315 23/24 School and lab. balance ..........168<br />
288 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
315 25 Additional weights ....................168<br />
315 31/34 Set of weights ...........................167<br />
315 36 Set 7 weight..............................167<br />
315 38-40 Iron weight ...............................167<br />
337 16 Pair of<br />
recording pulleys on rider.......156<br />
337 46 Forked light barrier ....................155<br />
337 461 Spoked wheel...........................155<br />
337 631 Motion sensing element............156<br />
341 13 Set of 3 spring balances<br />
for parallelogram of forces......175<br />
361 03 Spirit level..................................265<br />
362 351 Leadshot in can ........................167<br />
367 46 Apparatus for<br />
measuring surface tension .......65<br />
375 21 Syringe..............................122, 270<br />
382 02 Thermometer model .................192<br />
382 20/1 Stirring thermometer .................191<br />
382 33-6 Thermometer ............................191<br />
382 41 Demonstration<br />
thermometer .........................191<br />
382 48/9 Thermometer ......................65, 191<br />
382 82 Thermometer ............................191<br />
382 90 Clinical thermometer .................191<br />
383 19 Maximum-minimum<br />
thermometer ..........................191<br />
384 52 Aluminium calorimeter...............228<br />
387 51 Freezing point thermometer......191<br />
388 05 Thermometer for calorimeters...191<br />
388 19 Thermometer for 388 18...........191<br />
388 24 Weight with hook ......................167<br />
400 00…<br />
442 89 Magazine box<br />
for slides.................................283<br />
442 99 Halogen lamp............................283<br />
443 01 Halogen lamp............................284<br />
443 10-15 FANTEX multi-purpose<br />
projector with accessories .....284<br />
452 10 Foil roll ......................................283<br />
452 11 Overhead projector ..................283<br />
460 97 Scaled metal rail........................164<br />
471 23 Copy of<br />
a Rowland grating ....................57<br />
477 03-25 Plate glass cells.........................254<br />
500 00…<br />
500 410-45 Connection lead........................212<br />
500 59/591 Safety connectors.....................215<br />
500 600-64 Safety connection leads............211<br />
500 851 Safety connection leads............211<br />
500 95-98 Safety adapter sockets .............215<br />
501 01/2 BNC cable ................................213<br />
501 022 BNC cable ................................213<br />
501 031 Connecting lead........................213<br />
501 05 High voltage cable ....................211<br />
501 09 BNC adapter<br />
for 4-mm socket ....................213<br />
501 091 T-Adapter..................................213<br />
501 10 Straight BNC.............................213<br />
501 16 Multicore cable..........................213<br />
501 18/9 Adapter cable ...........................213<br />
501 20-43 Connecting lead........................211<br />
501 44-46 Pair of cables ............................212<br />
501 47 Insulated twin wire ....................214<br />
501 48 Bridging plugs...........................215<br />
501 50 Adapters<br />
for components......................215<br />
501 511/12 Bridging plugs...........................214<br />
501 521-25 Laboratory plugs.......................214<br />
501 531/2 Connection leads ......................212<br />
501 641/4 Two-way plug adapters ............214<br />
501 83 Insulated croc-clips...................214<br />
501 84 Connector<br />
with small grips ......................214<br />
501 861 Set of 6 croc-clips.....................214<br />
501 96 Cable rack.................................212<br />
502 04 Distribution box .........................216<br />
502 05 Measuring junction box.............216<br />
502 06 Safety connecting box ..............216<br />
503 09 Battery .....................................202<br />
503 11 Batteries ...................................202<br />
505 051 Lamps ........................................35<br />
505 052 Halogen lamp..............................35<br />
516 60 Tangential B-probe ...................159<br />
516 61 Axiale B-probe ..........................159<br />
521 25 Transformer ..............................204<br />
521 29 3 phase extra low<br />
voltage transformer ................206<br />
521 35/9 Variable extra low<br />
voltage transformer ...............206<br />
521 45 DC power supply .....................207<br />
521 48/50 AC/DC power supply ...............208<br />
521 53/4 DC power supply .....................209<br />
521 68 High voltage<br />
power supply ........................210<br />
522 16 Low-voltage<br />
power supply .........................204<br />
522 32 AC/DC regulator .......................204<br />
522 33 Regulated<br />
power supply .........................207<br />
522 71 Ni-Cd accumulator....................202<br />
522 91 Potash solution<br />
for Ni-Cd accumulators..........202<br />
524 010 Sensor-CASSY.....36, 50, 101, 146<br />
524 010 K1 CASSY<br />
Comfort package K1..............162<br />
524 010 K2 CASSY<br />
Comfort package K2..............162<br />
524 010 K3 CASSY<br />
Comfort package K3..............162<br />
524 010 S CASSY-Starter..........................162<br />
524 011 Power-CASSY ..........................147<br />
524 020 CASSY-Display .........................148<br />
524 031 Current supply box ...................155<br />
524 032 Motion transducer box..............156<br />
524 033 GM box.....................................157<br />
524 034 Timer box..................................155<br />
524 035 pH box......................................151<br />
524 036 KTY box....................................150<br />
524 037 Conductivity box .......................151<br />
524 038 B box ........................................157<br />
524 040 µV-Box......................................159<br />
524 041 Bridge box ................................156<br />
524 043 Sensor box -<br />
30 Amperes ...........................159
524 045 Temperature-box<br />
(NiCr-Ni/NTC).........................150<br />
524 046 Reaction test box......................153<br />
524 047 Pulse box..................................153<br />
524 048 Skin resistance box...................153<br />
524 049 ECG/EMG box..........................154<br />
524 050 Blood pressure box ..................154<br />
524 051 Lux box.....................................152<br />
524 052 Oxygen box ..............................152<br />
524 054 Electrometer box ......................159<br />
524 056 Spirometer box .........................154<br />
524 057<br />
524 200<br />
Climate box...............................150<br />
CASSY Lab .....50, 101, 145, 149<br />
524 202 Software manual<br />
for CASSY Lab.......................145<br />
529 031 Displacement sensor ................155<br />
529 038 Pressure sensor........................158<br />
529 040 Pressure sensor .......................158<br />
529 042 Vacuum sensor ........................158<br />
529 057 Humidity sensor ........................150<br />
531 090 Multimeter<br />
METRAmax 12.......................183<br />
531 100 Multimeter<br />
METRAmax 2.........................181<br />
531 109 Shunt for 531100......................181<br />
531 16-19 Multimeter,<br />
analog/digital ..................185, 186<br />
531 281 Multimeter<br />
METRAHit 24 S......................184<br />
531 291 Multimeter<br />
METRAHit 25 S......................184<br />
531 301 Multimeter<br />
METRAHit 26 S......................184<br />
531 51 Multimeter<br />
MA 1 H...................................182<br />
531 57 Multimeter<br />
METRAport 3E.......................182<br />
531 581 Mulitmeter<br />
METRAport 32.......................183<br />
531 712 Multimeter<br />
METRAmax3..........................182<br />
531 900 Demo-Multimeter......................177<br />
559 01 End-window counter for<br />
Alpha-, Beta-, Gamma-,<br />
and X-rays; with cable............157<br />
562 73 Transformer ..............................204<br />
562 791 Plug-in unit ...............................202<br />
575 24 Screened cable BNC/4 mm .....213<br />
575 35 BNC/4 mm adapter ..................213<br />
575 45-47 Counter ...........................189, 190<br />
575 662 XY-Yt-recorder..........................188<br />
575 70/1 Yt-recorder................................187<br />
575 73 Graph chart paper ...................187<br />
576 86 STE Mono cell holder................202<br />
576 89 Battery case .............................202<br />
579 06 STE Lamp holder .......................35<br />
579 37 STE Micromotor .........................35<br />
579 43 STE Motor<br />
tachogenerator......................155<br />
586 26 Multi-purpose<br />
microphone............................155<br />
590 011 Clamping plug...........................214<br />
590 02 Small clip plug...........................215<br />
590 06 Plastic beaker ...........................237<br />
590 08 Measuring cylinder ....................237<br />
590 12 Perforated stand rod.................220<br />
590 13 Insulated stand rod ...................220<br />
590 27 Set of weights ...........................167<br />
590 48 Immersion heater .....................228<br />
590 50 Lid with heater ..........................228<br />
591 21 Large clip plug ..................215, 221<br />
591 501 Electrochemistry set....................26<br />
591 53-61 Electrode plates ..........................40<br />
598 11/2 Trolley .......................................217<br />
598 13 Pump trolley.............................217<br />
598 14 Panel for A.C.............................217<br />
598 15 Trolley .......................................217<br />
603 021 Syringe......................................270<br />
604 110 Washing bottle ..........................255<br />
605 010-12 Portable school balance,<br />
Scout ....................................172<br />
605 030 Power supply<br />
for balances ..........................172<br />
605 031 Transport case .........................172<br />
605 032 Anti-theft device<br />
for balances ...........................172<br />
605 033 Polycontainer<br />
for balances ...........................172<br />
605 042-47 Precision balances ....................173<br />
605 056 Security device..........................173<br />
605 057 Carrying case<br />
for Navigator ..........................173<br />
605 058 In-use cover<br />
for Adventurer ........................173<br />
605 059 Draft shield<br />
for Adventurer ........................173<br />
605 070-75 Precision balances ....................173<br />
606 020 Electronic thermometer.............192<br />
606 023 Submersible/<br />
insertable sensor....................192<br />
606 040 Radio-controlled<br />
weather station.........................16<br />
606 043 Radio-controlled weather<br />
station data processing ...........17<br />
607 020 Safety gas tubing with clamp....224<br />
607 070 Hotplate ....................................227<br />
607 090 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231<br />
607 095 VARIOMAG electronic stirrer.....231<br />
607 096 Stirring magnet KOMET<br />
for 607 095 ....................118, 231<br />
607 101/2 Magnetic stirrer Speedsafe .......231<br />
607 175 Stirrer RW 11 basic ..................233<br />
607 180 Stand R 103 .............................233<br />
607 181 Screw stirrer R 1002 ................233<br />
608 030 Filtration stand...........................222<br />
608 040 Stand rod..................................220<br />
608 050-54 Stand tube ................................221<br />
608 060-63 Bosshead..................................220<br />
609 080/1 Folded filter ...............................268<br />
609 110-16 Test kits<br />
for water experiment ..............272<br />
610 010 Laboratory safety goggles.........275<br />
610 030 Face shield................................275<br />
610 050-62 Safety gloves.............................276<br />
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
600 00…<br />
610 450 Heat-resistant holder ................276<br />
648 01-7 Storage trays.............................282<br />
648 02-8 Partitions ..................................282<br />
649 11-23 Small trays ................................282<br />
649 42-45 Trays .........................................282<br />
656 016 Bunsen burner ..........................224<br />
656 017 Teclu burner..............................224<br />
657 590 Polarimeter P1000 ......................62<br />
660 700-76 Atomic models after<br />
Stuart and Briegleb ................129<br />
660 790 Dual bonds ...............................129<br />
660 791 Clamping springs ......................129<br />
660 796 Ejector<br />
for dual bonds connectors .....129<br />
660 980-84 Fine regulating valve .................281<br />
661 000 MINICAN gas cans ...................281<br />
661 005 Metal hydride reservoir................34<br />
661 010-14 Gas bottle .................................280<br />
661 015-18 Pressure reducing valves ..........281<br />
661 019/20 Trolley ......................................280<br />
661 030-38 Round filter................................268<br />
661 049 Ready-to-use foil<br />
for TLC: cellulose .....................45<br />
661 050/1 Extraction thimbles ...........103, 268<br />
661 052 Filter paper ..................................45<br />
661 054 Surface protection paper ..........268<br />
661 055 Chromatography paper...............45<br />
661 057 Cellulose powder ........................47<br />
661 058 Silica gel ......................................47<br />
661 059-62 Ready-to-use foil for TLC............45<br />
661 063 Filter paper ................................268<br />
661 065 Ready-to-use foil<br />
for TLC: Silica gel ....................45<br />
661 066 Folded filter ...............................268<br />
661 070/1 pH-indicator paper....................270<br />
661 073 pH multiple range paper ...........270<br />
661 074 Lead-acetate test paper............271<br />
661 075 Litmus indicator paper ..............270<br />
661 076 Universal indicator solution .......270<br />
661 077 Warning labels ..........................278<br />
661 078 Blank labels...............................278<br />
661 080 Cobalt chloride test paper.........271<br />
661 081 Aluminium foil............................273<br />
661 082 Stopcock grease.......................273<br />
661 084 Wooden turnings ..............267, 269<br />
661 085 Tubes<br />
for melting point detection........65<br />
661 088 Salts for flame tests...................269<br />
661 091 Boiling stones............................273<br />
661 093 Silicon grease............................273<br />
661 094 Detergent ..................................273<br />
661 095 Paraffin oil ...........................65, 273<br />
661 097 Lubricant...................................273<br />
661 108 Set of chemicals<br />
for superconductor ..................44<br />
661 109 Set of chemicals<br />
for electrophoresis ...........67, 285<br />
661 113 Set of chemicals Ecology I ........286<br />
661 114 Set of chemicals Ecology II .......286<br />
661 116 Set for micropreparations............54<br />
661 118 Set of chemicals for<br />
gas-chromatography I .....54, 285<br />
661 119 Set of chemicals for<br />
gas-chromatography II.....54, 285<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
289
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
661 122 Plastic samples .........................125<br />
661 123 Set of chemicals for chromatography<br />
of amino acids ..46, 286<br />
661 125 Set of chemicals<br />
for electrochemistry ........25, 285<br />
661 131 Test kits for water analysis ........272<br />
661 142 Water hardness test..................271<br />
661 143 Determintion<br />
of Ascorbic acid .....................271<br />
661 144 Lead test...................................271<br />
661 150-187 Conical shoulder bottle .............255<br />
661 203 Reagent and shipping bottle.....255<br />
661 220-34 Polyethylene bottle....................255<br />
661 242-44 Wash bottle...............................255<br />
661 251-3 Flip-flap glass ............................255<br />
661 510 Ground joint apparatus kit I.......244<br />
661 512 Drawer<br />
for 661 510 and 661 514.......244<br />
661 514 Ground joint<br />
apparatus kit II........................245<br />
661 517 Ground joint<br />
apparatus kit III.......................245<br />
661 519 Drawer for 661 517...................244<br />
661 540 Thermite experiment ................126<br />
661 541 Blast furnace model ..................126<br />
661 542 Glass shaft<br />
for blast furnace .....................126<br />
661 543 Safety tape for<br />
glass shaft for blast furnace ..126<br />
661 870 Basic set of chemicals<br />
for demonstration...................286<br />
661 871 Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals I,<br />
Inorganic chemistry................286<br />
661 872 Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals I<br />
Organic chemistry..................285<br />
661 873 Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals II<br />
Inorganic chemistry................286<br />
661 874 Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals II<br />
Organic chemistry..................285<br />
661 900 Chemical cabinet,<br />
ventable .................................274<br />
661 917 Mobile fume exhaust.................274<br />
662 014 Preparation scissors .................265<br />
662 025 Tweezers ..................................266<br />
662 026 Preparation scissors .................265<br />
662 029 Cover slip tweezers...................266<br />
662 034 Tweezers ..................................266<br />
662 148 Push-button .............................153<br />
662 149 Foot switch ..............................153<br />
662 290 Glass aquarium.........................251<br />
662 308 Plancton net................................13<br />
662 309 Extension stick<br />
for 662 308 .............................13<br />
662 323 Compost trunk............................13<br />
662 381 Consumables<br />
for spirometer.........................154<br />
662 383 Accessories<br />
for spirometer box .................154<br />
662 403 Osmosis apparatus...................123<br />
663 615 Schuko socket strip..........216, 267<br />
290 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
664 002-5 Crucible.....................................253<br />
664 008 Lid<br />
for porcelain crucibles ............253<br />
664 009 Lid for 664005 ..........................253<br />
664 020/1 Clay cell.................................27, 41<br />
664 027 Crucible.....................................253<br />
664 029 Lid ............................................253<br />
664 036 Crucible, iron.............................253<br />
664 037 Lid ............................................253<br />
664 040-63 Test tubes.................................257<br />
664 065 Reaction tube<br />
with globe ..............................258<br />
664 068 Experimentation globe ..............258<br />
664 069 Reaction tube<br />
for burning of butane..............258<br />
664 072-7 Reaction tube<br />
V-shaped .........................28, 258<br />
664 078/9 Copper wire gauze....................258<br />
664 080/1 Bayonet tube ............................258<br />
664 082 Cracking tube ...........................258<br />
664 084 Twin-arm tube...........................258<br />
664 085 Reactor tube<br />
for fused-salt electrolysis...28, 258<br />
664 086-88 U-Tube........................................41<br />
664 089 Reaction tube..............................28<br />
664 090/3 U-Tube........................................41<br />
664 097 Stoichiometric<br />
reaction vessel .........................71<br />
664 100-27 Beaker ......................................238<br />
664 142/3 Measures ..................................251<br />
664 145-49 Reaction tube............................258<br />
664 152-8 Watch glass dish.......................252<br />
664 160/73 Weighing dish ...........................252<br />
664 174-79 Crystallization dish.....................252<br />
664 181-7 Petri dish ...................................252<br />
664 192/3 Glass tank.................................251<br />
664 194 Plastic tank................................251<br />
664 195 Glass tank.................................251<br />
664 196 Cover plate ...............................251<br />
664 197 Glass bell jar..............................251<br />
664 198 Glass plate ................................251<br />
664 201 Support insert<br />
for the pneumatic tanks ........251<br />
664 205-7 Reaction tube............................258<br />
664 212-16 Self-supporting cylinder ............250<br />
664 218/9 Cover plate................................250<br />
664 220/1 Self-supporting cylinder ............250<br />
664 228/9 Cover plate................................250<br />
664 231-59 Erlenmeyer flasks ......................238<br />
664 263-65 Flat-bottom flasks .....................239<br />
664 276-305 Round-bottom flasks ................239<br />
664 310-16 Double-necked<br />
round-bottom flasks...............240<br />
664 321 Flat ground cover......................119<br />
664 325 Quick closure ............................119<br />
664 326 O-ring........................................119<br />
664 328 Pear-shaped flask .....................243<br />
664 332 Flask .........................................239<br />
664 336-8 Triple necked flasks ..................240<br />
664 340 Flat ground beaker....................119<br />
664 346 Flat ground cover......................119<br />
664 347 Adapter<br />
for flat ground cover ..............119<br />
664 350 Water electrolysis unit .................26<br />
664 352 Topping-up reservoir...................26<br />
664 355 Glassware<br />
for 664 350 and 666 446.........26<br />
664 356 Corrosion set ..............................27<br />
664 358 Fuel cell ......................................27<br />
664 359 Rod electrodes .....................28, 40<br />
664 368 Nickel<br />
wire mesh electrode.................40<br />
664 369 Rod electrodes .....................26, 40<br />
664 370-79 Rod electrodes............................40<br />
664 381 Clear PVC cover .........................24<br />
664 382 Copper electrodes ................25, 40<br />
664 383 Zinc electrodes .....................25, 40<br />
664 385 Iron electrodes ............................40<br />
664 387 Carbon electrodes ................25, 40<br />
664 388 Nickel<br />
wire mesh electrodes..........25, 40<br />
664 389 Silver electrodes....................25, 40<br />
664 390 Platinum<br />
mesh electrodes ................25, 40<br />
664 394 Measuring instrument .................24<br />
664 395 Electrochemistry workplace ........24<br />
664 397 Daniell cell ...................................27<br />
664 398 Leclanche cell .............................27<br />
664 400 Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit ...................22<br />
664 401 Accessories set<br />
for electrochemistry..................23<br />
664 406 Adjustable load unit.....................23<br />
664 407 CPS electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit ...........22, 100<br />
664 408 Cell trough<br />
with air electrode......................37<br />
664 416 Nickel<br />
wire mesh electrodes ...............40<br />
664 420 Platinum<br />
mesh electrodes.......................40<br />
664 421 Silver plate electrodes .................40<br />
664 422 Brass plate electrode ..................40<br />
664 423 Aluminium-zinc electrode............37<br />
664 424 Formiate electrode .....................37<br />
664 430 Windmill on base.........................39<br />
664 431 Solar cells on base......................39<br />
664 432 Electrolysis cell on base ..............39<br />
664 433-39 Rod electrode .............................40<br />
664 441-46 Evaporating dish .......................251<br />
664 463 Mild iron dish.....................227, 251<br />
664 470-4 Photometric cell ..........................61<br />
664 475 Photometric<br />
flow-trough cell.........................61<br />
664 477 Round cuvette ...........................61<br />
664 545 Disposal container ....................256<br />
664 547/49 Container ..........................234, 256<br />
664 569 Open jaw spanner ............265, 281<br />
664 700 Reel...........................................125<br />
664 701 Spinning nozzle.........................125<br />
664 703 Miniature plastic press ..............125<br />
664 704 Casting mould...........................125<br />
664 705 Plastic processing device..........125<br />
664 800 Gas scrubber bottle,<br />
bottom section.......................256<br />
664 805/6 Glass tube insert .......................256<br />
664 808 Safety insert ..............................256<br />
664 809 Gas scrubber bottle insert.........256
664 812 Bubble counter .................262, 281<br />
664 865-7 Suction bottle............................254<br />
664 904 Woulff flask................................254<br />
664 921 Desiccator.................................254<br />
664 922 Porcelain plate ..........................254<br />
664 925 Vacuum desiccator...................254<br />
665 002-10 Funnel .......................................250<br />
665 025 Powder funnel...........................250<br />
665 041 Analysis funnel ..........................250<br />
665 060 Rubber collars...........................253<br />
665 067 Rubber sleeve ..........................253<br />
665 068 Adapter (tulip)<br />
for filter crucibles ....................253<br />
665 072-88 Dropper funnel ..........................249<br />
665 122-24 Separator funnel .......................249<br />
665 161-3 Büchner funnel..........................253<br />
665 167/8 Filter crucible.............................253<br />
665 196 Capillary tube ............................260<br />
665 201-4 Glass tube.................................260<br />
665 205 Capillary tube ............................260<br />
665 212/3 Glass stirring rod.......................260<br />
665 216 Rubber wiper blade<br />
for glass rods .........................261<br />
665 221-8 Connector.................................260<br />
665 229 Steam delivery tube ..................260<br />
665 230 Gas delivery tube ......................260<br />
665 231/2 Angled tube ..............................260<br />
665 233 Gas delivery tube ......................260<br />
665 234 Manometer tube .......................260<br />
665 237/8 Glass nozzle..............................260<br />
665 240/1 Plastic tube ...............................260<br />
665 250/1 Stopcock ..................................259<br />
665 255 Stopcock ..................................259<br />
665 293/5 Adapter.....................................243<br />
665 296 Adapter .......................................75<br />
665 303 Adapter.....................................243<br />
665 305/6 Core/threads ST 19/26.............243<br />
665 310 Water separator .......................249<br />
665 311/12 Distillation top............................241<br />
665 313/4 Distillation top,<br />
Claisen ...................................241<br />
665 316-18 Distillation top............................241<br />
665 338/40 Distillation bridge,<br />
Claisen ...................................240<br />
665 341-52 Distillation adapter.....................242<br />
665 354/5 Delivery adapter<br />
after Bredt..............................243<br />
665 370-4 Drying tube ...............................257<br />
665 391-8 Joint clip....................................263<br />
665 413-6 Liebig cooler .............................242<br />
665 421-3 Cooler after Dimroth..................242<br />
665 427/8 Cooling finger............................256<br />
665 429 Cooling trap ..............................256<br />
665 439/40 Distilling column<br />
after Hempel ..........................241<br />
665 443/4 Distillation column<br />
after Vigreux ...........................241<br />
665 450 Bubble-cap column<br />
with 2 trays.............................241<br />
665 451/2 Distillation bridge.......................240<br />
665 453/4 Extraction unit<br />
after Soxhlet...........................243<br />
665 478 HPLC column .............................49<br />
665 4791 Separating column RP-18 ..........49<br />
665 4801 HPLC basic kit ............................50<br />
665 481 CPS-HPLC<br />
column support........................49<br />
665 485 CPS HPLC pump .......................49<br />
665 486 CPS Flow-throughphotometer<br />
for HPLC ......49, 110<br />
665 487 CPS HPLC reservoir ...................50<br />
665 488 Set of hoses<br />
and septa for HPLC .................49<br />
665 490 Demonstration gas<br />
chromatograph ........................52<br />
665 491 Disposable cartridge NO2 .........103<br />
665 492 CPS<br />
holder for gas cartridge....52, 103<br />
665 493 Disposable cartridge CO2 .........103<br />
665 495 Gas sensor..................................52<br />
665 496 Heat conductivity detector ..........52<br />
665 497 CPS<br />
mains distributor.....................110<br />
665 498 CPS<br />
peristaltic pump PM 2....108, 118<br />
665 509 Flat bed<br />
electrophoresis chamber..........67<br />
665 510 Pipetting kit ................................67<br />
665 531 Dual column gas chromatograph<br />
TECHNOCHEM 277 ................54<br />
665 532-5 Separating column......................54<br />
665 536 Set of septa and Teflon seals .....54<br />
665 537 APL-column ...............................54<br />
665 553 Flow meter<br />
for gas chromatographs...........54<br />
665 560 Separating tank...........................46<br />
665 563 Miniature separating tank............46<br />
665 565 Support<br />
for paper chromatograms ........46<br />
665 566 Ribbed clamps............................46<br />
665 568 Micro capillaries ..................46, 260<br />
665 570 Application and<br />
RF value template<br />
after MAEY................................46<br />
665 578 Reagent atomizer<br />
without CFC's ..........................46<br />
665 590-3 Chromatography column ............47<br />
665 600/1 High-performance<br />
gas chromatograph .................55<br />
665 615 Microliter syringe .........................54<br />
665 616 Replacement cannula ................54<br />
665 634 Stand for 665 635................46, 67<br />
665 635 UV analysis lamp...................46, 67<br />
665 643 Safety tube<br />
(fermentation tube)..................257<br />
665 644 Dropper funnel ..........................249<br />
665 645 Fermentation saccharometer ...257<br />
665 647 Gas generator<br />
after MAEY.............................249<br />
665 649 Dropper funnel ..........................249<br />
665 751-66 Graduated cylinder....................246<br />
665 791-96 Volumetric flasks .......................246<br />
665 816 Burette filling funnel ...................250<br />
665 832 Automatic burette .....................248<br />
665 835 Precision dispenser unit ............248<br />
665 843-47 Burette ......................................248<br />
665 893/4 Gas measurement jar................251<br />
665 895 Stopcock attachment ...............251<br />
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
665 906 Falling ball viscometer<br />
after Hoeppler ..........................64<br />
665 910-14 Gas syringe...............................248<br />
665 918 Gas syringe holder ...................248<br />
665 944 Spring manometer ....................106<br />
665 950 Pasteur pipettes .......122, 247, 273<br />
665 953 Droppers...................................247<br />
665 954 Rubber bulbs............122, 247, 273<br />
665 955 Syringe..............................122, 270<br />
665 956 Disposable needles...........122, 270<br />
665 957/8 Syringes............................122, 270<br />
665 960 Disposable needles...................270<br />
665 963 Syringe......................................270<br />
665 972-78 Bulb pipette...............................246<br />
665 984-8 Piston pipette............................247<br />
665 991-8 Graduated pipette.....................247<br />
666 002-7 Pipetting aid ..............................247<br />
666 008 Stand for 4 pipetting aids..........247<br />
666 010/12 Microliter pipettes......................122<br />
6660 11/13 Tips ..................................122, 269<br />
666 095 Time switch, electric..................166<br />
666 096 Timer.........................................166<br />
666 156-71 Thermometer ............................191<br />
666 173 Beckmann differential<br />
thermometer ..........................191<br />
666 176/9 Precision thermometer..............191<br />
666 180 Wall thermometer .....................191<br />
666 181 Soil thermometer.........................13<br />
666 185 Mini-thermometer .....................192<br />
666 190 Digital thermometer<br />
with one input.........................195<br />
666 193 Temperature sensor,<br />
NiCr-Ni.......................9, 150, 194<br />
666 194 Protective tube..........................194<br />
666 195 Contact<br />
thermometer..........118, 191, 232<br />
666 198 Dig. temperature controller<br />
and indicator for<br />
demonstration experiments ...195<br />
666 209 Digital thermometer...................193<br />
666 211 Data output module .....58, 99, 198<br />
666 212 Temperature sensor,<br />
NTC ...................9, 150, 194, 201<br />
666 213 Surface<br />
temperature sensor.............9, 194<br />
666 214 Pt 100 sensor ...............9, 194, 201<br />
666 216 NiCr-Nitemperature<br />
sensor................194<br />
666 217 Paddle surface<br />
temperture sensor NiCr-Ni .....194<br />
666 221 Hand-held pH meter ............5, 198<br />
666 222 Hand-held<br />
conductivity meter..............5, 201<br />
666 224 Hand-held oxygen<br />
measuring instrument ................5<br />
666 225 Hand-held photometer ...........6, 61<br />
666 230 Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter ............7<br />
666 231 Hand-held sound level meter<br />
(phonmeter)..........................8, 18<br />
666 238 Storage case<br />
for one hand-held<br />
measuring instrument ........9, 198<br />
666 240 Suitcase for environmental<br />
measurements ..........................3<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
291
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
666 241 Temperature sensor<br />
Pt1000 ...................................5, 9<br />
666 242 Conductivity<br />
measurement cell...................5, 9<br />
666 243 Lux sensor ........................7, 9, 152<br />
666 244 UV-A sensor .............................7, 9<br />
666 245 UV-B sensor ............................7, 9<br />
666 246 UV-C sensor ............................7, 9<br />
666 247 IR sensor ..................................7, 9<br />
666 248 IR-CO2 sensor .........................7, 9<br />
666 250 Large digital display.......................9<br />
666 251 Computer connection cable .........8<br />
666 252 Data logger ...................................8<br />
666 260 Reagents case<br />
with basic set of reagents ..........6<br />
666 261 Basic set of reagents ...................6<br />
666 262 Reagents expansion set ...............6<br />
666 265 UV-IR-VIS experiment kit ..............7<br />
666 2651 IR-CO2 experiment kit ..................7<br />
666 270 Digital hygrometer<br />
and thermometer .....................17<br />
666 280 pH test paper............................270<br />
666 281-8 Test sticks ................................271<br />
666 292 Quick test, phosphate ..............272<br />
666 293 Test sticks for peroxide.............271<br />
666 294 Test sticks for ammonia............271<br />
666 300 Membrane filtration<br />
equipment set ..........................19<br />
666 301 Membrane filtration unit...............19<br />
666 307 Tubes for ozone test...........14, 272<br />
666 308 Alcotest tubes.....................14, 272<br />
666 309 Tubes for CnHn test ............14, 272<br />
666 310 Gas tester ...................................14<br />
666 311-19 Test tubes...........................14, 272<br />
666 325 Sampling case for chemical<br />
analysis of water and soil ........11<br />
666 326 Ecotest analysis case .................10<br />
666 327 Sampling case<br />
for aquatic organisms...............12<br />
666 328 Sampling case<br />
for organisms in the ground<br />
and bush region .......................12<br />
666 329 Environmental analysis case .......10<br />
666 330 Soil drill........................................13<br />
666 332 Sieves .........................................13<br />
666 335 Delta meter after Hellige..............13<br />
666 337 Soil analysis case ........................11<br />
666 340 Sampling beaker with rod ..........13<br />
666 343 Imhoff funnel with cock ...............13<br />
666 344 Elutriaton cylinder<br />
after Atterberg ..........................13<br />
666 345 Rain gauge<br />
after Hellmann..........................13<br />
666 346 Weather station<br />
(Meteorograph).........................17<br />
666 347 Chart paper.................................17<br />
666 360 Catalytic converter .....................14<br />
666 403 Special frame .............................85<br />
666 407 Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit ...................36<br />
666 410 CPS-Biological reactor .....111, 117<br />
666 411 CPS Ethanol sensor .........110, 117<br />
666 413 CPS-Metering unit ............108, 117<br />
666 416 Aeration ring .............................117<br />
292 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
666 418 CPS-<br />
Flow-through reactor .....108, 117<br />
666 420 Peristaltic pump ................108, 118<br />
666 421 Universal holder<br />
for glass containers........111, 119<br />
666 425-28 Panel frame.........................85, 119<br />
666 429 CPS Calorimeter .......................107<br />
666 430 CPS Gas washer ......................104<br />
666 432 CPS Gas collector ....................104<br />
666 433 CPS Air analysis........................105<br />
666 434 CPS Submersion<br />
tube manometer ....................106<br />
666 435 CPS Gas syringe.......................105<br />
666 436 CPS Gas generator...................103<br />
666 437 CPS Drop funnel.................47, 109<br />
666 438 CPS Woulff's bottle<br />
with manometer .....................104<br />
666 439 CPS Combustion chamber<br />
(water synthesis).....................105<br />
666 440 CPS Exhaust<br />
gas catalytic converter ...........107<br />
666 441 CPS Pedestal............................111<br />
666 442 CPS Distillation plant...........89, 102<br />
666 443 CPS<br />
Chromatography column...47, 109<br />
666 444 CPS Gel filtration..................47, 109<br />
666 445 CPS Extraction setup<br />
after Soxhlet ...........................103<br />
666 446 CPS Electrolysis setup........36, 102<br />
666 447 CPS Crude oil distillation...........102<br />
666 448 CPS Burette holder ..................109<br />
666 449 CPS Hose fastener ...................111<br />
666 450 CPS Digital pH-meter .........98, 196<br />
666 451 CPS<br />
Digital conductivity meter ..98, 200<br />
666 453 CPS<br />
Digital multimeter .......36, 99, 178<br />
666 454 CPS<br />
Digital thermometer..........99, 193<br />
666 455 CPS Stoichiometry....................107<br />
666 457 CPS Contact process...............105<br />
666 458 CPS Holder,<br />
for pressurized gas cans ........103<br />
666 460 CPS Combustion chamber<br />
with incandescent wire...........105<br />
666 461 CPS Storage box........................86<br />
666 462 CPS Metal label plates..............111<br />
666 463 CPS 3-way valve.......................104<br />
666 464-8 CPS Blank panel.......................112<br />
666 465 CPS Plastic labelling plates .......111<br />
666 470 CPS Holder<br />
with bosshead ...............110, 119<br />
666 471 CPS Voltage supply ..................110<br />
666 472 CPS Table ................................111<br />
666 473 CPS<br />
Gas syringe for gas laws .......106<br />
666 474 CPS<br />
Basic unit for gas laws ...........106<br />
666 475 CPS<br />
Displacement transducer ......106<br />
666 476 CPS DENOX Process ...............107<br />
666 477 SCR-DENOX<br />
Catalytic converter .............15, 93<br />
666 478 CPS Wash bottle ......................104<br />
666 479 CPS Metal<br />
hydride reservoir (H2 )...........34, 36<br />
666 4791 Charging adapter<br />
for metal hydride reservoir .......34<br />
666 4792 Regulating valve<br />
for metal hydride reservoir .......34<br />
666 481 CPS PEM fuel cell .......................32<br />
666 4811 CPS PEM-Fuell Cell Stack ..........32<br />
666 482 Controllable aeration<br />
pump (CPS) .............52, 104, 117<br />
666 483 Electric load (CPS) ................35, 36<br />
666 484 PEM electrolysis unit<br />
(CPS)..................................34, 36<br />
666 486 Adapter plug ..............................35<br />
666 487 Motor with propeller ....................35<br />
666 501 Base plate<br />
for Bunsen stand....................222<br />
666 502/4/6 Bunsen stand............................222<br />
666 503 Base plate<br />
for Bunsen stand....................222<br />
666 523-26 Stand rod<br />
for Bunsen stand....................222<br />
666 543 Cross socket.............................220<br />
666 551 Miniature clamps.......................221<br />
666 555 Universal clamp.........................221<br />
666 557-9 Burette clamp<br />
for burettes............................222<br />
666 572/3 Stand ring .................................221<br />
666 583 Labjack .....................................222<br />
666 584 Filtration stand ..........................222<br />
666 588 Burette stand ............................222<br />
666 601-3 Base rail ....................................219<br />
666 605-9 Stand tube ................................221<br />
666 613 Pin.............................................220<br />
666 615 Universal bosshead...................220<br />
666 617 Support table ............................222<br />
666 618/9 Spring clamp.............................221<br />
666 620/1 Plug clamp................................221<br />
666 622 Experiment tray.........................219<br />
666 623 Angle strip ................................219<br />
666 626 STM stand rod<br />
with mounting holes ...............220<br />
666 681/3 Tripod........................................225<br />
666 682 Four-legged stand ....................225<br />
666 685 Wire gauze................................225<br />
666 686 Ceran cover plate......................225<br />
666 687-9 Wire triangle<br />
with clay pipes........................225<br />
666 692 Alcohol burner...........................226<br />
666 693/5 Bunsen burner ..........................224<br />
666 6941/61 Bunsen Burner DIN type ...........224<br />
666 7031/51 Teclu Burner DIN type...............224<br />
666 708/9 Safety burner, Teclu..................224<br />
666 711 Butane gas burner ....................224<br />
666 712 Butane cartridges......................224<br />
666 713 Butane soldering torch .............224<br />
666 714 Cartridge burner DIN type.........224<br />
666 715 Cartridge ..................................224<br />
666 724-26 Wide flame attachment .............224<br />
666 729 Gas hose ..........................224, 261<br />
666 731 Gas lighter.................................225<br />
666 7321 Replacement flints.....................225<br />
666 733 Piezoelectric gas lighter.............225<br />
666 735 Hair-dryer .................................228
666 742 Submersion<br />
temperature control unit.........229<br />
666 751-4 Heating mantles........................226<br />
666 7511-51 Heating mantles........................226<br />
666 756/7 Quartz heating element.....119, 228<br />
666 760 Controlled<br />
temperature bath ...................229<br />
666 766 Circulation cooler<br />
WKL 25..................................230<br />
666 767 Hot plate ...................................227<br />
666 768 Circulation thermostat...............229<br />
666 7701 Open-bath circulat ....................230<br />
666 7702-6 Accessories<br />
to open-bath circulat..............230<br />
666 771 Heating bath .............................229<br />
666 776 Electric burner...........................226<br />
666 777 Stand<br />
for large vessels .....................226<br />
666 781 Muffel furnace ...........................227<br />
666 786 Crucible furnace........................227<br />
666 803-8 Drying cabinet...........................235<br />
666 809 Laboratory refrigerator ..............232<br />
666 819 Stirring top ................................107<br />
666 821 Stirrer motor......................118, 233<br />
666 823 Stirrer ................................118, 233<br />
666 824/5 Stirrer sleeve .....................118, 233<br />
666 826 Stirrer ................................118, 233<br />
666 827 Stirrer-replacement blades .......233<br />
666 828 Stirrer ........................................233<br />
666 841 Magnetic stirrer ........................231<br />
666 844 Heater bath insert ....................232<br />
666 845/7 Magnetic stirrer.........118, 231, 232<br />
666 848 Heating dish<br />
for round bottom flasks..........232<br />
666 849 Heater bath...............................232<br />
666 850-4 Stirring bars...............................232<br />
666 859 Stirring bar retriever...................232<br />
666 861-4 Centrifuges................................236<br />
666 903 Demineralization unit ................234<br />
666 904 Exchange cartridge...................234<br />
666 905 Demineralization unit ................234<br />
666 906 Replacement cartridge .............234<br />
666 911 Water distillation unit .................234<br />
666 942-9 Test tube brush.........................259<br />
666 960 Micro-spoon .............................266<br />
666 961-8 Spatula......................................266<br />
666 969 Spatula<br />
with capsule spoon................266<br />
666 982 Melting ladle..............................269<br />
666 984 Deflagrating spoon....................269<br />
666 988 Combustion boat......................269<br />
667 000 Glass cutter...............................266<br />
667 002 Replacement cutting wheel.......266<br />
667 003 Diamond glass cutter................266<br />
667 013 Glass tube cutter ......................266<br />
667 016/17 Scissors ....................................265<br />
667 018 Laboratory knife ........................265<br />
667 019 Felt tip pen ................................267<br />
667 021 Hand cork borers......................267<br />
667 022 Sharpener<br />
for cork drill ............................267<br />
667 026/7 Tweezers ............................19, 266<br />
667 031/2 Test tube holder........................264<br />
667 033/4 Tweezers ..................................266<br />
667 035 Crucible tongs...........................264<br />
667 038 Beaker and glass tongs ............264<br />
667 050-55 Test tube racks .........................223<br />
667 059 Contrast panel ..........................223<br />
667 060/1 Bottle basket.............................223<br />
667 063 Bottle tray....................................25<br />
667 065 Pipette stand.............................223<br />
667 067 Drying rack................................223<br />
667 071-3 Support ring<br />
for round-bottom flasks..........239<br />
667 081 Flame test glass ........................269<br />
667 083 Platinum wire<br />
for flame test ..........................269<br />
667 084 Magnesia rods ..........................269<br />
667 085 Magnesia troughs .....................269<br />
667 086 Carbon dioxide conductor ........269<br />
667 087 Mouth blowpipe ........................269<br />
667 089 Spotting tile ...............................269<br />
667 091/5 Pestle ........................................253<br />
667 092/4 Mortar .......................................253<br />
667 100/4 Thermal protection plate ...........225<br />
667 175/6 Tubing clamp ............................261<br />
667 180-3 Rubber tubing...................225, 261<br />
667 184 Tubing clamps ..................225, 261<br />
667 186 Vacuum rubber tubing ........19, 261<br />
667 187 Safety gas<br />
rubber tubing .................224, 261<br />
667 191/2 PVC tubing................................261<br />
667 194 Silicone tubing...........................261<br />
667 196 Flow monitor<br />
“Aquamobile” .........................262<br />
667 197 Silicon hose...............................261<br />
667 198 Silicone tubing...........................261<br />
667 199 Dialysing tubing.........................124<br />
667 223/4 Polyethylene stopper.................263<br />
667 226-8 Glass stopper............................263<br />
667 241/2 Rubber bulb........................46, 261<br />
667 243 Rubber balloons........................273<br />
667 251-80 Rubber stopper.........................262<br />
667 281 Cork stoppers...........................262<br />
667 285-92 Silicone stopper ........................263<br />
667 293 CPS glass connector ................112<br />
667 295-99 Silicone gaskets ........................112<br />
667 300-5 Screw caps...............................264<br />
667 306 Silicone gaskets ...............112, 264<br />
667 307 Gaskets.....................................264<br />
667 308 Screw coupling .........................264<br />
667 312/3 CPS glass connector ................112<br />
667 319/20 Dewar flasks................................71<br />
667 321 Plastic cap<br />
with hole for thermometer ........71<br />
667 322 Calorimeter..................................70<br />
667 325 Calorimeter<br />
for solids and liquids.................70<br />
667 326 Calorimeter for gases..................70<br />
667 347 Digital diode array photometer ....58<br />
667 349 Digital spectral photometer .........60<br />
667 351 Digital grating photometer...........59<br />
667 352 Computer connection cable<br />
with Software ...........................60<br />
667 3531 Analog grating<br />
spectrophotometer S104.........59<br />
667 355 Laboratory refractometer ............63<br />
667 356/7 Refractometer .............................63<br />
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
667 360 Student's balance.....................169<br />
667 397 Overhead display<br />
for Sartorius balances ............171<br />
667 400 Combustion chamber<br />
for water synthesis ...................74<br />
667 401 PEM fuel cell ...............................32<br />
667 4011 PEM fuell cell stack .....................32<br />
667 4021 Methanol reformer.......................33<br />
667 4022 CO Adsorber...............................33<br />
667 403 Combustion chamber<br />
with incandescent filament.......74<br />
6674051-3 pH tester ..................................199<br />
667 4101 pH and conductivity tester<br />
“Watercheck” .........................201<br />
667 414 Student set<br />
pH measurement ...................199<br />
667 415 Redox probe.....................5, 9, 197<br />
667 417-19 pH single rod<br />
electrode .................5, 9, 25, 197<br />
667 420 Digital pH-meter for<br />
demonstration purposes ....9, 196<br />
667 421 pH single rod electrode ........9, 197<br />
667 422 Ag/AgCl<br />
reference electrode..............9, 197<br />
667 423 Measurement electrode<br />
with platinum pin.................9, 197<br />
667 424 pH single rod<br />
measurement cell<br />
(glass electrode).........9, 151, 197<br />
667 425 Buffer solutions ........................197<br />
667 426 Conductivity<br />
measurement cell ......9, 151, 201<br />
667 4271/2 Conductivity tester ...................201<br />
667 429 Conductivity tester ......................26<br />
667 430 Lamp socket...............................26<br />
667 439 Dig. conductivity meter for<br />
demonstration experiments ....200<br />
667 451 Accessories kit .............................5<br />
667 455 Salt bridge...........................41, 258<br />
667 457 Set for ion migration,<br />
after Nernst ..............................28<br />
667 458 Oxygen electrode .............5, 9, 152<br />
667 491 Heating mantle<br />
for gas syringe........................228<br />
667 493 Flask with 2 GL 14 ......................75<br />
667 494 Silicon stopper ..................228, 263<br />
667 495 Gas diffusion apparatus ............124<br />
667 496/7 Apparatus<br />
for determining molar mass......75<br />
667 500 Melting point<br />
determination device................65<br />
667 501 Scale.........................................123<br />
667 503 Pig bladder ...............................123<br />
667 509 Osmosis demonstration<br />
apparatus ..............................124<br />
667 510 Capillary tube ............................260<br />
667 512 Semipermeable<br />
membranes............................123<br />
667 513 Cation-permeable<br />
membrane..............................123<br />
667 521 Glass cell...................................254<br />
667 535 U-tube.........................................41<br />
667 537 U-tube, with filter.........................41<br />
667 538 Double U-tube ............................41<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
293
numerical - index<br />
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page<br />
667 545 Slide projector<br />
compact 250 afs....................283<br />
667 546 Spectral set<br />
for overhead projector..............57<br />
667 547 Spectral set<br />
for FANTEX projector ..............57<br />
667 550 Exp. kit for producing<br />
a superconductor.....................44<br />
667 551 Exp. kit for<br />
Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect .....44<br />
667 552 Exp. kit<br />
for transition temperature .........44<br />
667 600 Face shield................................275<br />
667 602/3 Universal safety goggles ...........275<br />
667 605 Safety screen ............................275<br />
667 606 Disposable gloves.....................276<br />
667 607 Apron........................................276<br />
667 610 Safety cage...............................276<br />
667 613 Safety goggles .........................275<br />
667 614 Heat protective gloves ..............276<br />
667 615 Labels<br />
for chemical bottles ...............278<br />
667 616 Protective sheet<br />
for labels.................................278<br />
667 617 Labels<br />
for disposal containers ...........278<br />
667 618 Label set<br />
for basic chemicals ................278<br />
667 619 Supplementary label set I,<br />
IC ..........................................278<br />
667 620 Supplementary label set I,<br />
OC .........................................278<br />
667 621 First aid cabinet ........................279<br />
667 622 First aid kit ................................279<br />
667 623 Supplementary label set II,<br />
IC ...........................................278<br />
667 625 Fire blanket ..............................279<br />
667 626 Storage box .............................279<br />
667 627 Fire extinguisher ........................279<br />
667 629 Supplementary label set II,<br />
OC .........................................278<br />
667 630 Safety grip.........................266, 276<br />
667 631 Mercury adsorbent....................277<br />
667 633 Mercury tongs...................264, 277<br />
667 634 Cabinet<br />
for toxic substances ..............277<br />
667 635 Chemical waste disposal set ....278<br />
667 636 Chemical emergency set .........277<br />
667 641 Orbital models kit ......................136<br />
667 642 Fullerene C-60 ..........................136<br />
667 6451 The plastics school,<br />
transparency files ...................125<br />
667 650 Mohs hardness scale................140<br />
667 651 Rock collection, basic ...............139<br />
667 652 Pig-iron production, collection ..140<br />
667 653 Ores,<br />
collection................................139<br />
667 654 Minerals,<br />
collection................................139<br />
667 655 Crystals,<br />
collection................................141<br />
667 678 Periodic table of the elements,<br />
for overhead projector............138<br />
667 7062 Isotope chart ............................138<br />
294 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
667 7102 Spectrum chart.........................138<br />
667 7112 Spectrum chart.........................138<br />
667 712 Periodic table of the elements,<br />
wall chart................................138<br />
667 713 Periodic table<br />
of the elements,<br />
10 sheets for student use .....138<br />
667 750 Molecular model sets<br />
for students............................135<br />
667 751 Set of 700 bonds sticks ...........135<br />
667 753 Molecular model sets<br />
for inorganic &<br />
organic chemistry....................135<br />
667 754 Molecular model sets<br />
for biochemistry......................135<br />
667 757 Molecular building system<br />
MINOR...................................134<br />
667 758 Molecular building system.........134<br />
667 759 DNA model ...............................135<br />
667 760 Bravais lattices ..........................137<br />
667 763-9 Crystal lattices...........................137<br />
667 7780-88 Balances BL series0 .................170<br />
667 7790-6 Accessories to<br />
balances BL series.................170<br />
667 7797-9 Balances<br />
BP series................................171<br />
667 7881 Electronic Analytical<br />
Balance..................................171<br />
667 793/4 Electronic balance ....................172<br />
667 795 Electronic precision<br />
balance B 502........................174<br />
667 7961 Electronic precision balance<br />
College B 203-S.....................174<br />
667 7962 Electronic Analytical Balance<br />
BP154S .................................174<br />
667 818 Spark-Gap supply unit........74, 210<br />
667 821 Electrophoresis<br />
power supply ...........................67<br />
667 823 Power controller for<br />
ohmic and inductive loads .....226<br />
667 824 CPS power supply..............52, 110<br />
667 827 Variable extra low<br />
voltage transformer D.............205<br />
667 908 Digital multimeter ......................178<br />
667 909 Data output module............99, 178<br />
667 917 Anemometer ...............................18<br />
667 918 Geiger counter ............................19<br />
667 919 Pulse counter .............................19<br />
667 920 Case ...........................................19<br />
667 922 Digital field meter.........................18<br />
667 931 Connection cable<br />
for computer ....................58, 198<br />
667 932 Adapter lead .......................58, 178<br />
668 082 Biotechnology ............116, 122<br />
668 102 Biochemical methods,<br />
biochemistry S II .....50, 112, 122<br />
668 111 Introduction to<br />
Electrochemistry ...............24, 42<br />
668 132 Demonstration<br />
experiments in<br />
electrochemistry.....22, 42, 95, 113<br />
668 222 From crude oil<br />
to fuels and lubricants<br />
(manual for 661 500)........90, 113<br />
668 311 Determination<br />
of water quality by<br />
indicator organisms .................12<br />
668 332 Ecological experiments<br />
with the case for<br />
environmental measurements...20<br />
668 391 Examination of organisms<br />
of the soil and bush region .......12<br />
668 422 Electrochemistry,<br />
students' experiments........24, 42<br />
668 432 Fuel cells<br />
and air cells................42, 95, 113<br />
668 632 Photosynthesis, fundamentals<br />
and experiments.........20<br />
668 642 Ecology, teacher's manual....20<br />
668 652 Ecology I, water analysis.......20<br />
668 662 Ecology II,<br />
soil and air analysis...................20<br />
668 681 Gas chromatography............54<br />
668 732 Electrophoresis,<br />
experiments with the flat-bed<br />
electrophoresis chamber..........66<br />
668 802 Demonstration Experiments<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong>: <strong>General</strong> chemistry<br />
....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112<br />
669 040 Precision dynamometer ............175<br />
669 202 Ring binder for holding<br />
STM <strong>Chemistry</strong> literature........122<br />
669 272 <strong>Chemistry</strong> of foodstuffs.......122<br />
670 291 Aluminium oxide..........................47<br />
670 401 Ammonium chloride....................27<br />
671 382 Carboxymethylcellulose ..............47<br />
671 383 IRA 93 .........................................47<br />
671 793 Dowex .......................................47<br />
672 361 Ion exchanger,<br />
stronly acidic ............................47<br />
672 362 Ion exchanger,<br />
strongly basic ...........................47<br />
672 366 IRA 93 .........................................47<br />
672 429 Charcoal,<br />
small pieces ...........................269<br />
673 100 Magnesium ribbon ......................25<br />
673 221 Manganese (IV)-dioxide...............27<br />
674 829 Sephadex G 25...........................47<br />
674 830 Sephadex G 50...........................47<br />
675 255/6 Universal indicator ....................270<br />
683 10/1 Iron weights ..............................167<br />
685 44-47 Batteries....................................202<br />
686 13 Set of 3 felt tips, red..........187, 188<br />
686 14 Set of 3 felt tips .........................187<br />
698 50 Set of fuse in storage box .........216<br />
700 00…<br />
724 800 Cabinet .......................................86<br />
724 831/2 Shelf with grooved mat ...............86<br />
726 01-14 Panel frame.................................85<br />
726 153-73 Panel frame.................................85<br />
726 21/2 Equipment platform ............84, 119<br />
726 84/6 Stab. power supply ..................207<br />
728 069 PC Printer cable................178, 198<br />
729 769 V24 connection cable,<br />
9-pole ............................174, 194<br />
734 83 P/U Converter...........................106
A<br />
AC/DC power supply .......................................208<br />
AC/DC regulator................................................204<br />
Accessories for spirometer box ........................154<br />
Accessories kit ......................................................5<br />
Accessories set<br />
for electrochemistry .......................................23<br />
Accessories to balances BL series ...................170<br />
Accessories<br />
to open-bath circulator ................................230<br />
Accumulators ....................................................202<br />
Adapter .......................................................75, 243<br />
Adapter (tulip)<br />
for filter crucibles..........................................253<br />
Adapter cable ....................................................213<br />
Adapter<br />
for flat ground cover ....................................119<br />
Adapter lead................................................58, 178<br />
Adapter plug .......................................................35<br />
Adapters<br />
for components ...........................................215<br />
Additional weights ............................................168<br />
Adjustable load unit .............................................23<br />
Aeration ring .....................................................117<br />
Ag/AgCl reference electrode..........................9, 197<br />
Air analysis...........................................................87<br />
Air analysis, CPS ..............................................105<br />
Air pollution..........................................................14<br />
Alcohol burner ...................................................226<br />
Alcotest tubes .............................................14, 272<br />
Alternative energies..............................................38<br />
Alternative energy sources ...........................29 - 39<br />
Aluminium air element .........................................37<br />
Aluminium calorimeter .......................................228<br />
Aluminium foil ....................................................273<br />
Aluminium oxide ..................................................47<br />
Aluminium-zinc electrode ....................................37<br />
Ammonium chloride ............................................27<br />
Analog grating<br />
spectrophotometer S104 ..............................59<br />
Analysis funnel...................................................250<br />
Anemometer........................................................18<br />
Angle strip ........................................................219<br />
Angled tube .......................................................260<br />
Anti-theft device<br />
for balances .................................................172<br />
APL-column ........................................................54<br />
Apparatus<br />
for determining molar mass ...........................75<br />
Apparatus<br />
for measuring surface tension........................65<br />
Application and RF value template<br />
after MAEY.....................................................46<br />
Apron.................................................................276<br />
Atomic models<br />
after Stuart and Briegleb..............................129<br />
Automatic burette..............................................248<br />
Axiale B-probe...................................................159<br />
B<br />
B box (CASSY) ..................................................157<br />
Balances ...................................................167 -174<br />
Balances BL series ............................................170<br />
Balances BP series............................................171<br />
Base plate for Bunsen stand .............................222<br />
Base rail.............................................................219<br />
Basic set of chemicals for demonstration..........286<br />
Basic set of reagents ............................................6<br />
Basic unit for gas laws, CPS ............................106<br />
Batteries ............................................................202<br />
Battery case .....................................................202<br />
Bayonet tube .....................................................258<br />
Beaker ...............................................................238<br />
Beaker and glass tongs.....................................264<br />
Beckmann differential thermometer...................191<br />
Bench clamps ...................................................218<br />
Biochemical methods,<br />
biochemistry S II .....................50, 112, 122<br />
Biological water testing........................................12<br />
Biotechnology....................................................114<br />
Biotechnology .....................................116, 122<br />
Blank labels .......................................................278<br />
Blank panel, CPS .............................................112<br />
Blast furnace model...........................................126<br />
Blood pressure box (CASSY) ............................154<br />
BNC adapter for 4-mm socket..........................213<br />
BNC cable.........................................................213<br />
BNC/4 mm adapter...........................................213<br />
Boiling stones ....................................................273<br />
Bosshead ..........................................................220<br />
Bottle basket .....................................................223<br />
Bottle tray ............................................................25<br />
Bottles ...............................................................255<br />
Brass plate electrode...........................................40<br />
Bravais lattices...................................................137<br />
Bridge box (CASSY) ..........................................156<br />
Bridging plugs ...........................................214, 215<br />
Brushes .............................................................259<br />
Bubble counter..........................................262, 281<br />
Bubble-cap column with 2 trays........................241<br />
Büchner funnel ..................................................253<br />
Buffer solutions .................................................197<br />
Bulb pipettes .....................................................246<br />
Bunsen burner...................................................224<br />
Bunsen burner DIN type ....................................224<br />
Bunsen stand ....................................................222<br />
Burette...............................................................248<br />
Burette clamp....................................................222<br />
Burette filling funnel............................................250<br />
Burette holder, CPS ........................................109<br />
Burette stand.....................................................222<br />
Burettes.............................................................248<br />
Burners..............................................................224<br />
Butane cartridges ..............................................224<br />
Butane gas burner.............................................224<br />
Butane soldering torch .....................................224<br />
C<br />
Cabinet ................................................................86<br />
Cabinet<br />
for toxic substances ....................................277<br />
Cable rack .........................................................212<br />
Calorimeter..................................................70, 107<br />
Calorimetry.....................................68 - 71, 94, 107<br />
Capillary tube.....................................................260<br />
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Carbon dioxide conductor.................................269<br />
Carbon electrodes.........................................25, 40<br />
Carboxymethylcellulose .......................................47<br />
Carrying case<br />
for Navigator ................................................173<br />
Cartridge ...........................................................224<br />
Cartridge burner DIN type .................................224<br />
Case ....................................................................19<br />
CASSY<br />
and accessories .................................144 - 162<br />
CASSY Comfort package K1- K3 .....................162<br />
CASSY Lab ...........................50, 101, 145, 149<br />
CASSY-Display..................................................148<br />
CASSY-Starter ..................................................162<br />
Casting mould ...................................................125<br />
Catalytic converters...............................14, 92, 107<br />
Cation-permeable membrane ...........................123<br />
Cell trough<br />
with air electrode............................................37<br />
Cellulose powder.................................................47<br />
Centrifuges ........................................................236<br />
Ceran cover plate ..............................................225<br />
Charcoal ............................................................269<br />
Charging adapter<br />
for metal hydride reservoir .............................34<br />
Chart paper .........................................................17<br />
Chemical cabinet,<br />
ventable .......................................................274<br />
Chemical emergency set ..................................277<br />
Chemical engineering model ...............................80<br />
Chemical waste disposal set .............................278<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> of plastics .........................................125<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong> Panel System......................................81<br />
Chromatography column.....................................47<br />
Chromatography column, CPS ..................47, 109<br />
Chromatography paper .......................................45<br />
Circulation cooler WKL 25.................................230<br />
Circulation thermostat .......................................229<br />
Clamp................................................................221<br />
Clamp with hook ...............................................220<br />
Clamping block MF ...........................................219<br />
Clamping plug ...................................................214<br />
Clamping springs...............................................129<br />
Clamps ..............................................................220<br />
Clay cell .........................................................27, 41<br />
Clear PVC cover .................................................24<br />
Climate box (CASSY).........................................150<br />
Clinical thermometer..........................................191<br />
CO Adsorber .......................................................33<br />
Cobalt chloride test paper .................................271<br />
Colouring, red....................................................267<br />
Column chromatography ......................47, 96, 109<br />
Combustion boat...............................................269<br />
Combustion chambers........................................74<br />
Combustion chambers, CPS.............................105<br />
Compost trunk ....................................................13<br />
Composting process ...........................................13<br />
Compressed gas bottles ...................................280<br />
Computer assisted experiments ..............144 - 162<br />
Computer connection cable .................................8<br />
Computer connection cable<br />
with Software.................................................60<br />
Conductometric titration ....................................201<br />
Conductivity.........................................................26<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
295
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Conductivity box (CASSY) .................................151<br />
Conductivity<br />
measurement cell ........................5, 9, 151, 201<br />
Conductivity meter ............................................200<br />
Conductivity tester.......................................26, 201<br />
Conical shoulder bottle......................................255<br />
Connecting lead ........................................211, 213<br />
Connection cable<br />
for computer..........................................58, 198<br />
Connection leads...............................................212<br />
Connector .........................................................260<br />
Connector<br />
with small grips ............................................214<br />
Console.......................................................84, 119<br />
Consumables<br />
for spirometer ..............................................154<br />
Contact process, CPS .....................................105<br />
Contact thermometer........................118, 191, 232<br />
Container...................................................234, 256<br />
Contrast panel...................................................223<br />
Controllable aeration pump<br />
(CPS) .............................................52, 104, 117<br />
Controlled temperature bath .............................229<br />
Cooler after Dimroth ..........................................242<br />
Coolers..............................................................242<br />
Cooling finger ....................................................256<br />
Cooling trap.......................................................256<br />
Copper electrodes.........................................25, 40<br />
Copper refining....................................................23<br />
Copper wire gauze ............................................258<br />
Copy of a Rowland grating..................................57<br />
Cord ..................................................................267<br />
Core/threads ST 19/26 .....................................243<br />
Cork stoppers....................................................262<br />
Corrosion set .......................................................27<br />
Counter ...................................................189, 190<br />
Cover plate ........................................................250<br />
Cover slip tweezers ...........................................266<br />
CPS (<strong>Chemistry</strong> panel system)<br />
and accessories ....................................81- 113<br />
CPS 3-way valve ...............................................104<br />
CPS Air analysis ................................................105<br />
CPS Basic unit<br />
for gas laws .................................................106<br />
CPS Biological reactor ..............................111, 117<br />
CPS Blank panel ...............................................112<br />
CPS Burette holder ..........................................109<br />
CPS Calorimeter................................................107<br />
CPS Chromatography column ....................47, 109<br />
CPS Combustion chamber<br />
(water synthesis) ..........................................105<br />
CPS Combustion chamber<br />
with incandescent wire ................................105<br />
CPS Contact process .......................................105<br />
CPS Crude oil distillation ...................................102<br />
CPS DENOX Process........................................107<br />
CPS Digital<br />
conductivity meter .................................98, 200<br />
CPS Digital multimeter ..........................36, 99, 178<br />
CPS Digital pH-meter..................................98, 196<br />
CPS Digital thermometer.............................99, 193<br />
CPS Displacement<br />
transducer ..................................................106<br />
CPS Distillation plant ...................................89, 102<br />
296 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
CPS Dropper funnel ....................................47, 109<br />
CPS Electrochemistry<br />
demonstration unit.................................22, 100<br />
CPS Electrolysis setup<br />
after Hofmann........................................36, 102<br />
CPS Ethanol sensor .................................110, 117<br />
CPS Exhaust gas<br />
catalytic converter........................................107<br />
CPS Extraction setup<br />
after Soxhlet.................................................103<br />
CPS Flow-through reactor ........................108, 117<br />
CPS Flow-through-photometer<br />
for HPLC................................................49, 110<br />
CPS Gas collector .............................................104<br />
CPS Gas generator ...........................................103<br />
CPS Gas syringe ...............................................105<br />
CPS Gas syringe<br />
for gas laws ................................................106<br />
CPS Gas washer...............................................104<br />
CPS Gel filtration .........................................47, 109<br />
CPS Glass connector ........................................112<br />
CPS Holder<br />
for gas cartridge.....................................52, 103<br />
CPS Holder<br />
for pressurized gas cans..............................103<br />
CPS Holder<br />
with bosshead .....................................110, 119<br />
CPS Hose fastener............................................111<br />
CPS HPLC column support ................................49<br />
CPS HPLC pump ................................................49<br />
CPS HPLC reservoir............................................50<br />
CPS Mains distributor........................................110<br />
CPS Metal hydride<br />
reservoir (H2)............................................34, 36<br />
CPS Metal label plates.......................................111<br />
CPS Metering unit .....................................108, 117<br />
CPS Pedestal ....................................................111<br />
CPS PEM fuel cell................................................32<br />
CPS PEM fuel cell stack ......................................32<br />
CPS peristaltic pump PM 2.......................108, 118<br />
CPS Plastic<br />
labelling plates .............................................111<br />
CPS Power supply ......................................52, 110<br />
CPS Stoichiometry ............................................107<br />
CPS Storage box.................................................86<br />
CPS Submersion<br />
tube manometer ..........................................106<br />
CPS Table ........................................................111<br />
CPS Voltage supply...........................................110<br />
CPS Wash bottle...............................................104<br />
CPS Woulff's bottle<br />
with manometer...........................................104<br />
Cracking tube ....................................................258<br />
Cross socket .....................................................220<br />
Crucible .............................................................253<br />
Crucible furnace ................................................227<br />
Crucible tongs ...................................................264<br />
Crucible, iron .....................................................253<br />
Crude oil distillation, CPS ..................................102<br />
Crystal lattices ...................................................137<br />
Crystallization dish .............................................251<br />
Crystals, collection.............................................141<br />
Current supply box ............................................155<br />
Cuvettes ..............................................................61<br />
D<br />
Daniell cell......................................................23, 27<br />
Daniell element ....................................................95<br />
Data logger ............................................................8<br />
Data output module ......................58, 99, 178, 198<br />
DC power supply .....................................207, 209<br />
Deflagrating spoon ............................................269<br />
Delivery adapters ...............................................243<br />
Delta meter after Hellige.......................................13<br />
Demineralization unit .........................................234<br />
Demo-Multimeter...............................................177<br />
Demonstration cord...........................................267<br />
Demonstration Experiments<br />
<strong>Chemistry</strong>: <strong>General</strong><br />
chemistry ....71, 72, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97, 112<br />
Demonstration experiments<br />
in electrochemistry ...............22, 42, 95, 113<br />
Demonstration<br />
gas chromatograph .......................................52<br />
Demonstration thermometer ............................191<br />
DENOX Process ..................................................93<br />
DENOX Process, CPS ......................................107<br />
Desalinization of water .......................................234<br />
Dessicator .........................................................254<br />
Desulfurization<br />
of stack gas ...................................................15<br />
Detection<br />
of microorganisms .........................................20<br />
Detergent...........................................................273<br />
Determination<br />
of Ascorbic acid...........................................271<br />
Determination<br />
of the molar mass ..........................................75<br />
Determination<br />
of the relative atomic mass ............................72<br />
Determination of<br />
water quality by indicator organisms .......12<br />
Determining molar combustion enthalpies...........69<br />
Dewar flasks ........................................................71<br />
Dialysing tubing .................................................124<br />
Diamond glass cutter.........................................266<br />
Diffusion.............................................................124<br />
Dig. conductivity meter<br />
for demonstration experiments ....................200<br />
Dig. temperature controller and<br />
indicator for demonstration experiments .....195<br />
Digital conductivity meter, CPS ..................98, 200<br />
Digital diode array photometer.............................58<br />
Digital field meter .................................................18<br />
Digital grating photometer ...................................59<br />
Digital hygrometer and thermometer ...................17<br />
Digital multimeter ...............................................178<br />
Digital multimeter, CPS ........................36, 99, 178<br />
Digital pH-meter<br />
for demonstration purposes ....................9, 196<br />
Digital pH-meter, CPS ................................98, 196<br />
Digital spectral photometer..................................60<br />
Digital thermometer ...........................................193<br />
Digital thermometer<br />
with one input ..............................................195<br />
Digital thermometer, CPS ...........................99, 193<br />
Dishes................................................................252<br />
Displacement sensor .........................................155
Displacement transducer, CPS ........................106<br />
Disposable cartridges CO2 , NO2 .......................103<br />
Disposable gloves .............................................276<br />
Disposable needles ...................................122, 270<br />
Disposal.............................................................277<br />
Disposal container .............................................256<br />
Distillation.............................................................89<br />
Distillation adapter .............................................242<br />
Distillation bridge................................................240<br />
Distillation column<br />
after Vigreux.................................................241<br />
Distillation plant, CPS .................................89, 102<br />
Distillation top ....................................................241<br />
Distilling column<br />
after Hempel ................................................241<br />
Distribution box..................................................216<br />
DNA model........................................................135<br />
Double U-tube.....................................................41<br />
Double-necked<br />
round-bottom flasks ....................................240<br />
Dowex ...............................................................47<br />
Draft shield<br />
for Adventurer..............................................173<br />
Drawer for<br />
661 510, 661 514 and 661 517 ..................244<br />
Drop funnel, CPS .......................................47, 109<br />
Dropper funnels.................................................249<br />
Droppers ...........................................................247<br />
Drying cabinet....................................................235<br />
Drying rack ........................................................223<br />
Drying tubes ......................................................257<br />
Dual bonds ........................................................129<br />
Dual column gas chromatograph<br />
TECHNOCHEM 277......................................54<br />
Dynamometer....................................................175<br />
E<br />
ECG/EMG box (CASSY)....................................154<br />
Ecological experiments with the<br />
case for environmental measurements ....20<br />
Ecology ..........................................................3 - 20<br />
Ecology I,<br />
water analysis ..........................................20<br />
Ecology II,<br />
soil and air analysis ..................................20<br />
Ecology,<br />
teacher's manual .....................................20<br />
Ecotest analysis case .........................................10<br />
Ejector<br />
for dual bonds connectors...........................129<br />
Electric burner ...................................................226<br />
Electric heaters ........................................................<br />
Electric load (CPS).........................................35, 36<br />
Electrochemistry...........................................21 - 44<br />
Electrochemistry demonstration unit ...................22<br />
Electrochemistry demonstration unit,<br />
CPS ......................................................22, 100<br />
Electrochemistry set ............................................26<br />
Electrochemistry workplace.................................24<br />
Electrochemistry,<br />
students' experiments .......................24, 42<br />
Electrode plates...................................................40<br />
Electrodes..............................................................9<br />
Electrolysis cell on base.......................................39<br />
Electrolysis of water .............................................26<br />
Electrolysis setup, CPS ..............................36, 102<br />
Electrometer box (CASSY) ................................159<br />
Electronic Analytical Balance .............................171<br />
Electronic Analytical Balance<br />
BP154S .......................................................174<br />
Electronic balance ............................................172<br />
Electronic precision balance<br />
B 502...........................................................174<br />
Electronic precision balance<br />
College B 203-S ..........................................174<br />
Electronic stopclock P .......................................166<br />
Electronic thermometer .....................................192<br />
Electrophoresis....................................................66<br />
Electrophoresis power supply .............................67<br />
Electrophoresis, experiments with<br />
the flat-bed electrophoresis chamber ......66<br />
Electrosmog ........................................................18<br />
Elutriation cylinder<br />
after Atterberg................................................13<br />
End-window counter for Alpha-, Beta-,<br />
Gamma-, and X-rays ...................................157<br />
Environmental analysis case ................................10<br />
Equipment boxes ..............................................282<br />
Equipment platform.....................................84, 119<br />
Erlenmeyer flasks...............................................238<br />
Ethanol sensor, CPS ...............................110, 117<br />
Evaporating dish................................................251<br />
Examination of organisms<br />
of the soil and bush region ......................12<br />
Exchange cartridge............................................234<br />
Exhaust gas catalytic converter, CPS ...............107<br />
Exp. kit<br />
for Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect ......................44<br />
Exp. kit<br />
for producing a superconductor ....................44<br />
Exp. kit<br />
for transition temperature...............................44<br />
Experiment tray..................................................219<br />
Experimentation globe.......................................258<br />
Experiments with gases.....................................103<br />
Extension stick<br />
for 662 308 ...................................................13<br />
Extraction<br />
after Soxhlet...........................................96, 120<br />
Extraction setup<br />
after Soxhlet, CPS ......................................103<br />
Extraction technology ..........................................78<br />
Extraction thimbles ....................................103, 268<br />
Extraction units ..................................................243<br />
F<br />
Face shield ........................................................275<br />
Falling ball viscometer<br />
after Hoeppler ................................................64<br />
FANTEX multi-purpose projector<br />
with accessories ..........................................284<br />
Felt tip pen.........................................................267<br />
Fermentation .....................................................115<br />
Fermentation saccharometer ............................257<br />
Filter crucible......................................................253<br />
Filter paper ..................................................45, 268<br />
Filtration stand ..................................................222<br />
Fine regulating valve .........................................281<br />
Fire blanket .......................................................279<br />
Fire extinguisher.................................................279<br />
First aid cabinet ................................................279<br />
First aid kit ........................................................279<br />
Flame test glass.................................................269<br />
Flask ..................................................................239<br />
Flask with 2 GL 14...............................................75<br />
Flat bed electrophoresis chamber .......................67<br />
Flat bottom flasks ..............................................239<br />
Flat ground beaker ............................................119<br />
Flat ground cover...............................................119<br />
Flat-bottom flasks..............................................239<br />
Flip-flap glass.....................................................255<br />
Flow meter<br />
for gas chromatographs ................................54<br />
Flow monitor<br />
"Aquamobile"...............................................262<br />
Flow-through-photometer<br />
for HPLC, CPS .....................................49, 110<br />
Foil roll ..............................................................283<br />
Folded filter ........................................................268<br />
Foot switch .......................................................153<br />
Force measurement ..........................................175<br />
Force sensor......................................................156<br />
Forked light barrier.............................................155<br />
Formiate cell ........................................................37<br />
Formiate electrode ..............................................37<br />
Four-legged stand .............................................225<br />
Fractional crude oil distillation ..............................90<br />
Freezing point thermometer ..............................191<br />
From crude oil<br />
to fuels and lubricants .....................90, 113<br />
Fuel cells ......................................................29 - 39<br />
Fuel cells and air cells ......................42, 95, 113<br />
Fullerene C-60 ...................................................136<br />
Fume exhaust, mobile .......................................274<br />
Funnels..............................................249, 250, 253<br />
Fused-salt electrolysis..........................................28<br />
G<br />
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Gas bottle..........................................................280<br />
Gas chromatography ...................................51 - 56<br />
Gas chromatography ....................................54<br />
Gas collector, CPS ...........................................104<br />
Gas delivery tube...............................................260<br />
Gas diffusion apparatus.....................................124<br />
Gas generation ....................................................87<br />
Gas generator, CPS .........................................103<br />
Gas generators..................................................249<br />
Gas hose...................................................224, 261<br />
Gas lighter .........................................................225<br />
Gas measurement jars ......................................251<br />
Gas scrubber bottles .........................................256<br />
Gas sensor ..........................................................52<br />
Gas syringe<br />
for gas laws, CPS .......................................106<br />
Gas syringe holder ............................................248<br />
Gas syringe, CPS .............................................105<br />
Gas syringes......................................................248<br />
Gas tester............................................................14<br />
Gas washer, CPS .............................................104<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
297
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Gaskets .............................................................264<br />
Geiger counter.....................................................19<br />
Gel filtration..................................................96, 120<br />
Gel filtration, CPS .......................................47, 109<br />
<strong>General</strong> gas laws .................................................94<br />
Geoscience sets................................................139<br />
Glass aquarium .................................................251<br />
Glass bell jar ......................................................251<br />
Glass cell ...........................................................254<br />
Glass connector, CPS ......................................112<br />
Glass cutter .......................................................266<br />
Glass nozzle ......................................................260<br />
Glass plate.........................................................250<br />
Glass shaft<br />
for blast furnace...........................................126<br />
Glass stirring rod................................................260<br />
Glass stopper ....................................................263<br />
Glass tank .........................................................251<br />
Glass tube .........................................................260<br />
Glass tube cutter ...............................................266<br />
Glass tube insert................................................256<br />
Glassware for apparatus<br />
after Hofman..................................................26<br />
Glass-working ...................................................266<br />
GM box (CASSY)...............................................157<br />
Graduated cylinder ............................................246<br />
Graduated pipette .............................................247<br />
Graph chart paper ............................................187<br />
Grooved mat .......................................................86<br />
Ground joint apparatus kits ...............................244<br />
H<br />
H2O2 fuel cell .......................................................95<br />
Hair-dryer .........................................................228<br />
Halogen lamp ......................................................35<br />
Hand cork borers ..............................................267<br />
Hand-held<br />
conductivity meter ...................................5, 201<br />
Hand-held<br />
measuring instruments ...............................4 - 9<br />
Hand-held oxygen<br />
measuring instrument .....................................5<br />
Hand-held pH meter ....................................5, 198<br />
Hand-held photometer ....................................6, 61<br />
Hand-held sound<br />
level meter (phonmeter) .............................8, 18<br />
Hand-held UV-IR luxmeter.....................................7<br />
Heat conductivity detector...................................52<br />
Heat protective gloves.......................................276<br />
Heater bath .......................................................232<br />
Heater bath insert .............................................232<br />
Heating bath......................................................229<br />
Heating dish<br />
for round bottom flasks................................232<br />
Heating mantle<br />
for gas syringe .............................................228<br />
Heating mantles.................................................226<br />
Heat-resistant holder ........................................276<br />
High voltage cable.............................................211<br />
High voltage power supply ...............................210<br />
High-performance<br />
gas chromatograph ......................................55<br />
Holder for gas cartridge, CPS ....................52, 103<br />
298 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
Holder<br />
with bosshead, CPS ...........................110, 119<br />
Holder,<br />
for pressurized gas cans, CPS ...................103<br />
Holders..............................................................111<br />
Hose fastener, CPS ..........................................111<br />
Hot plate............................................................227<br />
HPLC (High Performance<br />
Liquid Chromatography) ................................48<br />
HPLC basic kit.....................................................50<br />
HPLC column ......................................................49<br />
HPLC pump, CPS ..............................................49<br />
HPLC reservoir, CPS ..........................................50<br />
Humidity sensor.................................................150<br />
Hydride storage ...................................................30<br />
Hydrostatic precision balance ...........................169<br />
IJK<br />
Illustrative media..............................................129 ff<br />
Imhoff funnel<br />
with cock .......................................................13<br />
Immersion heater ..............................................228<br />
Incubator cabinet...............................................235<br />
Instruments<br />
for length measurement...............................164<br />
Instruments<br />
for time measurement..................................164<br />
Insulated croc-clips............................................214<br />
Insulated stand rod............................................220<br />
Insulated twin wire .............................................214<br />
Introduction to Electrochemistry ..............24, 42<br />
In-use cover<br />
for Adventurer ..............................................173<br />
Ion exchanger......................................................47<br />
Ion migration........................................................23<br />
IR sensor ..........................................................7, 9<br />
IRA 93..................................................................47<br />
IR-CO2 experiment kit ...........................................7<br />
IR-CO2 sensor ..................................................7, 9<br />
Iron electrodes.....................................................40<br />
Iron weights .......................................................167<br />
Isolating nucleic acids........................................121<br />
Isotope chart ....................................................138<br />
Joint clip ............................................................263<br />
KTY box (CASSY)..............................................150<br />
L<br />
Label set<br />
for basic chemicals ......................................278<br />
Labels<br />
for chemical bottles .....................................278<br />
Labels<br />
for disposal containers.................................278<br />
Labjack..............................................................222<br />
Laboratory balance............................................167<br />
Laboratory knife.................................................265<br />
Laboratory plugs................................................214<br />
Laboratory refractometer.....................................63<br />
Laboratory refrigerator .......................................232<br />
Laboratory safety goggles .................................275<br />
Laboratory stands ...........................................222<br />
Lamp holder, STE ..............................................35<br />
Lamp socket........................................................26<br />
Lamps ................................................................35<br />
Large clip plug...........................................215, 221<br />
Large digital display ...............................................9<br />
Lead test ...........................................................271<br />
Lead-acetate test paper ....................................271<br />
Leadshot in can.................................................167<br />
Leclanche cell ......................................................27<br />
Lens tissue ........................................................267<br />
Leybold multiclamp ...........................................220<br />
Lid .....................................................................252<br />
Lid with heater ...................................................228<br />
Liebig cooler ......................................................242<br />
Literature .......................................20, 42, 112, 142<br />
Litmus indicator paper.......................................270<br />
Low voltage<br />
power supplies ............................................204<br />
Lubricant ...........................................................273<br />
Lux box (CASSY)...............................................152<br />
Lux sensor.................................................7, 9, 152<br />
M<br />
Magazine box<br />
for slides ......................................................283<br />
Magnesia rods...................................................269<br />
Magnesia troughs..............................................269<br />
Magnesium ribbon...............................................25<br />
Magnetic stirrer .................................118, 231, 232<br />
Mains distributor, CPS ......................................110<br />
Manganese (IV)-dioxide .......................................27<br />
Manometer tube................................................260<br />
Maximum-minimum<br />
thermometer ................................................191<br />
Measurement electrode<br />
with platinum pin......................................9, 197<br />
Measurement<br />
of sound levels .................................................8<br />
Measures...........................................................250<br />
Measuring cylinder.............................................237<br />
Measuring instrument ..........................................24<br />
Measuring junction box .....................................216<br />
Measuring the evaporation cooling,<br />
heat of solution and neutralization heat..........69<br />
Measuring the heat<br />
of reaction of gases .......................................69<br />
Melting ladle.......................................................269<br />
Melting point determination device ......................65<br />
Membrane filtration equipment set ......................19<br />
Mercury adsorbent ............................................277<br />
Mercury tongs ...........................................264, 277<br />
Metal hydride reservoir.........................................34<br />
Metal hydride<br />
reservoir (H2 ), CPS ..................................34, 36<br />
Metal label plates, CPS .....................................111<br />
Metal scale ........................................................164<br />
Meteorology.........................................................16<br />
Methanol reformer ...............................................33<br />
Micro capillaries...........................................46, 260<br />
Microbiological desulfurization ...........................116<br />
Microliter pipettes ..............................................122<br />
Microliter syringe..................................................54<br />
Micromotor, STE ...............................................35<br />
Micro-spoon ......................................................266
Mild iron dish .............................................227, 251<br />
Minerals, collection ............................................139<br />
Miniature clamps ...............................................221<br />
Miniature plastic press.......................................125<br />
Miniature separating tank ....................................46<br />
MINICAN gas cans............................................281<br />
Mini-thermometer..............................................192<br />
Mobile fume exhaust .........................................274<br />
Model of a vernier..............................................165<br />
Mohs hardness scale ........................................140<br />
Molecular building system .................................134<br />
Molecular models ......................................134, 135<br />
Mono cell holder, STE ......................................202<br />
Mortars..............................................................253<br />
Motion sensing element ....................................156<br />
Motion transducer box (CASSY)........................156<br />
Motor tachogenerator, STE ..............................155<br />
Motor<br />
with propeller .................................................35<br />
Mountable stage<br />
with clamp ...................................................222<br />
Mouth blowpipe.................................................269<br />
Muffel furnace....................................................227<br />
Multicore cable ..................................................213<br />
Mulitmeter<br />
METRAport 32.............................................183<br />
Multimeter<br />
MA 1 H ........................................................182<br />
Multimeter<br />
METRAHit....................................................184<br />
Multimeter<br />
METRAmax 12 ............................................183<br />
Multimeter<br />
METRAmax 2 ..............................................181<br />
Multimeter<br />
METRAmax3 ...............................................182<br />
Multimeter<br />
METRAport 3E.............................................182<br />
Multimeter, analog/digital ..........................185, 186<br />
Multimeter, demonstration.................................176<br />
Multimeters, digital/analog.................................177<br />
Multi-purpose microphone ................................155<br />
N<br />
Ni-Cd accumulator ............................................202<br />
Nickel<br />
wire mesh electrodes...............................25, 40<br />
NiCr-Ni temperature sensor...............................194<br />
Nitrogen scrubbing<br />
of stack gas ...................................................15<br />
Noise pollution .....................................................18<br />
O<br />
Open jaw spanner .....................................265, 281<br />
Open-bath circulator .........................................230<br />
Optical activity .....................................................62<br />
Orbital models ...................................................136<br />
Ores, collection..................................................139<br />
O-ring ................................................................119<br />
Osmosis ............................................................123<br />
Osmosis<br />
demonstration apparatus ...........................124<br />
Overhead display<br />
for Sartorius balances ..................................171<br />
Overhead projector ...........................................283<br />
Oxygen box (CASSY) ........................................152<br />
Oxygen electrode .....................................5, 9, 152<br />
P<br />
P/U Converter....................................................106<br />
Paddle surface temperature<br />
sensor NiCr-Ni .............................................194<br />
Pair of cables.....................................................212<br />
Pair of recording pulleys on rider .......................156<br />
Pair of stand feet................................................219<br />
Panel for A.C. ....................................................217<br />
Panel frame .................................................85, 119<br />
Paraffin oil....................................................65, 273<br />
Partitions ...........................................................282<br />
Pasteur pipettes ................................122, 247, 273<br />
PC Printer cable ........................................178, 198<br />
Pear-shaped flasks............................................243<br />
Pedestal, CPS ..................................................111<br />
PEM electrolysis unit (CPS)............................34, 36<br />
PEM fuel cell ........................................................32<br />
PEM fuel cell stack...............................................32<br />
PEM fuel cell stack, CPS ....................................32<br />
PEM fuel cell, CPS ..............................................32<br />
Perforated stand rod .........................................220<br />
Periodic table.....................................................138<br />
Peristaltic pump.........................................108, 118<br />
Personal protection ...........................................275<br />
Pestle.................................................................253<br />
Petri dish............................................................251<br />
pH and conductivity tester<br />
"Watercheck"...............................................201<br />
pH box (CASSY)................................................151<br />
pH indicators .....................................................270<br />
pH papers .........................................................270<br />
pH single rod electrode ......................5, 9, 25, 197<br />
pH single rod measurement cell<br />
(glass electrode)...............................9, 151, 197<br />
pH tester ...........................................................199<br />
Photometric cell...................................................61<br />
Photosynthesis,<br />
fundamentals and experiments ...............20<br />
Pictograms ..........................................................84<br />
Piezoelectric gas lighter .....................................225<br />
Pig bladder .......................................................123<br />
Pig-iron production, collection ...........................140<br />
Pin ....................................................................220<br />
Pipette stand .....................................................223<br />
Pipettes .............................................................247<br />
Pipetting aids.....................................................247<br />
Pipetting kit .........................................................67<br />
Piston pipette ....................................................247<br />
Plancton net ........................................................13<br />
Plastic beaker ....................................................237<br />
Plastic cap with hole<br />
for thermometer.............................................71<br />
Plastic labelling plates, CPS ..............................111<br />
Plastic processing device ..................................125<br />
Plastic samples..................................................125<br />
Plastic tank ........................................................250<br />
Plastic tube........................................................260<br />
Plastic tubing .....................................................261<br />
Plate glass cells .................................................254<br />
Platinum mesh electrodes .............................25, 40<br />
Platinum wire for flame test................................269<br />
Plug clamp ........................................................221<br />
Plug-in unit ........................................................202<br />
Polarimeter P1000...............................................62<br />
Polycontainer for balances ................................172<br />
Polyethylene bottle...............................................25<br />
Polyethylene stopper .........................................263<br />
Porcelain plate ...................................................254<br />
Portable school balance,<br />
Scout ..........................................................172<br />
Potash solution<br />
for Ni-Cd accumulators ...............................202<br />
Powder funnel ...................................................250<br />
Power controller<br />
for ohmic and inductive loads ......................226<br />
Power supply for balances ...............................172<br />
Power supply, CPS ....................................52, 110<br />
Power-CASSY...................................................147<br />
Precision balances.............................................173<br />
Precision dispenser unit.....................................248<br />
Precision dynamometer.....................................175<br />
Precision micrometer.........................................165<br />
Precision thermometer ......................................191<br />
Preparation scissors ..........................................265<br />
Pressure reducing valves...................................281<br />
Pressure sensor ................................................158<br />
Projector............................................................283<br />
Protective sheet for labels..................................278<br />
Protective tube ..................................................194<br />
Pt 100 sensor........................................9, 194, 201<br />
Pulse box (CASSY)............................................153<br />
Pulse counter ......................................................19<br />
Pump trolley .....................................................217<br />
Push-button ......................................................153<br />
PVC tubing ........................................................261<br />
Q<br />
Qualitative analysis.............................................269<br />
Quartz heating element .............................119, 228<br />
Quick closure.....................................................119<br />
Quick test,<br />
phosphate ..................................................272<br />
R<br />
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Racks ................................................................223<br />
Radioactivity ........................................................19<br />
Radio-controlled weather station.........................16<br />
Radio-controlled weather station<br />
data processing ............................................17<br />
Rain gauge<br />
after Hellmann................................................13<br />
Reaction test box (CASSY)................................153<br />
Reaction tube ..............................................28, 258<br />
Reaction tube<br />
for fused-salt electrolysis .......................28, 258<br />
Reaction tube V-shaped..............................28, 258<br />
Reaction tube with globe...................................258<br />
Ready-to-use foil for TLC.....................................45<br />
Reagent and shipping bottle..............................255<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
299
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
Reagent atomizer without CFC's.........................46<br />
Reagents case with basic<br />
set of reagents .................................................6<br />
Reagents expansion set .......................................6<br />
Recorders..........................................................187<br />
Redox probe .............................................5, 9, 197<br />
Reel ...................................................................125<br />
Refractive index ...................................................63<br />
Refractometer......................................................63<br />
Regulated power supply....................................207<br />
Regulating valve<br />
for metal hydride reservoir .............................34<br />
Replacement cannula .........................................54<br />
Replacement cartridge .....................................234<br />
Replacement cutting wheel ...............................266<br />
Replacement flints .............................................225<br />
Ribbed clamps ....................................................46<br />
Ring with stem...................................................221<br />
Rock collection, basic........................................139<br />
Rod electrodes..............................................28, 40<br />
Rotatable clamp ................................................220<br />
Round cuvette ....................................................61<br />
Round filter ........................................................268<br />
Round-bottom flasks.........................................239<br />
Round-nose pliers .............................................265<br />
Rubber balloons ................................................273<br />
Rubber bulbs ......................46, 122, 247, 261, 273<br />
Rubber collars ...................................................253<br />
Rubber sleeve ...................................................253<br />
Rubber stoppers ...............................................262<br />
Rubber tubing ...........................................225, 261<br />
Rubber wiper blade<br />
for glass rods ...............................................261<br />
S<br />
Saddle base ......................................................218<br />
Safety adapter sockets......................................215<br />
Safety burner, Teclu ..........................................224<br />
Safety cage .......................................................276<br />
Safety connecting box.......................................216<br />
Safety connection leads ....................................211<br />
Safety connectors .............................................215<br />
Safety gas rubber tubing ..........................224, 261<br />
Safety gas tubing with clamp ............................224<br />
Safety gloves .....................................................276<br />
Safety goggles ..................................................275<br />
Safety grip .................................................266, 276<br />
Safety insert.......................................................256<br />
Safety screen.....................................................275<br />
Safety tape<br />
for glass shaft for blast furnace ...................126<br />
Safety tube (fermentation tube)..........................257<br />
Salt bridge ...................................................41, 258<br />
Salts for flame tests ...........................................269<br />
Sampling beaker with rod ...................................13<br />
Sampling case<br />
for aquatic organisms ....................................12<br />
Sampling case<br />
for chemical analysis of water and soil ..........11<br />
Sampling case for organisms<br />
in the ground and bush region.......................12<br />
Scale .................................................................123<br />
Scaled metal rail ................................................164<br />
300 LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
School and lab. balance ...................................168<br />
Schuko socket strip...................................216, 267<br />
Scissors.............................................................265<br />
SCR-DENOX Catalytic converter...................15, 93<br />
Screened cable BNC/4 mm ..............................213<br />
Screw caps .......................................................264<br />
Screw coupling..................................................264<br />
Screw stirrer R 1002 .........................................233<br />
Security device ..................................................173<br />
Self-supporting cylinders ...................................250<br />
Semipermeable membranes .............................123<br />
Sensor box - 30 Amperes .................................159<br />
Sensor boxes ....................................................150<br />
Sensor-CASSY .............................36, 50, 101, 146<br />
Sensors .............................................................150<br />
Sensors, probes ....................................................8<br />
Separating columns.......................................49, 54<br />
Separating tank ...................................................46<br />
Separation of chlorphylls ...................................120<br />
Separator funnel ................................................248<br />
Sephadex ...........................................................47<br />
Set for ion migration,<br />
after Nernst ....................................................28<br />
Set for micropreparations ....................................54<br />
Set of 3 felt tips..........................................187, 188<br />
Set of 3 spring balances<br />
for parallelogram of forces ...........................175<br />
Set of 6 croc-clips .............................................214<br />
Set of 7 weights.................................................167<br />
Set of 700 bond sticks .....................................135<br />
Set of chemicals Ecology I.................................286<br />
Set of chemicals Ecology II................................286<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for chromatography of amino acids.......46, 286<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for electrochemistry ...............................25, 285<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for electrophoresis .................................67, 285<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for gas chromatography I ......................54, 285<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for gas chromatography II......................54, 285<br />
Set of chemicals<br />
for superconductor ........................................44<br />
Set of fuse in storage box..................................216<br />
Set of hoses and<br />
septa for HPLC ..............................................49<br />
Set of septa and Teflon seals .............................54<br />
Set of weights....................................................167<br />
Sets of chemicals ..............................................285<br />
Setup<br />
for filling level control ......................................79<br />
Sharpener for cork drill ......................................267<br />
Shelf with grooved mat........................................86<br />
Shunt for 531100 ..............................................181<br />
Sieves ..................................................................13<br />
Silica gel...............................................................47<br />
Silicone gaskets ........................................112, 264<br />
Silicone grease ..................................................273<br />
Silicone hose .....................................................261<br />
Silicone stopper.........................................228, 263<br />
Silicone tubing ...................................................261<br />
Silver electrodes ............................................25, 40<br />
Silver plate electrodes..........................................40<br />
Single-pan balance............................................169<br />
Skin resistance box (CASSY).............................153<br />
Slide projector compact 250 afs........................283<br />
Small clip plug ...................................................215<br />
Small trays.........................................................282<br />
Software ............................................................149<br />
Software manual<br />
for CASSY Lab ......................................145<br />
Soil analysis case.................................................11<br />
Soil drill ................................................................13<br />
Soil thermometer .................................................13<br />
Solar cells on base...............................................39<br />
Spark-Gap supply unit ................................74, 210<br />
Spatula ..............................................................266<br />
Special frame ......................................................85<br />
Spectral set<br />
for overhead projector....................................57<br />
Spectrophotometer......................................58 - 61<br />
Spectrum chart..................................................138<br />
Spherometer......................................................164<br />
Spinning nozzle .................................................125<br />
Spirit level ..........................................................265<br />
Spirometer box (CASSY) ...................................154<br />
Spoked wheel....................................................155<br />
Spotting tile........................................................269<br />
Spring balance...................................................175<br />
Spring clamp .....................................................221<br />
Spring manometer.............................................106<br />
Stab. power supply ..........................................207<br />
Stack gas desulfurization.....................................93<br />
Stand bases ..............................................218, 219<br />
Stand for 4 pipetting aids ..................................247<br />
Stand for large vessels ......................................226<br />
Stand for stirrer "Lab egg" .................................233<br />
Stand for UV lamp .........................................46, 67<br />
Stand ring..........................................................221<br />
Stand rod ..........................................................220<br />
Stand rod<br />
for Bunsen stand .........................................222<br />
Stand tubes.......................................................221<br />
Stands ...............................................................222<br />
STE Lamp holder ................................................35<br />
STE Micromotor .................................................35<br />
STE Mono cell holder ........................................202<br />
STE Motor tachogenerator ................................155<br />
Steam delivery tube...........................................260<br />
Steam generator................................................228<br />
Steel tape measure............................................164<br />
Stirrer.........................................................118, 233<br />
Stirrer motor ..............................................118, 233<br />
Stirrer reactor cascade ........................................77<br />
Stirrer RW 11 basic ..........................................233<br />
Stirrer sleeve..............................................118, 233<br />
Stirrer-replacement blades ...............................233<br />
Stirring bar retriever ...........................................232<br />
Stirring bars .......................................................232<br />
Stirring magnet KOMET ............................118, 231<br />
Stirring thermometer..........................................191<br />
Stirring top.........................................................107<br />
STM <strong>Chemistry</strong>..................................................127<br />
STM stand rod with mounting holes..................220<br />
Stochiometry .....................................................107<br />
Stoichiometric reaction vessel .......................71, 88<br />
Stoichiometry, CPS ..........................................107
Stopclocks ........................................................165<br />
Stopcock attachment........................................250<br />
Stopcock grease ...............................................273<br />
Stopcocks .........................................................259<br />
Storage................................................................86<br />
Storage box ......................................................279<br />
Storage box, CPS ..............................................86<br />
Storage case<br />
for hand-held measuring instrument........9, 198<br />
Storage trays .....................................................282<br />
Straight BNC .....................................................213<br />
Student set pH measurement ...........................199<br />
Student's balance .............................................169<br />
Submersible/insertable sensor ..........................192<br />
Submersion temperature control unit ................229<br />
Submersion tube manomete, CPS ..................106<br />
Suction bottle ..............................................254<br />
Sugar membranes.............................................121<br />
Suitcase<br />
for environmental measurements ....................3<br />
Superconductor ..................................................43<br />
Supplementary label set ....................................278<br />
"Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals I Organic chemistry"................285<br />
"Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals I, Inorganic chemistry".............286<br />
"Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals II Organic chemistry"..............285<br />
"Supplementary set<br />
of chemicals II Inorganic chemistry".............286<br />
Supply units.......................................................203<br />
Support clip .......................................................175<br />
Support<br />
for paper chromatograms..............................46<br />
Support insert<br />
for the pneumatic tanks ..............................250<br />
Support ring<br />
for round-bottom flasks ...............................239<br />
Support table.....................................................222<br />
Surface protection paper...................................268<br />
Surface temperature sensor..........................9, 194<br />
Surface tension....................................................65<br />
Synthesis<br />
of sulfuric acid (contact process) ...........92, 126<br />
Synthesis of water .........................................73, 88<br />
Syringes ....................................................122, 270<br />
T<br />
Table, CPS ......................................................111<br />
T-Adapter ..........................................................213<br />
Tangential B-probe............................................159<br />
Tanks.................................................................251<br />
Teclu burner ......................................................224<br />
Temperature measurement...............................191<br />
Temperature sensor,<br />
NiCr-Ni ............................................9, 150, 194<br />
Temperature sensor,<br />
NTC........................................9, 150, 194, 201<br />
Temperature sensor,<br />
Pt1000.........................................................5, 9<br />
Temperature sensors ........................................194<br />
Temperature-box (NiCr-Ni/NTC)<br />
for CASSY ...................................................150<br />
Test kits .............................................................272<br />
Test papers .......................................................271<br />
Test sticks ...................................................10, 271<br />
Test sticks for ammonia ....................................271<br />
Test sticks for peroxide......................................271<br />
Test tube brush .................................................259<br />
Test tube holder ................................................264<br />
Test tube racks..................................................223<br />
Test tubes ...................................................14, 257<br />
Testing tubes.....................................................272<br />
Testing tubes<br />
for CnHn .................................................14, 272<br />
Testing tubes<br />
for ozone ...............................................14, 272<br />
The plastics school,<br />
transparency files.........................................125<br />
Thermal protection plate....................................225<br />
Thermite experiment .........................................126<br />
Thermometer model..........................................192<br />
Thermometers.............................................65, 191<br />
Thermostats ..............................................229, 230<br />
Thin-layer chromatography..................................46<br />
3 phase extra low<br />
voltage transformer......................................206<br />
3-way valve, CPS .............................................104<br />
Time switch, electric ..........................................166<br />
Timer .................................................................166<br />
Timer box (CASSY)............................................155<br />
Tips ..........................................................122, 269<br />
Titration stand......................................................96<br />
Tools..................................................................265<br />
Topping-up reservoir ...........................................26<br />
Transformer .......................................................204<br />
Transport case .................................................172<br />
Trays..................................................................282<br />
Triple-necked flasks...........................................240<br />
Tripod ................................................................225<br />
Trolley........................................................217, 280<br />
Tubes ................................................................260<br />
Tubes<br />
for melting point detection .............................65<br />
Tubing ...............................................................261<br />
Tubing clamps...........................................225, 261<br />
Turbidity<br />
in samples of water..........................................6<br />
Tweezers.....................................................19, 266<br />
Twin-arm tube ...................................................258<br />
Two-way plug adapters.....................................214<br />
U<br />
Universal bosshead ...........................................220<br />
Universal clamp .................................................221<br />
Universal holder<br />
for glass containers..............................111, 119<br />
Universal indicator ............................................270<br />
Universal pencil..................................................267<br />
Universal pliers...................................................265<br />
Universal safety goggles ....................................275<br />
U-tube,<br />
with filter.........................................................41<br />
U-tubes................................................................41<br />
UV analysis lamp ...........................................46, 67<br />
UV-A sensor .....................................................7, 9<br />
UV-B sensor .....................................................7, 9<br />
µV-Box (CASSY)................................................159<br />
UV-C sensor .....................................................7, 9<br />
UV-IR-VIS experiment kit .......................................7<br />
V24 connection cable,<br />
9-pole ..................................................174, 194<br />
V<br />
Vacuum desiccator............................................254<br />
Vacuum rectification ............................................76<br />
Vacuum rubber tubing.................................19, 261<br />
Vacuum sensor ................................................158<br />
Variable extra low<br />
voltage transformer .............................205, 206<br />
VARIOMAG<br />
electronic stirrer ...........................................231<br />
Vernier callipers..................................................165<br />
Vertical scale......................................................164<br />
Viscosity...............................................................64<br />
Voltage supply, CPS .........................................110<br />
Volumetric flasks................................................246<br />
W<br />
Wall thermometer .............................................191<br />
Warning labels ...................................................278<br />
Wash bottle, CPS .............................................104<br />
Washing bottle...................................................255<br />
Waste gas purification .........................................14<br />
Watch glass dish ...............................................251<br />
Water distillation unit..........................................234<br />
Water electrolysis unit..........................................26<br />
Water hardness test ..........................................271<br />
Water separator ................................................248<br />
Weather station<br />
(Meteorograph) ..............................................17<br />
Weighing dish ....................................................251<br />
Weight with hook...............................................167<br />
Wide flame attachment......................................224<br />
Windmill on base .................................................39<br />
Wire gauze.........................................................225<br />
Wire triangle<br />
with clay pipes .............................................225<br />
Wooden ruler.....................................................164<br />
Wooden turnings.......................................267, 269<br />
Woulff flask ........................................................254<br />
Woulff's bottle<br />
with manometer, CPS ................................104<br />
Writing fields ........................................................84<br />
XYZ<br />
alphabetical - index<br />
Article Page Article Page Article Page<br />
XY-Yt-recorder ..................................................188<br />
Yt-recorder ........................................................187<br />
Zinc electrodes ..............................................25, 40<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC · GENERAL CATALOGUE CHEMISTRY<br />
301
✃<br />
order form<br />
LEYBOLD DIDACTIC GMBH<br />
Leyboldstrasse 1<br />
D-50354 Hürth<br />
Federal Republic of Germany<br />
□ additional<br />
information on:<br />
□ special requests:<br />
catalog no. quantity designation<br />
GCH 2000<br />
schule date<br />
institute/university<br />
kunden - nr.<br />
fachbereich department<br />
fachlehrer(in)<br />
street / p.o. box<br />
straßecity<br />
plz & schulort country<br />
fortsetzung auf der rückseite<br />
ja □ nein □<br />
telefon phone<br />
telefax telefax<br />
T +49 (0) 2233-604 222<br />
□ order/request for offer<br />
□ request for visit of LEYBOLD representative
catalog no. quantity designation<br />
GCH 2000